language-pack-gnome-da-base/0000755000000000000000000000000012321557214013042 5ustar language-pack-gnome-da-base/COPYING0000644000000000000000000004310312321557214014076 0ustar GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. language-pack-gnome-da-base/data/0000755000000000000000000000000012321557214013753 5ustar language-pack-gnome-da-base/data/static.tar0000644000000000000000000747400012321556547015776 0ustar usr/share/help-langpack/da/totem/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000016372412316541440023265 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Manual til <application>Totem</application> 2003 Chee Bin HOH 2009 Philip Withnall Totem er en medieafspiller til GNOME, der kører over GStreamer som standard, men som også kan køres over xine. Den understøtter de fleste lyd- og videocodec inklusive DVD'er og mange andre. Der understøttes TV-udgang, fuldskærm, undertekster med mere. GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL'en. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter og tjenester er betegnet som mærkevarer. Der hvor de navne optræder i en GNOME-dokumentation, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumantationsprojektet er blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, så er navnene skrevet med store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Chee Bin HOH GNOME Documentation Project cbhoh@gnome.org Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation project Update documentation baptiste.millemathias@gmail.org Philip Withnall Update documentation philip@tecnocode.co.uk Totem Movie Player Manual V2.0 August 2006 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project Totem Movie Player Manual V3.0 February 2009 Philip Withnall philip@tecnocode.co.uk GNOME Documentation Project Denne manual beskriver version 2.26 af Totem. Tilbagemelding To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. Totem Movie Player totem Introduktion Programmet Totem er en filmafspiller til GNOME-skrivebordet baseret på GStreamer samt xine-biblioteket, som lader dig afspille film og musik. Totem indeholder følgende funktionalitet: Understøttelse af diverse video- og lydfiltyper. Diverse zoomniveauer og skærmforhold, samt fuldskærmsvisning. Søge- og volumenkontroller. En afspilningsliste. Understøttelse af undertekster. Fuld navigation med tastatur. Omfattende samling af udvidelsesmoduler, inklusive underteksthenter, YouTube-læser og diskbrænder. Totem inkluderer yderligere funktioner såsom: Videominiaturefunktion til GNOME. Program til forhåndsafspilning af lyd til GNOME. Nautilus-egenskabsfaneblad. Kom godt i gang Start filmafspilleren <application>Totem</application> Du kan starte Totem på følgende måder: Menuen Programmer Choose Sound & Video Movie Player . Kommandolinje For at starte Totem fra kommandolinjen, skriver du følgende kommando efterfulgt af Retur: totem Skriv totem --help efterfulgt af Retur for at se andre kommandolinjetilvalg. Opstart af <application>Totem</application> Når du starter Totem, vises følgende vindue.
<application>Totem</application>s opstartsvindue Shows Totem Movie Player main window with sidebar opened on playlist. Contains menubar, display area, sidebar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar.
Totem-vinduet indeholder følgende elementer: Menubjælke. Menuerne i menubjælken indeholder alle de kommandoer, du har brug for i Totem. Fremvisningsområde. Fremvisningsområdet viser filmen eller en visualisering af den nuværende sang. Sidepanel. Sidepanelet viser egenskaberne for filen der afspilles, og fungerer som afspilningsliste. Den kan også bruges af forskellige udvidelsesmoduler, såsom MythTV-, YouTube- og Videosøgningsmodulerne. De kan anvendes ved at klikke på rullegardinslisten øverst på sidepanelet. Tidsskydeknap. Tidsskydeknappen viser den tid, der er gået af den film eller sang, der afspilles. Den lader dig også spole frem og tilbage i filmen eller sangen ved at trække skyderen langs bjælken, eller ved at klikke på et punkt andetsteds på bjælken. Søgekontroller. Søgekontrollerne lader dig skifte til næste eller foregående spor, samt afspille eller sætte en film eller sang på pause. Volumenknap. Volumenknappen lader dig justere lydstyrken. Statusbjælke. Statusbjælken viser statusinformation om den film eller sang, der i øjeblikket afspilles. Brug Åbn en fil To open a video or an audio file, choose CtrlO Movie Open . The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file or files you want to open, then click OK. Du kan trække en fil fra et andet program, såsom et filhåndteringsprogram, ind i Totem-vinduet. Hvis du trækker filen til fremvisningsområdet, vil filen erstatte den aktuelle afspilningsliste, og blive afspillet med det samme. Hvis du trækker filen til afspilningslisten i sidepanelet, vil filen blive føjet til denne. Programmet Totem vil åbne filen og afspille filmen eller sangen. Totem viser titlen på filmen eller sangen i vinduets titelbjælke, samt på afspilningslisten i sidepanelet. Prøver du at åbne et filformat, som Totem ikke genkender, vil programmet vise en fejlmeddelelse. Denne fejl ses som oftest, hvis du ikke har de nødvendige codec installeret. Du kan finde informationer på Totems websted om hvordan codec installeres. I filhåndteringsprogrammet Nautilus, kan du dobbeltklikke på en video- eller lydfil for at åbne den i Totem-vinduet. Åbn et sted To open a file by URI (location), choose CtrlL Movie Open Location . The Open Location dialog is displayed. Use the drop-down combination box to specify the URI you would like to open (it lists URIs which have previously been opened) – or type one in directly – then click on the Open button. Hvis du allerede har en URI i udklipsholderen, vil den automatisk indsættes i kombinationsboksen. Afspil en film (DVD eller VCD) Insert the disc in the optical device of your computer, then choose MoviePlay Disc . To eject a DVD or VCD, choose CtrlE Movie Eject . Sæt en film eller sang på pause To pause a movie or song that is playing, click on the Shows pause button. button, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . You may also use the P key to pause or play a movie. To resume playing a movie or song, click on the Shows play button. button again, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . Sådan ser du egenskaberne for en film eller sang To view the properties of a movie or song, choose View Sidebar to make the sidebar appear, and choose Properties in the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. Spol gennem film eller sange Du kan springe mellem film eller sange på følgende måder: Spol fremad To skip forward through a movie or song, choose Right Go Skip Forward . Spol tilbage To skip backwards through a movie or song, choose Left Go Skip Backwards . Spring til et bestemt tidspunkt To skip to a specific elapsed time in the movie or song, choose CtrlK Go Skip to . The Skip to dialog is displayed. Use the spin box to specify the elapsed time (in seconds) to skip to, then click OK. Rulleknappen tillader også et mere naturligt sprog. Du kan angive en tid i formaterne "tt:mm:ss", "mm:ss" eller "ss"; her er "tt" timetallet, "mm" minuttallet og "ss" sekundtallet, der skal springes til. Gå til næste film eller sang To move to the next movie or song, choose AltRight Go Next Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek next button button. Gå til forrige film eller sang To move to the previous movie or song, choose AltLeft Go Previous Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek previous button button. Indstil zoomfaktoren Indstil videostørrelsen Du kan ændre zoomfaktoren for fremvisningsområdet på følgende måder: To zoom to fullscreen mode, choose F11 ViewFullscreen. You can also use the F key to toggle fullscreen mode. To exit fullscreen mode, click on the Leave Fullscreen button or press Esc, F11 or F. To change the size of the original movie or visualization, choose Ctrl0 ViewFit Window to Movie and choose a scale ratio. Indstil skærmforhold To switch between different aspect ratios, choose A View Aspect Ratio . Justér lydstyrken To increase the volume, choose Up Sound Volume Up . To decrease the volume, choose Down Sound Volume Down . Du kan også bruge volumenknappen: klik på volumenknappen og vælg lydstyrken med skydebrikken. Få vinduet til altid at være øverst To make the Totem Movie Player window always on top of other application windows, choose Edit Plugins . Select the Always on Top plugin to enable it. The Totem Movie Player window will now stay on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. Du kan få vinduet til ikke længere altid at være øverst, ved igen at deaktivere Altid øverst-modulet. Se for yderligere information. Vis eller skjul kontroller To show or hide the Totem Movie Player window controls, choose CtrlH View Show Controls , or press the H key. You can also right-click on the Totem Movie Player window, then choose CtrlH Show Controls from the popup menu. Hvis du sætter flueben ved Vis kontroller, vil Totem vise menubjælken, tidsskydeknappen, søgekontrollerne, skydeknappen for lydstyrke samt statusbjælke i vinduet. Hvis Vis kontroller fluebenet fjernes, vil programmet skjulle disse kontroller og kun vise fremvisningsområdet. Håndtér afspilningslisten Vis eller skjul afspilningslisten To show or hide the playlist, choose ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button, and choose Playlist on the top of the sidebar. Håndtér en afspilningsliste You can use the Playlist dialog to do the following: To add a track or movie To add a track or movie to the playlist, click on the Add button. The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file that you want to add to the playlist, then click Add. To remove a track or movie To remove a track or movie from the playlist, select the item or items to remove from the playlist, then click on the Remove button. To save the playlist to a file To save the playlist to a file, click on the Save Playlist button. The Save Playlist dialog is displayed; specify the filename as which you want to save the playlist, and click Save. To move a track or movie up the playlist To move a track or movie up the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Up button. To move a track or movie down the playlist To move a track or movie down the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Down button. Slå gentagelse til eller fra Brug RedigérGentagelsestilstand til slå gentagelse til eller fra. Slå tilfældig rækkefølge til eller fra Vælg RedigérBlandingstilstand for at slå tilfældig rækkefølge til eller fra. Vælg undertekster Undertekstsprog vælges via VisVælg undertekster; derfra kan du vælge, hvilket sprog du vil have undertekster på. Vælg VisUnderteksterIngen for at deaktivere visning af undertekster. Som standard vil Totem vælge det samme sprog for underteksterne, som det du normalt bruger på din computer. Totem vil automatisk indlæse og vise undertekster for en video, hvis det finder en undertekstfil med samme navn som videoen, der afspilles. Undertekstfilen kan have enhver af følgende fil-endelser: asc, txt, sub, srt, smi, ssa eller ass. Hvis navnet på filen, der indeholder underteksterne, ikke stemmer overens med videoens filnavn, kan du højreklikke på videoen i afspilningslisten og klikke Vælg undertekster fra pop op-menuen for at indlæse den ønskede undertekstfil. Du kan også vælge undertekster via VisVælg undertekster. Ved hjælp af udvidelsesmodulet Underteksthenter kan du også hente undertekster via tjenesten OpenSubtitles. Se for yderligere information. Tag et skærmbillede To take a screenshot of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Take Screenshot . The Save Screenshot dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the screenshot, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. Totem viser en miniature af skærmbilledet, der skal gemmes, i venstre side af Gem skærmbillede-vinduet. Opret et galleri af skærmbilleder To create a gallery of screenshots of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Create Screenshot Gallery . The Save Gallery dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the gallery image, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. Du kan angive bredden af hver enkelt skærmbillede i galleriet ved at bruge feltet Bredde af skærmbillede. Standardbredden er 128 billedpunkter. Du kan også angive antallet af skærmbilleder, der skal indgå i galleriet. Som standard udregnes antallet udfra filmens varighed; du kan tilsidesætte dette ved at fjerne fluebenet i afkrydsningsfeltet Udregn antallet af skærmbilleder og indtaste det ønskede antal i rulleboksen Antal skærmbilleder. Udvidelsesmoduler Totem har mange funktioner som kan tilgås i form af udvidelsesmoduler - softwareenheder, som kun indlæses hvis dette er nødvendigt. Aktivér et udvidelsesmodul Du kan se en liste af installerede udvidelsesmoduler ved at vælge RedigérUdvidelsesmoduler. Dermed vises vinduet Konfigurér udvidelsesmoduler. På venstre side findes en liste af alle de moduler, du har installeret, mens der til højre er en beskrivelse af det pt. markerede modul. Moduler som har indstillinger, som kan ændres, vil have en aktivérbar Konfigurér-knap til højre. Et udvidelsesmodul aktiveres på simpel vis ved at sætte flueben i afkrydsningsfeltet til venstre for dets navn i listen af moduler, og modulet vil så indlæses omgående. Hvis der er nogen fejl under indlæsning, vil en fejlmeddelelse også blive vist med det samme. Du kan deaktivere et udvidelsesmodul igen ved at fjerne fluebenet fra modulets afkrydsningsboks. Udvidelsesmoduler vil forblive aktiveret eller deaktiveret som her indstillet, selv efter Totem har været lukket. Altid øverst Udvidelsesmodulet Altid øverst vil tvinge Totems hovedvindue til at være placeret over alle andre vinduer mens en film bliver afspillet, men ikke når blot lyd eller visualiseringer afspilles. Deaktivér modulet for at lade andre vinduer være øverst. Klient til Coherence DLNA/UPnP Udvidelsesmodulet Coherence DLNA/UPnP-klient lader Totem afspille multimedie-indhold fra UPnP-medieservere såsom Coherence-servere på lokalnetværket. Med udvidelsesmodulet Coherence DLNA/UPnP-klient kan du vælge F9VisSidepanel eller klikke på knappen Sidepanel for at få vist sidepanelet. Vælg Coherence DLNA/UPnP-klient fra rullegardinslisten øverst i sidepanelet for at vise sidepanelet for Coherence DLNA/UPnP-klient. Trævisningen i sidepanelet vil vise en liste af tilgængelige medieservere. Klik på en af dem, for at udfolde den, således at dens tilgængelige mediefiler vises. Dobbeltklik på en mediefil for at føje den til Totems afspilningsliste og afspille den. Du kan alternativt højreklikke på en fil og vælge Afspil eller Sæt i kø for henholdsvis at afspille den omgående eller blot føje den til afspilningslisten. Hvis medieserveren tillader det, kan du slette en fil fra serveren ved at vælge Slet fra filens kontekstmenu. Gromit-annotationer Udvidelsesmodulet Gromit-annotationer lader dig tegne på film mens de afspilles, ved hjælp af Gromit. Du skal have Gromit installeret for at kunne aktivere dette modul - se dokumentationen for dit operativsystem for information om hvordan dette gøres. Når dette udvidelsesmodul er aktiveret, kan du trykke CtrlD for at slå Gromit til eller fra. Når Gromit er aktiveret, vil din musemarkør ændres til et sigtekorn. Du kan så tegne på skærmen ved at holde museknappen nede, trække markøren omkring, og så slippe den museknappen. Tryk CtrlD igen for at slå Gromit fra. Du kan rydde skærmen for annotationer ved at trykke CtrlE, eller lukke Totem. Jamendo Udvidelsesmodulet Jamendo lader dig lytte til en samling af musik, udgivet under Creative Commons-licensen, via Jamendo-tjenesten. Konfigurér udvidelsesmodulet Modulet Jamendo kan konfigureres. Klik på Konfigurér-knappen når modulet aktiveres, og vinduet Konfiguration af Jamendo-udvidelsesmodul vil blive vist. Her kan du vælge om du vil hente sange i Ogg- eller MP3-format (Ogg-formatet er at foretrække på grund af dets fri natur), samt antallet af album, der skal hentes når der foretages en søgning (vælg flere album hvis du har en hurtigere internetforbindelse). Klik på O.k.-knappen når du er færdig. Vis Jamendo-sidepanelet Når Jamendo-udvidelsesmodulet er aktiveret, kan du vælge F9VisSidepanel eller klikke på Sidepanel-knappen for at få vist sidepanelet. Vælg Jamendo fra rullegardinslisten øverst i sidepanelet for at få vist Jamendo-sidepanelet. Søg efter musik Indtast dine søgestrenge i indtastningsfeltet øverst i Jamendo-sidepanelet. Du kan søge enten på kunstner eller mærker. Klik på søgeknappen for at starte søgningen. Søgeresultaterne anføres som en trævisning i sidepanelets Søgeresultater-faneblad, og kan gennemses ved brug af piletasterne for bunden af sidepanelet. Her vises en liste af album, som du kan klikke på for at få vist de tilhørende spor nedenunder. Klik igen for at skjule albummets spor. Hvis du har valgt en kunstner, kan du klikke på knappen Jamendo-albumside for at åbne siden for dette album på Jamendo-webstedet. Dobbeltklik på et album, eller vælg Føj til afspilningsliste fra albummets kontekstmenu, for at erstatte den afspilningsliste med alle sporene fra dette album, og påbegynde streaming af det første spor fra Jamendos websted. Du kan også dobbeltklikke på et enkelt spor, for at erstatte din afspilningliste med blot dette spor. Populære album og nyeste udgivelser Fanebladet Populære i Jamendo-sidepanelet vil hente en liste af de mest populære album på Jamendo i øjeblikket, og disse kan afspilles på samme vis som andre søgeresultater. Fanebladet Sidste udgivelser vil tilsvarende hente en liste af de senest udgivne album på Jamendo. Lokal søgning Udvidelsesmodulet Lokal søgning lader dig søge efter film- og lydfiler på din computer direkte fra Totem. Når modulet er aktiveret, kan du vælge F9VisSidepanel eller klik på knappen Sidepanel for at få vist sidepanelet. Vælg Lokal søgning fra rullegardinslisten øverst i sidepanelet for at få vist sidepanelet for Lokal søgning. Angiv dine søgetermer i indtastningsfeltet øverst i sidepanelet og klik Find for at foretage en søgning. Dine søgetermer kan inkludere specialtegn såsom *, hvilket vil matche enhver tegnfølge. For eksempel vil søgningen *.mpg finde alle film med filendelsen .mpg. Søgeresultater kan gennemses ved brug af knapperne Forrige og Næste ved bunden af sidepanelet, og du kan hoppe til en specifik resultatside ved at angive dens nummer i rulleboksen. Udgiv afspilningsliste Udvidelsesmodulet Offentliggør afspilningsliste lader dig offentliggøre afspilningslister på dit lokalnetværk, så andre computere kan tilgå og afspille dem. Konfigurér udvidelsesmodulet The Publish Playlist plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can change the name which will appear for your playlist share. The following strings will be replaced when playlists are published: %a Replaced with the program's name: Totem Movie Player. %h Replaced with your computer's host name. %u Replaced with your username. %U Replaced with your real name. %% Replaced with a literal percent sign. Du kan også sætte flueben ved Brug krypteret transportprotokol, hvis du ønsker at kryptere de delte afspilningslister, når de sendes over netværket. Klik på Luk-knappen når du er færdig. Udgiv afspilningslister Når modulet er aktiveret, behøver du ikke eksplicit dele afspilningslister; de gøres automatisk tilgængelige på netværket som et Zeroconf-websted. Gennemse nabolaget Vælg Naboer fra rullegardinslisten øverst i sidepanelet, for at få vist andres delte afspilningslister på netværket. Hvis nogen afspilningslister er blevet delt på netværket, vil de blive vist her. Dobbeltklik på en afspilningsliste for at hente den og afspille den på din computer. Underteksthenter Udvidelsesmodulet Underteksthenter lader dig finde og hente undertekstfiler fra tjenesten OpenSubtitles. Undertekster kan kun hentes til lokale film; ikke lydfiler, dvd'er, dvb-strømme, vcd'er eller http-strømme. Vælg VisHent filmundertekster for at søge efter undertekster til den film, der i øjeblikket afspilles. Dette vil vise vinduet Hent undertekster til film. Vælg det sprog, du ønsker undertekster i, fra rullegardinslisten øverst i vinduet, og klik så på Find for at søge efter undertekster for den aktuelle film. Undertekster findes baseret på filmens indhold, frem for dens filnavn eller mærker. Søgeresultaterne anføres i trævisningen i midten af vinduet. I øjeblikket kan undertekster kun bruges ved at genindlæse den relevante film med underteksterne, så efter at have valgt undertekstfilen, så klik på knappen Afspil med undertekster for at hente filen samt genindlæse filmen. Hentede undertekstfiler gemmes (som standard i ~/.cache/totem/subtitles), så de ikke behøver blive hentet igen næste gang filmen afspilles. Når nye undertekster for en film hentes, vil eventuelle tidligere hentede undertekster for den pågældende film blive slettet. Miniature Udvidelsesmodulet Miniature sætter Totems hovedvindues ikon til en miniature af den aktuelle film, og opdaterer ikonet når nye film indlæses. Hvis en miniature ikke findes for den aktuelle film (eller hvis du afspiller en lydfil), vil hovedvinduets ikon nulstilles til Totems logo. Video-diskoptager Udvidelsesmodulet Video-diskoptager lader dig brænde den aktuelle afspilningsliste til en dvd eller vcd ved hjælp af Brasero. To burn the current playlist, choose MovieCreate Video Disc. A Brasero dialog will be displayed, giving options for converting the movies to the appropriate format and burning them to disc. For more information, see the Brasero documentation. YouTube-læser Udvidelsesmodulet YouTube-læser lader dig søge i og gennemse YouTube, og afspille YouTube-videoer direkte i Totem. Når modulet er aktiveret, kan du vælge F9VisSidepanel eller klikke på knappen Sidepanel, for at få vist sidepanelet. Vælg så YouTube fra rullegardinslisten øverst i sidepanelet for at få vist YouTube-sidepanelet. Angiv dine søgetermer i indtastningsfeltet øverst i sidepanelet og klik Find for søge efter en YouTube-video. Dine søgeresultater vil blive anført i trævisningen nedenfor. Flere resultater vil blive indlæst automatisk, efterhånden som du ruller gennem listen. Dobbeltklik på en video i resultatlisten, eller vælg Føj til afspilningsliste fra dens kontekstmenu, for at afspille videoen. Når en video afspilles, vil en liste af relaterede videoer automatisk blive oprettet i fanebladet Relaterede videoer i YouTube-sidepanelet. YouTube-videoer kan åbnes i en webbrowser ved at vælge Åbn i webbrowser fra deres kontekstmenu. Dette vil åbne videoen i dens originale placering på YouTube-webstedet. D-Bus-tjeneste Udvidelsesmodulet D-Bus-tjeneste rundsender beskeder om, hvilket spor, der afspilles i Totem via D-Bus-sessionsbussen. Programmer såsom Gajim kan lytte efter sådanne beskeder og reagere, f.eks. ved at opdatere din statusmeddelelse i dit IM-program, så der står, hvilken video, der nu afspilles i Totem. Indstillinger To modify the preferences of Totem Movie Player, choose Edit Preferences . Generelt Netværk Vælg hastigheden for din netværksforbindelse ved hjælp af rullegardinslisten Hastighed af netværksforbindelse. Undertekster Hent automatisk undertekster når filmen indlæses: sæt flueben for automatisk at indlæse eventuelle undertekstfiler med samme filnavn som filmen, når filmen indlæses. Skrifttype: lader dig ændre skrifttypen for underteksterne. Kodning: lader dig ændre kodningen for underteksterne. Fremvisning Fremvisning Sæt flueben ved indstillingen for automatisk ændring af størrelse, hvis du vil have Totem til automatisk at ændre vinduesstørrelsen når en ny video indlæses, så det passer med videoen. Sæt flueben ved indstillingen for pauseskærm, hvis du vil tillade at pauseskærmen aktiveres når du afspiller lydfiler. Visse skærme med integrerede højttalere vil muligvis stoppe afspilningen når pauseskærmen aktiveres. Visuelle effekter Visuelle effekter: brug denne indstilling til at vise visuelle effekter, når en lydfil afspilles. Visualiseringstype: vælg typen af visualisering fra rullegardinslisten. Visualiseringsstørrelse: vælg størrelsen af visualisering fra rullegardinslisten. Farvebalance Lysstyrke: brug skydeknappen til at angive lysstyrkeniveauet. Kontrast: brug skydeknappen til at angive kontrastniveauet. Mætning: brug skydeknappen til at angive mætningsniveauet. Farvetone: brug skydeknappen til at angive farvetonen. Du kan bruge knappen Nulstil til forvalg til at nulstille farvebalancekontrollerne til deres standardpositioner. Lyd Lyduddata Vælg typen af lyduddata fra rullegardinslisten Lyduddata-type. Om <application>Totem</application> Totem er skrevet af Bastien Nocera (hadess@hadess.net), Julien Moutte (julien@moutte.net) for GStreamer-motoren, samt Guenter Bartsch (guenter@users.sourceforge.net). Besøg TotemTotems websted for yderligere information om Totem. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this link, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/totem/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000710012316541440022403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL'en. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter og tjenester er betegnet som mærkevarer. Der hvor de navne optræder i en GNOME-dokumentation, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumantationsprojektet er blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, så er navnene skrevet med store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000242312307647154024252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 04-siders brochure Udskriv en 4-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 4-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skriv sidetallene i følgende rækkefølge: 4, 1, 2, 3

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Kort kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/reload.page0000644000373100047300000000166712307647154023047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dit dokument bliver genindlæst automatisk, hvis et andet program ændrer det, mens det vises. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hvorfor bliver dokumentet hele tiden genindlæst?

Hvis dokumentfremviseren opdager at dit åbne dokument er blevet ændret (måske fordi det er blevet redigeret i et andet program), så genindlæses det automatisk, og du får fremvist den nyeste udgave.

Hvis dokumentet slettes mens det vises, så forbliver det åbent.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/annotations-save.page0000644000373100047300000000234712307647154025066 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sådan gemmer man sine annotationer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Gem en kopi af en annoteret PDF

Sådan gemmer du en kopi af din annoterede PDF-fil, så den kan ses senere med Dokumentfremviser eller en anden PDF-fremviser som understøtter annotationer:

Klik på FilGem kopi

Vælg et navn og en mappe, hvor filen skal gemmes, og tryk så på Gem. PDF-filen gemmes i den valgte mappe.

Annotationer tilføjes ifølge PDF-specifikationen. Derfor er de fleste PDF-læsere i stand til at læse dem. Okular-dokumentfremviseren understøtter dem ikke. Men Adobe Reader kan gøre det.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/singlesided-9-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000442112307647154025470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-siders eller 12-siders brochure Udskriv en 9, 10, 11 eller 12-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-siders til 12-siders brochure

Hvis du har et PDF-dokument på 9, 10 eller 11 sider, skal du tilføje et antal tomme sider, så du kommer op på 12 sider. For at gøre det kan du:

Oprette en tom PDF i LibreOffice Writer.

Flet de tomme sider ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

For at udskrive:

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skrive sidenumrene i følgende rækkefølge: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

Under Layout skal du i menuen Dobbelsidet, vælge Enkeltsidet.

I menuen Sider pr. ark skal du vælge 2.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Ulige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når alle siderne er udskrevet skal du vende arkene og lægge dem tilbage i printeren.

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Lige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/synctex-beamer.page0000644000373100047300000000364712307647154024527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Brug af SyncTex med LaTeX Beamer-klassen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Beamer med SyncTex

Beamer er en LaTeX-klasse til at oprette dias til præsentationer.

Man kan udføre forlæns og baglæns søgning i en Beamer-LaTeX-præsentation på samme måde som i søgning i andre filer, der er kompileret med SyncTeX. Søgningen bringer en til den tilsvarende ramme (dias), ikke nødvendigvis til den tilsvarende tekstlinje. Forskellen beskrives i detaljer nedenfor.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-13pages.page0000644000373100047300000000665612307647154024346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv en 13-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Under Interval skal du vælge Sider og skrive: 1

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Kort kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når siden er udskrevet, skal du tage papiret og lægge det tilbage i printeren. Vær opmærksom på at du vender det rigtigt (side 2 udskrives på den anden side).

Klik på FilUdskriv igen.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Under Interval skal du vælge Sider og skrive: 2

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning og vælg Venstre mod højre i menuen Sideorden.

Klik på Udskriv.

For at udskrive side 3 skal du klikke på FilUdskriv igen.

På fanebladet Generelt skal du skrive 3 i boksen Sider.

På fanebladet Sideopsætning skal du indstille Sideorden til Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når side 3 er udskrevet, skal du lægge papiret tilbage i printeren. Du skal være opmærksom på at vende det rigtigt (side 4 og 13 udskrives på den anden side).

Klik på FilUdskriv igen.

På fanebladet Generelt skal du i boksen ved Sider skrive 4, 13.

På fanebladet Sideopsætning skal du indstille Sideorden til Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Klik på FilUdskriv igen.

Skriv siderne 8, 9, 10, 7, 11, 12, 5 i boksen ved Sider og indstil Sideorden til Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Det er lettere at udskrive en 16-siders brochure. Du kan tilføje 3 tomme sider til PDF-dokumentet for at bringe det op på 16 sider. Gør sådan:

Opret et tomt PDF-dokument på 3 sider ved hjælp af LibreOffice Writer.

Flet den tomme PDF-fil ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

Fortsæt med fremgangsmåden for at udskrive en 16-siders brochure.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000501512307647154023232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Vis, skjul eller rediger værktøjslinjen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Værktøjslinje
Vis eller skjul værktøjslinjen

Klik på VisVærktøjslinje.

Standardværktøjslinjen indeholder kun en helt grundlæggende samling af værktøjer:

Forrige og Næste for at gå fra side til side.

Et redskab til justering af zoom-niveauet.

Redskabet \"vælg side\".

Man kan redigere værktøjslinjen, hvis man hellere vil have andre muligheder end de grundlæggende.

Tilføj, fjern og flyt om på værktøjslinjens redskaber.

Vis værktøjslinjen.

Klik på RedigérVærktøjslinje.

Redigér værktøjslinje indeholder de elementer, som aktuelt ikke findes på værktøjslinjen, samt et skilletegn.

For at tilføje nye elementer til værktøjslinjen:

træk dem fra værktøjslinje-redigeringen til værktøjslinjen.

 For at fjerne elementer fra værktøjslinjen:

træk dem fra værktøjslinjen til værktøjslinje-redigeringen.

 For at flytte om på elementer på værktøjslinjen:

træk dem til deres nye placering på værktøjslinjen.

Klik på Luk i værktøjslinje-redigeringen, når du er færdig med at redigere værktøjslinjen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-6pages.page0000644000373100047300000000465312307647154024263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 06-siders brochure Udskriv en 6-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 6-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval skal du vælge Sider.

Skriv sidetallene i denne rækkefølge: 6, 3, 4, 5, 2

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Kort kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når siderne er udskrevet, skal du tage papiret med side 2 og lægge det tilbage i printeren. Vær opmærksom på at du vender det rigtigt (side 1 udskrives på den anden side).

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Under Interval skal du vælge Sider og skrive: 1

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Det er lettere at udskrive en 8-siders brochure. Du kan tilføje 2 tomme sider til PDF-dokumentet for at bringe det op på 8 sider. Gør sådan:

Opret et tomt PDF-dokument på 2 sider ved hjælp af LibreOffice Writer.

Flet den tomme PDF-fil ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

Fortsæt med fremgangsmåden for at udskrive en 8-siders brochure.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/singlesided-13-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000441112307647154025546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv en 13, 14, 15 eller 16-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-siders til 16-siders brochure

Hvis du har et PDF-dokument på 13, 14 eller 15 sider, skal du tilføje et antal tomme sider, så du kommer op på 16 sider. For at gøre det kan du:

Oprette en tom PDF i LibreOffice Writer.

Flet de tomme sider ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

For at udskrive:

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skriv sidetallet i følgende rækkefølge: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

Under Layout skal du i menuen Dobbelsidet, vælge Enkeltsidet.

I menuen Sider pr. ark skal du vælge 2.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Ulige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når alle siderne er udskrevet skal du vende arkene og lægge dem tilbage i printeren.

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Lige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/presentations.page0000644000373100047300000000353412307647154024472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 For at starte præsentationer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Præsentationer
Start en præsentation

For at starte en præsentation:

Åbn en fil

Klik på VisPræsentation (eller tryk på F5).

Præsentationen vises i fuldskærm.
Naviger i en præsentation

Brug mellemrumstasten, →, ↓ eller venstre museklik for at gå til næste dias.

Brug ←, ↑ eller højre museklik for at gå til foregående dias.

Du kan også bruge musehjulet til at flytte frem og tilbage i præsentationen.

Brug Esc for at gå ud af præsentationen.

Understøttede præsentationsfilformater

Følgende filformater kan bruges til præsentationer:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device independent filformat (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Præsentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)
usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000236012307647154024331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv en 12-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 12-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skrive sidenumrene i følgende rækkefølge: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Korte kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/print-select.page0000644000373100047300000000235712307647154024207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv kun bestemte sider, eller kun et interval af sider. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Udskriv kun bestemte sider

For kun at udskrive bestemte sider fra dokumentet:

Klik på FilUdskriv

På fanebladet Generelt i udskrivningsvinduet skal du i afsnittet Interval vælge Sider.

I tekstboksen skal du skrive sidenumrene på de sider, som du vil udskrive, adskilt af kommaer. Brug en bindestreg for at angive en sekvens af sider.

Hvis du for eksempel skriver "1,3,5-7,9" i tekstboksen Sider, vil side 1,3,5,6,7 og 9 blive udskrevet.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/synctex-support.page0000644000373100047300000000214712307647154025002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sådan tilføjer man understøttelse af SyncTex. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Opsætning af SyncTex

For at få understøttelse af SyncTex skal man installere følgende programpakker:

texlive-extra-utils

gedit-plugins

I Gedit, skal udvidelsesmodulet for SyncTex aktiveres:

Klik på Redigér -> Indstillingerog vælg fanebladet Udvidelsesmoduler.

Markér SyncTex.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/singlesided-3-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000432212307647154025403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-siders eller 4-siders brochure Udskriv en 3 eller 4-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-siders eller 4-siders brochure

Hvis du har et PDF-dokument på 3 sider, skal du tilføje en tom side for at komme op på 4 sider. For at gøre det kan du:

Oprette en tom PDF i LibreOffice Writer.

Flet den tomme side ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

For at udskrive:

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skriv sidetallene i følgende rækkefølge: 4, 1, 2, 3

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

Under Layout skal du i menuen Dobbelsidet, vælge Enkeltsidet.

I menuen Sider pr. ark skal du vælge 2.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Ulige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når alle siderne er udskrevet skal du vende arkene og lægge dem tilbage i printeren.

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Lige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/default-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000246712307647154025062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gem nuværende indstillinger som standard for nye dokumenter. Sindhu S sindhus@live.in

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Ændr standardindstillinger

Når et dokument åbnes første gang, bruges standardindstillingerne, som f.eks. foretrukne zoom- og sidevisningspræferencer. De ændringer af indstillinger, som du foretager, gemmes for dokumentets vedkommende.

Du kan gemme dine aktuelle indstillinger som standard for alle nye dokumenter ved at vælge Redigér Gem de nuværende indstillinger som standardardindstillinger eller tast CtrlT.

De nye standardindstillinger tilsidesætter ikke indstillingerne for tidligere åbnede dokumenter, men bruges kun på dokumenter, som åbnes for første gang.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/singlesided-17-20pages.page0000644000373100047300000000442512307647154025552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv en 17, 18, 19 eller 20-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 17-siders til 20-siders brochure

Hvis du har et PDF-dokument på 17, 18 eller 19 sider, skal du tilføje et antal tomme sider, så du kommer op på 20 sider. For at gøre det kan du:

Oprette en tom PDF i LibreOffice Writer.

Flet de tomme sider ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

For at udskrive:

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skriv sidetallet i følgende rækkefølge: 20, 1, 2, 19, 18, 3, 4, 17, 16, 5, 6, 15, 14, 7, 8, 13, 12, 9, 10, 11

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

Under Layout skal du i menuen Dobbelsidet, vælge Enkeltsidet.

I menuen Sider pr. ark skal du vælge 2.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Ulige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når alle siderne er udskrevet skal du vende arkene og lægge dem tilbage i printeren.

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Lige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000242112307647154024254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 08-siders brochure Udskriv en 8-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 8-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skrive sidenumrene i følgende rækkefølge: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Kort kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000437612307647154024067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Kommandolinje Kommandoen evince kan åbne en lang række filer på forudbestemte sider og i forskellige tilstande. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Kommandolinjen

Start dokumentfremviseren fra kommandolinjen ved at skrive evince. Man kan åbne en bestemt fil ved at skrive filnavnet efter evince-kommandoen:

evince fil.pdf

Man kan åbne flere filer ved at skrive filnavnene efter kommandoen evince, idet man adskiller filnavnene med et mellemrum:

evince fil1.pdf fil2.pdf

Med Dokumentfremviser kan man også håndtere filer på internettet. Man kan for eksempel efter kommandoen evince angive en filplacering på nettet:

evince http://www.claymath.org/millennium/P_vs_NP/pvsnp.pdf
Åbn et dokument på en bestemt side

Man kan bruge tilføjelsen --page-label for at åbne et dokument på en bestemt side. Man åbner for eksempel et dokument på side 3 ved at skrive:

evince --page-label=3 fil.pdf

Sidemærket skal være i samme format som det sidetal der vises i dokumentfremviserens værktøjslinje.

Åbn et dokument i fuldskærmstilstand evince --fullscreen fil.pdf
Åbn et dokument i præsentationstilstand evince --presentation fil.pdf
Åbn et dokument i forhåndsvisningstilstand evince --preview fil.pdf
usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/openerror.page0000644000373100047300000000156012307647154023604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fejl under åbning af en fil. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hvorfor kan jeg ikke åbne en fil?

Hvis du prøver at åbne et dokument af et format som Dokumentfremviser ikke genkender, får du fejlmeldingen "Kan ikke åbne dokumentet". Klik på Luk for at vende tilbage til vinduet for dokumentfremviser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/annotations-disabled.page0000644000373100047300000000150212307647154025667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Der kan kun tilføjes annotationer til PDF-filer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hvorfor kan jeg ikke tilføje annotationer?

Man kan kun tilføje annotationer til PDF-filer. Hvis en fil er af andet format end PDF vil muligheden for at tilføje annotationer være grå (deaktiveret).

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/textselection.page0000644000373100047300000000313312307647155024462 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Når du kopierer tekst, så er den tekst, som indsættes, muligvis forskellig fra det, som du har valgt. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hvorfor blev den tekst, som jeg havde valgt, ikke kopieret rigtigt?

Hvis du markerer og kopierer tekst fra et dokument i Dokumentfremviser for derefter at indsætte den i et andet program, så kan formateringen være ændret. Der kan også optræde andre tegn end i den oprindelige markering. Det sker ofte, når man kopierer tekst fra et PDF-dokument med flere kolonner.

Problemet er den måde, hvorpå nogle dokumentformater håndterer tekst. Den faktiske tekst i dokumentet opbevares på en anden måde end den fremvises. Det kan medføre at en kopi ikke kommer til at se ud som forventet.

Desværre er der ikke rigtig nogen løsning på dette problem. Man kan mindske det ved at kopiere en mindre mængde tekst ad gangen, eller ved at man kopierer teksten ind i et tekstredigeringsprogram. Man kan finde et tekstredigeringsprogram ved at klikke på Handlinger ProgrammerTilbehørGedit.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/opening.page0000644000373100047300000000315612307647155023234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Åbn et dokument. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Åbn et dokument

Du kan åbne et dokument på en af følgende måder:

Dobbeltklik på filikonet i filhåndteringen.

Dobbeltklik vil som standard åbne PDF-, PostScript-, .djvu-, .dvi- og Comic Book Archive-filer i dokumentfremviseren.

Højreklik på et filikon i filhåndteringen og klik på Åbn medDokumentfremviser.

Hvis der allerede er et åbent dokumentfremviservindue, kan du:

trække et filikon ind i vinduet fra filhåndteringen. Den nye fil åbner i et nyt vindue (forudsat at filen er af en filtype, der understøttes af dokumentfremviseren).

vælg FilÅbn fra menulinjen. I dialogboksen Åbn dokument skal du vælge den fil, som du vil åbne, og klikke på Åbn. Filen åbnes i et nyt vindue.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/singlesided-5-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000437112307647155025416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-siders eller 4-siders brochure Udskriv en 5, 6, 7 eller 8-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-siders til 8 siders brochure

Hvis du har et PDF-dokument på 5, 6 eller 7 sider, skal du tilføje et antal tomme sider, så du kommer op på 8 sider. For at gøre det kan du:

Oprette en tom PDF i LibreOffice Writer.

Flet de tomme sider ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

For at udskrive:

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skrive sidenumrene i følgende rækkefølge: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

Under Layout skal du i menuen Dobbelsidet, vælge Enkeltsidet.

I menuen Sider pr. ark skal du vælge 2.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Ulige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når alle siderne er udskrevet skal du vende arkene og lægge dem tilbage i printeren.

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Lige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/license.page0000644000373100047300000000276312307647155023222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Juridisk information. Licens

Dette værk distribueres under en CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported licens.

Du må frit:

<em>Dele</em>

Kopiere, distribuere og overføre værket.

 <em>Sammensætte det på anden vis</em>

Tilpasse værket.

På følgende betingelser:

<em>Kreditering</em>

Du skal kreditere for værket som angivet af forfatteren eller licensindehaveren (men ikke på nogen måde, som antyder at de godkender dig eller din brug af værket).

 <em>Del på samme vilkår</em>

Hvis du ændrer, omdanner eller bygger videre på dette værk, må du kun distribuere det nye værk under den samme, en lignende eller en kompatibel licens.

Se den fulde tekst af licensen på hjemmesiden for CreativeCommons eller læs det fulde Commons aktstykke.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000434412307647155023620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hvor og hvordan man kan rapportere problemer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rapporter en fejl i <app>Dokumentfremviser</app>

Programmet Dokumentfremviser vedligeholdes af et fællesskab af frivillige. Du er velkommen til at deltage. Hvis du støder ind i et problem, så kan du indsende en fejlrapport. Gør det ved at gå til .

Det er et fejlrapporteringssystem, hvor brugere og udviklere kan rapportere detaljer om fejl eller programnedbrud, og foreslå forbedringer.

For at tage del, skal man have en konto, hvor man får mulighed for at få adgang, rapportere fejl og komme med kommentarer. Man skal også registrere sig for at få opdateringer med e-mail om status på fejlrapporten. Hvis ikke du har en konto, skal du bare klikke på Ny konto for at oprette den.

Når du har oprettet en konto, skal du logge ind, klikke på File a BugCoreevince. Før du rapporterer en fejl, så læs venligst bug writing guidelines, og søg også først efter fejlen for at se om den allerede er rapporteret.

For at rapportere en fejl skal du vælge komponenten i menuen Component. Hvis du ikke er sikker på, hvilken komponent fejlen vedrører, så vælg general.

Hvis du ønsker ny funktionalitet, så vælg enhancement i menuen Severity. Udfyld afsnittene Summary og Description og klik Send.

Din rapport får tildelt et ID-nummer, og dens status bliver opdateret når den behandles nærmere.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/bookmarks.page0000644000373100047300000000134212307647155023560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Man kan bruge annotationer som bogmærker. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Bogmærker

Der er ikke noget bogmærkesystem i Dokumentfremviser. Men man kan bruge annotationer som bogmærker.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/editing.page0000644000373100047300000000210612307647155023212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Man kan ikke redigere filer med Dokumentfremviser. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Kan jeg redigere dokumenter i dokumentfremviseren?

Dokumentfremviser kan ikke bruges til at foretage ændringer i dokumenter. Man skal bruge et egentligt redigeringsprogram til den filtype, som man ønsker at foretage ændringer i.

PDF- og PostScript-filer (.ps) er sædvanligvis ikke beregnet til at kunne redigeres, men der findes programmer, som man kan bruge til at redigere dem med. Prøv for eksempel pdfedit.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/print-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000215412307647155024076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dobbeltsidet udskrift, eller flere sider på hvert ark. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Layout for udskrift på begge sider og med flere sider per side

Du kan udskrive på begge sider af hvert ark papir:

Klik på FilUdskriv.

På udskriftsvinduets faneblad Sideopsætning skal du under Dobbelsidet foretage dit valg ved hjælp af rullegardinslisten.

Du kan udskrive mere end én side af dokumentet på hvert papirark. Brug muligheden Sider pr. ark for at gøre det.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000242012307647155022714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arbejd med formularer, som kan udfyldes. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Formularer

Når du udfylder en interaktiv formular, kan du navigere fra felt til felt ved at klikke på det med musen. Når du er færdig med at udfylde et tekstfelt, skal du trykke på Retur.

Du kan foretage et valg i en rulleliste ved at klikke på rullelisten og vælge med musen.

Der kan være visse dele af en formular, som det kan være nødvendigt at udfylde manuelt efter at formularen er udskrevet. Måske skal noget markeres, eller formularen skal underskrives et eller flere steder. Hvis du vil gøre det elektronisk, så prøv eventuelt Xournal.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-7pages.page0000644000373100047300000000430512307647155024257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 07-siders brochure Udskriv en 7-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 7-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skriv sidetallene i denne rækkefølge: 7, 2, 1

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Korte kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Skriv de resterende sidetal i denne rækkefølge: 6, 3, 4, 5

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Sideorden skal du ændre til Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Det er lettere at udskrive en 8-siders brochure. Du kan tilføje en tom side til PDF-dokumentet for at bringe det op på 8 sider. Gør sådan:

Opret et tomt PDF-dokument ved hjælp af LibreOffice Writer.

Flet den tomme PDF-fil ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring den tomme side til sidst.

Fortsæt med fremgangsmåden for at udskrive en 8-siders brochure.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/finding.page0000644000373100047300000000324112307647155023206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find et ord eller udtryk i et dokument. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Find tekst i et dokument

Klik på RedigérSøg eller tryk på CtrlF eller / for at få vist en søgeboks.

Skriv det ord eller det udtryk, som du leder efter, så starter søgningen af sig selv.

Med knapperne Find foregående og Find næste kan du springe fra ét søgeresultat til det næste.

Skjul søgelinjen ved at klikke på et vilkårligt sted i dokumentet.

Hvis det ord eller udtryk, som du søgte efter, ikke findes i dokumentet, får du beskeden Ikke fundet. Men findes det blot én gang i dokumentet, så vil du få besked om, hvor mange gange det søgte ord optræder på hver side. Hvis man, som ovenfor beskrevet, springer fra ét resultat til det næste, eller hvis man ruller gennem dokumentet, ses dette tydeligt.

Man kan kun søge i PDF-dokumenter. Visse PDF-dokumenter kan man ikke søge i, fordi teksten er indlejret i dokumentet som et billede.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/singlesided-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000470412307647155025342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv en brochure med mere end 20 sider. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-siders brochure

n er et multiplum af 4.

Hvis antallet af sider i PDF-dokumentet ikke er et multiplum af 4, bør du tilføje et passende antal tomme sider (1, 2 eller 3) for at gøre det til et multiplum af 4. For at gøre det kan man:

Oprette en tom PDF i LibreOffice Writer.

Flet de tomme sider ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

For at udskrive:

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skriv sidetallene i denne rækkefølge: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...til du har skrevet n-antal sider.

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

Under Layout skal du i menuen Dobbelsidet, vælge Enkeltsidet.

I menuen Sider pr. ark skal du vælge 2.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Ulige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når alle siderne er udskrevet skal du vende arkene og lægge dem tilbage i printeren.

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Udskriv kun skal du vælge Lige ark.

Klik på Udskriv.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/print-order.page0000644000373100047300000000341012307647155024033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Brug mulighederne Saml og Omvendt for at få siderne udskrevet i rigtig rækkefølge. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Få kopierne udskrevet i den rigtige rækkefølge
Omvendt

Printere udskriver sædvanligvis den første side først og den sidste side sidst, så siderne ligger i omvendt rækkefølge, når du tager dem ud af printeren.

For at vende rækkefølgen om:

FilUdskriv

I printervinduets faneblad Generelt skal du under Kopier markere Omvendt. Sidste side udskrives så først, og så videre.
Saml

Hvis du udskriver mere end én kopi af dokumentet, så samles de udprintede sider automatisk efter sidenummer (f.eks. vil kopierne af side et komme først, derefter kopierne af side to, osv.). Med Saml vil hver kopi blive printet ud for sig.

For at samle:

Klik på FilUdskriv

I printervinduets faneblad Generelt under Kopier skal du sætte hak ved Saml.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000246412307647155024343 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv en 16-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 16-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skriv sidetallet i følgende rækkefølge: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Kort kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-15pages.page0000644000373100047300000000213112307647155024331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv en 15-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 15-siders brochure

Det er lettere at udskrive en 16-siders brochure. Du kan tilføje en tom side til PDF-dokumentet for at bringe det op på 16 sider. Gør sådan:

Oprette en tom PDF i LibreOffice Writer.

Flet den tomme side ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

Fortsæt med fremgangsmåden for at udskrive en 16-siders brochure.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000132512307647155024312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduktion til Dokumentfremviseren Evince. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Indledning

Evince er en dokumentfremviser. Se for at få vist en liste over de filtyper, som kan fremvises.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-3pages.page0000644000373100047300000000343712307647155024260 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-siders brochure Udskriv en 3-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Under Interval skal du vælge Sider. Skriv sidetallene i denne rækkefølge: 3, 2, 1

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Korte kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Det er lettere at udskrive en 4-siders brochure. Du kan tilføje en tom side til PDF-dokumentet for at bringe det op på 4 sider. Gør sådan:

Oprette en tom PDF i LibreOffice Writer.

Flet den tomme side ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

Fortsæt med fremgangsmåden for at udskrive en 4-siders brochure.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/synctex.page0000644000373100047300000000214412307647155023266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Du kan få hjælp til SyncTeX. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hvad er SyncTex?

SyncTex er en metode, der muliggør synkronisering mellem en TeX-kildefil og det tilsvarende PDF-output.

Videodemonstration Tryk på Ctrlclick for at synkronisere.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/movingaround.page0000644000373100047300000001325012307647155024301 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Naviger, rul og zoom. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Naviger i dokumentet

Du kan bevæge dig rundt på hver af dokumentets sider ved at gøre som følger:

Rulle op og ned ved hjælp af musehjulet. Flyt rundt på siden ved at bevæge musen:

Højreklik på siden og vælg Autorul.

Flyt musemarkøren mod bunden af vinduet for at rulle ned; der rulles hurtigere, jo længere du flytter den ned i vinduet.

For at standse autorulningen skal du klikke et vilkårligt sted i dokumentet.

Brug dokumentvinduets rullebjælke.

Brug pilene for op og ned på tastaturet.

Træk siden rundt med musen ved at gribe fat i den. Gør sådan:

Flyt musemarkøren til siden og hold midterste museknap nede for at trække den rundt.

Hvis ikke du har en midterknap på musen, så skal du holde venstre og højre museknap nede samtidig og så trække.
Skift mellem sider

Du kan navigere mellem siderne i et dokument med en af følgende fremgangsmåder:

Klik på knapperne Foregående eller Næste på værktøjslinjen.

Brug menuen naviger:

Gå tilnæste side

Gå tilforegående side

Tryk på knapperne CtrlPgUp eller CtrlPgDn på tastaturet.

Gå til en bestemt side:

Skriv et sidenummer i 'vælg side' på værktøjslinjen og tryk på Retur.

Hvis du vil gå til begyndelsen eller slutningen af dokumentet:

Klik på NavigeringFørste side. Du kan også trykke på CtrlHome på tastaturet.

Klik på NavigerSidste side eller tryk på CtrlEnd på tastaturet.

For at flytte ti sider ad gangen skal du trykke på SkiftPgUp eller SkiftPgDn.

Som standard kan du kun bevæge dig inden for én side ad gangen. Hvis du gerne vil bevæge dig mellem flere sider ved at rulle eller ved at trække, skal du klikke på VisFortløbende.
Zoom ind og ud

Klik på VisZoom ind eller brug tastaturgenvejen Ctrl+ for at zoome ind.

Klik på VisZoom ud eller brug tastaturgenvejen Ctrl- for at zoome ud.

Eller du kan gøre ét af følgende:

hold Ctrl nede og brug musehjulet til at zoome med.

vælg den ønskede zoom-procent fra rullegardinsmenuen over vinduet.

Bedste tilpasning vil få en dokumentside til at fylde hele højden af vinduet.

Tilpas sidebredde vil få en dokumentside til at fylde hele bredden af vinduet.

Hvis du vil se to sider på samme tid, side om side som i en bog, skal du klikke på VisDobbelt.

Du kan bruge hele skærmen til at få vist dokumentet:

Klik på VisFuldskærm eller tryk på F11.

For at gå ud af fuldskærmsvisning:

Tryk på F11 eller Escape

eller klik på knappen Forlad fuldskærm i toppen af skærmen.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215612307647155023232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gør Dokumentfremviser bedre. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hjælp med at udvikle

Dokumentfremviseren udvikles og vedligeholdes af et frivilligt fællesskab. Du er velkommen til at deltage.

Hvis du gerne vil hjælpe med at udvikle Dokumentfremviseren, kan du komme i forbindelse med udviklerne på irc, eller på vores mailingliste.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/password.page0000644000373100047300000000215712307647155023437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Håndtering af adgangskodebeskyttede PDF-filer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Adgangskodebeskyttede dokumenter

Prøver du at åbne et adgangskodebeskyttet PDF-dokument, så åbnes der et vindue, hvor du skal skrive dokumentets adgangskode. Skriv adgangskoden og klik på Åbn dokument.

Der er to typer adgangskoder:

Brugeradgangskoden skal bruges for at få fremvist dokumentet.

Hovedadgangskoden skal bruges for både at udskrive og få fremvist dokumentet.

Disse adgangskoder bestemmes af den, som har oprettet dokumentet.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000331712307647155023571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Oversæt Dokumentfremviser. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hjælp med oversættelse

Dokumentfremviserens brugerflade og dokumentation oversættes af et verdensomspændende fællesskab af frivillige. Du må meget gerne deltage i det.

Der er mange sprog som stadig har brug for oversættelser.

For at begynde at oversætte, skal du oprette en konto og slutte dig til oversætterholdet for dit sprog. Det gør det muligt for dig at uploade nye oversættelser.

Du kan chatte med GNOME-oversættere på irc. Folk på kanalen er spredt ud over hele verden, så du får måske ikke svar med det samme, da der er tidszone-forskelle.

Eller du kan sætte dig i forbindelse med internationaliseringsholdet ved hjælp af dets postliste.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-14pages.page0000644000373100047300000000464412307647155024343 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv en 14-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 14-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval skal du vælge Sider.

Skriv sidenumrene i denne rækkefølge: 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9, 2

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Korte kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når siderne er udskrevet, skal du tage papiret med side 2 og lægge det tilbage i printeren. Vær opmærksom på at du vender det rigtigt (side 1 udskrives på den anden side).

Klik på FilUdskriv igen.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Under Interval skal du vælge Sider og skrive: 1

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Det er lettere at udskrive en 16-siders brochure. Du kan tilføje 2 tomme sider til PDF-dokumentet for at bringe det op på 16 sider. Gør sådan:

Opret et tomt PDF-dokument på 2 sider ved hjælp af LibreOffice Writer.

Flet den tomme PDF-fil ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

Fortsæt med fremgangsmåden for at udskrive en 16-siders brochure.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/noprint.page0000644000373100047300000000523712307647155023270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Forfatteren kan have lagt begrænsninger i dokumentet hvad angår udskrivning. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Jeg kan ikke udskrive et dokument
Mulige årsager til at udskrivning mislykkes

Hvis et dokument ikke kan udskrives, kan det skyldes:

Printerproblemer eller

Begrænsninger i udskriften af PDF.
Printerproblemer

Der kan være mange grunde til at din printer ikke fungerer. Den kan for eksempel mangle papir eller blæk. Eller den kan være i stykker, eller måske er den ikke tilsluttet.

For at finde ud af om din printer udskriver korrekt:

Klik på dit navn i toppanelet og vælg Systemindstillinger.

Klik på din printer i listen.

Klik på Udskriv prøveside. Der sendes en side til din printer.

Hvis dette mislykkes, så se Hjælp til udskrivning. Måske skal du også se i din printerhåndbog hvad du ellers kan gøre.
Begrænsninger i udskriften af PDF

Nogle PDF-dokumenter har en indstilling, der forhindrer at de kan udskrives. Under oprettelsen af et dokument kan forfatteren lægge denne begrænsning på udskrivningen. Som standard tilsidesætter Dokumentfremviser begrænsningen, men du kan undersøge om dette er blevet deaktiveret:

Tryk på AltF2 for at åbne vinduet kør program.

Skriv dconf-editor i tekstboksen og klik på Kør. Så åbner konfigurationsredigeringen.

Naviger frem til /org/gnome/evince ved hjælp af sidepanelet.

Sørg for at der er sat hak ved tilsidesæt begrænsninger.

Vend tilbage til dokumentfremviseren og prøv igen at udskrive dokumentet.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/convertpdf.page0000644000373100047300000000344412307647155023747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Man kan konvertere et dokument til PDF ved at "udskrive" det til en fil. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Konverter et dokument til PDF

Man kan konvertere dokumenter af følgende format til PDF-filer:

Device independent filformat (.dvi)

PostScript (.ps)

Man gør det ved at åbne filen i dokumentfremviseren og "udskrive" dokumentet som en PDF-fil.

Klik på FilUdskriv og gå til fanebladet Generelt.

Vælg Udskriv til fil og vælg PDF som Udskriftsformat.

Vælg et navn og en mappe, hvor filen skal gemmes og tryk så på Udskriv. PDF-filen gemmes i den valgte mappe.

Man kan ikke markere tekst i PostScript- eller .dvi-filer, men normalt kan man gøre det i PDF-filer. Selv om man konverterer .dvi- eller PostScript-filer til PDF, kan man alligevel ikke markere tekst. Det skyldes at selve teksten ikke gemmes i filen (som blot er et billede af teksten), så man kan ikke finde teksten og lægge den i en PDF-fil. Om nødvendigt kan man bruge programmer til optisk genkendelse (OCR) for at udtrække teksten fra filerne.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/formats.page0000644000373100047300000000314512307647155023246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 PDF, PostScript og mange andre er. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Understøttede formater

Dokumentfremviser understøtter følgende formater:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device independent filformat (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Præsentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Skalerbar vektorgrafik (.svg)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

Andre grafikfiler (.gif, .jpeg, .png)

I nogle Linuxdistributioner er ikke alle formater understøttede som standard, så måske kan du ikke få fremvist alle ovennævnte formater.

Understøttelse af et format kaldes en motor (backend). Hvis du får fejlmeldingen "Kan ikke åbne dokumentet", bør du undersøge om motor-pakken for det pågældende format er installeret.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/synctex-compile.page0000644000373100047300000000167412307647155024723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sådan kompilerer du dit TeX-dokument med SyncTex Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Kompiler TeX med SyncTex

Hvis du tilføjer linjen \synctex=1 i TeX-filens hoved, udløses der synkronisering med SYncTeX.

\documentclass{article} \synctex=1 \usepackage{fullpage} \begin{document} ...

Eller du kan køre kommandoen pdflatex med tilvalget -synctex=1:

pdflatex -synctex=1 dinFil.tex usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/convertPostScript.page0000644000373100047300000000261012307647155025302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Man kan konvertere et dokument til PostScript. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Konverter et dokument til PostScript

Man kan konvertere dokumenter af følgende format til PostScript-filer:

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

Man gør det ved at åbne filen i dokumentfremviseren og "udskrive" dokumentet som en PostScript-fil.

Klik på FilUdskriv og gå til fanebladet Generelt.

Vælg Udskriv til fil og vælg PostScript som Udskriftsformat.

Vælg et navn og en mappe, hvor filen skal gemmes og tryk så på Udskriv. PostScript-filen gemmes i den valgte mappe.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000242212307647155023422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sådan udskriver du, samt gængse spørgsmål om udskrivning. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Udskriv et dokument

For at udskrive et dokument:

Klik på FilUdskriv

Vælg din printer fra listen

Klik på Udskriv.

Udskrivning er aktiveret for følgende filformater:

Device independent filformat (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-11pages.page0000644000373100047300000000424612307647155024336 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv en 11-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 11-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skriv sidetallene i denne rækkefølge: 11, 2, 1

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Kort kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Klik på FilUdskriv igen.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Skriv de resterende sidetal i denne rækkefølge: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Det er lettere at udskrive en 12-siders brochure. Du kan tilføje en tom side til PDF-dokumentet for at bringe det op på 12 sider. Gør sådan:

Opret et tomt PDF-dokument ved hjælp af LibreOffice Writer.

Flet den tomme PDF-fil ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring den tomme side til sidst.

Fortsæt med fremgangsmåden for at udskrive en 12-siders brochure.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/synctex-search.page0000644000373100047300000000472712307647155024542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Skift mellem Dokumentfremviser og Gedit. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Søg med SyncTex

Når du har kompileret din TeX-fil med SyncTex, kan du søge. SyncTex understøtter også søgning fra og til en inkluderet fil.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/print-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000263712307647155025573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv et dokument på papir af en anden størrelse, form eller orientering. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Ændr papirformatet ved udskrivning

Hvis du vil ændre papirstørrelsen på dit dokument (for eksempel udskrive en PDF-fil i US Letter-format på A4-papir), kan du ændre dokumentets udskriftsformat.

Klik på FilUdskriv

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I kolonnen Papir skal du vælge Papirstørrelse fra rullegardinslisten.

Klik på Udskriv, så udskrives dit dokument.

Du kan også bruge menuen Orientering for at vælge en anden orientering:

Portræt

Landskab

Omvendt portræt

Omvendt landskab

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001464712307647155023642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Se en liste over alle genveje og lær at lave dine egne genveje. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Tastaturgenveje
Standardgenveje
Åbne, lukke, gemme og udskrive

Sådan åbnes et dokument.

CtrlO

Åbn en kopi af det aktuelle dokument.

CtrlN

Gem en kopi af det aktuelle dokument med et nyt filnavn.

CtrlS

Udskriv det aktuelle dokument.

CtrlP

Luk det aktuelle dokumentvindue.

CtrlW

Genindlæs dokumentet (i virkeligheden lukkes dokumentet, for så at åbnes igen).

CtrlR
Naviger i dokumentet

Flyt en side op eller ned.

Piletaster

Flyt flere linjer op eller ned på en side ad gangen.

PgUp / PgDn

Gå til foregående eller næste side.

CtrlPgUp / CtrlPgDn

Gå til starten af en side (starten af dokumentet, hvis VisFortløbende er valgt).

Home

Gå til slutningen af en side (slutningen af dokumentet, hvis VisFortløbende er valgt).

End

Gå til begyndelsen af dokumentet.

CtrlHome

Gå til slutningen af dokumentet.

CtrlEnd
Markér og kopier tekst

Kopier den markerede tekst.

CtrlC

Vælg al tekst i et dokument.

CtrlA
Find tekst

Vis værktøjslinjen som gør det muligt at søge efter ord i dokumentet. Når du trykker på den, er søgeboksen automatisk markeret, og søgningen begynder, når du skriver tekst i den.

CtrlF

Gå til næste søgeresultat.

CtrlG

Gå til foregående søgeresultat.

CtrlSkiftG
Rotér og zoom

Rotér siderne 90 grader mod uret.

Ctrlvenstrepil

Rotér siderne 90 grader med uret.

Ctrlhøjrepil

Zoom ind.

Ctrl+

Zoom ud.

Ctrl-
Opret dine egne genveje

I gconf skal du aktivere /desktop/gnome/interface/can_change_accels:

Tryk på AltF2. Herved åbnes dialogen kør.

Skriv 'gconf-editor' i tekstboksen.

I programmet konfigurationsredigering skal du vælge desktopgnomeinterface.

Sæt hak i boksen for can_change_accels i højre side af vinduet.

Du kan tilføje eller ændre genvejen som følger:

Åbn Dokumentfremviser.

Anbring musen over det menupunkt som du vil ændre eller oprette en genvej til.

Tast den ønskede tastaturgenvej, f.eks. CtrlSkiftT.

Luk Dokumentfremviser.

Gentag skridt 1-3.

Fjern hakket i boksen for can_change_accels i højre side af vinduet.

Næste gang Dokumentfremviser starter, vil din tastaturgenvej blive bevaret.

Bemærk at dette også fungerer i mange andre Gnome-programmer.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/annotation-properties.page0000644000373100047300000000316612307647155026142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sådan kan du tilpasse en annotations forfatter, farve, stil eller ikon. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Tilpas annotationer

Højreklik på annotationen i dokumentet.

Vælg Annotationsegenskaber.

I vinduet for Annotationsegenskaber kan du ændre din notes forfatter, farve, stil og ikon.

Annotationsegenskaberne anvendes kun på den note, hvor du har foretaget ændringerne. Hver note har sit eget sæt af egenskaber.
Kan jeg lave en permanent ændring af standard-anotationsegenskaberne?

Som anført ovenfor kan standardegenskaberne for annotationerne (forfatter, farve, stil og ikon) kun ændres for hver enkelt note for sig. Så hvis du vil have alle ikonerne for dine noter til at være røde i stedet for gule, skal du ændre det fra gul til rød på hver enkelt note. Der er for øjeblikket ingen mulighed for at gemme ændrede standardindstillinger for annotationsegenskaberne.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-10pages.page0000644000373100047300000000464012307647155024333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv en 10-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 10-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval skal du vælge Sider.

Skriv de resterende sidetal i denne rækkefølge: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7, 2

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Korte kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når siderne er udskrevet, skal du tage papiret med side 2 og lægge det tilbage i printeren. Vær opmærksom på at du vender det rigtigt (side 1 udskrives på den anden side).

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Under Interval skal du vælge Sider og skrive: 1

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Det er lettere at udskrive en 12-siders brochure. Du kan tilføje 2 tomme sider til PDF-dokumentet for at bringe det op på 12 sider. Gør det sådan:

Opret et tomt PDF-dokument på 2 sider ved hjælp af LibreOffice Writer.

Flet den tomme PDF-fil ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

Fortsæt med fremgangsmåden for at udskrive en 12-siders brochure.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/forms-saving.page0000644000373100047300000000345612307647155024213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sørg for at gemme formularen, ellers vil alle de indtastede oplysninger gå tabt. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Gem en formular

Hvis du vil gemme din formular efter at have udfyldt den, kan du gøre det på to måder:

For at gemme en kopi, som også kan redigeres på et senere tidspunkt (formen bliver ved med at være interaktiv):

Klik på FilGem kopi

Vælg et navn og en mappe, hvor filen skal gemmes, og tryk så på Gem. PDF-filen gemmes i den valgte mappe.

For at gemme en kopi som ikke kan redigeres yderligere (for eksempel, hvis den skal sendes med e-mail eller online):

Klik på FilUdskriv og gå til fanebladet Generelt.

Vælg Udskriv til fil og vælg PDF som Udskriftsformat.

Vælg et navn og en mappe, hvor filen skal gemmes og tryk så på Udskriv. PDF-filen gemmes i den valgte mappe.

Man kan ikke gemme eller udskrive kopier af krypterede filer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000363312307647155024351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Udskriv en brochure med mere end 16 sider. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-siders brochure

n er et multiplum af 4.

Hvis antallet af sider i PDF-dokumentet ikke er et multiplum af 4, bør du tilføje et passende antal tomme sider (1, 2 eller 3) for at gøre det til et multiplum af 4. For at gøre det kan man:

Oprette en tom PDF i LibreOffice Writer.

Flet de tomme sider ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Ved Interval, vælg Sider.

Skriv sidetallene i denne rækkefølge: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...til du har skrevet n-antal sider.

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Kort kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/print-booklet.page0000644000373100047300000000202512307647155024360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sådan udskriver du en brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Udskriv en brochure

Hvis du udskriver en brochure (som måske skal indbindes eller hæftes i midten af hver side), skal du fra nedenstående liste vælge den printertype, som du vil bruge. Angiv så antallet af brochurens udskrevne sider.

Printeren tillader enkeltsidet udskrift
Printeren tillader dobbeltsidet udskrift
usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/annotations-navigate.page0000644000373100047300000000235412307647155025725 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sådan navigerer du til annotationer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Navigering i annotationer

Hvis du har oprettet annotationer i dit dokument, kan du bruge fanebladet Liste til at få vist listen over alle annotationer i dokumentet. Listen viser annotationens type, sidetal, forfatter og dato.

For hurtigt at navigere til en bestemt annotation skal du klikke på pilen til venstre for sidetallet. Så vil du få vist en liste over annotationerne på denne side. Klik på den annotation, som du er interesseret i, og Dokumentfremviser navigerer hen til annotationen i dokumentet.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/annotations-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000126212307647155025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Man kan ikke fjerne annotationer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Fjern annotationer

For øjeblikket kan man kan ikke fjerne en annotation i Dokumentfremviser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/convertSVG.page0000644000373100047300000000242412307647155023632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Man kan konvertere et dokument til SVG ved at "udskrive" det til en fil. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Konverter et dokument til SVG

Man kan konvertere dokumenter af følgende formater til SVG-filer:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

Man gør det ved at åbne filen i dokumentfremviseren og "udskrive" dokumentet som en SVG-fil.

Klik på FilUdskriv og gå til fanebladet Generelt.

Vælg Udskriv til fil og vælg SVG som Udskriftsformat.

Vælg et navn og en mappe, hvor filen skal gemmes og tryk så på Udskriv. SVG-filen gemmes i den valgte mappe.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/index.page0000644000373100047300000000346012307647155022702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/evince-trail.png"/> Dokumentfremviseren Evince Dokumentfremviseren Evince Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/evincelogo.png">Evince logo</media> Dokumentfremviseren Evince
Læs dokumenter
Præsentationer og andre understøttede formater
Udskrivning
Annotationer og bogmærker
Interaktive formularer
Ofte Stillede Spørgsmål
Avanceret
Tips og tricks
SyncTex
Deltag
usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000103312307647155022535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Dette værk er licenseret under en Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

Som en særlig undtagelse tillader copyrightindehaverne dig at kopiere, modificere og distribuere eksempelkoden i indeværende dokument under betingelser efter dit eget valg, uden begrænsninger.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/invert-colors.page0000644000373100047300000000156412307647155024404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Inverterer man farverne, kan visse tekster være lettere at læse. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Invertér farverne på en side

For at skifte sort ud med hvid, hvid med sort, og så fremdeles, skal du klikke VisInvertér farver.

Gør du det, kan det være lettere at læse tekst, især hvis du har et svagt syn.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/synctex-editors.page0000644000373100047300000000343112307647155024735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hvilket tekstredigeringsprogram kan man bruge til at redigere TeX-filen med? Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Understøttede redigeringsprogrammer
<app>gedit</app>

Både Forlæns søgning (fra Gedit til Dokumentfremviser) og Baglæns søgning (fra Dokumentfremviser til Gedit) er understøttet.

Vim-latex

Udvidelsesmodulet til Gedit indeholder et pythonscript (evince_dbus.py), som kan bruges til at få Synctex til at virke med Vim. For at bruge vim-latex sammen med Dokumentfremviser skal du gøre som følger:

Kopier evince_dbus.py til en mappe i din sti og giv den +x-tilladelser.

Rediger din ~/.vimrc og tilføj følgende linjer.

let g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'evince_dbus.py' let g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf' let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'pdflatex --synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $*'

Nu kan du bruge forlæns søgning fra vim-latex ved at skrive \ls. Baglæns søgning er endnu ikke understøttet.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/annotations.page0000644000373100047300000000424612307647155024133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sådan opretter og tilpasser man annotationer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Tilføj annotationer

En annotation er et notat eller en kommentar, der tilføjes til et PDF-dokument. Man kan tilføje annotationer ved hjælp af Dokumentfremviser.

Når man åbner en fil er der et sidepanel i vinduets venstre side. Hvis sidepanelet ikke er synligt, skal du klikke på VisSidepanel eller trykke på F9.

I toppen af dette sidepanel er der en rullegardinsmenu med muligheder som Miniaturer, Indeks og Annotationer (nogle af dem kan være inaktive i visse dokumenter).

For at oprette en annotation:

Vælg Annotationer fra rullegardinsmenuen.

Du vil nu se fanebladene Liste og Tilføj under rullegardinsmenuen.

Vælg fanebladet Tilføj

Klik på ikonet for at tilføje en tekst-annotation.

Klik på det sted i dokument-vinduet, hvor du vil tilføje din annotation. Annotations-vinduet kommer frem.

Skriv din tekst i annotations-vinduet.

Man kan ændre størrelse på noten ved at klikke med venstre musetast på et af hjørnerne i bunden af noten og så bevæge musen.

Luk noten ved at klikke på x i dens øverste hjørne.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000227512307647155024447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Kontakt dokumentationsholdet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hjælp med at skrive dokumentation

Dokumentationen for Dokumentfremviseren vedligeholdes af et frivilligt fællesskab. Du er velkommen til at deltage.

Hvis du vil bidrage til dokumentationsprojektet, så må du gerne sætte dig i forbindelse med os på irc, eller på voresmailingliste.

Vores wiki-side indeholder nyttig information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-9pages.page0000644000373100047300000000673412307647155024271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-siders brochure Udskriv en 9-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Under Interval skal du vælge Sider og skrive: 1

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Korte kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når siden er udskrevet, skal du tage papiret og lægge det tilbage i printeren. Vær opmærksom på at du vender det rigtigt (side 2 udskrives på den anden side).

Klik på FilUdskriv igen og vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Under Interval skal du vælge Sider og skrive: 2

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning og vælg Venstre mod højre i menuen Sideorden.

Klik på Udskriv.

Klik på FilUdskriv igen.

På fanebladet Generelt skal du skrive 3 i boksen Sider.

På fanebladet Sideopsætning skal du indstille Sideorden til Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når side 3 er udskrevet, skal du lægge papiret tilbage i printeren. Du skal være opmærksom på at vende det rigtigt (side 4 og 9 udskrives på den anden side).

Klik på FilUdskriv.

På fanebladet Generelt skal du i boksen ved Sider skrive 4,9.

På fanebladet Sideopsætning skal du indstille Sideorden til Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Klik på FilUdskriv.

På fanebladet Generelt skal du i boksen ved Sider skrive 8, 5, 6, 7 og indstille Sideorden til Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Det er lettere at udskrive en 12-siders brochure. Du kan tilføje 3 tomme sider til PDF-dokumentet for at bringe det op på 12 sider. Gør sådan:

Opret et tomt PDF-dokument på 3 sider ved hjælp af LibreOffice Writer.

Flet den tomme PDF-fil ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

Fortsæt med fremgangsmåden for at udskrive en 12-siders brochure.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/evince/duplex-5pages.page0000644000373100047300000000637612307647155024267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-siders brochure Udskriv en 5-siders brochure. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-siders brochure

Klik på FilUdskriv.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Under Interval skal du vælge Sider og skrive: 1

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I Dobbeltsidet under Layout skal du vælge Korte kant (omvendt).

Vælg 2 i Sider pr. ark.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når siden er udskrevet, skal du tage papiret og lægge det tilbage i printeren. Vær opmærksom på at du vender det rigtigt (side 2 udskrives på den anden side).

Klik på FilUdskriv igen.

Vælg fanebladet Generelt.

Under Interval skal du vælge Sider og skrive: 2

Vælg fanebladet Sideopsætning.

I menuen Sideorden skal du vælge Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

For at udskrive side 3 skal du klikke på FilUdskriv igen.

På fanebladet Generelt skal skrive sidetallet i boksen ved Sider.

På fanebladet Sideopsætning skal du indstille Sideorden til Højre mod venstre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Når side 3 er udskrevet, skal du lægge papiret tilbage i printeren. Du skal være opmærksom på at vende det rigtigt (side 4 og 9 udskrives på den anden side).

Klik på FilUdskriv.

På fanebladet Generelt skal du i boksen ved Sider skrive 4, 9.

På fanebladet Sideopsætning skal du indstille Sideorden til Venstre mod højre.

Klik på Udskriv.

Det er lettere at udskrive en 8-siders brochure. Du kan tilføje 3 tomme sider til PDF-dokumentet for at bringe det op på 8 sider. Gør sådan:

Opret et tomt PDF-dokument på 3 sider ved hjælp af LibreOffice Writer.

Flet den tomme PDF-fil ind i PDF-dokumentet med PDF-Shuffler og anbring de tomme sider til sidst.

Fortsæt med fremgangsmåden for at udskrive en 8-siders brochure.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-system-monitor/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000012442112300454133026233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Manual til Systemovervågning, V2.2 2009 Paul Cutler 2004 Sun Microsystems 2001 2002 2004 Bill Day GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet Der gives tilladelse til at kopiere, distribuere og/eller ændre dette dokument under betingelserne i GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), version 1.1 eller enhver nyere version, udgivet af Free Software Foundation uden invariante afsnit, uden forsidetekster, og uden bagsidetekster. Du kan finde en kopi af GFDL'en her: link, eller i filen COPYING-DOCS der distribueres med denne manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter og tjenester er registrerede varemærker. Der hvor disse navne optræder i GNOME-dokumentationen, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet er blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, er navnene skrevet med store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Bill Day
billday@bellatlantic.net
 Paul Cutler GNOME Documentation Project
pcutler@foresightlinux.org
 System Monitor Manual V2.2 March 2009 Paul Cutler pcutler@foresightlinux.org GNOME Documentation Project System Monitor Manual V2.1 February 2004 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project System Monitor Manual V2.0 November 2002 Bill Day billday@bellatlantic.net GNOME Documentation Project Procman Manual V0.11 January 2002 Bill Day billday@bellatlantic.net GNOME Documentation Project Denne manual beskriver version 2.24.4 af Systemovervågning. Tilbagemelding Følg vejledningen på GNOME-feedbacksiden for at rapportere fejl eller indsende forslag til programmet Systemovervågning eller denne manual. Systemovervågning giver brugere en grafisk brugergrænseflade til at overvåge CPU, netværk og hukommelsesaktivitet, såvel som funktioner til at gennemse og stoppe systemprocesser. System Monitor gnome-system-monitor procman Introduktion The System Monitor application enables you to monitor system processes, usage of system resources, and file systems. You can also use System Monitor to modify the behavior of your system. The System Monitor window contains three tabbed sections: Processes Viser de aktive processer og deres indbyrdes relationer. Giver detaljeret information om hver enkelt proces, og lader dig styre aktive processer. Resources Viser det aktuelle forbrug af følgende systemressourcer: CPU-tid (processortidsforbrug) Hukommelse og swap-plads Netværksaktivitet File Systems Opskriver alle monterede filsystemer samt grundlæggende information om hvert af dem. Kom godt i gang Start af Systemovervågning Du kan starte Systemovervågning på følgende måder: Menuen System Choose Administration System Monitor. Kommandolinje Kør følgende kommando: gnome-system-monitor Når du starter Systemovervågning Når du starter Systemovervågning, vil følgende vinduer blive vist:
Vinduet for Systemovervågning Shows System Monitor main window.
Vinduet for Systemovervågning indeholder følgende elementer: Menubjælke Menuerne i menubjælken indeholder alle de kommandoer, du behøver for at bruge Systemovervågning. Visningsområde Visningsområdet indeholder systemovervågningsinformationerne. Visningsområdet består af følgende afsnit, inddelt i faneblade: Processes Indeholder en liste af processer, organiseret som en tabel, en liste af gennemsnitsbelastninger over de sidste minutter, samt en Afbryd proces-knap. Resources Indeholder en graf over Processorforbrug, Hukommelsesforbrug og swap, samt Netværkshistorik. File Systems Indeholder en tabel over de filsystemer, der i øjeblikket er monteret. Brug Vis proceslisten Vælg fanebladet Processer for at vise proceslisten. I fanebladet Processer organiseres processerne som en tabel. Rækkerne i tabellen viser information om processerne. Kolonnerne repræsenterer informationsfelter for hver proces, såsom navnet på brugeren, der ejer processen, mængden af hukommelse som processen bruger, og så videre. Fra venstre til højre viser Processer-fanebladet som standard følgende kolonner: Procesnavn Status %CPU Prioritet Id Hukommelse Se for information om hvordan de viste kolonner i proceslisten ændres. Ophavsprocesser og underprocesser En ophavsproces er en proces, der har startet en anden proces. Den startede proces er en underproces af ophavsprocessen. Som standard viser Systemovervågning ikke procesafhængigheder. Information om hvordan standardopførslen ændres kan ses på . Procesprioritet og nice-værdier Processer køres i prioriteret rækkefølge: Højprioritetsprocesser køres før lavprioritetsprocesser. Underprocesser nedarver generelt deres prioritet fra ophavsprocessen. Prioriteten af en proces indstilles gennem processens nice-værdi på følgende vis: En nice-værdi på 0 betyder, at processen har normal prioritet. Højere nice-værdi betyder lavere prioritet. Lavere nice-værdi betyder højere prioritet. Information om ændring af procesprioritet kan findes på . Sortér proceslisten Gør som følger for at sortere proceslisten: Vælg fanebladet Processer for at få vist proceslisten. Som standard sorteres processer efter navn, i alfabetisk rækkefølge. Klik på kolonneoverskriften Procesnavn for at få dem vist i omvendt alfabetisk rækkefølge. Klik på en kolonneoverskrift for at sortere processerne efter den information, der fremgår i kolonnen, i alfabetisk eller numerisk orden. Klik på kolonneoverskriften igen for at sortere dataene i omvendt alfabetisk eller omvendt numerisk rækkefølge. Ændr indholdet af proceslisten Du kan ændre indholdet af proceslisten på adskillige måder. Vis alle processer Gør som følger for at få vist alle processer i proceslisten: Vælg fanebladet Processer for at få vist proceslisten. Choose View All Processes . Vis kun processer, der ejes af den aktuelle bruger Gør som følger for, kun at få vist processer, der ejes af den aktuelle bruger: Vælg fanebladet Processer for at få vist proceslisten. Choose View My Processes . Vis kun aktive processer Gør som følger for, kun at få vist de aktive processer i proceslisten: Vælg fanebladet Processer for at få vist proceslisten. Choose View Active Processes . Vis afhængigheder Gør som følger for at få vist procesafhængigheder i proceslisten: Vælg fanebladet Processer for at få vist proceslisten. Vælg VisAfhængigheder. Hvis menupunktet Afhængigheder er valgt, vil processerne blive vist således: Ophavsprocesser angives ved at trekantsymbol til venstre for procesnavnet. Klik på et trekantsymbol for at få vist eller skjult de tilhørende underprocesser. Underprocesser anføres indrykket sammen med deres ophavsprocesser. Hvis menupunktet Afhængigheder ikke er valgt: Ophavsprocesser og underprocesser kan ikke skelnes. Alle processer anføres i alfabetisk rækkefølge. Vis hukommelsesområder for en proces Gør som følger for at få vist hukommelsesområderne for en proces: Vælg fanebladet Processer for at få vist proceslisten. Vælg processen i proceslisten. Vælg VisHukommelsesområder. Dialogvinduet Hukommelsesområder viser informationerne som en tabel. Navnet på processen vises over hukommelsesområdetabellen. Fra venstre til højre, viser Hukommelsesområder-dialogvinduet følgende kolonner: Filename Placeringen af et delt bibliotek, som i øjeblikket bruges af processen. Hvis dette felt står tomt, beskriver hukommelsesinformationen i denne række et hukommelsesområde, der ejes af processen hvis navn vises over tabellen. VM Start Adressen hvorpå hukommelsessegmentet begynder. VM End Adressen hvorpå hukommelsessegmentet slutter. VM Size Størrelsen af hukommelsessegmentet. Flags Følgende flag beskriver de forskellige typer af hukommelsessegment, processen kan tilgå: p Hukommelsessegmentet er privat for processen, og kan ikke tilgås af andre processer. r Processen har rettigheder til at læse fra hukommelsessegmentet. s Hukommelsessegmentet deles med andre processer. w Processen har rettigheder til at skrive til hukommelsessegmentet. x Processen har rettigheder til at køre instruktioner, der indeholdes i hukommelsessegmentet. VM Offset Hukommelsessegmentets afsæt for virtuel hukommelse. Device Over- og underenhedsnummer for enheden hvorpå den delte biblioteksfil er placeret. Inode Inoden på enheden, hvorfra det delte biblioteks placering er indlæst i hukommelsen. Klik på en kolonneoverskrift for at sortere data efter informationen i den pågældende kolonne i alfabetisk eller numerisk rækkefølge. Klik på overskriften igen for at sortere i omvendt rækkefølge. Klik på Luk for at lukke Hukommelsesområder-dialogvinduet. Ændr prioriteten for en proces Gør som følger for at ændre prioriteten for en proces: Vælg fanebladet Processer for at få vist proceslisten. Vælg processen, hvis prioritet du vil ændre. Vælg RedigérSkift prioritet. Dialogvinduet Skift prioritet bliver dermed vist. Brug skydeknappen til at indstille processens nice-værdi. Nice-værdien angiver processens prioritet: lavere nice-værdi betyder højere prioritet. Brugere, der ikke er root, skal indtaste root-adgangskoden for at angive en nice-værdi, der er lavere end nul. Klik på knappen Skift prioritet. Afslut en proces Gør som følger for at afslutte en proces: Vælg fanebladet Processer for at få vist proceslisten. Vælg processen, du vil afslutte. Vælg RedigérAfslut proces, eller klik på knappen Afslut proces. Som standard vil der blive spurgt om bekræftelse. Information om hvordan bekræftelsesforespørgslen indstilles til at blive eller ikke blive vist, kan findes på . Klik på knappen Afslut proces for at bekræfte at du vil afslutte processen. Systemovervågning tvinger processen til at afslutte normalt. Dette er den foretrukne måde at stoppe en proces. Terminér en proces Gør som følger for at terminere en proces: Vælg fanebladet Processer for at få vist proceslisten. Vælg processen, du vil terminere. Vælg RedigérTerminér proces. Som standard vil der blive spurgt om bekræftelse. Information om hvordan bekræftelsesforespørgslen indstilles til at blive eller ikke blive vist, kan findes på . Klik på knappen Terminér proces for at bekræfte at du vil terminere processen. Systemovervågning tvinger processen til at slutte omgående. En proces bør normalt kun termineres hvis du ikke kan afslutte processen på normal vis, som beskrevet i . Overvåg processorforbrug Vælg fanebladet Ressourcer for at overvåge processorforbruget. Systemovervågning viser historikken for processorforbruget i grafisk format. Under grafen vises i øvrigt også det øjeblikkelige processorforbrug i procent. Overvåg hukommelses- og swapforbrug Vælg fanebladet Ressourcer for at overvåge hukommelses- og swapforbrug. Systemovervågning viser historikken for hukommelses- og swappladsforbrug i grafisk format. Under grafen vises i øvrigt følgende talværdier: Brugt hukommelse ud af samlet hukommelse Brugt swapplads ud af samlet swapplads Overvåg netværksaktivitet Vælg fanebladet Ressourcer for at overvåge netværksaktivitet. Systemovervågning viser netværkshistorikken i grafisk format. Under grafen vises i øvrigt følgende talværdier: Modtaget data per sekund og samlet Sendt data per sekund og samlet Overvåg filsystemer Vælg fanebladet Filsystemer for at overvåge filsystemer. Systemovervågning viser monterede filsystemer i et tabelformat. Fra venstre til højre, indeholder tabellen følgende kolonner: Enhed Placering af blokfil Mappe Monteringspunkt (mappe der tilgås) for enheden Type Filsystemtype Total Total kapacitet Fri Mængden af plads, der ikke bruges Tilgængelig Mængden af plads, der kan bruges Brugt Mængden af plads, der er brugt (og procentdel af Total) Indstillinger Vælg RedigérIndstillinger for at ændre indstillinger for Systemovervågning. Dialogvinduet Indstillinger indeholder følgende fanebladsafsnit: Processer Behavior Update interval in seconds Brug denne drejeboks til at angive intervallet mellem opdateringer af proceslisten. Enable smooth refresh Vælg denne indstilling for at opdatere blødt. Alert before ending or killing processes Vælg denne indstilling for at få bedt om bekræftelse, når en proces afsluttes eller termineres. Divide CPU usage by CPU count Vælg denne for at dividere hver proces' CPU% i procestabellen med antallet af CPU'er. Information Fields Brug følgende indstillinger til at væge de felter, der vises i proceslisten: Process Name Vælg denne indstilling for at vise procesnavnet. Denne kolonne kan også indeholde et ikon, der viser programmet, der er tilknyttet processen. User Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist navnet på den bruger, der ejer processen. Status Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist den aktuelle status af processen: sover eller kører. Virtual Memory Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist mængden af virtuel hukommelse, der er allokeret til processen. Resident Memory Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist mængden af fysisk hukommelse, der er allokeret til processen. Writable Memory Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist mængden af hukommelse, processen kan skrive til. Shared Memory Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist mængden af delt hukommelse, der er allokeret til processen. Delt hukommelse er hukommelse, der kan tilgås af andre processer. X Server Memory Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist mængden af X-serverhukommelse, der bruges af processen. % CPU Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist processens aktuelle processorforbrug i procent. CPU Time Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist mængden af processortid, processen har brugt. Started Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist processens starttidspunkt. Nice Vælg denne indstilling for at vise processens nice-værdi. Nice-værdien angiver processens prioritet: lavere nice-værdi svarer til højere prioritet. ID Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist procesidentifikationsnummeret, også kaldet pid. Pid'en er et tal, der entydigt identificerer processen. Du kan bruge pid'en til at manipulere processen på kommandolinjen. Memory Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist mængden af systemhukommelse, der i øjeblikket bruges af processen. Security Context Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist sikkerhedskonteksten, hvori processen kører. Command Line Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist kommandolinjen, der blev brugt til at starte processen, inklusive argumenter. Ressourcer Graphs Update interval in seconds Brug denne drejeboks til at angive, hvor ofte du vil have graferne i Systemovervågning opdateret. Show network speed in bits Select this option to use bits instead of bytes for displaying network speed in the System Monitor graphs. Filsystemer Behavior Update interval in seconds Brug denne drejeboks til at angive, hvor ofte du vil have tabellen Filsystemer opdateret. Show all file systems Vælg denne indstilling for at få vist alle filsystemer, inklusive midlertidige og systemfilsystemer.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-system-monitor/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000707312300454133025373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter og tjenester er registrerede varemærker. Der hvor disse navne optræder i GNOME-dokumentationen, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet er blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, er navnene skrevet med store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000336612270236026025220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Commandline

To view commandline options for gnome-sudoku: gnome-sudoku --help

To view the version number of your gnome-sudoku: gnome-sudoku --version

Print debug information

This command may be useful when your are filing a bug and need to post debug information: gnome-sudoku -v

Profile information

This command is useful if you are filing a bug about slow performance. It will show the perfomance of different functions that run, and possibly reveal which specific function(s) may be responsible for poor performance. This information attached to a bug could make it easier to fix the problem, but this command is used mostly by programmers.

gnome-sudoku -p

When you exit the application, the terminal will show you performance statistics.

Step through <app>GNOME Sudoku</app>

This command is mostly used by programmers to step through the code: gnome-sudoku -w

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/notes.page0000644000373100047300000000347712270236026024065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Bemærkninger

Notes, or pencilmarks, can be added to any cell. They allow you to mark possible values for a cell, or store other data that might help you. Notes will store all characters in order, but will remove repetitions of characters.

To add notes to a cell:

Select the cell

Click on the part of a cell that is above the line that appears when you hover over it. Alternatively, type N.

Type your notes

Press Enter or click outside of the text box.

You can also take notes in the bottom of the cell by clicking in the bottom of the cell or by typing M. However, this area is used when you click Show All Possible Numbers. If you plan to use this area, you should not use Show All Possible Numbers.

You can add a number to the notes at the top of the square by typing Ctrl1 through Ctrl9

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/strategy.page0000644000373100047300000000715112270236026024570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Radoslav Asparuhov rasparuhov@gmail.com 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Strategy

There is only one possibility for each cell in a Sudoku puzzle. The following strategies will help you systematically discover the solution for every cell.

Strategy 1:

Choose the row with the most numbers in it.

You should choose the row or column with the most numbers. For simplicity, these instructions are written as if a row had the most numbers in it.

Determine which numbers in the row are missing.

Choose one of the empty cells in this row. Determine which of the missing numbers are in that column or in that 3x3 box.

Using notes, enter the missing numbers which are not in that column or 3x3 box, into the the upper field. These numbers are candidate solutions for that cell.

Go to the next empty cell of the chosen row and repeat the above method. Repeat this for every row and column, starting at those with the most numbers and continuing through to the least. Always look carefully for the numbers and don't forget the 3x3 boxes.

This strategy will help reveal the cells which have only one possible choice. When revealed, you can fill those cells in with that choice, and repeat the strategy again until the entire puzzle is solved.
Example use of strategy 1.
Strategy 2:

Find the number which appears most often.

Now look at the left vertical alignment of the 3x3 boxes and locate the column(s) in which this number appears.

In this alignment, go to a 3x3 box which does not contain this number in any of its cells. Using notes, enter this number in every empty cell of the column in which this number does not appear. If the number appears in the row of one of these cells, do not enter it in that cell's notes.

Repeat the last two steps for the center and right vertical alignments.

Find the next number which appears most, and repeat until you have done this for all 9 numbers.

This strategy will help reveal the cells which have only one possible choice. When revealed, you can fill those cells in with that choice, and repeat the strategy again until the entire puzzle is solved.
Example use of strategy2.

If neither of the above strategies solves the puzzle on its own, you can alternate strategies. You can also combine the strategies.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000163112270236026024365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Toolbar

To show or hide the toolbar, click SettingsShow Toolbar.

The toolbar, located under the menu bar, lets you perform common actions with your mouse. To use a toolbar item, just click on it. The buttons, from left to right, are New Game, Undo, Redo, Hint, and Track Additions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/index.page0000644000373100047300000000307112270236026024032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png"/> GNOME Sudoku GNOME Sudoku Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png">GNOME Sudoku logo</media> GNOME Sudoku

Gnome Sudoku is based on the popular number-based logic puzzle in which one must fill a 9 X 9 square with the correct digits. The unique puzzles can be played on screen or printed to take along. All games persist across sessions and you can resume any old game at any time, as well as replay any game you've already won.

Game Play
Useful tips
Printing
Advanced
Get Involved
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000554612270236026026570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

This is a list of the keyboard shortcuts you can use in Sudoku.

Starting and exiting

Is there a word that encapsulates both starting AND restarting? Didn't include restarting here for the sake of brevity - Chris

New game

CtrlN

Reset game

CtrlB

Close the sudoku window

CtrlW
Hints and Notes

Hint

CtrlH

Track Additions

CtrlT

Clear notes from the top of a cell

CtrlJ

Clear notes from the bottom of a cell

CtrlK

Add a number to the top notes of a cell

Ctrl#

Remove a number to the top notes of a cell

Alt#
Other

Print displayed puzzle

CtrlP

Undo

CtrlZ

Redo

CtrlShiftZ

Open Help

F1

Switch to fullscreen mode

F11
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/highlighting.page0000644000373100047300000000176212270236026025375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Markering

You can turn on highlighting to automatically highlight the current row, column and box in different colors. This can make it easier to see which values cannot go into a current square. To toggle highlighting, click SettingsHighlighter.

Sudoku with highlighting.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/print-inprogress-game.page0000644000373100047300000000220212270236026027152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print your game

You can print the sudoku are playing to a file or to a printer.

To print the sudoku you are currently playing:

Click GamePrint.

Select your printer.

Click Print.

If you don't have a printer in the list, see Set up a local printer.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/print-blank-puzzles.page0000644000373100047300000000302612270236026026656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print blank sudokus

To print one or more blank puzzles:

Click GamePrint multiple sudokus.

Select the total number of sudokus to print from the drop down menu.

Select the number of sudokus per page from the next drop down menu.

Select difficult level of the games you would like to print.

Games that have already been played are not printed by default. If you don't care about repeating games, select Include games you've already played in list of games to print in the Details category.

Games that are printed are not marked as played by default. You can choose to Mark games as played once you've printed them. under the Details category.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000214712270236026025577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000207212270236027024362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000207712270236027024063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Game rules

In order to complete the puzzle, you must fill each cell with a number between 1 and 9, inclusive, such that no number is repeated in any row, column or 3x3 box.

In a solved sudoku, each row, column, and 3x3 box contains all the numbers 1 through 9.

Each puzzle has only one solution.

Outline of a row, a column and a 3x3 box using highlighting option.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/basics.page0000644000373100047300000000423012270236027024166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Basics

Sudoku can be played using the keyboard, the mouse, or any combination of the two.

Using the keyboard

To select a cell, use the arrow keys to move the blue outline onto it.

To put a number in a cell, select the cell, and then press the number.

To remove a number from a cell, select the cell, and then press the Delete key, the Backspace, or the 0 key.
Using the mouse

To select a cell, move your mouse over it and click.

To put a number in a selected cell, click on the center of the cell, and then click on the number you wish to input.

To remove a number from a selected cell, click in the center of the cell and then click Clear.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/statistics.page0000644000373100047300000000341112270236027025114 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Statistics

To view the statistics about the current puzzle, click GamePuzzle Statistics.

Very hard puzzle statistics box example

GNOME Sudoku ranks puzzles based on the number of cells that can be rapidly filled.

The puzzle statistics box shows:

the overall difficulty

the number of cells which can be filled by elimination, starting from the blank grid (i.e. only a 2 can go in this box, so it must be a 2)

the number of cells that can be filled by the process of filling, starting from the blank grid (i.e. only one cell in this row can be a 2, so it must be a 2)

the number of times in solving the puzzle that the program used the trial-and-error algorithm to solve the puzzle

All sudoku puzzles can be solved without ever having to guess. When the statistics box says that Sudoku used trial-and-error X number of times, it does not mean that a human would have to use trial-and-error to solve the puzzle.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356112270236027024352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312270236027023671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/trackers.page0000644000373100047300000000671612270236027024553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Track trial-and-error solutions

Trackers can be used to keep track of trial-and-error solutions. Tracked moves are entered in a different color to help make the moves visually distinct from moves made earlier in the game. This feature is particularly useful when solving difficult games.

Using the tracker:

You can toggle the tracker interface in one of the following ways:

Click ToolsTrack Additions.

Click Track Additions in the toolbar. If the toolbar is not visible, click SettingsShow Toolbar.

You can make untracked moves if no tracker is selected.

To create a new tracker click Add. From this point on, any number you enter will be part of the selected tracker.

You can create as many trackers as you want by clicking Add.

You can apply a set of tracked additions by selecting the tracker and clicking Apply.

You can clear a tracker by selecting it and clicking Clear.

Nogle sudoku spillere mener ikke, at man skal prøve sig frem under løsning af et puslespil. Disse spillere bør ikke anvende denne funktion.
Video Demonstration Click ToolsTrack Additions. You can make untracked moves if no tracker is selected. To create a new tracker click Add. From this point on, any number you enter will be part of the selected tracker. You can create as many trackers as you want by clicking Add. You can apply a set of tracked additions by selecting the tracker and clicking Apply. You can clear a tracker by selecting it and clicking Clear.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000401312270236027024744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a Problem

GNOME Sudoku is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-sudoku. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/save-resume.page0000644000373100047300000000271012270236027025157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Save and resume
Saving your game

Your games are saved automatically every few minutes and whenever you change games or close the application.

Resuming your game

Whenever you start Sudoku or click New, your saved games will be listed in the puzzle selection screen. You will see a miniature image of the saved puzzle, the date you last played it, and how long you have played it. To open the puzzle, just double click on it.

If you'd like to stop playing one game and begin another, just select New and begin your new game.

Resuming previous games.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/hints.page0000644000373100047300000000351412270236027024053 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Fif

To show possible values for all cells click:

SettingsShow Possible Numbers.

To ask Sudoku to show a cell that is easy to fill:

Click ToolsHint, or Hint in the toolbar.

These features work based on the logical possibilities given the current board and not work by looking at the solution. This means that if you made an error in an earlier move, these features may show incorrect possible values.

A cell which usually has only one possible solution based on the current state of the board is outlined with flashing red. In the case of a puzzle that has no cells that have only one possible solution, a cell with two possible solutions or the least amount of possible solutions will be highlighted. Clicking Hint multiple times may not always point you to the same cell.

You can edit the possible numbers by clicking in the bottom of the cell.

These features can make easy puzzles too easy, so you should use this mode sparingly.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-sudoku/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000323612270236027024724 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The GNOME games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/list.page0000644000373100047300000000525012320470034022577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --list option. Listedialogvindue

Use the --list option to create a list dialog. Zenity returns the entries in the first column of text of selected rows to standard output.

Data for dialogvinduet skal angives kolonne efter kolonne, række efter række. Data kan gives til dialogen gennem standard input. Hvert element skal adskilles af et linjeskiftstegn.

If you use the --checklist or --radiolist options, each row must start with either 'TRUE' or 'FALSE'.

Listedialogvinduet understøtter følgende tilvalg:

<cmd>--column</cmd>=<var>column</var>

Specifies the column headers that are displayed in the list dialog. You must specify a --column option for each column that you want to display in the dialog.

<cmd>--checklist</cmd>

Angiver at første kolonne i listedialogvinduet indeholder afkrydsningsfelter.

 <cmd>--radiolist</cmd>

Angiver at første kolonne i listedialogvinduet indeholder radiofelter.

 <cmd>--editable</cmd>

Tillader redigering af de viste elementer.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>separator</var>

Angiver den streng, der bruges når listedialogvinduet returnerer de valgte elementer.

 <cmd>--print-column</cmd>=<var>column</var>

Angiver den kolonne, der skal udskrives når der vælges. Standardkolonnen er "1". "ALL" kan bruges til at udskrive alle kolonner i listen.

The following example script shows how to create a list dialog:

#!/bin/sh zenity --list \ --title="Choose the Bugs You Wish to View" \ --column="Bug Number" --column="Severity" --column="Description" \ 992383 Normal "GtkTreeView crashes on multiple selections" \ 293823 High "GNOME Dictionary does not handle proxy" \ 393823 Critical "Menu editing does not work in GNOME 2.0"
Eksempel med listedialogvindue Zenity list dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/warning.page0000644000373100047300000000153012320470034023266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --warning option. Advarselsdialogvindue

Use the --warning option to create a warning dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a warning dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --warning \ --text="Disconnect the power cable to avoid electrical shock."
Eksempel på advarselsdialogvindue Zenity warning dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/file-selection.page0000644000373100047300000000374412320470034024534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --file-selection option. Filvælgerdialogvindue

Use the --file-selection option to create a file selection dialog. Zenity returns the selected files or directories to standard output. The default mode of the file selection dialog is open.

Filvælgerdialogvinduer understøtter følgende tilvalg:

<cmd>--filename</cmd>=<var>filename</var>

Angiver den fil eller mappe, som er valgt i filvælgeren, når dialogvinduet først vises.

 <cmd>--multiple</cmd>

Tillader valg af flere filnavne i filvælgeren.

 <cmd>--directory</cmd>

Tillader kun valg af mapper i filvælgeren.

 <cmd>--save</cmd>

Sæt filvælgerdialogen til gemmetilstand.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>separator</var>

Angiver strengen, der bruges til at dele listen af returnerede filnavne.

The following example script shows how to create a file selection dialog:

#!/bin/sh FILE=`zenity --file-selection --title="Select a File"` case $? in 0) echo "\"$FILE\" selected.";; 1) echo "No file selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Eksempel med filvælgerdialogvindue Zenity file selection dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/color-selection.page0000644000373100047300000000252612320470034024730 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --color-selection option. Color Selection Dialog

Use the --color-selection option to create a color selection dialog.

The color selection dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--color</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set the initial color.(ex: #FF0000)

 <cmd>--show-palette</cmd>

Show the palette.

The following example script shows how to create a color selection dialog:

#!/bin/sh COLOR=`zenity --color-selection --show-palette` case $? in 0) echo "You selected $COLOR.";; 1) echo "No color selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Color Selection Dialog Example Zenity color selection dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/entry.page0000644000373100047300000000275112320470034022770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --entry option. Tekstfelt

Use the --entry option to create a text entry dialog. Zenity returns the contents of the text entry to standard output.

Tekstfeltsdialogvinduet understøtter følgende tilvalg:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Angiver teksten, der vises i dialogvinduet.

 <cmd>--entry-text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Angiver teksten, der vises i tekstfeltets indtastningsfelt.

 <cmd>--hide-text</cmd>

Skjuler teksten i tekstfeltet.

The following example script shows how to create a text entry dialog:

#!/bin/sh if zenity --entry \ --title="Add new profile" \ --text="Enter name of new profile:" \ --entry-text "NewProfile" then echo $? else echo "No name entered" fi
Eksempel på dialogvindue med et tekstindtastningsfelt Zenity text entry dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000423512320470034022754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --forms option. Forms Dialog

Use the --forms option to create a forms dialog.

The forms dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--add-entry</cmd>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Entry in forms dialog.

 --add-password<cmd/>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Password Entry in forms dialog. (Hide text)

 <cmd>--add-calendar</cmd>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Calendar in forms dialog.

 <cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Set the dialog text.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>SEPARATOR</var>

Set output separator character. (Default: | )

 <cmd>--forms-date-format</cmd>=<var>PATTERN</var>

Set the format for the returned date. The default format depends on your locale. format must be a Format that is acceptable to the strftime function, for example %A %d/%m/%y.

The following example script shows how to create a forms dialog:

#!/bin/sh zenity --forms --title="Add Friend" \ --text="Enter information about your friend." \ --separator="," \ --add-entry="First Name" \ --add-entry="Family Name" \ --add-entry="Email" \ --add-calendar="Birthday" >> addr.csv case $? in 0) echo "Friend added.";; 1) echo "No friend added." ;; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred." ;; esac
Forms Dialog Example Zenity forms dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/text.page0000644000373100047300000000424512320470034022613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --text-info option. Tekstinformationsdialogvindue

Use the --text-info option to create a text information dialog.

Tekstinformationsdialogvinduet understøtter følgende tilvalg:

<cmd>--filename</cmd>=<var>filename</var>

Angiver en fil, der indlæses i tekstinformationsdialogvinduet.

 <cmd>--editable</cmd>

Tillader redigering af den viste tekst. Den redigerede tekst returneres til standard output, når dialogvinduet lukkes.

 <cmd>--font</cmd>=<var>FONT</var>

Specifies the text font.

 <cmd>--checkbox</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Enable a checkbox for use like a 'I read and accept the terms.'

 <cmd>--html</cmd>

Enable html support.

 <cmd>--url</cmd>=<var>URL</var>

Sets an url instead of a file. Only works if you use --html option.

The following example script shows how to create a text information dialog:

#!/bin/sh # You must place file "COPYING" in same folder of this script. FILE=`dirname $0`/COPYING zenity --text-info \ --title="License" \ --filename=$FILE \ --checkbox="I read and accept the terms." case $? in 0) echo "Start installation!" # next step ;; 1) echo "Stop installation!" ;; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred." ;; esac
Eksempel på dialogvindue med tekstinformation Zenity text information dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/password.page0000644000373100047300000000234412320470034023467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --password option. Password Dialog

Use the --password option to create a password entry dialog.

The password entry dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--username</cmd>

Display the username field.

The following example script shows how to create a password entry dialog:

#!/bin/sh ENTRY=`zenity --password --username` case $? in 0) echo "User Name: `echo $ENTRY | cut -d'|' -f1`" echo "Password : `echo $ENTRY | cut -d'|' -f2`" ;; 1) echo "Stop login.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Password Entry Dialog Example Zenity password entry dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/intro.page0000644000373100047300000000177612320470034022770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Zenity enables you to create the various types of simple dialog. Introduktion

Zenity enables you to create the following types of simple dialog:

Kalender

Filvælger

Forms

Liste

Påmindelsesikon

Meddelelse

Fejl

Information

Spørgsmål

Advarsel

Password entry

Statusbjælke

Tekstfelt

Tekstinformation

Scale

Color selection

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/error.page0000644000373100047300000000146112320470034022755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --error option. Fejldialogvindue

Use the --error option to create an error dialog.

The following example script shows how to create an error dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --error \ --text="Could not find /var/log/syslog."
Eksempel på fejldialogvindue Zenity error dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/info.page0000644000373100047300000000152312320470034022556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --info option. Info Dialog

Use the --info option to create an information dialog.

The following example script shows how to create an information dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --info \ --text="Merge complete. Updated 3 of 10 files."
Eksempel på informationsdialogvindue Zenity information dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000707312320470034022601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter og tjenester er registrerede varemærker. Der hvor disse navne optræder i GNOME-dokumentationen, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet er blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, er navnene skrevet med store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000423312320470034023375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --calendar option. Kalenderdialogvindue

Use the --calendar option to create a calendar dialog. Zenity returns the selected date to standard output. If no date is specified on the command line, the dialog uses the current date.

Kalenderdialogvinduet understøtter følgende tilvalg:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Angiver teksten, der vises i kalenderdialogvinduet.

 <cmd>--day</cmd>=<var>day</var>

Specifies the day that is selected in the calendar dialog. day must be a number between 1 and 31 inclusive.

 <cmd>--month</cmd>=<var>month</var>

Specifies the month that is selected in the calendar dialog. month must be a number between 1 and 12 inclusive.

 <cmd>--year</cmd>=<var>year</var>

Angiver året, der markeres i kalenderdialogvinduet.

 <cmd>--date-format</cmd>=<var>format</var>

Specifies the format that is returned from the calendar dialog after date selection. The default format depends on your locale. Format must be a format that is acceptable to the strftime function, for example %A %d/%m/%y.

The following example script shows how to create a calendar dialog:

#!/bin/sh if zenity --calendar \ --title="Select a Date" \ --text="Click on a date to select that date." \ --day=10 --month=8 --year=2004 then echo $? else echo "No date selected" fi
Eksempel på kalenderdialog Zenity calendar dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/usage.page0000644000373100047300000002020612320470034022726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can use Zenity to create simple dialogs that interact graphically with the user. Brug

When you write scripts, you can use Zenity to create simple dialogs that interact graphically with the user, as follows:

Du kan oprette et dialogvindue for at indhente information fra brugeren. For eksempel kan du bede brugeren om at vælge en dato fra et kalendervindue, eller om at vælge en fil fra en filvælger.

Du kan oprette et dialogvindue for at vise information til brugeren. For eksempel kan du bruge en statusbjælke til at angive status for en operation, eller vise en advarsel til brugeren.

When the user closes the dialog, Zenity prints the text produced by the dialog to standard output.

When you write Zenity commands, ensure that you place quotation marks around each argument.

For example, use:

zenity --calendar --title="Holiday Planner"

Do not use:

zenity --calendar --title=Holiday Planner

Hvis du ikke bruger anførselstegn, kan du få uventede resultater.
Genvejstaster

En genvejstast er en tast, der lader dig foretage en handling ved hjælp af tastaturet, frem for at bruge musen til at vælge en kommando fra en menu eller et dialogvindue. Hver genvejstast markeres ved et understreget tegn i en menu eller ved et dialogvalgmulighed.

Some Zenity dialogs support the use of access keys. To specify the character to use as the access key, place an underscore before that character in the text of the dialog. The following example shows how to specify the letter 'C' as the access key:

"_Choose a name".
Afslutningskoder

Zenity returns the following exit codes:

Afslutningskode

Beskrivelse

0

The user has pressed either OK or Close.

1

The user has either pressed Cancel, or used the window functions to close the dialog.

-1

Der opstod en uventet fejl.

5

Dialogvinduet er blevet lukket, fordi tiden er løbet ud.
Generelle tilvalg

All Zenity dialogs support the following general options:

<cmd>--title</cmd>=<var>title</var>

Angiver titel på et dialogvindue.

 <cmd>--window-icon</cmd>=<var>icon_path</var>

Angiver det ikon, der skal vises i dialogvinduets ramme. Der er fire standardikoner, der kan bruges ved at angive følgende nøgleord: "info", "warning", "question" eller "error".

 <cmd>--width</cmd>=<var>width</var>

Angiver dialogvinduets bredde.

 <cmd>--height</cmd>=<var>height</var>

Angiver dialogvinduets højde.

 <cmd>--timeout</cmd>=<var>timeout</var>

Angiver tidsudløbet i sekunder, hvorefter dialogvinduet lukkes.
Hjælpetilvalg

Zenity provides the following help options:

<cmd>--help</cmd>

Viser en kort hjælpetekst.

 <cmd>--help-all</cmd>

Viser den fulde hjælpetekst for alle dialogvinduer.

 <cmd>--help-general</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst til de generelle dialogtilvalg.

 <cmd>--help-calendar</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst for kalenderdialogvinduets tilvalg.

 <cmd>--help-entry</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst for tilvalg til tekstindtastningsfelter.

 <cmd>--help-error</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst for tilvalg til dialogvinduer med fejlmeddelelser.

 <cmd>--help-info</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst for tilvalg til dialogvinduer med informationsmeddelelser.

 <cmd>--help-file-selection</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst til filvælgerdialogvinduer.

 <cmd>--help-list</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst til listedialogvinduer.

 <cmd>--help-notification</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst til påmindelsesikoner.

 <cmd>--help-progress</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst til statusbjælkedialogvinduer.

 <cmd>--help-question</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst til spørgsmålsdialogvinduer.

 <cmd>--help-warning</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst til advarselsdialogvinduer.

 <cmd>--help-text-info</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst til informationsdialogvinduer.

 <cmd>--help-misc</cmd>

Viser hjælpetekst til diverse tilvalg.

 <cmd>--help-gtk</cmd>

Viser hjælp til GTK+-tilvalg.
Diverse tilvalg

Zenity also provides the following miscellaneous options:

<cmd>--about</cmd>

Displays the About Zenity dialog, which contains Zenity version information, copyright information, and developer information.

 <cmd>--version</cmd>

Displays the version number of Zenity.
GTK+-tilvalg

Zenity supports the standard GTK+ options. For more information about the GTK+ options, execute the zenity --help-gtk command.

Miljøvariable

Normally, Zenity detects the terminal window from which it was launched and keeps itself above that window. This behavior can be disabled by unsetting the WINDOWID environment variable.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/scale.page0000644000373100047300000000374412320470034022721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --scale option. Scale Dialog

Use the --scale option to create a scale dialog.

The scale dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Set the dialog text. (Default: Adjust the scale value)

 <cmd>--value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set initial value. (Default: 0) You must specify value between minimum value to maximum value.

 <cmd>--min-value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set minimum value. (Default: 0)

 <cmd>--max-value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set maximum value. (Default: 100)

 <cmd>--step</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set step size. (Default: 1)

 <cmd>--print-partial</cmd>

Print value to standard output, whenever a value is changed.

<cmd>--hide-value</cmd>

Hide value on dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a scale dialog:

#!/bin/sh VALUE=`zenity --scale --text="Select window transparency." --value=50` case $? in 0) echo "You selected $VALUE%.";; 1) echo "No value selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Scale Dialog Example Zenity scale dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/message.page0000644000373100047300000000111212320470034023241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Error, Info, Question, Warning Message Dialog

For each type, use the --text option to specify the text that is displayed in the dialog.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/notification.page0000644000373100047300000000202612320470034024310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --notification option. Påmindelsesikon

Use the --notification option to create a notification icon.

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Angiver teksten, der vises i påmindelsesområdet.

The following example script shows how to create a notification icon:

#!/bin/sh zenity --notification\ --window-icon="info" \ --text="There are system updates necessary!"
Eksempel på påmindelsesikon Zenity notification icon example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/question.page0000644000373100047300000000152312320470034023472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --question option. Spørgsmålsdialogvindue

Use the --question option to create a question dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a question dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --question \ --text="Are you sure you wish to proceed?"
Eksempel på spørgsmålsdialogvindue Zenity question dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/index.page0000644000373100047300000000146112320470034022733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suns dokumentationshold for Java-skriveboardssystemer Glynn Foster Nicholas Curran Yasumichi Akahoshi yasumichi@vinelinux.org

GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL)

 Manual til Zenity
Dialogs
usr/share/help-langpack/da/zenity/progress.page0000644000373100047300000000424712320470034023475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --progress option. Dialogvindue med statusbjælke

Use the --progress option to create a progress dialog.

Zenity reads data from standard input line by line. If a line is prefixed with #, the text is updated with the text on that line. If a line contains only a number, the percentage is updated with that number.

Statusbjælkedialogvinduet understøtter følgende tilvalg:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Angiver teksten, der vises i statusbjælkedialogvinduet.

 <cmd>--percentage</cmd>=<var>percentage</var>

Angiver det procenttal, der fra starten vises i statusbjælkedialogvinduet.

 <cmd>--auto-close</cmd>

Lukker statusbjælken, når den har nået 100%.

 <cmd>--pulsate</cmd>

Angiver at statusbjælken pulserer indtil der læses et EOF-tegn fra standard input.

The following example script shows how to create a progress dialog:

#!/bin/sh ( echo "10" ; sleep 1 echo "# Updating mail logs" ; sleep 1 echo "20" ; sleep 1 echo "# Resetting cron jobs" ; sleep 1 echo "50" ; sleep 1 echo "This line will just be ignored" ; sleep 1 echo "75" ; sleep 1 echo "# Rebooting system" ; sleep 1 echo "100" ; sleep 1 ) | zenity --progress \ --title="Update System Logs" \ --text="Scanning mail logs..." \ --percentage=0 if [ "$?" = -1 ] ; then zenity --error \ --text="Update canceled." fi
Eksempel på dialogvindue med statusbjælke Zenity progress dialog example
usr/share/gnome/help-langpack/xchat-gnome/da/xchat-gnome.xml0000644000373100047300000010650112270536237025734 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Manual til <application>XChat-GNOME</application> 2005-2006 Brian Pepple 2006 Joachim Noreiko 2010.Joe Hansen Brian Pepple Der gives tilladelse til at kopiere, distribuere og/eller ændre dette dokument under betingelserne i GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), version 1.1 eller enhver nyere version, udgivet af Free Software Foundation uden invariante afsnit, uden forsidetekster, og uden bagsidetekster. Du kan finde en kopi af GFDL'en her: link, eller i filen COPYING-DOCS der distribueres med denne manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter og tjenester er registrerede varemærker. Der hvor disse navne optræder i GNOME-dokumentationen, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet er blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, er navnene skrevet med store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DETTE DOKUMENT OG MODIFICEREDE VERSIONER GØRES TILGÆNGELIGT UNDER BETINGELSERNE I GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE UNDER DEN FORUDSÆTNING AT: DETTE DOKUMENT GØRES TILGÆNGELIGT SÅDAN SOM DET ER, UDEN NOGEN FORM FOR GARANTI, HVERKEN UDTALT ELLER ANTYDET, DERIBLANDT, UDEN BEGRÆNSNINGER, GARANTIER OM AT DOKUMENTET ELLER ÆNDREDE VERSIONER AF DOKUMENTET ER FRIT FOR DEFEKTER, PASSENDE TIL ET BESTEMT FORMÅL ELLER IKKE-KRÆNKENDE. DU HÆFTER SELV FOR HELE RISIKOEN VEDRØRENDE KVALITET, KORREKTHED OG YDELSE FOR DOKUMENTET ELLER ÆNDREDE VERSIONER AF DOKUMENTET. SKULLE ET DOKUMENT, ELLER EN ÆNDRET VERSION AF ET DOKUMENT VISE SIG AT VÆRE DEFEKT PÅ EN HVILKEN SOM HELST MÅDE, HÆFTER DU FOR BETALING FOR EVENTUEL NØDVENDIG SERVICE, REPARATION ELLER KORREKTION (OG IKKE HVERKEN DEN OPRINDELIGE FORFATTER, SKRIBENT ELLER NOGEN ANDEN BIDRAGYDER). DENNE ERKLÆRING OM GARANTIFORBEHOLD ER EN ESSENTIEL DEL AF DENNE LICENS. INGEN BRUG AF NOGET DOKUMENT ELLER ÆNDRET VERSION AF DOKUMENTET ER AUTORISERET HERUNDER BORTSET FRA DENNE ANSVARSFRASKRIVELSE; OG UNDER INGEN OMSTÆNDIGHEDER OG UNDER INGEN JURIDISK TEORI, UANSET OM DET ER EN BEVIDST SKADENDE HANDLING (INKLUSIVE UFORSVARLIGHED) ELLER PÅ HVILKEN SOM HELST ANDEN MÅDE, KAN FORFATTEREN, SKRIBENT, BIDRAGYDERE, DISTRIBUTØRER ELLER LEVERANDØR AF DETTE DOKUMENT ELLER MODIFICEREDE VERSIONER GØRES ANSVARLIG OVERFOR NOGEN PERSON FOR NOGEN DIREKTE, INDIREKTE, SPECIEL, TILFÆLDIG ELLER FØLGENDE SKADE PÅFØRT NOGEN INKLUSIVE, UDEN BEGRÆNSNING, SKADE SOM FØLGE AF TAB AF RYGTE, ARBEJDSSTOP, COMPUTERFEJL ELLER -SVIGT, ELLER ENHVER ANDEN FORM FOR SKADE ELLER TAB SOM ER OPSTÅET I FORBINDELSE MED BRUG AF DETTE DOKUMENT ELLER MODIFICEREDE VERSIONER HERAF, SELV HVIS EN SÅDAN PART HAR VÆRET INFORMERET OM MULIGHEDEN FOR SÅDANNE SKADER. Brian Pepple Fedoraprojektet
bpepple@fedoraproject.org
Joachim Noreiko GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet
jnoreiko@yahoo.com
XChat-GNOME manual 2.1 December 2006 Joachim Noreiko jnoreiko@yahoo.com GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet XChat-GNOME manual version 2.0 November 2005 Brian Pepple bpepple@fedoraproject.org GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet Denne manual beskriver version 0.16 af XChat-GNOME. Tilbagemeldinger Hvis du ønsker at indrapportere en fejl eller komme med et forslag vedrørende programmet XChat-GNOME eller denne manual så følg vejledningen på siden tilbagemeldinger omkring GNOME. En brugermanual som beskriver brugen af IRC-klienten XChat-GNOME. XChat-GNOME xchat-gnome Indledning Programmet XChat-GNOME er et Internet Relay Chat-program (IRC) til GNOME-skrivebordet. XChat-GNOME har de følgende funktioner: Ikonudvidelsesmodul for statusfeltet Direkte klient-til-klient-overførsler (DCC) Direkte klient-til-klient-snak (DCC) Følger GNOME Human Interface Guidelines (HIG) Kom i gang Start af <application>XChat-GNOME</application> Du kan starte XChat-GNOME på de følgende måder: Menuen Programmer Vælg InternetXChat-GNOME IRC Chat. Kommandolinje For at starte XChat-GNOME fra en kommandolinje, tast xchat-gnome, og tryk så Retur: For at se andre kommandolinjetilvalg som er tilgængelige, tast xchat-gnome --help, og tryk så Retur Når du starter <application>XChat-GNOME</application> Når du starter XChat-GNOME, vises det følgende vindue.
Hovedvindue for <application>XChat-GNOME</application> Viser hovedvinduet XChat-GNOME. Indeholder titelbjælke, menubjælke, visningsområde og rullebjælker. Menubjælken indeholder IRC, Rediger, Netværk, Diskussion, Gå og hjælpemenuer.
Vinduet XChat-GNOME indeholder de følgende elementer: Menulinje Menuerne på menulinjen indeholder alle de kommandoer, du har brug for i XChat-GNOME. Serverpanel Serverpanelet viser de servere og kanaler, som aktuelt er forbundet. Brugerknap Brugerknappen viser antallet af brugere til stede i den valgte kanal. Klik på brugerknappen for at vise en liste af brugere. Brugere i listen markeret som værende væk er "grået ud". Diskussionsområde Diskussionsområdet præsenterer diskussionen, der opstår i den valgte kanal. Indtast i beskedinddatalinjen i bunden af diskussionsområdet for at snakke i den valgte kanal. Brug Forbinder til en server af typen Internet Relay Chat (IRC) For at forbinde til en server af typen Internet Relay Chat (IRC), vælges IRCForbind. Dialogen Forbind er vist. Vælg den server som du ønsker at forbinde til, og klik på Forbind. Vis filoverførelsesinformation for Direct Client-To-Client (DCC) For at vise overførelsesinformation for Direct Client-To-Client (DCC) vælg IRCFiloverførsler. Redigering af tekst Du kan redigere tekst på de følgende måder: For at slette den valgte tekst fra filen og flytte den valgte tekst til et mellemlager, vælg RedigerKlip. For at kopiere den valgte tekst til et mellemlager, vælg RedigerKopier. For at indsætte indholdet af mellemlageret ved markørens placering, vælg RedigerIndsæt. Du skal klippe eller kopier tekst, før du kan indsætte tekst i filen. For at rydde al tekst fra diskussionsområdet for den aktuelt valgte kanal, vælg RedigerRyd. Gentilslutte til en server For at gentilslutte XChat-GNOME til en server af typen Internet Relay Chat (IRC), vælg NetværkGentilslut. Afbryde forbindelsen til en server For at afbryde forbindelsen fra XChat-GNOME til en server af typen Internet Relay Chat (IRC), vælg NetværkAfbryd. Gem et kanaltranskript For at gemme et transkript af en kanal, vælg CtrlSDiskussionGem transkript. Forlade en kanal Når du forlader en kanal, fjernes du fra deltagerlisten og kan ikke længere snakke i kanalen, men diskussionen indtil dette tidspunkt bevares i serverpanelet. For at forlade en kanal, vælg CtrlQDiskussionForlad. Lukning af en kanal Når du lukker en kanal, fjernes kanalen fra listen i serverpanelet. For at lukke en kanal, vælg CtrlWDiskussionLuk. Navigering igennem kanaler For at vise forrige kanal, vælg AltOpGå tilForrige diskussion For at vise næste kanal, vælg AltNedGå tilNæste diskussion Navigering via servere For at vise den forrige server, vælg CtrlOpGå tilForrige netværk For at vise næste server, vælg CtrlNedGå tilNæste netværk Afslutte XChat-GNOME For at afslutte XChat-GNOME, vælg CtrlQIRCAfslut. Indstillinger For at ændre indstillingerne i XChat-GNOME, vælg RedigerIndstillinger. Dialogen Indstillinger indeholder de følgende sektioner: IRC-indstillinger Generelt Indtast Brugernavnet du ønsker at bruge i kanalen Internet Relay Chat (IRC). Indtast dit rigtige navn, som vises ved forespørgsler af typen /whois. Indtast Afslutningsbeskeden du ønsker skal vises for andre brugere, når du forlader et netværk af typen Internet Relay Chat (IRC). Indtast den Delbesked du ønsker skal vises for andre brugere, når du forlader en kanal i Internet Relay Chat (IRC) men forbliver forbundet til den kanals netværk. Indtast den Fraværsbesked du ønsker, der skal vises for folk, som forsøger at kontakte dig, når du er væk. Markering Angiv ord eller fraser som skal markeres med en anden tekstfarve, når en anden bruger af XChat bruger dem. Dette er en tilføjelse til brugernavnet, som altid bliver markeret. Brug grænseflade Vælg indstillingen Brug systemterminalskrifttype for at bruge samme skrifttyper som din systemterminal. Vælg indstillingen Brug denne skrifttype for at åbne dialogboksen for skriftmarkering. Vælg indstillingen Vis farver for at aktivere farvebrugernavne i diskussionsområdet. Vælg indstillingen Vis tidsstempler for at vise tidsstempler på diskussion. Farver Tekstfarver Brug rullegardinet for Indbyggede skemaer til at angive hvordan XChat-GNOME skal vise tekst- og baggrundsfarven. Vælg en af de følgende indstillinger: Brug indstillingen Sort på hvid for at vise sort tekst på en hvid baggrund. Brug indstillingen Hvid på sort for at vise hvid tekst på en sort baggrund. Brug indstillingen Tilpasset for at oprette et tilpasset farveskema. De følgende indstillinger, kan kun ændres hvis Indbyggede skemaer, er angivet til Tilpasset. Klik på knappen Forgrundsfarve for at vise farveudvælgelsesdialogen. Vælg en forgrundsfarve for diskussionsområdet til XChat-GNOME. Klik på knappen Baggrundsfarve for at vise farveudvælgelsesdialogen. Vælg baggrundsfarven for diskussionsområdet til XChat-GNOME. Klip på knappen Forgrundsmærke for at vise farveudvælgelsesdialogen. Vælg forgrundsfarvemærket for diskussionsområdet til XChat-GNOME. Klip på knappen Baggrundsmærke for at vise farveudvælgelsesdialogen. Vælg baggrundsfarvemærket for diskussionsområdet til XChat-GNOME. mIRC-farver Vælg de farveknapper som du ønsker at ændre, for at vise farveudvælgelsesdialogen. Farverne kan kun ændres hvis Indbyggede skemaer er angivet til Tilpasset. Ekstra farver Vælg knapperne på de farver som du ønsker at ændre, for at vise farveudvælgelsesdialogen. Farverne kan kun ændres hvis Indbyggede skemaer er angivet til Tilpasset. Filoverførsler & DCC Filoverførsler Brug knappen Hent fil til for at vælge den mappe du ønsker at gemme den hentede fil i. Brug knappen Flyt færdige filer til for at vælge mappen du ønsker at filer, der er færdighentede, skal flyttes til. Vælg Konverter mellemrum til understregninger i filnavne hvis du ønsker, at mellemrum skal konverteres til understregninger i filnavnet. Vælg Gem afsenders brugernavn i filnavnene for at tilføje afsenderens brugernavn til det hentede filnavn. DCC-opsætning Vælg indstillingen Autoaccepter DCC-snak for automatisk at acceptere direkte klient-til-klient-snak (DCC). Vælg indstillingen Autoaccepter DCC-filoverførsel for automatisk at acceptere direkte klient-til-klient-filoverførsel (DCC). Vælg indstillingen Indhent IP-adresse fra server for at bruge din udbyders DNS for at slå en IP-adresse op. Vælg indstillingen Brug denne IP-adresse og indtast din IP-adresse, for at bruge en statisk IP-adresse. Justering Brug boksen Individuel send KB/s for at angive din maksimale individuelle overførelseshastighed. Brug boksen Global send KB/s til at angive din samlede maksimale overførelseshastighed. Brug boksen Individuel modtage-KB/s: til at angive din samlede individuelle maksimale hentningshastighed. Brug boksen Samlet modtage-KB/s: til at angive din samlede maksimale hentningshastighed. Netværk Internet Relay Chat-servere (IRC) For at tilføje en Internet Relay Chat-server (IRC), klik på knappen Tilføj for at åbne dialogen Netværksegenskaber. For at redigere en Internet Relay Chat-server (IRC), klik på knappen Rediger for at åbne dialogen Netværksegenskaber. For at fjerne en Internet Relay Chat-server (IRC), klik på knappen Fjern. Skript og udvidelsesmoduler Skript og udvidelsesmoduler For at aktivere eller deaktivere et udvidelsesmodul eller skript, vælg indstillingen Aktiver ved siden af det passende punkt. For at tilføje et nyt udvidelsesmodul eller skript, klik på knappen Åbn for at åbne dialogen Åbn fil. For at fjerne et udvidelsesmodul eller skript, vælg det passende punkt og klik på knappen Fjern. Netværksovervågning Brug netværkshåndteringen for at kontrollere forbindelsestilstanden. Automatisk væk Marker dig selv som væk når pauseskærmen er aktiv. Lydpåmindelse Afspil en lydpåmindelse, når et ord fremhæves (inklusiv dit brugernavn) eller når du modtager en privat besked. Påmindelse Tilføj et ikon i påmindelsesområdet der informerer dig om begivenheder i xchat-gnome. Dette gør at statusfeltet kan minimeres hvis Vis altid statusfelt er valgt i indstillingerne for Påmindelse. Visning på skærmen Vis en påmindelsesboks når et ord fremhæves (inklusive dit brugernavn), eller når du modtager en privat besked. URL-scrapper Vis alle url'erne fra din samtale i en grim boks. Netværksegenskaber Dialogen Netværksegenskaber til XChat-GNOME, gør at du kan angive egenskaberne for en Internet Relay Chat-server (IRC), og indeholder de følgende faneblade: Netværksopsætning Generelt Indtast navnet på serveren til Internet Relay Chat (IRC). Vælg indstillingen Forbind automatisk til netværk for at forbinde til et netværk når XChat-GNOME startes. Vælg indstillingen Brug sikker forbindelse (SSL) for at forbinde med Secure Socket Layer (SSL). Vælg indstillingen Gennemløb indtil forbundet for at fortsætte med at forsøge at tilslutte til netværket, indtil det lykkes. Brug rullegardinet Tegnkodning til at angive hvilken tegnkodning XChat-GNOME skal bruge. Indtast serveradgangskoden, hvis Internet Relay Chat-serveren (IRC) kræver det. Brugere og kanaler Brugerinfo Vælg indstillingen Brug global brugeropsætning for at bruge global opsætning angivet i afsnittet Generelt i . Vælg indstillingen Brug brugeropsætningen til at angive Brugernavnet og Navnet specifikt for denne Internet Relay Chat-server (IRC). Indtræd automatisk i kanaler Klik på knappen Tilføj for at tilføje en ny kanal. Klik på knappen Rediger for at redigere den valgte kanal. Klik på knappen Fjern for at fjerne den valgte kanal. Kanalnavnet bør begynde med en havelåge (#). Servere Servere Klik på knappen Tilføj for at tilføje en ny Internet Relay Chat-server (IRC). Klik på knappen Rediger for at redigere den valgte Internet Relay Chat-server (IRC). Klik på knappen Fjern for at fjerne den valgte Internet Relay Chat-server (IRC). For at angive en tilpasset port brug (/) som adskillelsestegn, som i "vært/port" Om <application>XChat-GNOME</application> For yderligere information om XChat-GNOME, kan du besøge hjemmesiden for XChat-GNOME. Hvis du ønsker at indrapportere en fejl eller komme med et forslag vedrørende programmet eller denne manual så følg vejledningen på siden tilbagemeldinger omkring GNOME. Dette program distribueres under betingelserne i GNU General Public License som udgivet af the Free Software Foundation; enten version 2 af denne licens eller (efter eget valg) enhver senere version. En kopi af denne licens kan ses på link, eller i filen COPYING inkluderet med kildekoden for dette program.
usr/share/omf-langpack/xchat-gnome/xchat-gnome-da.omf0000644000373100047300000000154412270536237024440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 (Brian Pepple) (Joachim Noreiko) (Brian Pepple) Manual til XChat-GNOME November 2005 En brugermanual som beskriver brugen af IRC-klienten XChat-GNOME. user's guide usr/share/help-langpack/da/rhythmbox/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000022063112317327146024156 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Rhythmbox Music Player 2002 Mark Finlay 2002 2002 Mark Humphreys 2005 2006 Baptiste Mille-Mathias 2006 Victor Osadci 2008 Dean Sas GNOME-dokumentationsprojekt Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL'en. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter ogtjenester er betegnet som mærkevarer. Der hvor de navne optræder i enGNOME-dokumentation, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumentationsprojekteter blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, så er navnene skrevetmed store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Mark Finlay GNOME Documentation Project
sisob@eircom.net
 Mark Humphreys GNOME Documentation Project
marquee@users.sourceforge.net
 Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation Project
baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com
 Victor Osadci GNOME Documentation Project
Victor.Osadci.GNOME@xhtml.md
 Dean Sas Ubuntu Documentation Project
dean@deansas.org
 Rhythmbox Music Player Manual V0.0.2 October 2002 Mark Finlay GNOME Documentation Project Rhythmbox Music Player Manual V0.0.3 August 2003 Mark Humphreys GNOME Documentation Project Rhythmbox Music Player Manual V0.0.4 October 2005 Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation Project Rhythmbox Music Player Manual V2.0.2 April 2006 Luca Ferretti GNOME Documentation Project Rhythmbox Music Player Manual V2.0.3 May 2008 Dean Sas GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 0.11.5 of Rhythmbox Music Player. Tilbagemelding For at rapportere en fejl eller komme med et forslag angående Rhythmbox musikafspilleren eller denne manual, følg vejledningerne her GNOME tilbagemeldningsside. Rhythmbox er den komplette musikafspiller til GNOME-skrivebordet. Rhythmbox rhythmbox Music Player Introduktion Rhythmbox Music Player is a music player and library for tagged files that supports various music formats. Nuværende Rhythmbox musikafspiller funktioner består af: Afspil forskellige formater af musikfiler fra din organiserede og mærkede samling. Vis information om sangene gennem meta-data læsning. Vis sangene i en organiseret oversigt. Opret statiske spillelister ved at trække og slippe fra samlingsoversigten. Opret automatiske spillelister udfra kriterier. Søg efter sange i kildelisterne såsom samling eller spillelister. Lyt til internet radiostationer. Læs lyd-cd'er og hent information såsom sportitel fra internettet. Opret lyd-cd'er fra spillelister. Transfer music to iPod, MTP and USB Mass Storage music players . Sådan kommer du i gang For at starte <application>Rhythmbox musikafspiller</application> You can launch the Rhythmbox Music Player in the following ways: Applications menu Choose Sound & Video Rhythmbox Music Player. Command Line Type rhythmbox, then press Return. Kør assistenten The first time you launch the Rhythmbox Music Player, an assistant will help you import your music. On the second panel of the assistant, press the Browse button and select the folder where your music is stored. Rhythmbox musikafspillervindue Oversigt Rhythmbox musikafspiller vinduet gør dig i stand til at gennemse og afspille din favorit musik. viser brugerfladen af Rhythmbox musikafspilleren med dets hovedkomponenter.
<application>Rhythmbox musikafspiller</application>-Vinduet Show the Rhythmbox Music Player window showing the different parts on the Rhythmbox Music Player interface. Callouts: Menubar, Player area, Browser, Side pane, Statusbar.
Tabel 1 beskriver komponenterne af Rhythmbox musikafspiller-vinduet. <application>Rhythmbox musikafspiller</application>-Vinduekomponenter Id Komponent Beskrivelse 1 Menulinje Contains menus that you use to perform tasks in Rhythmbox Music Player window. 2 Værktøjslinje Giver adgang til afspilningsfunktioner og detaljer om det nuværende spor der afspilles. 3 Tidsskyder Viser positionen af læsningen af et spor; giver mulighed for at hoppe til andre steder i sporet. 4 Side Pane Viser en liste over mulige kilder. 5 Oversigt Tillader at gennemse og filtrere samlingens spor efter genre, kunstnere eller albumnavn. Oversigten har også en søgefunktion der kun viser spor der passer på dine kriterier. 6 Sporliste Lister sporene der tilhører den valgte kilde. 7 Statuslinje Displays informations about the source selected in the side pane.
The Side Pane The side pane is where you can access your music library, internet radio, your playlists and audio CDs. The side pane can contain the following sources: The Rhythmbox Music Player library, where all of the imported tracks will appear. The iRadio source, with all internet radio stations. Podcasts. All playlists (normal and smart). Audio CD's inserted into the computer's CD drives. Portable players like iPod plugged to your computer. The DAAP Music shares discovered on the local network. Music stores like Jamendo and Magnatune. The display of the side pane can be toggled on or off by selecting ViewSide Pane . Afspillerens værktøjslinje Værktøjslinjeområdet giver adgang til detaljer om det aktuelle spor der afspilles. Når der ikke afspilles noget spor, vises der ikke noget information i dette område. Når et spor afspilles vises sporets navn, og nedenunder kunstneren og albummets navn. En skyder er også vist, og viser fremgangen af det afspillende spor. Når skyderen har fokus, kan piltasterne bruges til hurtigspol-frem og -tilbage i det afspillende spor. Shows player area Hvis du bruger en mus med et hjul, kan du justere lydstyrken ved at rulle op eller ned mens musemarkøren er over lydstyrkeknappen. Statuslinjen The statusbar contains additional information about the number of songs and the duration of the source selected. The display of the statusbar can be toggled on or off by selecting ViewStatusbar. Shows statusbar <application>Rhythmbox musikafspiller</application> Minimeret vindue Rhythmbox musikafspiller understøtter en minimeret tilstand. Denne tilstand tillader kun adgang til menulinjen og afspillerfunktionen i Rhythmbox musikafspiller. To switch to the small display, select View Small Display. Shows the Rhythmbox Music Player in small display mode Brug af Rhythmbox musikafspiller Afspil musik To play a track, choose Control Play, or select the track and press the Play button on the toolbar, or simply double-click on the track to start playing. When the track ends, Rhythmbox Music Player jumps to play the next track in the list showed in view pane. I samlingen kan du spille alle sange af en kunstner eller et enkelt album ved at vælge Album eller Kunstner punkt i samlingsoversigten. Næste/Afspil/Forrige The Next and Previous buttons can be used to skip between tracks while playing. If a track is currently playing, the previous button will restart the track. Pressing the Play button will start playing the current track. Shows buttons Previous, Play and Next in toolbar. Gentag Valgmuligheden Gentag får Rhythmbox musikafspilleren til at afspille spor fra begyndelsen af listen når den når til sidste spor. To activate repeat, choose Control Repeat, or press the button Repeat on the toolbar. Shows repeat button in the statusbar. Tilfældig Valgmuligheden Vælg tilfældig sang får Rhythmbox musikafspilleren til at afspille spor i en tilfældig rækkefølge. To activate shuffle, choose Control Shuffle, or press the button Shuffle on the toolbar. Shows shuffle button in the statusbar. Lydstyrkekontrol The volume control is located in the right hand of the toolbar. Pressing the loudspeaker icon will show the volume slider. Sliding this up and down will increase and decrease the volume. The loudspeaker icon will change to reflect the relative volume. Shows volume slider in toolbar. Du kan justere lydstyrken ved at bruge musens hjul over højttalerikonet. Samlingskilde Samlingen er hovedkilden i Rhythmbox musikafspilleren, det er databasen som indeholder alle musikfilerne som du importerer i Rhythmbox musikafspilleren (Samlingen gemmer stien for adgang til dine musikfiler, ikke i selve filerne). The Library can not only contains music files which are physically on your computer (in your HOME Directory for instance), but it can also contains music files available over remote network services. Some examples of supported network services are : Public FTP Authenticated FTP NFS Windows Share The files imported in the Library are displayed in the track list with the information (like the Artist name or the Album name) stored in the tags embedded on the tracks. Rhythmbox Music Player uses these tags to display the tracks in an organized manner. Tags can be modified by choosing MusicProperties and filling in the details on the window that appears. Tilføj spor til samlingen To add tracks to the Library, you can follow these different methods: To import only one track, choose MusicImport File from the menu, then select the file in the file selector and press the Open button. If you want to import several music files located in a folder, choose MusicImport Folder from the menu, then select the folder in the file selector and press the Open button. All the music files located in the folder and its sub-folders will be imported. Drag and drop files from the file manager (like Nautilus) over the Rhythmbox window. Hvis du har aktiveret overvåg mappe-funktionen (se ), vil alle musikfiler gemt under den valgte mappe blive tilføjet til samlingen. Nye filer som er tilføjet senere vil også blive tilføjet. Fjern spor fra samlingen For at fjerne et spor fra samlingen, men lade det blive på disken, vælg menuen RedigérFjern. Sporet og dets egenskaber (såsom vurdering eller antal af afspilninger) bliver fjernet fra Rhythmbox-databasen. To delete a track from the Library and also from your disk, choose EditMove to Trash. The track will be removed in the same way as previous, but the file will be moved in to the file manager Trash. Find spor ved brug af søg Rhythmbox comes with a search function, which enables you to find and filter tracks by using a search term. Enter some text in the search entry, and as you type, only the tracks that match the text entered will be displayed. The search function does the lookup in all of the tags of the tracks stored in the Library. To perform a more precise search, you can choose to lookup only in specific tags Artists, Albums or Titles. Find spor ved brug af oversigten Oversigten er en anden behagelig måde at finde spor på. Oversigten er en to eller tre panels visning som tillader at navigere blandt musikgenrer, kunstnere og albummer, og viser spor der passer til det valgte kriterie. First, to display the Browser, select View Browser. Select artist, album and genre, and as you choose, only the tracks that match your choice will be displayed in the track list. The criteria on the columns apply from the left to the right. Du kan vælge flere kriterier fra den samme kategori ved brug af tasten Ctrl. You can also find from a selected track in the track list, all of the tracks with the same genre, artist or album name. Select a track in the track list, right-click on it, and choose Browse this Genre/Artist/Album. Then the browser will filter the tracks using the criteria chosen. Radiokilde Internetradioen kan bruges til at lytte til strømmede lydfiler over et netværk, lokal eller internet.
Internetradio i <application>Rhythmbox musikafspiller</application>
Tilføje en station To add a new station to the Internet Radio tuner, choose Music New Internet Radio Station, then enter the URL of the Internet radio, then press the button Add. Se og skift indstillinger på en station Du kan se og redigere indstilingerne for en internetradiostation ved brug af menuen MusikEgenskaber. Du kan også ændre egenskaberne for en station ved at vælge stationen og højreklikke, vælg så Egenskaber. Når du tilgår egenskaberne for en radiostrøm, så kan du modificere dens titel, dens genre; du kan også modificere strømmens placering, og give den en vurdering. Fjern en station To remove a radio station from the radio stations list, choose Edit Remove; you can also right-click on the station and select Remove. Podcast-kilde Podcasting er en ny måde at udsende lydindhold over nettet; når en ophavsmand udgiver en episode bliver podcast-abonnenterne informeret gennem en XML-kilde. Rhythmbox Music Player enables you to subscribe to podcast feeds, so when a new episode is available you'll be informed, it will download this episode and it will play it. You can find more information about podcasts and podcasting by visiting the definition of Podcast on the site Wikipedia.
Podcast grænsefladen The Podcast interface with some registered podcasts
Podcast-håndtering Tilføj en podcast For at registrere en podcast, vælg MusikNy Podcast-kilde, i det nye vindue indtast adressen på podcast-kilden. Rhythmbox vil hente listen af episoder og den seneste episode vil blive hentet ned på din harddisk. For at tilføje en ny podcast-kilde, kan du også højreklikke på Podcasts-kilden, og vælge Ny podcast-kilde. Slet en podcast For at slette en podcast, højreklik på podcast-kildens navn i oversigten, og vælg Slet podcast-kilde, vælg så Slet kun kilde hvis du vil beholde podcast'ens episoder, eller vælg Slet kilde og element hvis du vil slette kilden og alle dens relaterede episoder. Opdatere kilder To know if new episodes have been published for a podcast, right-click over the podcast name in the browser and choose Update Podcast Feed. If new episodes were published, they will appear in the episode list. Rhythmbox Music Player checks regularly, on its own, the podcast feeds list to find out if they were updated. Du kan også kontrolere alle podcasts ved at højreklikke på Podcasts-kilde og vælg Opdatér alle kilder. Tilgå podcast-kilde egenskaber To access to the Feed properties, right-click on the Feed name, and choose Properties. On the Basic tab you can view the podcast Title, Author , the Last Updated date and the Description. On the Details tab you can view the feed Source, Language and the Copyright properties. You can view the properties, and also edit the rating. Episode-håndtering Hent en podcast-episode For at hente en episode til din disk, højreklik på episoden, og vælg Hent post, Rhythmbox vil begynde at hente episoden til placeringen angivet i indstillingerne. Du kan følge downloadfremgangen for episoden i kolonnen Status. Som standard bliver podcasts hentet til en mappe Podcasts/ i din hjemmemappe. For at ændre placeringen, se . Læs en podcast-episode For at afspille en podcast-episode, vælg episoden du vil læse, og vælg KontrolAfspil; du kan også trykke på knappen Afspil. Episoden skal hentes før den kan læses, se for at læse mere om hvordan man henter en podcast-episode. Slet en podcast-episode For at slette en episode fra en podcast, højreklik på episoden og vælg Slet, vælg så Slet kun episode hvis du vil beholde episodens fil på din disk, eller vælg Slet episode og fil hvis du vil fjerne episoden fra listen og slette filen fra din disk. After you delete an episode, it will no longer be available in the list of episodes, even if you update the podcast. Vis podcast-episode egenskaber To access to the episode properties, right-click on the episode, and choose Properties. On the Basic tab you can view the podcast Title, Feed, the publication Data and the Description. On the Details tab you can view the podcast Source, Duration, the Bitrate, the Last Played Date, the Play count and the Rating. Afspil køkilde Play queue is a source designed to temporarily store the next tracks you want to play. When you add a track to the Play Queue, Rhythmbox Music Player will automatically switch to this source, after the track has played. Once a track has been played, it will be automatically removed from the Play Queue Source. Once the Play Queue is empty, Rhythmbox Music Player will play the source which was played before. Add a track to the Play Queue To add a track: Select the track you want to play, in any source. Choose EditAdd to playqueue. Fjern et spor i spillekøen To remove a track stored in Play Queue: Select the track you want to remove in Play Queue source. Choose EditDelete . Spilleliste kilde Playlists are sources which are created from the tracks available in the Library source. They enable you to gather tracks following a particular 'genre', a specific group of artists, or even tracks that are of a particular 'mood', or whatever you want. Rhythmbox Music Player has 2 kinds of playlists: Static Playlists Smart Playlists Rhythmbox tillader dig at brænde sporene fra dine spillelister til en lyd-cd. Statiske spillelister Statiske afspillelister er afspillelister opbygget af spor der trukket over fra samlingen. Opret en statisk spilleliste To create a new playlist, choose MusicPlaylistNew Playlist. An empty playlist without name appears in the side pane. Enter a name for the playlist and press Enter. Tilføj spor til en spilleliste To add tracks to a playlist, select tracks from the track list from the library and drag and drop your selection over the playlist icon in the side pane. Du kan også trække en spilleliste, genre, kunstner eller et albumnavn over og derved vil alle de tilhørende spor blive tilføjet til spillelisten. You can create a playlist with tracks in one action. Select tracks from the Tracks List, or directly one or more categories from the browser (Genre, Artist or Album) and drop the selection over the Side pane. It will automatically create a named playlist. Fjern spor fra en spilleliste To remove tracks from a playlist, first select the tracks to remove, and then you have two methods: Choose EditDelete. Right-click over the selection and choose Delete. This operation deletes the track only from playlist and not from the Library. Slet en statisk spilleliste To delete a static playlist, select the playlist to delete, then you have two ways to delete it: Choose EditDelete. Right-click over the playlist and choose Delete. This operation deletes only the playlist and not the tracks stored in the playlist deleted. Automatiske spillelister Smart Playlists are playlists built from criteria, so tracks are added to it dynamically; all of the tracks matching the criteria will be added to the playlist. Opret en automatisk spilleliste To create a new playlist: Choose MusicPlaylistNew Automatic Playlist. Edit the playlist criteria through the query editor. Once your criteria have been chosen, click New to create the query. Redigér en automatisk spilleliste Editing a smart playlist lets you modify the criteria set for this playlist. To edit a smart playlist, select the smart playlist, choose MusicPlaylistEdit, and edit the criteria. Once done, choose Close. Slet en automatisk spilleliste To delete a smart playlist, select the playlist to delete, then you have two ways to delete it: Choose EditDelete. Right-click over the playlist and choose Delete. Brug forespørgselsredigeringen Vælg kriterierne der skal anvendes til reglen. Hvis du mangler et kriterie mere, klik på knappen Tilføj, en ny linje fremkommer, og du kan angive et nyt kriterie. Hvis du vil begrænse antallet af spor i spillelisten, afkryds Begræns til:, og vælg begrænsningen. Du kan begrænse efter spor, total størrelse (i MB eller GB) eller efter længde (udtrykt i Minutter). Once you finish setting the criteria for the playlist, choose New; the playlist query editor window will close, and the playlist will display the tracks matched by your criteria. Lyd-cd-kilde Rhythmbox Music Player can also handle Audio CDs; it can play CDs and also let you burn your own. Afspiller When an Audio CD is inserted, it will appear in the side pane, and the tracks on it can be displayed in Rhythmbox Music Player's main window. If you are connected to the Internet, the CD details will be retrieved and displayed. For at afspille og pause afspilning, eller springe frem eller tilbage, brug de samme kontroller som bruges til afspilning fra samlingen. Importerer lyd-cd If you wish to keep the tracks of your Audio CDs on your computer, you can import them. To import Audio CD tracks, choose Music Import Audio CD, it will start Sound-Juicer, an application dedicated to importing Audio CDs. To know more about Sound-Juicer, you can read the Sound-Juicer manual. For automatisk at få importerede spor fra Sound-Juicer tilføjet til din Rhythmbox samling, bliver du nødt til at opsætte Sound-Juicer til at udtrække sporene til din Rhythmbox samlingsplacering og Rhythmbox's overvåg samling funktion skal være aktiveret; henvises til Sound-Juicer indstillinger og Rhythmbox samlingsindstillinger. Opretter lyd-cd Rhythmbox tillader dig at oprette dine egne lyd-cd'er med musikken gemt i Rhythmbox-samlingen. To create an Audio CD: Create a playlist, static or smart (see ) and add tracks. Choose MusicPlaylistCreate Audio CD Insert a blank CD. Click the button Create, the burning process starts. Bærbar lydafspillerkilde Rhythmbox can detect when an portable audio player is plugged to your computer, and is able to read tracks stored on it. Rhythmbox Music Player should be able to deal with most portable audio players including Apple iPod, MTP players and Mass Storage players. When you plug in a portable audio player, an icon for the Portable Audio Player is added to the side pane. This source works in the same way as the Library source. If Rhythmbox Music Player does not detect your device as a portable audio player, you can create an empty file named .is_audio_player at the top level hierarchy of the filesystem of your player. DAAP-delingskilde DAAP is a network protocol that allows you to share the music stored in Rhythmbox. DAAP stands for Digital Audio Access Protocol. As DAAP is a standard protocol for music sharing, you can listen and share music not only with other Rhythmbox users, but also with other users who use DAAP compatible software, like iTunes. When you start Rhythmbox, it will look for all DAAP shares published on your local network (your home or your office, not the whole Internet) by other users and will display them in the side pane. If sharing is enabled, at the same time Rhythmbox will publish your library and your playlists. In this way, you can listen to music stored on your friend's computers and they can listen your music. To disable the Rhythmbox DAAP sharing feature, see in the preferences. Påmindelsesområde Oversigt Påmindelsesområdet er en GNOME-funktion der tilføjer et lille ikon til panelet mens programmet kører; dette tillader dig at kontrollere Rhythmbox Music Player fra din proceslinje og modtage information når Rhythmbox musikafspiller-grænsefladen ikke er synlig.
<application>Rhythmbox musikafspiller</application> i påmindelsesområdet
Hent information Værktøjstip-information Når du bevæger musemarkøren over Rhythmbox musikafspiller ikonet kan du se sporets kunstner, sporets navn og tidspositionen. Påmindelsesvindue Hver gang sporet er skiftet eller en podcast-episode er blevet hentet kan Rhythmbox musikafspilleren informere dig; den viser et påmindelsesvindue på skrivebordet indeholdende informationen.
Påmindelsesvinduet fra <application>Rhythmbox musikafspiller</application>
The notification window can be disabled by deselecting the Show Notifications option from the context menu of the icon in the notification area. Betjen Rhythmbox Ved at bruge Rhythmbox musikafspiller ikonet i påmindelsesområdet, kan følgende kommandoer sendes til programmet:
Påmindelsesområde (viser menu)
Play — If selected, plays the currently selected song. Previous — Skip to previous song in the selected source. Next — Skip to next song in the selected source. Show Window Player — Choose whether or not the Rhythmbox Music Player window is visible or not on the desktop. Show Notifications — Choose whether or not the Rhythmbox Music Player will notify you about track changes and various information. Quit — Quit the Rhythmbox Music Player. Hvis du bruger en mus med hjul, kan du justere lydstyrken ved at rulle op eller ned mens musemarkøren er over panelprogrammet. Du kan hurtigt skifte mellem Afspil/Pause ved at klikke på musens midterknap. Tilpas Rhythmbox musikafspiller This section describes how to customize Rhythmbox Music Player to suit your requirements and preferences. Opsæt dine indstillinger Ved at bruge Indstillinger-dialogen kan du tilpasse hvordan du vil have Rhythmbox musikafspiller til at se ud og opføre sig. For at vise Indstillinger-dialogen, vælg RedigérIndstillinger. Generelt Choose the way the Browser View will be displayed. You can choose to use three or two panes and what the panes should display. Choose the Visible Columns you want to display in Rhythmbox Music Player. This option affects the following sources: Library Audio CD Portable Players Playlists DAAP Music shares Music Samlingsplaceringen er en mappe som Rhythmbox musikafspiller vil overvåge for at finde nye sange. Når du tilføjer nye lydfiler til denne mappe eller dens underliggende mapper med en filhåndtering (såsom Nautilus), vil Rhythmbox musikafspiller opdage dem og de vil automatisk blive tilføjet til samlingen. Undgå at sætte din Hjemmemappe som samlingsplacering fordi denne funktionalitet er CPU-krævende. For at deaktivere overvågningsfunktionen fravælg Overvåg min samling for nye filer. Hvis du vil tilføje mere end én mappe til overvågningen, brug gconf-redigeringen og tilføj den til listen /app/rhythmbox/library_locations Podcasts The Download Location of Podcasts is defined by default to the Podcasts/ folder in your home directory. If this location doesn't fit your needs, select another folder in the drop-down list or choose Other to make the File Selector appear. Vælg frekvensen som Rhythmbox musikafspiller vil kontrollere for nye podcast-episoder med. Deling Rhythmbox musikafspilleren kan dele indholdet af din samling over dit lokalnetværk til andre Rhythmbox musikafspillere og Apple iTunes brugere. Vælg Del min musik for at gøre brugerne af dit netværk i stand til at se og læse dine sange. Angiv navnet du vil have til at optræde på netværket i feltet Delt musiknavn. Last.fm profil The Last.fm profile plugin collects information about the songs you listen to and sends it to the Last.fm website, building up a profile of your listening habits. With this profile, you can: consult statistics, such as most played songs or most played artists. receive recommendations about artists that you might like. For at kunne benytte Last.fm-profil udvidelsesmodulet, skal du have en Last.fm-konto. Hvis du ikke allerede har en, brug Last.fm-indmeldelsessiden for at oprette en. Angiv dine Last.fm-kontodetaljer i Brugernavn og Kodeord-felterne i Last.fm-profil udvidelsesmodulets konfigurationsvindue. Konfigurationsvinduet for Last.fm-profil udvidelsesmodulet viser også information om status. Hvis din Last.fm-profil side viser at din profil ikke bliver opdateret, kan informationen der vises her hjælpe dig med at løse problemet. Genveje Tastaturgenveje Afspillergenveje Genveje Handlinger Ctrl p Afspil / Pause Ctrl Left Hop til forrige spor / Tilbage til sporets begyndelse Ctrl Right Hop til næste spor Ctrl Up Increase playback volume Ctrl Down Decrease playback volume Ctrl R Aktivér / Deaktivér gentagelsesafspilning Ctrl U Aktivér / Deaktivér tilfældig afspilning
Generelle genveje Genveje Handlinger Ctrl A Vælg alt Shift Ctrl A Fravælg alt Ctrl J Hop til nuværende sang Alt S Jump to search field Alt Return Vis sporegenskaberne
Vinduegenveje Genveje Handlinger Ctrl Q Afslut Rhythmbox musikafspilleren Ctrl B Vis / Skjul oversigten F9 Show / Hide the side pane Ctrl K Vis / Skjul køsidebaren F11 Vælg / Fravælg fuldskærmstilstanden
Multimediataster Rhythmbox musikafspiller understøtter tasterne på multimediatastaturer, hvis det er konfigureret i dit skrivebordsmiljø. Vinduegenveje Genveje Handlinger Stop Stop Pause / Play Pause / Afspil Prev Forrige afspillede spor Next Næste spor
Linux infrarød fjernbetjening Rhythmbox musikafspilleren inkluderer et udvidelsesmodul til understøttelse af Linux Infrared Remote Control (LIRC). Følgende kommandostrenge er understøttet ved brug af navnet "rhythmbox": Vinduegenveje Kommandostreng Handling play Start afspilning pause Pause afspilning playpause Skift mellem afspiller og pauset shuffle Skift tilfældigtilstand repeat Skift gentagelsestilstand next Spring til det næste spor previous Hop til forrige spor seek_forward Spring 10 sekunder frem i det afspillende spor seek_backward Spring 10 sekunder tilbage i det afspillende spor volume_up Hæv lydstyrken på afspilningen med 10% volume_down Sænk lydstyrken på afspilningen med 10% mute Dæmp afspilningen
usr/share/help-langpack/da/rhythmbox/fdl-appendix.xml0000644000373100047300000006472512317327146024614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Version 1.1, March 2000 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. GNU Free Documentation License 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of copyleft, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The Document, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as you. A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not Transparent is called Opaque. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, Title Page means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). C State on the Title Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H Include an unaltered copy of this License. I Preserve the section entitled History, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled History in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K In any section entitled Acknowledgements or Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N Do not retitle any existing section as Endorsements or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled Endorsements, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section entitled History; likewise combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, and any sections entitled Dedications. You must delete all sections entitled Endorsements. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an aggregate, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License or any later version applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. Addendum To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License.
If you have no Invariant Sections, write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write no Front-Cover Texts instead of Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. usr/share/help-langpack/da/rhythmbox/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000707412317327146023317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL'en. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter ogtjenester er betegnet som mærkevarer. Der hvor de navne optræder i enGNOME-dokumentation, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumentationsprojekteter blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, så er navnene skrevetmed store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000336212300405422025173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The GNOME Games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community: you are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc: join the #i18n chanel on the irc.gnome.org server. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356012300405422024620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. Licens

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/strategy.page0000644000373100047300000000335712300405422025044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Strategy

Since each tile layout requires a different approach, there is no one universal strategy. However, there are some strategy tips to keep in mind while you play:

The general strategy is to keep removing matching tiles in such a way that each removed tile will expose further tiles. A good strategy would be to expose new tiles with every set of tiles you match and eliminate.

Choosing easily accessible tiles, such as those from the top levels, is not beneficial. This strategy leaves essential tiles under cover, increasing your chances of losing the game.

Since you are scored by how quickly you finish the game, time is the most important factor in the game. It is therefore important to be fast.

Using the hint option adds a 30-second penalty to your time.

Shuffling tiles adds a 60-second penalty to your time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/gameplay.page0000644000373100047300000000316212300405422024773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Basic gameplay

Mahjongg is played by matching two identical tiles per turn. A tile is eligible for matching if no part of another tile is lying directly on it, and it has a free long edge on either the left or the right. You win by removing all tiles, and you are scored by the amount of time it takes you to do so.

There are many different tile layouts to choose from.

To match two tiles:

Click on the a tile you want to match. If it is an eligible tile, it will be highlighted.

Click on a matching tile. If it is a truly a matching tile, both tiles will vanish.
Video demonstration

Video of gameplay
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000401312300405422025213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a Problem

Mahjongg is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-mahjongg. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312300405422024140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000207212300405422024631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/choosing.page0000644000373100047300000000112012300405422024775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Select a board

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/map.page0000644000373100047300000000510012300405422023743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Change tile layout

There are 9 different layouts. To select a different tile layout:

Click MahjonggPreferences.

Under Maps select a layout from the drop-down menu.

Click Close

Your new tile layout will take effect immediately unless you have already started a game and chose for the effect to take place after you are finished.

Easy

The Ziggurat

Four Bridges

Cloud

Tic-tac-toe

Red Dragon

Pyramid's Walls

Confounding Cross

Difficult
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000347112300405422025235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

Fullscreen

F11

Hjælp

F1

Fif

CtrlH

New game

CtrlN

Pause

Pause

Use the toolbar Pause button if your keyboard does not have a Pause key.

Quit

CtrlQ

Redo

ShiftCtrlZ

Undo

CtrlZ
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000260212300405422024324 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rules

Tiles must be identical to be removed.

Fully and partially covered tiles cannot be matched.

Tiles must have a free long edge in order to be eligible for matching.

You can undo a move without penalty.

Using the hint option adds a 30-second penalty to your time.

If the arrangement does not allow further tiles to be matched, you will be given the option to shuffle the tiles in order to keep playing.

Shuffling tiles adds a 60-second penalty to your time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/scoring.page0000644000373100047300000000201112300405422024630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Scoring

In Mahjongg, you are scored by how quickly you can complete a board.

To view the highscore board:

Select MahjonggScores

The scores are stored on a per map basis. You can view the highscores for a particular map by selecting it from the drop-down menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/index.page0000644000373100047300000000224212300405422024301 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png"/> Mahjongg Mahjongg GNOME Mahjongg help. Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png">Mahjongg logo</media> Mahjongg

Mahjongg is a simple pattern recognition game. You score points by matching identical tiles.

Sådan spiller du Mahjongg
Useful tips
Advanced
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000214712300405422026047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/pause.page0000644000373100047300000000224012300405422024305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Pausing your game

You can pause your current game using one of the following methods:

The Pause button in the toolbar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000220012300405422024626 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Show/hide the toolbar

To show or hide the toolbar, click MahjonggToolbar.

The toolbar, located under the menu bar, lets you perform common actions with your mouse. To use a toolbar item, just click on it. The buttons, from left to right, are New Game, Undo Move, Redo Move, Hint and Pause.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/moves.page0000644000373100047300000000173412300405422024330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Moves left

The Moves Left counter is located on the toolbar. It displays the number of different moves that can be made. It can help you see how far you are from running out of moves, and whether you've seen all possible moves.

Mahjongg counters

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mahjongg/hints.page0000644000373100047300000000417712300405422024330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hints

Hint highlights two tiles that can be matched. If you have already selected one tile, it will show a match for that piece if one exists.

Hint can be accessed by clicking MahjonggHint. Alternatively, use the Hint button in the toolbar, or press CtrlH.

Hint can make Mahjongg too easy, and should be used sparingly.

There is a 30-second penalty for each use of the "hint" option.
Video demonstration You can use Hints to help you find identical tiles. Press CtrlH. There is a 30 s penalty for each use of this option.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-bluetooth/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000605012303136005024357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Der gives tilladelse til at kopiere, distribuere og/eller ændre dette dokument under betingelserne i GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), version 1.1 eller enhver nyere version, udgivet af Free Software Foundation uden invariante afsnit, uden forsidetekster, og uden bagsidetekster. Du kan finde en kopi af GFDL'en her: link, eller i filen COPYING-DOCS der distribueres med denne manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter og tjenester er registrerede varemærker. Der hvor disse navne optræder i GNOME-dokumentationen, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet er blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, er navnene skrevet med store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DETTE DOKUMENT OG MODIFICEREDE VERSIONER GØRES TILGÆNGELIGT UNDER BETINGELSERNE I GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE UNDER DEN FORUDSÆTNING AT: DETTE DOKUMENT GØRES TILGÆNGELIGT SÅDAN SOM DET ER, UDEN NOGEN FORM FOR GARANTI, HVERKEN UDTALT ELLER ANTYDET, DERIBLANDT, UDEN BEGRÆNSNINGER, GARANTIER OM AT DOKUMENTET ELLER ÆNDREDE VERSIONER AF DOKUMENTET ER FRIT FOR DEFEKTER, PASSENDE TIL ET BESTEMT FORMÅL ELLER IKKE-KRÆNKENDE. DU HÆFTER SELV FOR HELE RISIKOEN VEDRØRENDE KVALITET, KORREKTHED OG YDELSE FOR DOKUMENTET ELLER ÆNDREDE VERSIONER AF DOKUMENTET. SKULLE ET DOKUMENT, ELLER EN ÆNDRET VERSION AF ET DOKUMENT VISE SIG AT VÆRE DEFEKT PÅ EN HVILKEN SOM HELST MÅDE, HÆFTER DU FOR BETALING FOR EVENTUEL NØDVENDIG SERVICE, REPARATION ELLER KORREKTION (OG IKKE HVERKEN DEN OPRINDELIGE FORFATTER, SKRIBENT ELLER NOGEN ANDEN BIDRAGYDER). DENNE ERKLÆRING OM GARANTIFORBEHOLD ER EN ESSENTIEL DEL AF DENNE LICENS. INGEN BRUG AF NOGET DOKUMENT ELLER ÆNDRET VERSION AF DOKUMENTET ER AUTORISERET HERUNDER BORTSET FRA DENNE FORBEHOLDSERKLÆRING; OG UNDER INGEN OMSTÆNDIGHEDER OG UNDER INGEN JURIDISK TEORI, UANSET OM DET ER EN BEVIDST SKADENDE HANDLING (INKLUSIVE UFORSVARLIGHED) ELLER PÅ HVILKEN SOM HELST ANDEN MÅDE, KAN FORFATTEREN, SKRIBENT, BIDRAGYDERE, DISTRIBUTØRER ELLER LEVERANDØR AF DETTE DOKUMENT ELLER MODIFICEREDE VERSIONER GØRES ANSVARLIG OVERFOR NOGEN PERSON FOR NOGEN DIREKTE, INDIREKTE, SPECIEL, TILFÆLDIG ELLER FØLGENDE SKADE PÅFØRT NOGEN INKLUSIVE, UDEN BEGRÆNSNING, SKADE SOM FØLGE AF TAB AF RYGTE, ARBEJDSSTOP, COMPUTER-FEJL ELLER -SVIGT, ELLER ENHVER ANDEN FORM FOR SKADE ELLER TAB SOM ER OPSTÅET I FORBINDELSE MED BRUG AF DETTE DOKUMENT ELLER MODIFICEREDE VERSIONER HERAF, SELV HVIS EN SÅDAN PART HAR VÆRET INFORMERET OM MULIGHEDEN FOR SÅDANNE SKADER. usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-bluetooth/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000004223412303136005025226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gnome-bluetooth"> ]>
Manual for gnome-bluetooth 2009 Baptiste Mille-Mathias Der gives tilladelse til at kopiere, distribuere og/eller ændre dette dokument under betingelserne i GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), version 1.1 eller enhver nyere version, udgivet af Free Software Foundation uden invariante afsnit, uden forsidetekster, og uden bagsidetekster. Du kan finde en kopi af GFDL'en her: link, eller i filen COPYING-DOCS der distribueres med denne manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter og tjenester er registrerede varemærker. Der hvor disse navne optræder i GNOME-dokumentationen, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet er blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, er navnene skrevet med store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DETTE DOKUMENT OG MODIFICEREDE VERSIONER GØRES TILGÆNGELIGT UNDER BETINGELSERNE I GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE UNDER DEN FORUDSÆTNING AT: DETTE DOKUMENT GØRES TILGÆNGELIGT SÅDAN SOM DET ER, UDEN NOGEN FORM FOR GARANTI, HVERKEN UDTALT ELLER ANTYDET, DERIBLANDT, UDEN BEGRÆNSNINGER, GARANTIER OM AT DOKUMENTET ELLER ÆNDREDE VERSIONER AF DOKUMENTET ER FRIT FOR DEFEKTER, PASSENDE TIL ET BESTEMT FORMÅL ELLER IKKE-KRÆNKENDE. DU HÆFTER SELV FOR HELE RISIKOEN VEDRØRENDE KVALITET, KORREKTHED OG YDELSE FOR DOKUMENTET ELLER ÆNDREDE VERSIONER AF DOKUMENTET. SKULLE ET DOKUMENT, ELLER EN ÆNDRET VERSION AF ET DOKUMENT VISE SIG AT VÆRE DEFEKT PÅ EN HVILKEN SOM HELST MÅDE, HÆFTER DU FOR BETALING FOR EVENTUEL NØDVENDIG SERVICE, REPARATION ELLER KORREKTION (OG IKKE HVERKEN DEN OPRINDELIGE FORFATTER, SKRIBENT ELLER NOGEN ANDEN BIDRAGYDER). DENNE ERKLÆRING OM GARANTIFORBEHOLD ER EN ESSENTIEL DEL AF DENNE LICENS. INGEN BRUG AF NOGET DOKUMENT ELLER ÆNDRET VERSION AF DOKUMENTET ER AUTORISERET HERUNDER BORTSET FRA DENNE FORBEHOLDSERKLÆRING; OG UNDER INGEN OMSTÆNDIGHEDER OG UNDER INGEN JURIDISK TEORI, UANSET OM DET ER EN BEVIDST SKADENDE HANDLING (INKLUSIVE UFORSVARLIGHED) ELLER PÅ HVILKEN SOM HELST ANDEN MÅDE, KAN FORFATTEREN, SKRIBENT, BIDRAGYDERE, DISTRIBUTØRER ELLER LEVERANDØR AF DETTE DOKUMENT ELLER MODIFICEREDE VERSIONER GØRES ANSVARLIG OVERFOR NOGEN PERSON FOR NOGEN DIREKTE, INDIREKTE, SPECIEL, TILFÆLDIG ELLER FØLGENDE SKADE PÅFØRT NOGEN INKLUSIVE, UDEN BEGRÆNSNING, SKADE SOM FØLGE AF TAB AF RYGTE, ARBEJDSSTOP, COMPUTER-FEJL ELLER -SVIGT, ELLER ENHVER ANDEN FORM FOR SKADE ELLER TAB SOM ER OPSTÅET I FORBINDELSE MED BRUG AF DETTE DOKUMENT ELLER MODIFICEREDE VERSIONER HERAF, SELV HVIS EN SÅDAN PART HAR VÆRET INFORMERET OM MULIGHEDEN FOR SÅDANNE SKADER. Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Dokumentationsprojektet
baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com
1.0 Marts 2009 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptiste.millemathias@gmail.com Denne manual beskriver version 2.28 af gnome-bluetooth. Tilbagemeldinger Hvis du ønsker at indrapportere en fejl eller komme med et forslag vedrørende gnome-bluetooth-programmet eller denne manual så følg vejledningen på siden tilbagemeldinger . gnome-bluetooth er et program til håndtering af Bluetooth-enheder i GNOME-skrivebordsmiljøet. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011 2012 2013 Flemming Christensen gnome-bluetooth Bluetooth Kommunikation Introduktion gnome-bluetooth er et program som du kan bruge til at håndtere Bluetooth i GNOME-skrivebordsmiljøet. Med gnome-bluetooth kan du sende filer til dine Bluetooth-enheder eller gennemse deres indhold. Skab forbindelse til dine enheder, såsom hovedtelefoner eller lydadgangspunkter. Du kan tilføje eller fjerne Bluetooth-enheder eller håndtere deres tilladelser. Bluetooth Panelprogram Panelprogrammet kan findes i statusfeltet og giver dig hurtig adgang til funktioner som filoverførsel eller enhedshåndtering.
Bluetooth panelprogram-ikon i statusfeltet
Start af Bluetooth panelprogrammet gnome-bluetooth-panelprogrammet startes automatisk, når du logger ind i din session, og du kan finde dens ikon i statusfeltet. For at starte panelprogrammet manuelt skal du åbne menuen ProgrammerTilbehørTerminal og skrive bluetooth-applet. For at hindre panelprogrammet i at starte på dit skrivebord skal du åbne menuen SystemIndstillingerSession og deaktivere Bluetooth håndteringspanel. Sluk for Bluetooth-adapteren Deaktiverer du Bluetooth-adapteren, så standser du den aktuelle og al videre kommunikation til og fra din Bluetooth-adapter. Når du deaktiverer Bluetooth-adapteren sparer du strøm fra batteriet på din bærbare og øger hermed dets levetid. Det er en god ide at deaktivere Bluetooth-enheden, når den ikke er i brug. Klik på panelprogram-ikonet og vælg Sluk Bluetooth,hermed bliver statusikonet gråt. Send filer til Bluetooth-enheden Vælg denne menu for at sende en fil til en enhed; brug filvælgeren for at vælge den fil der skal sendes, og vælg den enhed som den skal sendes til. Gennemse Bluetooth-enheden Vælg denne menu for at gennemse enhedens filsystem direkte i filhåndteringen. Senest brugte enheder Denne sektion viser de enheder som du kan skabe forbindelse til. For at skabe forbindelse til enheden skal du klikke på dens navn. Det bliver skrevet med fed skrift, når der er forbindelse. Tilføj en ny enhed Vil du tilføje en ny enhed (så adapteren kobles med enheden), skal du klikke på applettens ikon og vælge Setup af ny enhed.... En grafisk guide hjælper dig med opsætningsprocessen. Husk at indstille din enhed til at være synlig, før du starter processen, for ellers kan guiden ikke finde den. Guiden vil vise alle de enheder, som er synlige. Du kan filtrere listen over enheder ved at vælge den type enheder, som du leder efter.
Søg efter enheder i guiden
Hvis din enhed allerede har en adgangsnøgle, skal du vælge Muligheder for adgangskode... og skrive adgangskoden i dialogboksen. Vælg Videre for at få enheden tilkoblet; havde du en adgangsnøgle i det foregående trin, så vil genkendelsen ske automatisk. Ellers får du vist en adgangskode, som du skal skrive i din enhed. Når det er gjort, vil enheden være tilkoblet din adapter. Indstillinger Klik på programikonet og vælg Indstillinger, så kommer der en dialog til indstillingerne. For yderligere information om indstillingerne, se afsnittet Indstillinger Gennem indstillingsdialogen for gnome-bluetooth kan du håndtere dine Bluetooth-enheder eller ændre egenskaber for dine Bluetooth-adaptere.
Indstillingsdialogen
Kan genkendes Når din adapter er indstillet tilSynlig vil alle Bluetooth-enheder i nærheden se den, og vil derfor kunne bede om opkobling. Som andre netværkstyper er der sikkerhedsrisici i Bluetooth, så det er en god ide at sætte adapteren til ikke at kunne findes, hvilket vil mindske risikoen for uautoriseret adgang. Det er kun nødvendigt at sætte din enhed til at kunne findes, hvis du vil koble den op med en anden enhed. Når det er gjort kan du fjerne hakket ved Kan findes. Kommunikation med Bluetooth-enheder der allerede har været koblet op er mulig, selv om din enhed er sat til ikke at kunne findes. Adaptervenskabeligt navn Det adaptervenskabelige navn er et alias for den adresse som bruges til at identificere de forskellige Bluetooth-enheder med, og som er lettere at huske. Som standard er det adaptervenskabelige navn HOSTNAME-0 (hvor HOSTNAME er navnet på din computer). For at ændre det skal du redigere tekstfeltet, så det viser et selvvalgt navn. Ændringer træder i kraft med det samme. Kendte enheder Kendte enheder viser en liste over de Bluetooth-enheder, som du har sammenkoblet med og lader dig håndtere dem. Du kan eksempelvis slette dem, oprette forbindelse til dem, eller tilføje nye. Sæt ny enheder op som beskrevet i Tilslutning og afkobling af en enhed. Sletning af enhed. Sletning vil hindre sammenkobling mellem adapteren og enheden, og ingen kommunikation vil blive tilladt. Du skal sammenkoble dem igen, hvis du for eksempel vil overføre filer. Vis Bluetooth-ikonet Du kan vise eller skjule Bluetooth-ikonet i panelet. Se i hvilke funktioner panelprogrammet giver adgang til. Hvis du deaktiverer ikonet i panelet, kan du kun udføre et begrænset antal handlinger. Modtage filer Klik på Modtag Filer-knappen, så kommer Indstillinger for personlig fildeling til syne. Her kan du konfigurere filmodtagelse og -deling med Bluetooth. Dette udføres ikke af gnome-bluetooth. Du skal installere gnome-user-share for at kunne gøre det. Læs mere i Manual for personlig fildeling: modtagelse og deling. Ofte stillede spørgsmål Jeg kan ikke se hvordan jeg kan modtage filer ved hjælp af Bluetooth på min computer i gnome-bluetooth - har jeg overset noget? Filmodtagelse er ikke aktiveret i gnome-bluetooth, men i gnome-user-share, så du skal installere dette program for at kunne modtage filer ved hjælp af Bluetooth. Den knap som omtales i starter udelukkende konfigurationsdialogen. Jeg har fundet en fejl i gnome-bluetooth - hvad gør jeg? Du kan sende en fejlrapport til .
usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/license.page0000644000373100047300000000164712317333252023431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Know your rights License

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/restore-worst-case.page0000644000373100047300000002410512317333252025551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What to do if you can’t restore your files When Everything Goes Wrong

Déjà Dup may fail. Maybe it crashes or gives you an error when you try to restore. When you really need your data back, the last thing you want do deal with is a bug. Consider filing a bug report but in the meantime, here are some approaches to workaround a misbehaving Déjà Dup and get your data back.

This is going to get technical. If none of this makes sense to you, don’t be afraid to ask for help.

Open a Terminal window by pressing CtrlAltT.

Create the directory in which you will place your restored files. This guide will use /tmp/restore:

mkdir -p /tmp/restore
Restoring with Duplicity

On the assumption that Déjà Dup is just not working for you right now, you’re going to use the command line tool duplicity that is used by Déjà Dup behind the scenes to back up and restore your files.

If you want more information about duplicity than presented here, run man duplicity.

The first thing we’ll try is a simple restore of all your data. Assuming your files are on an external drive mounted as /media/backup and you chose to encrypt the backup, try this:

duplicity --gio file:///media/backup /tmp/restore

If you didn’t encrypt the backup, add --no-encryption to the command.

Other Backup Locations

If you backed up to a remote or cloud server, the syntax you use with duplicity will be different than the external drive example above. See below for how to connect to your chosen backup location.

Remember to add --no-encryption to any example commands if your backup is not encrypted.

If duplicity appears to be having trouble connecting to your server, try downloading all the duplicity files yourself to a local folder and following the simpler example above.

Amazon S3

Look up your Amazon S3 access key ID and secret access key and replace instances of ID and SECRET in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=ID export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SECRET duplicity s3+http://deja-dup-auto-LOWERCASE_ID/FOLDER /tmp/restore Rackspace Cloud Files

Look up your Rackspace username and API key and replace instances of USERNAME and KEY in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a container in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of CONTAINER with that name.

export CLOUDFILES_USERNAME=USERNAME export CLOUDFILES_APIKEY=KEY duplicity cf+http://CONTAINER /tmp/restore FTP

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to not log in with a username, use anonymous as your USERNAME below.

gvfs-mount ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore SSH

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

gvfs-mount ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore WebDAV

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to use a secure connection (HTTPS) when backing up, use davs:// instead of dav:// in the example below.

gvfs-mount dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore Windows Share

Look up your server address, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you specified a domain for your Windows server, add it to the beginning of USERNAME with a semicolon between them. For example, domain;username.

gvfs-mount smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER duplicity --gio smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER /tmp/restore
Restoring by Hand

If even duplicity isn’t working for you, there may be little hope. The backup file format is complicated and not easily manipulated. But if you’re desperate, it’s worth a try.

If you used a remote or cloud server to store your backup, first download all the duplicity files and place them in a folder on your computer. Then enter that folder in your terminal.

Duplicity stores your data in small chunks called volumes. Some volumes belong to the periodic ‘full’ or fresh backups and others to the ‘inc’ or incremental backups. Starting with a full backup set of volumes at volume 1, you’ll need to restore files volume by volume.

If you encrypted your backup, first you must decrypt the volume with gpg. Say you have duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg:

gpg --output duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg

Or to do all at once (make sure you have plenty of space!):

gpg --multifile --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar.gpg

Now you have either a .difftar or a .difftar.gz volume (depending on whether you had to decrypt it or not). Use tar on whichever one you have to extract the individual patch files:

tar xf duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar

Or again, to do all at once:

for t in duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar; do tar xf $t; done

Now the patch files will be in multivolume_snapshot and snapshot folders. Each file that spanned multiple volumes will be in multivolume_snapshot. Let’s say you backed up /home/jane/essay.txt:

cd multivolume_snapshot/home/jane/essay.txt cat * > essay.txt

To recover data from incremental backups, use rdiff to stitch the files together. See man rdiff for usage.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/support.page0000644000373100047300000000132612317333252023515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get more help Support

If you have unanswered questions or a problem you don’t understand, please ask about it it in the support forum.

Keep in mind that the people answering your questions are volunteers and that while Déjà Dup is intended to work well, it comes with no warranty. So please be polite and patient.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000344312317333252023440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Meet the team Credits
Development

Andrew Fister

Michael Terry

Michael Vogt

Urban Skudnik

Canonical Ltd
Documentation

Michael Terry

Canonical Ltd
Art

Andreas Nilsson

Jakub Steiner

Lapo Calamandrei

Michael Terry
Translation Launchpad Contributions: Michael Terry https://launchpad.net/~mterry
usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/backup-auto.page0000644000373100047300000000171312317333252024214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Give yourself peace of mind Automatic Backups

If you only back up when you remember to do so, you’re not backing up often enough. Fortunately, it’s easy to set up automatic backups.

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Turn on the Automatic backups option on the Overview page.

Consider only saving your backups for a certain length of time, using the Keep backups option on the Schedule page. Otherwise, they may end up consuming a lot of space while you’re not paying attention.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/backup-first.page0000644000373100047300000000136012317333252024371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start now Your First Backup

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Click on the Back Up Now… button on the Overview page.

Wait. It may take a long time to backup, especially if you are backing up to a remote server. Just let it run in the background while you do something else.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/restore-revert.page0000644000373100047300000000235712317333252024776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a previous version of a file Reverting a File

Browse to the folder containing the file you want to revert.

Select the file you want to revert by clicking on it.

Click EditRevert to Previous Version….

When the Restore dialog appears, choose the date from which to restore.

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore. Note that this will overwrite your current version of the file.

You can select multiple files at once before reverting.

You can also revert files on the command line:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/restore-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000223512317333252024443 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a file that is no longer present Restoring a Lost File

Browse to the folder containing the file you lost.

Click FileRestore Missing Files….

When the Restore dialog appears, it will scan for files that are in the backup but no longer in the folder.

When you see the file you want to restore appear, select it and click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

You can restore lost files from the command line as well, if you remember what their filenames were:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000001067112317333252023123 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust your backup settings Settings <gui>Automatic backup</gui>

Turn this option on to have Déjà Dup automatically back up for you. This is recommended so that you don’t forget to do it yourself. Backups are more useful the more recent they are, so it is important to back up regularly.

 <gui>Folders to save</gui>

Choose a list of folders to save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list. If you are only interested in backing up your own data, the default of Home is sufficient.

 <gui>Folders to ignore</gui>

Choose a list of folders to not save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list.

Some of your data may be large and not very important to you. In that case, you can save yourself some time and space by not backing them up.

Some locations are always ignored by default:

~/.adobe/Flash_Player/AssetCache

~/.cache

~/.gvfs

~/.Private

~/.recent-applications.xbel

~/.recently-used.xbel

~/.steam/root (which by default also ignores ~/.local/share/Steam)

~/.thumbnails

~/.xsession-errors

/proc

/run

/sys

/tmp

 <gui>Storage location</gui>

Use these options to specify the storage location that Déjà Dup will use when backing up or restoring:

Cloud Services

The first few storage locations are cloud storage services provided by various companies. For a small fee, they hold your data for you. A cloud service like this is recommended because it is an easy way to keep your data offsite (meaning out of your home: in case of disaster or theft, your data will still be safe).

These services cost money. Read their rates carefully before using them.

 Remote Servers

Choose the type of remote server to which you want to connect. Then you can enter the server information. Alternatively, if you know your server’s URL, choose Custom Location and enter it.

 Removable Media

You may see removable media like external hard drives or thumb drives listed.

 Local Folder

You may also want to choose a local folder as a storage location. Note that backups can be quite large, so make sure you have enough free disk space.

This is not recommended, because if your hardware fails, you will lose both your original data and your backups.

 <gui>Keep</gui>

Choose the minimum amount of time to keep backup files. If you find that the backup files are taking up too much space, you may want to decrease this duration. Due to implementation details, files may be kept a bit longer than the chosen time. But no files will be deleted early.

Backups are kept forever by default, but still may be deleted earlier if the storage location begins to run out of space.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/contribute.page0000644000373100047300000000362312317333252024161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help make Déjà Dup better Getting Involved

So you want to help make Déjà Dup even better? Excellent! Here are some suggestions.

Report Issues

Did you see a flaw? Do you have an idea for a new feature? Simply report it as a bug. Be patient for a reply.

Note that bug reports should be in English only.

Talk to Us

We don’t bite. Send an email to the mailing list.

Or subscribe to the list. The list is very low traffic.

Note that the list is English only.

Translating

Do you speak both English and another language? Good! You can help translate Déjà Dup through a web interface. It’s really quite easy and is very appreciated.

Support

Do you like helping people? Answer user questions and support requests.

This is another great way for non-English speakers to get involved, as you can answer questions posted in your language.

Coding

There are always more bugs to fix. If you want to find out what needs doing, talk to us on the mailing list as described above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/index.page0000644000373100047300000000174612317333252023116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Backup Help Backup Help Michael Terry mike@mterry.name 2010,2011

Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/deja-dup-icon.png"/> Backup Help
Backing Up
Restoring Files
About <app>Déjà Dup Backup Tool</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/da/deja-dup/restore-full.page0000644000373100047300000000461012317333252024423 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Recover from total system failure Full System Restore
Setup

Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customizing settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customizations you make now may get overridden once you restore.

Next, you need to install Déjà Dup. Your distribution vendor may package it for you. Otherwise, download and compile it.
Restore

Open your Backups settings.

Click on the Restore… button on the Overview page.

A Restore dialog will appear asking where your backup files are stored (your Backup location).

Click Forward and wait for Déjà Dup to scan the backup location.

Choose the date you want to restore from. Usually you can just leave this alone, as the default is the most recent backup.

Click Forward.

Choose where to restore. Since this is a full system backup, leave it as the default (which restores over your current install).

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

Wait. It may take a long time to finish restoring.

Finally, reinstall any programs that you enjoyed in your previous install.

If for whatever reason you have a problem after trying to restore with the Restore files to original locations option, try restoring instead to a temporary directory and moving your files to where they belong.

If that still doesn’t work, there are more drastic things you can try.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-terminal/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000016151512253427713025055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Manual til GNOME-terminal Terminalen giver brugere muligheden for at kommunikere med deres system ved brug af tekstbaserede kommandoer gennem en skal såsom Bash. 2002 2003 2004 Sun Microsystems 2000 Miguel de Icaza 2000 Michael Zucchi 2000 Alexander Kirillov 2008 Christian Persch 2009 2010 Paul Cutler GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL'en. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter og tjenester er betegnet som mærkevarer. Der hvor de navne optræder i en GNOME-dokumentation, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumantationsprojektet er blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, så er navnene skrevet med store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Miguel de Icaza GNOME Documentation Project Michael Zucchi GNOME Documentation Project Alexander Kirillov GNOME Documentation Project GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet GNOME Terminal Manual V2.9 January 2010 Paul Cutler pcutler@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.8 March 2009 Paul Cutler GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.7 November 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.6 September 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.5 May 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.4 January 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.3 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.2 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.1 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.0 April 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal User's Guide May 2000 Miguel de Icaza, Michael Zucchi, Alexander Kirollov docs@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project Denne manual beskriver version 2.30 af GNOME-terminal. Tilbagemelding To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME Terminal application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. GNOME Terminal terminal application Introduktion GNOME-terminal er et terminalemulatorprogram, som du kan bruge til at udføre følgende opgaver: Tilgå en UNIX-skal i GNOME-miljøet En skal er et program, som fortolker og eksekverer kommandoer som du skriver i en kommandoprompt. Når du starter GNOME-terminal, vil programmet som standard starte den skal, du har angivet i din systemkonto. Du kan skifte til en anden skal på et hvilket som helst tidspunkt. Kør ethvert program som er designet til at køre på VT102, VT220 eller xterm-terminaler GNOME-terminal emulerer xterm-programmet som udvikles af X-konsortiet. Endvidere emulerer programmet xterm DEC VT102-terminalen og understøtter også DEC VT200-undvigesekvenser. En undvigesekvens er en række af tegn, som begynder ned Esc-tegnet. GNOME-terminal accepterer alle undvigesekvenserne som VT102- og VT220-terminalerne bruger, som f.eks. til at placere markøren og rydde skærmen. Kom godt i gang De følgende afsnit beskriver hvordan GNOME-terminal startes. Start af GNOME-terminal Du kan starte GNOME-terminal på følgende måder: Programmer-menuen Vælg TilbehørTerminal. Kommandolinje Kør følgende kommando: gnome-terminal Du kan anvende kommandolinjetilvalg til at ændre måden hvorpå GNOME-terminal køres. Kør kommandoen gnome-terminal --help for at se disse tilvalg Når du først starter GNOME-terminal Når du starter GNOME-terminal for første gang, vil programmet åbne et terminalvindue med en gruppe af standardindstillinger. Denne gruppe af standardindstillinger kaldes standardprofilen. Profilnavnet vises i titelbjælken af GNOME-terminal-vinduet.
Eksempel på standardvindue for GNOME-terminal Standardvindue for GNOME-terminal GNOME Terminal default window
Terminalvinduet viser en kommandoprompt hvor du kan skrive UNIX-kommandoer. Kommandoprompten kan være en %, #, >, $, eller ethvert andet specialtegn. Markøren er placeret ved kommandoprompten. Når du indtaster en UNIX-kommando og trykker Retur, vil computeren eksekvere kommandoen. Som standard vil GNOME-terminal bruge standardskallen angivet for brugeren som starter programmet. GNOME-terminal indstiller også følgende miljøvariable: TERM Sættes til xterm som standard. COLORTERM Sættes til gnome-terminal som standard. WINDOWID Sættes til X11-vinduesidentifikatoren som standard. Terminalprofiler Du kan oprette en ny profil, og anvende den nye profil i terminalen for at ændre egenskaber såsom skrifttype, farve og effekter, rulleopførsel, vinduestitel og kompatibilitet. Du kan også angive en kommando i profilen, som køres automatisk når GNOME-terminal startes. Du definerer hver terminalprofil i vinduet Profiler, som kan tilgås fra Redigér-menuen. Du kan definere så mange forskellige profiler som du finder nødvendigt. Når du starter en terminal, kan du vælge profilen som du ønsker at bruge for denne terminal. Alternativt kan du ændre terminalprofilen, mens du bruger terminalen. Brug denne kommando til at angive en startprofil for en terminal når programmet startes fra kommandolinjen: gnome-terminal --window-with-profile=profilename Navnet på den aktuelle profil vises i titelbjælken af GNOME-terminal, med mindre du angiver et andet navn til titelbjælken i vinduet Redigerer profil. Se for information om hvordan man definerer og bruger en ny terminalprofil. Arbejde med flere terminaler I GNOME-terminal er det muligt at anvende faneblade således at flere terminaler kan åbnes inden for samme vindue. Hver terminal åbnes således i et separat faneblad. Klik på et faneblad for at vise den tilsvarende terminalen i vinduet. Hvert terminalfaneblad i et vindue er en adskilt underproces, så du kan bruge hver terminal til forskellige opgaver. Du kan anvende forskellige profiler i hver fanebladsterminal i vinduet. Titelbjælken af terminalvinduet viser enten navnet på den aktuelle profil, eller navnet angivet af den aktuelle profil. viser et GNOME-terminal-vindue med fire faneblade. I dette eksempel bruger hver af de fire faneblade forskellige profiler. Navnet af profilen i det aktive faneblad, Profile 1, vises i titelbjælken.
Eksempel på et terminalvindue med bjælker Standardvindue for GNOME-terminal GNOME Terminal default window
Se for information om hvordan man åbner en ny fanebladsterminal. Brug Åbn og luk terminaler Åbn et nyt terminalvindue: Vælg FilÅbn terminal. Den nye terminal arver programindstillingerne og standardskallen fra ophavsterminalen. Luk et terminal vindue: Vælg FilLuk vindue. Denne handling lukker terminalen og eventuelle underprocesser som du har åbnet fra den. Hvis du lukker det sidste terminalvindue, vil GNOME-terminal afsluttes. Tilføj ny fanebladsterminal til et vindue: Vælg FilÅbn fanebladForvalgt eller blot FilÅbn faneblad hvis der ikke er nogen undermenu. At vise en fanebladsterminal: Klik på fanebladet for den fanebladsterminal, du ønsker at se, eller vælg en fanebladstitel fra Faneblade-menuen. Alternativt kan du vælge FanebladeNæste faneblad eller FanebladeForegående faneblad for at navigere rundt mellem faneblade. Luk en fanebladsterminal: Vis fanebladsterminalen, du ønsker at lukke. Vælg FilLuk faneblad. Håndtering af profiler Tilføjelse af ny profil: Vælg FilNy profil for at vise vinduet Ny profil. Skriv det nye profilnavn i Profilnavn-tekstfeltet. Brug rullegardinslisten Basér på til at vælge den profil, du vil basere den nye profil på. Klik på Opret for at vise vinduet Redigerer profil. Klik på Luk. GNOME-terminal tilføjer profilen til TerminalSkift profil-undermenuen. Skift profil for en fanebladsterminal: Klik på fanebladet for den fanebladsterminal hvis profil du vil ændre. Vælg TerminalSkift profilprofilnavn. Redigér en profil: Du kan redigere profiler i Redigerer profil-vinduet. Du kan tilgå Redigerer profil-vinduet på følgende måder: Vælg RedigérProfilindstillinger. Right-click in the terminal window, then choose Profiles Profile Preferences from the popup menu. Vælg RedigérProfiler, vælg profilen du vil redigere, og klik så Redigér. Se for yderligere information om profilindstillinger. Slet en profil: Vælg RedigérProfiler.... Vælg navnet på den profil du vil slette i Profiler-listen, og klik så Slet. Vinduet Slet profil vises så. Klik på Slet for at bekræfte handlingen. Klik Luk for at lukke vinduet Redigér profiler. Ændring af et terminalvindue Skjul menubjælken: Vælg VisVis menubjælke. Vis en skjult menubjælke: Højreklik på terminalvinduet, og vælg så Vis menubjælke fra pop op-menuen. Vis GNOME-terminal-vinduet i fuldskærmstilstand: Vælg VisFuldskærm. Fuldskærmstilstand viser teksten i et vindue, som fylder hele skærmen. Dette vindue indeholder ikke en vinduesramme eller titellinje. Vælg VisFuldskærm igen for at gå ud af denne tilstand. Ændr udseende af terminalvinduet: Se for information om de indstillinger, du kan vælge i vinduet Redigerer profil vedrørende terminalvinduets udseende. For eksempel kan du ændre baggrundsfarven eller placeringen af rullebjælken. Arbejde med terminalvinduernes indhold Rul gennem tidligere kommando og uddata: Udfør en af de følgende handlinger: Brug rullebjælken, som normalt vises til højre for terminalvinduet. Tryk på SkiftPage Up, SkiftPage Down, SkiftHome, eller SkiftEnd-tastekombinationen. Antallet af linjer, du kan rulle tilbage i terminalvinduet, bestemmes af indstillingen Tilbagerulning i fanebladet Rulning i vinduet Redigerer profil. Du kan også rulle op eller ned en linje ad gangen ved at trykke CtrlSkiftOp eller CtrlSkiftNed. Markér og kopiér tekst: Du kan markere tekst på enhver af de følgende måder: Vil du markere et enkelt tegn ad gangen, så klik på det første tegn du vil markere, og træk så musen til det sidste tegn, du vil markere. Vil du markere et ord ad gangen, så dobbeltklik på det første ord du vil markere og træk så musen til det sidste ord, du vil markere. Symboler markeres individuelt. Vil du vælge en linje ad gangen, så tripelklik på den første linje, du vil markere og træk så musen til den sidste linje, du vil markere. Disse handlinger vælger al tekst mellem første og sidste element. For enhver tekstmarkering vil GNOME-terminal kopiere den markerede tekst til klippebordet, når du slipper musetasten. Hvis du eksplicit vil kopiere den markerede tekst, så vælg RedigérKopiér. Indsæt tekst i en terminal: Hvis du tidligere har kopieret tekst til klippebordet, kan du indsætte denne tekst i en terminal ved at udføre en af følgende handlinger: For at indsætte tekst som du har kopieret kun ved markering, så mellemklik i kommandoprompten. Hvis du ikke har en midtermusetast, så se X-serverdokumentationen for informationer om hvordan mellemklik emuleres. Vælg RedigérIndsæt for at indsætte tekst som du eksplicit har kopieret. Træk et filnavn ind i et terminalvindue: Du kan trække et filnavn ind i en terminal fra et andet program såsom et filhåndteringsprogram. Terminalen viser stien samt filens fulde navn. Tilgå et link: Udfør følgende trin for at tilgå en Uniform Ressourcelokator (URL) som bliver vist i terminalen: Flyt musemarkøren hen over URL'en indtil URL'en er understreget. Højreklik på URL'en for at åbne en pop op-menu. Vælg Åbn adresse for at starte et linkprogram og vise filen placeret på den pågældende URL. Vis indstillinger for tastaturgenveje Du kan se indstillingerne for tastaturgenveje defineret for GNOME-terminal ved at vælge RedigérTastaturgenveje. Vinduet Tastaturgenveje indeholder følgende elementer: Disable all menu access keys (such as Alt+f to open File menu) Fravælg denne indstilling for at deaktivere genvejstasterne, der er defineret til at lade dig bruge tastaturet frem for musen til at vælge menuelementer. Hver genvejstast er identificeret ved et understreget tegn i en menu eller et tilsvarende element. I visse tilfælde skal du trykke Alt-tasten i forbindelse med genvejstasten for at udføre handlingen. Disable menu shortcut key (F10 by default) Fravælg denne indstilling for at deaktivere genvejstasten der er defineret til at lade dig tilgå GNOME-terminal-menuerne. Standardgenvejstasten til at tilgå menuerne er F10. Shortcut Keys Afsnittet Genvejstaster i vinduet anfører genvejstasterne som er defineret for hvert menuelement. Ikke alle taster kan bruges som genvejstaster, herunder f.eks. Tabulatortast. Tekststørrelse Du kan ændre tekststørrelsen i GNOME-terminalvinduet på følgende måder: Vælg VisZoom ind for at forstørre teksten. Vælg VisZoom ud for at formindske teksten. Vælg VisNormal størrelse for at vise teksten i normal størrelse. Ændr terminaltitlen Udfør følgende trin for at ændre titlen for den nuværende terminal: Vælg TerminalSæt titel. Skriv den nye titel i Titel-tekstfeltet. GNOME-terminal anvender ændringen omgående. Klik på Luk for at lukke Sæt titel-vinduet. Ændr tegnkodning Vil du ændre tegnkodning, så vælg TerminalSæt tegnkodning, og vælg så den ønskede tegnkodning. Ændr listen af tegnkodninger Udfør følgende trin for at ændre i listen af tegnkodninger som vises i Sæt tegnkodning-menuen: Vælg TerminalSæt tegnkodningTilføj eller fjern. Vil du tilføje en tegnkodning til Sæt tegnkodning-menuen, så vælg tegnkodningen i listen Tilgængelige kodninger og klik den højre pileknap. Vil du fjerne en tegnkodning fra Sæt tegnkodning-menuen, så vælg tegnkodningen i Kodninger der vises i menu:-listen, og klik så venstre pileknap. Klik Luk for at lukke Tilføj eller fjern terminalkodninger-vinduet. Genskab din terminal Dette afsnit indeholder råd i tilfælde af problemer med terminaler. Nulstil terminalens tilstand: Vælg TerminalNulstil. Nulstil terminalen og ryd skærmen: Vælg TerminalNulstil og ryd. Indstillinger For at konfigurere GNOME-terminal skal du vælge RedigérNuværende profil. For at konfigurere en anden profil som du har oprettet, så vælg RedigérProfiler, vælg profilen du vil redigere, og klik så Redigér. Vinduet Redigerer profil indeholder følgende faneblade, som du kan bruge til at indstille GNOME-terminal: Generelt Profile name Brug dette tekstfelt til at angive navnet på den nuværende profil. Use the system fixed width font Vælg denne indstilling for at bruge den forvalgte fastbreddeskrifttype som er angivet i Skrifttype-fanebladet af Udseende-indstillingsværktøjet. Font Klik på denne knap for at vælge en skrifttype og skriftstørrelse for terminalen. Denne knap er kun aktiveret hvis Brug systemets terminalskrifttype ikke er afkrydset. Allow bold text Vælg denne indstilling for at aktivere fed tekst i terminalen. Show menubar by default in new terminals Vælg denne indstilling for at vise menulinjen i nye terminalvinduer. Terminal bell Vælg denne indstilling for at aktivere terminalbippet. Cursor shape Use this drop down-list to specify the shape of the cursor. Select-by-word characters Brug dette tekstfelt til at angive tegn eller grupper af tegn som GNOME-terminal regner for at være ord, når du markerer tekst efter ord. Se for yderligere information om hvordan tekst markeres efter ord. Titel og kommando Initial title Brug dette tekstfelt til at angive starttitlen for terminaler som bruger profilen. Nye terminaler som startes fra den nuværende profil har den nye starttitel. When terminal commands set their own titles Brug denne rullegardinsliste til at angive hvordan dynamisk indstillede titler håndteres, hvorved forstås terminaltitler som sættes af kommandoer, der køres i terminalen. Run command as a login shell Vælg denne indstilling for at tvinge kommandoen der nu kører inden i terminalen til at køre som en logindskal. Hvis kommandoen ikke er en skal, har denne indstilling ingen effekt. Update login records when command is launched Vælg denne indstilling for at indsætte en ny post i logind-fortegnelserne når en ny skal åbnes. Run a custom command instead of my shell Vælg denne indstilling for at køre en angivet kommando, frem for den normale skal, i terminalen. Angiv den brugertilpassede kommando i Brugerdefineret kommando-tekstfeltet. When command exits Brug denne rullegardinsliste til at angive den handling, der skal udføres når kommandoen afslutter. Farver Foreground and Background Select the Use colours from system theme option to use the colors that are specified in the GNOME Desktop theme that is selected in the Theme tab of the Appearance preference tool. Brug rullegardinslisten Indbyggede skemaer til at angive forgrunds- og baggrundsfarverne for terminalen. GNOME-terminal understøtter følgende forgrunds- og baggrundsfarvekombinationer: Black on light yellow Black on white Gray on black Green on black White on black Custom Denne indstilling lader dig vælge farver, som ikke er i det valgte farveskema. Det faktiske udseende af forgrunds- og baggrundsfarverne kan variere afhængigt af det farveskema, du vælger. Hvis du eksempelvis vælger Hvid på sort med farveskemaet Linux console, vil programmet vise forgrunds- og baggrundsfarverne som lysegrå på sort. Rullegardinslisten Indbyggede skemaer er kun aktiveret, hvis Benyt farver fra systemtemaet ikke er krydset af. Klik på knappen Tekstfarve for at vise vinduet Vælg tekstfarve. Brug farvehjulet eller rulleknapperne til at tilpasse farven, du ønsker at anvende til teksten, og klik så på O.k.. Knappen Tekstfarve er kun aktiveret hvis Benyt farver fra systemtemaet ikke er afkrydset. Klik på knappen Baggrundsfarve for at vise vinduet Vælg baggrundsfarve. Brug farvehjulet eller rulleknapperne til at tilpasse den farve, du ønsker at anvende som baggrund, og klik så O.k.. Knappen Baggrundsfarve er kun aktiveret, hvis Benyt farver fra systemtemaet er afkrydset. Palette Terminalemulatoren kan kun anvende 16 farver ad gangen til at tegne tekst. Farvepaletten angiver disse 16 farver. Programmer, der kører i terminalen, kan bruge et indekseringstal til at angive en farve fra denne palet. Brug rullegardinsmenuen Indbyggede skemaer til at vælge et prædefineret farvetema. Farvepaletten herunder og indholdet af terminalvinduet vil begge blive opdateret til at vise skemaet. Brug Farvepaletten til at tilpasse de 16 standardfarver i farvetilpasningspaletten. Klik på en farve for at tilpasse den, hvilket vil vise vinduet Vælg paletfarve. Brug farvehjulet eller rulleknapperne til at tilpasse farven, og klik så O.k.. Baggrund Background Vælg en baggrund for terminalvinduet. Der er følgende muligheder: Solid color Vælg denne indstilling for at bruge baggrundsfarven som er angivet i fanebladet Farver som baggrundsfarve for terminalen. Background image Vælg denne indstilling for at benytte en billedfil som baggrund for terminalen. Brug rullegardinskombinationsfeltet Billedfil til at angive placeringen og navnet på billedfilen. Alternativt kan du klikke på Gennemse for at søge efter billedfilen. Vælg Baggrundsbillede ruller for at lade baggrundsbilledet rulle med teksten når du ruller gennem terminalen. Hvis du ikke aktiverer denne indstilling, vil baggrundsbilledet forblive fastholdt i terminalbaggrunden og kun teksten ruller. Denne indstilling aktiveres kun hvis du anvender Baggrundsbillede-indstillingen. Transparent background Vælg denne indstilling for at bruge en gennemsigtig baggrund for terminalen. Shade transparent or image background Brug denne skyder til at formørke eller dæmpe terminalbaggrunden. Denne indstilling aktiveres kun hvis du vælger enten Baggrundsbillede- eller Gennemsigtig baggrund-indstillingen. Rulning Scrollbar is Brug denne rullegardinsliste til at angive positionen af rullebjælken i terminalvinduet. Scrollback ... lines Use this spin box to specify the number of lines that you can scroll back using the scrollbar. For example, if you specify 100 you can scroll back the last 100 lines displayed in the terminal. Select the Unlimited option to remove the limit on the number of lines you can scroll back using the scrollbar. Scroll on output Fravælg denne indstilling for at lade dig rulle gennem uddata i terminalvinduet mens terminalen fortsætter med at vise flere uddata fra en kommando. Scroll on keystroke Afkryds denne indstilling for at lade dig trykke på en hvilken som helst tast på tastaturet for at rulle terminalvinduet ned til kommandoprompten. Denne handling gælder kun hvis du har rullet terminalvinduet op og ønsker at vende tilbage til kommandoprompten. Kompatibilitet Backspace key generates Brug rullegardinslisten til at vælge den funktion, du ønsker at Slet-tilbage skal udføre. Delete key generates Brug rullegardinslisten til at vælge den funktion, du ønsker at Slettetast skal udføre. Reset compatibility options to defaults Klik på denne knap for at nulstille indstillingerne i fanebladet Kompatibilitet til standardindstillingerne.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-terminal/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000753512253427713024213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Denne manual er en del af GNOME-manualsamlingen distribueret under GFDL'en. Hvis du vil distribuere denne manual separat fra denne samling, kan du gøre det ved at tilføje en kopi af licensen til manualen, som beskrevet i sektion 6 af licensen. Mange af navnene brugt af firmaer til at skelne deres produkter og tjenester er betegnet som mærkevarer. Der hvor de navne optræder i en GNOME-dokumentation, og medlemmerne af GNOME-dokumantationsprojektet er blevet gjort opmærksomme på disse varemærker, så er navnene skrevet med store bogstaver eller store forbogstaver. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000322612300405722024516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The GNOME games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356312300405722024147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. Licens

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/get-help.page0000644000373100047300000000227112300405722024225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Hints and warnings

You can use hints to reveal safe tiles, and flag warnings to help you keep track of flags.

Click Hint in the toolbar to reveal a hidden tile that is safe. You will be penalized for using hints: ten seconds will be added to your total time.

To enable warnings, edit the preferences by selecting MinesPreferences and ticking the checkbox next to Warn if too many flags have been placed. This will warn you when you try to place too many flags next to an open tile.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000412012300405723024537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help make <app>Mines</app> better
Report a bug or suggest an improvement

Mines is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs and crashes, or request enhancements.

To participate you need an account, which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, make comments, and receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-mines. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Mines better!

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/new-game.page0000644000373100047300000000260512300405723024222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Aruna Sankaranarayanan aruna.evam@gmail.com Start a new game

To start a new game:

Click the New button or select Mines New Game from the application menu.

Select your preferred board size.

If you are already playing a game, Mines will ask if you want to Start New Game or Keep Current Game. If you choose the former, your current game will be lost.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000207512300405723024161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000246612300405723024565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com 2012 Keyboard shortcuts

New game

CtrlN

Fullscreen

F11

Hint

CtrlH

Pause

Pause

Use the toolbar shortcut if your keyboard does not have a Pause key.

Help

F1

Quit

CtrlQ
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000335412300405723023656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Game rules

The aim of Mines is to clear the minefield without detonating any of the mines.

Start by chosing one of the three default board sizes, or by selecting a custom board.

The game begins with the board covered in tiles. Click on any tile to uncover it. You will reveal:

A colored number, which represent the number of mines in the adjacent tiles. This will help you deduce where the mines are so that you can mark them with flags.

A blank tile, which means there are no mines under any of the adjacent tiles.

A mine, which will detonate and end the game.

Repeat the previous step until you have uncovered all the tiles which do not have mines underneath them.

If you complete the game quickly enough, you will be added to the high scores list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/index.page0000644000373100047300000000266412300405723023636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png"/> GNOME Mines GNOME Mines Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png">GNOME Mines logo</media> GNOME Mines

Mines is a clone of the game Minesweeper. The aim is to locate all the mines that are hidden under tiles on a rectangular board. You will need to use a combination of logic and luck to find all the mines without triggering an explosion.

Game Play
Useful tips
Advanced
Get Involved
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000305112300405723025367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Aruna Sankaranarayanan aruna.evam@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games user help is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, get in touch with us on the #docs channel on irc.gnome.org or via our mailing list .

Our wiki page contains useful information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/board-size.page0000644000373100047300000000235512300405723024563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 How to change the game board size

You can select a field size at the start of a new game.

Click New or Mines New Game.

Select one of the grid sizes:

a 8 × 8 board with 10 mines

a 16 × 16 board with 40 mines

a 30 × 16 board with 99 mines

a custom board, where you chose the size and the number of mines

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/high-scores.page0000644000373100047300000000211712300405723024733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 High scores

The high scores list the ten fastest times in which each type of mine field has been cleared.

To view the high scores, select MinesScores. The dialog will display the Small field size by default; to view other sizes, select them in the drop down menu at the top of the dialog.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/faces.page0000644000373100047300000000267712300405723023614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Aruna Sankaranarayanan aruna.evam@gmail.com The meaning of the faces

This is a new game and you have not clicked on any tile yet.

You are currently clicking on a tile.

You have uncovered a mine. You lose.

The tile you just clicked on is safe. You can continue.

You have found all the mines. You win!
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000141412300405723024161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Toolbar

The toolbar, located under the menu bar, lets you perform common actions with your mouse. To use a toolbar item, just click on it. The buttons, from left to right, are New Game, Hint, Pause and Fullscreen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gnome-mines/flags.page0000644000373100047300000000543312300405723023620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 How to use flags

Flags are used to mark tiles which you suspect may hide a mine. Putting a flag on a tile prevents you from clicking on it and possibly causing an explosion, which would end the game.
How to place a flag on a tile

Red flags are those that cannot be clicked. To place a red flag on a tile:

right click on a blank tile.

To make the number of available flags equal to the number of remaining mines, enable Warn if too many flags placed and Use "I'm not sure" flags preference options, then restart the application.
Use of the <em>I'm not sure</em> flag

If you are not sure whether a tile hides a mine, you can use the blue I'm not sure flag.

To put an I'm not sure flag on a tile:

Right-click twice on a blank tile or once on a red flag.

To enable these flags, click MinesPreferences, and select Use "I'm not sure" flags.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/archive-create.page0000644000373100047300000000640012303664104025402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Tilføje filer eller mapper til et nyt arkiv. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Oprette et nyt arkiv

Opret et nyt arkiv med Arkivhåndtering ved at følge disse skridt:

Click the Create a new archive toolbar button, or click Archive New….

Filvælgeren åbnes: giv din nye arkivfil et navn og vælg hvor den skal gemmes, og klik så på Opret for at fortsætte.

I denne dialog kan du også vælge det filformat, som du vil bruge: tilgængelige filendelser vises nederst. Hvis ikke du vælger et filformat, så bliver det nye arkiv tar.gz.

Ved at klikke på Andre indstillinger kan du angive en adgangskode eller dele dit ny arkiv i mindre, individuelle filer ved at vælge den relevante indstilling og angive størrelsen på hver del i MB.

Add the desired files to your archive by clicking the Add files to the archive toolbar button, or by clicking EditAdd files…. Archive Manager also allows you to add whole folders by clicking the Add a folder to the archive toolbar button, or selecting Edit Add a folder.

Når du føjer en mappe til dit arkiv, får du en række muligheder:

Om undermapper skal medtages eller ej.

Vælg hvilke filer der skal medtages.

Vælg hvilke undermapper eller filer, som skal udelukkes.

Ikke alle arkivfilformater understøtter mapper - hvis det filformat, som du bruger, ikke gør det, får du ingen advarsel. Hvis det filformat, som du bruger, ikke understøtter mapper, så bliver filerne i mappen tilføjet, medens selve mappen ikke gør det.

Når du er færdig med at tilføje filer, så er arkivet klar; du behøver ikke at gemme det.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/archive-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000445012303664104025067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Ændre indholdet af dit arkiv. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Redigér et arkiv

Med arkivhåndtering kan du redigere et eksisterende arkiv ved at tilføje nye filer, fjerne uønskede filer eller ved at omdøbe dem. Du kan arbejde med mapper på samme måde som med filer.

Tilføj filer

Tilføj filer til et eksisterende arkiv ved at følge vejledningen for oprettelse af et arkiv.

 Fjern filer

Vælg filen.

Klik på Redigér Slet, eller højreklik på den valgte fil og vælg Slet.

 Omdøb filer

Vælg filen.

Click Edit Rename…, or right-click on the selected file, and choose Rename….

Skriv det nye filnavn i den dialog som er åbnet.

Bekræft navnet ved at klikke på Omdøb.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/archive-extract.page0000644000373100047300000000525712303664104025622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Udpak filer eller mapper fra dit arkiv. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Udpak et arkiv

Udpak filer fra et arkiv ved hjælp af arkivhåndtering ved at følge disse trin:

Åbn et arkiv.

Click Archive Extract… or click Extract in the toolbar button.

Brug filvælgeren til at vælge hvor du vil have arkivet udpakket. Dette bliver destinationsmappen.

Se avancerede muligheder for udpakning af arkiver for yderligere udpakningsmuligheder.

Klik på Udpak.

Hvis et arkiv er beskyttet af en adgangskode, vil arkivhåndtering bede om det. Skriv adgangskoden og klik på O.k..

Programmet viser fremgangsmåleren i en ny dialog. Hvis udpakningen afsluttes uden problemer, bliver du spurgt om du vil:

Afslut for at lukke arkivhåndtering.

Vis filerne for at se destinationsmappen med Filer.

Luk dialogen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/archive-extract-advanced-options.page0000644000373100047300000000572712303664104031060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Angiv dine indstillinger for udpakning af arkiver. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Avancerede indstillinger for arkivudpakning

Arkivhåndtering giver en række muligheder for udpakning af et arkiv. Du kan se disse muligheder i den filvælgerdialog, der bruges til at vælge, hvor filerne skal udpakkes. Nederst i denne dialog kan du vælge om du vil udpakke:

<gui>Alle filer</gui>

Alle filer og mapper i arkivet vil blive udpakket.

 <gui>Valgte filer</gui>

Arkivhåndtering udpakker kun de valgte filer.

You need to select the files that you wish to extract before you click Archive Extract…. Do this by clicking on the file name. Use Ctrl and Shift keys, to select more than one file.

 <gui>Filer</gui>

Du kan indtaste navnene på de filer, som du vil udpakke. Adskil de enkelte filer ved hjælp af et semikolon (;)

Filnavnet skal efterfølges af en filendelse. Du kan bruge stjernen (*) som jokertegn. For eksempelvis at vælge alle .txt-filer skal du skrive *.txt.

I filvælgerdialogen kan du angive om du vil:

<gui>Bevare mappestrukturen</gui>

Sæt mærke ved denne indstilling, hvis du vil bevare mappestrukturen som den er i dit arkiv.

 <gui>Overskriv ikke nyere filer</gui>

Med denne indstilling overskriver man ikke eksisterende filer med samme navn, hvis de har en nyere ændringsdato end de, der er i arkivet.

Disse Handlinger vises i bunden af dialogen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/archive-open.page0000644000373100047300000000413612303664104025104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Åbn et eksisterende arkiv. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Åbn et arkiv

Du kan åbne et eksisterende arkiv med arkivhåndtering ved at:

klikke på knappen Åbn på værktøjslinjen

clicking Archive Open…

Du kan også bruge indstillingen Åbn seneste ved at:

klikke på knappen Åbn et af de senest brugte arkiver på værktøjslinjen og vælge en fil

klikke på Arkiv Åbn seneste for at se en liste over nylig brugte arkiver

Hvis arkivhåndtering ikke kan åbne dit nylig brugte arkiv og viser fejlmeldingen Filen eksisterer ikke, er arkivet muligvis blevet flyttet. Du kan prøve at bruge Åbn for at lede efter det.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/archive-view.page0000644000373100047300000000566512303664105025126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Gennemse et eksisterende arkiv og dets indhold. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Gennemse et arkiv

Man kan gennemse et arkiv på to måder:

Gennemse alle filer

Klik på VisVis alle filer. arkivhåndtering viser en liste med alle filer i arkivet. Du vil se deres navne, størrelser, typer, seneste ændringstidspunkt og placering.

Du kan bruge ovennævnte kolonnehoveder (navn, størrelse…) til sortering af filerne i dit arkiv. Gør det ved at klikke på dem; klik en gang til for at sortere i omvendt rækkefølge.

 Se som en mappe

Denne visning viser den klassiske mappestruktur. For at bruge denne skal du klikke på Vis Vis som en mappe.

Mens du ser på dit arkiv på denne måde, kan du trykke på F9 eller klikke på Vis Mapper for at få vist en trævisning af mapperne i sidepanelet. Herved kan du let navigere mellem mapperne.
Åbn filer i dit arkiv

Åbn filer i dit arkiv ved at dobbelklikke på filnavnet, eller ved at højreklikke på filnavnet og vælge Åbn. Arkivhåndtering åbner så filen med standardprogrammet for den pågældende filtype.

Åbn filen med et andet program ved at følge disse trin:

Højreklik på filen.

Click Open With….

Vælg det program, som du vil bruge, og klik på Vælg.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/index.page0000644000373100047300000000246512303664105023637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Archive Manager Help Archive Manager Help Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/file-roller-icon.png"> </media> Archive Manager
Håndtering af arkiver
Avancerede indstillinger
Fejlsøgning
usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000432612303664105025247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduktion til GNOMEs Arkivhåndtering. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Indledning

Arkivhåndtering er et program til håndtering af arkivfiler, eksempelvis, .zip- eller .tar-filer; det er beregnet på at være let at bruge. Arkivhåndtering indeholder alle de nødvendige redskaber til oprettelse, ændring og udpakning af arkiver.

Et arkiv består af en eller flere filer og mapper sammen med metadata. Det kan være helt eller delvis krypteret. Arkivfiler er nyttige til opbevaring af data og overførelse af dem mellem computere, da de lader dig samle mange filer i en enkelt fil.

Med arkivhåndtering kan du:

oprette et nyt arkiv

gennemse indholdet af et eksisterende arkiv

se en fil i et arkiv

ændre eksisterende arkiver

udpakke filer fra et arkiv
Gennemse et arkiv med <gui>arkivhåndtering</gui>

Skærmbillede af arkivhåndterings hovedvindue.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000673412303664105026367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Listen over genveje i arkivhåndtering. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Tastaturgenveje

Med tastaturgenveje kan man arbejde hurtigt. I nedenstående tabel er der en liste over genveje, som kan bruges i arkivhåndtering.

Opret nyt arkiv

CtrlN

Åbn et arkiv

CtrlO

Udpak et arkiv

CtrlE

Se egenskaber for arkiv

AltEnter

Luk

CtrlW

Klip

CtrlX

Kopiér

CtrlC

Indsæt

CtrlV

Omdøb en fil eller en mappe i et arkiv

F2

Markér alle

CtrlA

Afmarkér alle

ShiftCtrlA

Find

CtrlF

Slet filer eller mapper fra et arkiv

Delete

Vis en trævisning af mapperne i sidepanelet

F9

Se indholdet af et arkiv som en filliste

Ctrl1

Se indholdet af et arkiv som en mappestruktur

Ctrl2

Afbryd handlingen

Esc

Opdatér

CtrlR

Se hjælp

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/password-protection.page0000644000373100047300000000621412303664105026552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Angiv adgangskoden for dit arkiv. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Beskyttelse med adgangskode

Du kan kryptere et arkiv med en adgangskode, så det kun er dig selv og dem, som du vælger at dele adgangskoden med, der kan tilgå det. Bemærk at adgangskoden stadig kan gættes, så for bedst mulig sikkerhed skal man bruge en god adgangskode.

Kun under særlige omstændigheder lader arkivhåndtering dig kryptere et arkiv med en adgangskode.

For at angive en adgangskode til kryptering af data i et nyt arkiv skal du gøre følgende:

Start opret et nyt arkiv.

Nederst i filvælgerdialogen kan du vælge et filformat og indtaste en adgangskode i feltet Adgangskode i Andre indstillinger.

Det kan hænde at du ikke kan skrive en adgangskode, da ikke alle arkivtyper understøtter kryptering, så det er bedst at vælge en arkivtype, der kan beskyttes med adgangskode, inden du angiver en adgangskode.

Fortsæt med oprette et nyt arkiv.

Beskyt et eksisterende arkiv ved at indstille en adgangskode:

Åbn et arkiv.

Click EditPassword….

Skriv en adgangskode i feltet adgangskode.

Hvis du vil kryptere fillisten, skal du også markere Kryptér også fillisten.

Klik på O.k. for at fortsætte.

Arkivhåndtering vil kun kryptere nye filer, der føjes til arkivet!

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/supported-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000522112303664105026217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Arkivhåndtering arbejder med en række forskellige filformater. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Understøttede filformater

Filformater, der understøttes af arkivhåndtering, omfatter:

Arkivér kun

Lille AIX-indekseret arkiv (.ar)

ISO-9660 CD Diskaftryk [skrivebeskyttet] (.iso)

Båndarkivfil (.tar)

Arkivér og komprimér

Java-arkiv (.jar)

WinRAR-komprimeret arkiv (.rar)

Båndarkivfil komprimeret med:

gzip (.tar.gz, .tgz)

bzip (.tar.bz, .tbz)

bzip2 (.tar.bz2, .tbz2)

lzop (.tar.lzo, .tzo)

7zip (.tar.7z)

xz (.tar.xz)

Kabinet-fil (.cab)

ZIP-pakket tegneserie (.cbz)

ZIP-arkiv (.zip)

ZOO-komprimeret arkivfil (.zoo)

For visse filformater kan arkivhåndtering kræve yderligere udvidelsesmoduler.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/test-integrity.page0000644000373100047300000000306612303664105025521 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Kontrollér arkivet for fejl. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Test integritet

Archive Manager allows you to check whether the compressed data in an archive contains any errors. Do this by clicking ArchiveTest Integrity.

Dialogen med Testresultater vil komme frem. Du får listen med kontrollerede filer at se, og der vil også være en sammenfatning af testresultaterne nederst.

Integritetstesten sikrer at dine data ikke er beskadigede.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/troubleshooting-archive-open.page0000644000373100047300000000323712303664105030333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Jeg kan ikke åbne et arkiv. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Problem med åbning af et arkiv

Kan du ikke åbne et eksisterende arkiv med arkivhåndtering, skal du kontrollere filformatet. Visse arkivtyper kan kræve yderligere udvidelsesmoduler; installationsproceduren for disse er forskellige i forskellige distributioner.

Kan arkivhåndtering ikke åbne et nylig brugt arkiv, kan det være at arkivfilen er blevet flyttet. Se hjælpesiden om åbning af et arkiv for at få yderligere oplysninger.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/file-roller/troubleshooting-password.page0000644000373100047300000000277412303664105027622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Jeg har indstillet en adgangskode, men den beskytter ikke hele arkivet. Flemming Christensen fc@stromata.dk 2011, 2012, 2013 Problem med at indstille en adgangskode

Arkivhåndtering tilføjer ikke adgangskodebeskyttelse for et eksisterende arkiv. Når du arbejder med et sådant arkiv, kan du kun indstille en adgangskode for nyligt tilføjede filer. For at gøre det, skal du følge instruktionerne på siden om beskyttelse med adgangskode.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000264312315065463025614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Only Printing Certain Pages

You can selectively print only certain pages from the document. For example, if you enter the page numbers "1,3,5-7,9", then only pages 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9 will be printed. To print pages of your choice:

Select File Print….

In the General tab in the Print dialog choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print from the document, separated by commas. Use a dash to specify a range of pages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-tabs.page0000644000373100047300000000311312315065463023427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Add and remove tabs

Working with tabs in gedit allows you to keep an eye on several files in a single window. The tab that is larger than the other tabs indicates the file that is currently open. The smaller tabs indicate other files that are available to work on.

Adding tabs

To add a new tab, create a new file with Ctrl N. The tab will be added to the right side of any other tabs.

Removing tabs

To remove a tab, click the × on the tab's right side. To remove all open tabs, press Ctrl ShiftW.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-edit-as-root.page0000644000373100047300000000246612315065463025017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Edit a file as the root user

Editing files as the root user is potentially dangerous, and may break your system in bad ways. Take great care when editing files as the root user.

To edit files as the root user, launch gedit from the terminal by entering:

sudo gedit

Using the sudo command, you will need to successfully enter your password before gedit will open.

As an alternative to the sudo command, you may obtain administrative privileges by entering:

su -

You would then launch gedit using the gedit command.

Once you have opened gedit with administrative privileges, gedit will keep those privileges until you close it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-close-file.page0000644000373100047300000000163712315065463024531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Close a file

To close a file in gedit, select File Close. Alternately, you can click the small "X" that appears on the right-side of the file's tab, or press Ctrl W.

Any one of these actions will close a file in gedit. If your file contains changes that have not been saved, gedit will prompt you to save those changes before closing the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-pyconsole.page0000644000373100047300000000227112315065463026174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Add an interactive Python console to the bottom pane Python console

You can add a Python console to the bottom pane, allowing you to test Python scripts without leaving gedit. To enable the Python console, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Python Console.

Once the Python console is enabled, you can open it by selecting ViewBottom Pane, or just press ShiftF9.

If you have also enabled the Embeded Terminal plugin, the Python Console will appear as a separate tab in the bottom pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-change-default-font.page0000644000373100047300000000264312315065463026320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com 2011 2012 2013 Change the default font

gedit will use the system fixed-width font by default, but you can change the default gedit font to suit your preferences.

To change the default font in <app>gedit</app>:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Uncheck the box next to the phrase, "Use the system fixed-width font."

Click on the current font name. gedit will open a font-chooser window, allowing you to see available fonts and choose the one that you prefer.

After you have chosen a new font, use the slider under the list of fonts to set the default font size.

Click Select, and then click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-open-files-from-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000462212315065463027274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View and open files from the side pane

The most common way to switch between files in gedit is by using the tabs at the top of the gedit window. In some cases, though, particularly when you are working with a large number of open files, you may find it easier to use the side pane.

To activate the side pane, select View Side Pane, or just press the F9 key.

You can toggle the side pane open or closed by pressing F9 at any time.

Opening files from the side pane

To open files from the side pane, first open the side pane by selecting View Side Pane, then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

Using the side pane to switch between open files

Once you have several files open, you can use the side pane to switch between open files. To activate the file browser portion of the side pane, click on the file icon at the bottom of the side pane.

Clicking on any file name in the side pane will open that file for editing.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/index.page0000644000373100047300000000342112315065463022515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 gedit Text Editor gedit Text Editor Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/gedit-icon.png" its:translate="no"/> gedit Text Editor

Welcome to the gedit help guide. For a quick introduction into both gedit's most basic features, as well as some advanced keyboard shortcuts, visit the Get started with gedit and Shortcut keys pages.

Other help topics are grouped together into sections below. Enjoy using gedit!

Working With Files
Configure gedit
gedit Plugins
Printing with gedit
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-change-case.page0000644000373100047300000000370312315065463026320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the case of selected text Change case

This plugin helps you to change the case of selected portions of text. You can use it to change text to be all lower case, all upper case, to invert the case, or apply title case. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsChange Case.

Once the Change Case plugin is enabled, you can use it by completing the following steps:

Highlight the portion of text that you want to change.

Select geditChange Case

Choose your desired text-formatting option.

The updates to the text formatting will take place immediately.

The Invert Case option will convert all lower case letters to upper case, and will convert all upper case letters to lower case.

The Title Case option will convert the first letter of each word to upper case. All other letters will be converted to lower case.

If you have not highlighted any text, the Change Case feature will be grayed-out. You need to select a portion of text before you use the Change Case feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-doc-stats.page0000644000373100047300000000324412315065463026063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com View document statistics Document statistics

The Document Statistics plugin shows you various statistics about your current document. To enable this plugin, select geditPreferences PluginsDocument Statistics.

Using Document Statistics

Once the plugin is enabled, use it by selecting Tools Document Statistics. A window will display the statistical information of your document, including the number of words, lines, characters, non-space characters, and the size of your file in bytes.

You can also use Document Statistics to show you information about just a portion of your document. To do this, use the mouse pointer to select the portion of text that you want to examine, and then select ToolsDocument Statistics. Gedit will display information for both your entire document, and for the portion of text that you highlighted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-view-open-files-in-sidepane.page0000644000373100047300000000375512315065463027715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in View a list of files in the side pane

Keeping track of a large number of files using tabs can be difficult. One way of managing large numbers of files is viewing them in a side pane. Side panes allow you to view more files at a time than is possible using tabs alone.

To view a list of open files in a side pane, click View Side Pane. A pane will appear to the left of the workspace with a listing of all currently open files. Clicking a file in the side pane will display that file in the workspace.

The side pane also contains a File Browser view. If the pane displays a file directory instead of currently open files, click documents icon at the bottom of the pane to switch to the Documents view.

The side pane only displays files that are open in the current window. When multiple windows are open, only the files in the current window will be displayed in the side pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-spellcheck.page0000644000373100047300000001150412315065463024616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Enable and use spell-checking feature Spell-check your document
Enable the spell checker

The Spell-check feature is provided as a plugin in gedit which can be enabled as required. To enable the plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Spell Checker to enable the plugin.
Spell-check your document

To check for misspelt words in your document:

Select Tools Check Spelling.

To have gedit automatically highlight misspelt words in your document as you type, select ToolsHighlight Misspelled Words.
Using spell-check

You can choose the right substitution for misspelt words using the Check Spelling dialog. The misspelt word being checked by the spell-checker is displayed in bold style next to Misspelled word:. You can choose from the following corrective actions:

Change to: allows you to input a word and use Check Word to check the validity of the spelling.

Suggestions: lists the available substitutions for the word.

Ignore allows you to bypass spell check for a instance of current word.

Ignore All allows you to bypass spell check for all instances of the current word.

Change substitutes the misspelt or unrecognized word with a chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Change all substitutes all misspelt or unrecognized words with the chosen substitute from the Suggestions: list.

Add word allows you to add the current word to the gedit User dictionary. Adding custom words to the User dictionary will allow gedit to recognize the word in documents and thus will not be highlighted as a misspelt word.
Define the language to use for spell checking

By default, gedit will use your current language to spell check your document. If you need to use another language, choose ToolsSet Language…, then choose the language you want to use.

Dictionaries

gedit uses Enchant, a small system utility, for spell checking. Enchant can use several different dictionaries to check your spelling. Two such dictionary back-ends are Hunspell and Aspell.

If the language you want to use is not available in gedit, use your computer's software installer or package manager to install the dictionary back-end that you want.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-shortcut-keys.page0000644000373100047300000002516612315065463025336 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paolo Borelli Jesse van den Kieboom Steve Frécinaux Ignacio Casal Quinteiro Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shortcut keys

Use shortcut keys to perform common tasks more quickly than with the mouse and menus. The following tables list all of gedit's shortcut keys.

Tab-related Shortcut keys

To Do This

Press This

Switch to the next tab to the left

CtrlAlt PageUp

Switch to the next tab to the right

CtrlAlt PageDown

Close tab

CtrlW

Save all tabs

CtrlShift L

Close all tabs

CtrlShift W

Jump to nth tab

Alt n
Shortcut keys for working with files

To Do This

Press This

Create a new document

CtrlN

Open a document

CtrlO

Save the current document

CtrlS

Save the current document with a new filename

CtrlShift S

Print the current document

Ctrl P

Print preview

CtrlShift P

Close the current document

CtrlW

Quit gedit

CtrlQ
Shortcut keys for editing files

To Do This

Press This

Move to the beginning of the current line

Home

Move to the end of the current line

End

Move to the beginning of the document

CtrlHome

Move to the end of the document

CtrlEnd

Move the selected word right one word

AltRight Arrow

Move the selected word left one word

AltLeft Arrow

Undo the last action

CtrlZ

Redo the last undone action

CtrlShift Z

Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard

CtrlX

Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard

CtrlC

Paste the contents of the clipboard

CtrlV

Select all text in the file

CtrlA

Delete the current line

CtrlD

Move the selected line up one line

AltUp Arrow

Move the selected line down one line

AltDown Arrow

Add a tab stop

Tab

Remove a tab stop

ShiftTab
Shortcut keys for showing and hiding panes

To Do This

Press This

Show / hide the side pane

F9

Show / hide the bottom pane.

CtrlF9
Shortcut keys for searching

To Do This

Press This

Find a string

CtrlF

Find the next instance of the string

CtrlG

Find the previous instance of the string

CtrlShiftG

Search and Replace

CtrlH

Clear highlight

CtrlShift K

Goto line

CtrlI
Shortcut keys for tools

To Do This

Press This

Check spelling

ShiftF7

Remove trailing spaces (with plugin)

AltF12

Run "make" in the current directory (with plugin)

F8

Directory listing (with plugin)

CtrlShift D
Shortcut keys for user help

To Do This

Press This

Open the gedit user guide

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-install.page0000644000373100047300000000510612315065463025627 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com How to install third-party plugins Additional gedit plugins

Installing third-party plugins gives you extra functionality that isn't available in default gedit plugins, or even the extra plugins that are part of the gedit-plugins package. An online list of third-party plugins is kept here.

Installing a third-party plugin involves downloading the plugin, placing the plugin files in the right directory, and activating the plugin.

You can usually download a plugin from the plugin's website, but may need to use a revision-control program like git, bazaar, or subversion to copy a plugin's software repository from the internet. Refer to the plugin's documentation for information on getting the plugin.

Place the plugin files into the /home/username/.local/share/gedit/plugins directory.

Of course, replace the word username with your own username.

After you have placed the plugin files into the correct directory, the plugin will appear in the Preferences menu. Select Edit PreferencesPlugins [Name of Plugin] to enable the plugin.

Click Close.

After you have enabled the plugin, it should be available for you to use.

The .local directory is hidden by default. To view it and other hidden files, select ViewShow Hidden Files, or press CtrlH.

If the directory .local/share/gedit/plugins/ is not present on your system, you will need to create it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-printing.page0000644000373100047300000000754612315065463024346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Printing documents

Printing with gedit requires that you have connected and configured your printer. If you have not done this, please consult the printing help for GNOME.

gedit allows you to print both to a file and to paper.

Printing To Paper

You can print your documents to paper using a local or remote printer. To print a file:

Select File Print General.

Select the desired printer from the list of printers available.

You can preview the file using Print Preview and once you are satisfied with the settings, click Print to send the file to printer.

Additionally, from Page Setup tab: you can choose Layout and Paper options. As these settings are available throughout GNOME programs, please consult Layout and Paper options help.

Print Multiple Copies And Between Specified Ranges

You can set Range and Copies options to help you:

Printing To File

You can also use gedit to print to a file. To print your document to file of a different format:

Select File Print Print to File.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats, you may select from:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphic (.svg)

To print the document to file, click Print.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-file-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000343412315065463026563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use the side pane to browse and open files File browser pane

Depending on how you use gedit, you may find it helpful to use the File Browser pane plugin. This plugin embeds a file browser in the side pane, giving you easy access to your frequently-used files.

You can enable the Side Pane by selecting geditPreferences PluginsFile Browser Pane.

Opening files from the side pane

To activate and use the side pane, select ViewSide pane (or just press F9), and then click on the file-browser icon at the bottom of the pane.

This will activate the file-browser mode of the side pane. You can then use the navigation buttons at the top of the pane to locate and open your desired files.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-open-files.page0000644000373100047300000000321612315065463024543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file or set of files

To open a file in gedit, click the Open button, or press CtrlO.

This will cause the Open Files dialog to appear. Use your mouse or keyboard to select the file that you wish to open, and then click Open. The file that you've selected will open in a new tab.

To close the Open Files dialog without opening a file, click Cancel.

You can use the Ctrl and Shift keys to open more than one file at a time. If you hold down the Ctrl key while you select multiple files, clicking Open will open each of the files that you have selected.

Holding down the Shift while you select multiple files will open the first file that you select, the last file that you select, and all of the files in between.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-syntax-highlighting.page0000644000373100047300000000255212315065463026475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Turn on syntax highlighting
Syntaksfremhævning

gedit provides syntax highlighting for a wide range of markup, programming, and scientific languages. If gedit recognizes the syntax being used when you open a file, it will automatically highlight the text.

If your syntax or language is not highlighted upon startup, you can select the appropriate syntax or language by clicking View Highlight Mode, and then choosing the desired syntax. Alternately, you can select the syntax name from a list at the bottom of the gedit window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-insert-date-time.page0000644000373100047300000000267212315065463027341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Insert the current date/time at the cursor position Insert date/time

As this name of this plugin suggests, the Insert Date/Time plugin allows you to insert the date and/or time at the current cursor position. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins Insert Date/Time. To use the plugin, press EditInsert Date and Time.

By default, the Insert Date/Time plugin will prompt you to choose your preferred date/time format each time that you use the plugin. However, you can choose your own default date and time format by selecting geditPreferences PluginsInsert Date/TimeConfigure.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-tabs-moving.page0000644000373100047300000000646412315065463024740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Move and re-order tabs

Tabs in gedit can be moved, making it easier to work with your files. Tabs can be can re-ordered within the same window, moved outside of gedit (creating a new gedit window), and moved from one window to another.

Change the order of tabs in the gedit window

To change the ordering of tabs in a window:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Move the tab to the desired position among the other tab.

Release the mouse button.

The tab will be placed in the position closest to where you release the tab, immediately beside other opened tabs.

Move a tab, creating a new gedit window

To create a new window from an existing tab:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab out of the gedit window.

Release the mouse button.

or, while the tab to be moved is open, choose Documents Move to New Window

To move a tab into a new window when gedit is maximized, drag the tab onto the top bar at the top of the screen.
Move a tab to another gedit window

If you want to move a tab from one window to another:

Click and hold the mouse button on the tab.

Drag the tab to the new window.

Place it beside other tabs in the new window.

Release the mouse button.

You may find it easier to move a tab from one window to another by dragging the tab to the Activities hot-corner of GNOME Shell. This will reveal each of the open gedit windows. You can then release the tab on the desired gedit window.

See the tab-related shortcut keys table to make it easier to manage your tabs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-quick-open.page0000644000373100047300000000514112315065463026233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Quickly open a file or set of files Quick open

As the name of this plugin would imply, the Quick Open plugin helps you to open files more quickly than using the usual ways of opening files. To enable this plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsQuick Open.

Once you have enabled the Quick Open plugin you can use it as follows:

Open the Quick Open dialog box by pressing CtrlAltO, or by selecting FileQuick Open.

The Quick Open file dialog will appear.

Use your mouse to select the file or files that you want to open.

To select several individual files, hold down your Ctrl key while you click on the files that you want to open.

To select a group of files, click on the first file that you want to open, hold down the Shift key, and then click on the last file in the list that you want to open.

Click Open.

Quick Open will look for files in:

The directory of the currently opened document

The root directory of the File Browser Pane plugin

Recent documents which are also shown in theRecent folder in Files

Directories which you have bookmarked in Files

Your Desktop directory

Your Home directory

Quick Open displays files in any of the above locations regardless of whether or not you have opened them previously.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-zeitgeist-dataprovider.page0000644000373100047300000000245512315065463030656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Log user activity for documents which are opened in gedit Zeitgeist dataprovider

Zeitgeist is a service that logs user activities and events. Zeitgeist lets other applications access this information in the form of statistics and timelines.The Zeitgeist dataprovider plugin for gedit records user activity for documents used with gedit giving easy access to recently-used and frequently-used files.

Enable Zeitgeist dataprovider

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Zietgeist Dataprovider.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-open-recent.page0000644000373100047300000000270612315065463024724 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Reopen a recently-used file

By default, gedit provides easy access to five of your most recently-used files. Here is how you can open a recently-used file:

Click the downward-facing arrow to the right of the Open button.

gedit will display a list of the five most-recently used files.

Select the desired file, and it will open in a new tab.

To adjust the number of recently-used files that gedit displays, you will need to use the dconf-editor application.

Launch dconf-editor and select org gnomegeditpreferencesui max-recents.

Double-click on the number next to max-recents and change the number to your desired value.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugin-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000233612315065463025075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Configure and use gedit Plugins

You can do more with gedit by using plugins. Several plugins are installed by default, but a large number of other plugins are available separately.

Many Linux distributions make a group of these plugins available as a gedit-plugins package. Install the gedit-plugins package to make these extra plugins available to gedit.
Default gedit Plugins
Additional gedit Plugins
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-change-color-scheme.page0000644000373100047300000000321312315065463026302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the color scheme

gedit includes several different color schemes, allowing you to change the appearance of the main text window.

To change the color scheme, complete the following steps:

Select gedit Preferences Font & Colors.

Choose your desired color scheme.

The new color scheme will be applied immediately.

Use a Custom Color Scheme

You can also use color schemes that have been created by others, or create and use your own color schemes.

Instructions on how to install custom color schemes, as well as examples of color schemes that you can download and use, are available on the gedit wiki.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-undo-recent-action.page0000644000373100047300000000265312315065463026204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Undo a recent action

If you make a mistake while using gedit, you can undo it by pressing CtrlZ, or by clicking gedit Undo. Doing so will cause gedit to undo one set of similar actions.

Undoing a "set of similar actions" means, for example, that gedit will remove an entire word rather than removing each character in the word one at a time. This makes gedit's undo feature more efficient.

You cannot undo a change after you have saved it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-snippets.page0000644000373100047300000001505012315065464026026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Use snippets to quickly insert often-used pieces of text Snippets

Snippets provide a convenient way of inserting repetitive portions of code into your files. For example, an HTML snippet for the ]]> tag would insert the opening and closing portions of the tag, as well as fixed places where you can enter image attributes. This can make writing code easier and faster.

Enable Snippets Plugin

To enable the Snippets plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Snippets to enable the plugin.
Browse Snippets

To browse available snippets:

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

Make sure the syntax is set appropriately. The status bar at the bottom of the gedit window will show the current language setting. This language setting is what allows gedit to insert the proper snippets. Gedit will normally detect the language or syntax of the file that you're using, but sometimes you may need to set it.

In this example, the language is set to HTML.

Browse the snippets that are available for your language or syntax.
Using Snippets

To insert a snippet into your current document:

Type the desired snippet name anywhere in your current document.

Press Tab to insert the snippet associated with the input term.
Snippet Example Usage

For example, if you have set the syntax to HTML, type head , and press the Tab key. The text would have auto completed into a snippet as:

Page Title ]]>
Tilføjelse af tekststumper

You can add new Snippets that work either globally (that is, they are language agnostic) or only in a particular syntax.

Select Tools Manage Snippets.

From the Manage Snippets sidebar select the desired syntax and click on the "+" button to list existing snippets for the selected syntax.

To add a snippet that works globally (that is, when no particular syntax or language has been set for the document), select Global from the Manage Snippets sidebar.

To add a new snippet, click on the "plus" icon in the Manage Snippets sidebar.

Input a name for the new snippet. The name of the snippet can be different from the snippet you want to add.

Under the Activation section, you must input a term for the Tab trigger: textarea. You will be using this term to insert your snippet.

If you wish to insert a snippet with a keyboard shortcut, then click your mouse pointer on Shortcut key: textarea and press the desired combination of keys. Once you have pressed and released the keys, the keyboard shortcut will be set.

Under the textarea for Edit:, input the desired text for the snippet. You may use ${n} to indicate variables, where n is replaced with a number that represents the numerical order of variables included.
New Snippet Example

Consider you have created a snippet with the term greetings in Tab trigger:. The Edit: textarea contains:

Hello ${1:wonderful}${2:amazing} world! ]]>

You can insert this snippet by typing greetings in the document and pressing the Tab key. The following text snippet will be inserted:

Hello wonderfulamazing world!]]>

The words "wonderful" and "amazing" can be retained or deleted depending on your choice of usage. To do so, press Tab to choose between "wonderful" and "amazing" and press Del to delete the least preferred option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-quickstart.page0000644000373100047300000000254012315065464024674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Get started with gedit

gedit is a full-featured text editor for the GNOME desktop environment. You can use it to prepare simple notes and documents, or you can use some of its advanced features, making it your own software development environment.

Once gedit launches, you can start writing right away. To save your text, just click Save.

To learn about additional gedit features and to get assistance with performing additional tasks, explore the other portions of the gedit help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000564312315065464025157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Sort lines of text into alphabetical order Sort

The Sort plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.

You cannot use the Undo feature to correct a Sort operation, so we recommend that you save the file immediately before performing the sort. If you make a mistake with the sort, you can revert to the previously-saved version of the file by selecting FileRevert.
Enable Sort Plugin

To enable the Sort plugin:

Select gedit Preferences Plugins.

Select Sort to enable the plugin.
Using Sort Plugin

To use the Sort plugin:

Drag and highlight the desired lines of text.

Select gedit Sort.

The Sort dialog will open, allowing you to choose between several sorting options:

Reverse order will arrange the text in reverse alphabetical order.

Remove duplicates will remove duplicate values from the list.

Ignore case will ignore case sensitivity.

To have the sort ignore the characters at the start of the lines, set the first character that should be used for sorting in the Start at column spin box.

To perform the sort operation, click Sort.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-modelines.page0000644000373100047300000000660512315065464026146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Emacs, Kate and Vim-style modelines support for gedit Modelines

The Modelines plugin allows gedit to analyze the lines of text at the start and end of a file, and then apply a set of document preferences to the file. The Modelines plugin supports a subset of the options used by the Emacs, Kate and Vim text editors.

To enable the Modelines plugin, select gedit PreferencesPluginsModelines.

General Modeline Options

The following options can be set using gedit modelines:

Tabulatorbredde

Indrykningsbredde

Inserting spaces instead of tabs

Tekstombrydning

Bredde af højre margen

Indstillinger, der angives ved hjælp af tilstandslinjer, har præcedens over dem, der angives i indstillingsdialogen.
Emacs-tilstandslinjer

The first two lines of a document are scanned for Emacs modelines, and gedit supports the following Emacs modeline options:

Tab-width

Indent-offset

Indent-tabs-mode

Text auto-wrap

For more information on Emacs modelines, visit the GNU Emacs Manual.

Kate-tilstandslinjer

The first and last ten lines a document are scanned for Kate modelines, and gedit supports the following Kate modeline options:

tab-width

indent-width

space-indent

word-wrap

word-wrap-column

For more information about Kate modelines, visit the Kate website.

Vim-tilstandslinjer

The first and last three lines a document are scanned for Vim modelines, and gedit supports the following Vim modeline options:

et (expandtab)

ts (tabstop)

sw (shiftwidth)

wrap

textwidth

For more information on Vim modelines, visit the Vim website.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000425512315065464025452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Getting Copies To Print In The Correct Order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. To reverse the order:

Select File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies, check Reverse.

The last page will be printed first, and so on.

Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To Collate:

Click File Print.

In the General tab of the Print dialog under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-replace.page0000644000373100047300000000714012315065464024116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Replace text

Editing text can be time consuming. To save time, gedit includes a Replace function that helps you to find and replace portions of text.

Replace text in <app>gedit</app>

Open the Replace tool by clicking Search Replace or press CtrlH.

Enter the text that you wish to replace into the 'Search for:' field.

Enter the new, replacement text into the 'Replace with:' field.

Once you have entered the original and replacement text, select your desired replacement options:

To replace only the next matching portion of text, click Replace.

To replace all occurrences of the searched-for text, click Replace All.

Use the Replace All function with care. Replace All works on the entirety of your text file, and does not allow you to highlight portions of text where the replace function will be performed.
More options Match case

The Match case option allows you to specify whether you want your search to be case-sensitive. If this option is selected, searches will be case-sensitive. If not, searches will not be case-sensitive.

 Match entire word only

Use this option to search for a specific word without including fragments of other words. For example, if you searched for the word 'and' with this option selected, the word 'and' would be matched, but the words 'sand' and 'commander' would not be matched.

Search backwards

This command behaves identically to the Find Previous command. If you wish to step through search results from end to beginning, select this option.

 Wrap around

With the wrap around option enabled, gedit will re-start the search/replace action at the top of the file after it has reached the bottom of the file. This ensures that your search/replace action is made across your entire file.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-save-file.page0000644000373100047300000000214712315065464024360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Save a file

To save a file in gedit, click on the disk-drive icon with the word Save next to it. You may also select File Save, or just press CtrlS.

If you are saving a new file, the Save File dialog will appear, and you can select a name for the file, as well as the directory where you would like the file to be saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000071412315065464022361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. To view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/ or send a letter to Creative Commons, 444 Castro Street, Suite 900, Mountain View, California, 94041, USA.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-create-new-file.page0000644000373100047300000000172112315065464025451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Create a new file

The easiest way to create a new file in gedit, is to click the icon in the toolbar that looks like a blank piece of paper. If you prefer, you may also select FileNew, or press CtrlN.

Any one of these actions will create a new file in the gedit window. If you have other files open in gedit, the new file that you create will appear as a new tab to the right of those files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-full-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000376712315065464024735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Use fullscreen mode

When working with a large document, you may find it helpful to work in gedit's fullscreen mode. Using fullscreen mode will hide the menu bar, tab bar and the tool bar, presenting you with more of your text and allowing you to better focus on your tasks.

Turn on fullscreen mode

To turn on fullscreen mode, select View Fullscreen, or press F11. gedit's menu, title, and tab-bars will hide, and you will only be presented with the text of your current file.

If you need to perform an action from the gedit menu while working in fullscreen mode, move your mouse pointer to the top of the screen. The gedit menu bar will reappear, and you can select your desired action.

To switch between open tabs while in fullscreen mode, press either CtrlAltPgUp or CtrlAltPgDn.
Turn off fullscreen mode

To turn off fullscreen mode and return to the standard gedit window, press F11.

You can also move your mouse cursor to the top of the screen, and wait for the menu bar to appear. When the menu bar appears, select Leave Fullscreen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-plugins-external-tools.page0000644000373100047300000000343712315065464027147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Run scripts on your current files, and interact with other applications External tools

The External Tools plugin can help simplify repetitive tasks. Specifically, it extends gedit by helping you to run scripts on your working files, and by allowing gedit to interact with other programs on your computer. To enable the External Tools plugin, select gedit PreferencesPlugins External Tools.

Configure the external tools plugin

Once you have enabled the plugin, you will need to configure it to suit your needs. The configuration options are available by selecting ToolsManage External Tools.

This plugin is for advanced users, and requires knowledge of scripting to be used effectively. Use this plugin with care, as mistakes with your scripts can affect your work in unintended ways.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-files-basic.page0000644000373100047300000000131512315065464024662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com File basics: Open, close, and save files

If you are new to gedit, these topics will help you with creating, saving, and opening and closing files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-open-on-server.page0000644000373100047300000000417712315065464025371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Open a file that is located on a server

Prior to opening a file on a server from within gedit, you need to know some technical information about the server. For example, you will need to know the IP Address or URL of the server, and may need to know what kind of server it is (e.g., HTTP, FTP, etc.).

Also, some types of servers impose restrictions on what you can do with files stored on the server. For example, you may be able to open a file from a server, but may need to save any changes to the file locally, on your own computer.

With these caveats in mind, perform the following steps to open a file from a server using gedit:

Choose FileOpen to display the Open Files dialog.

Select the Pencil icon near the top of the Open Files dialog.

Enter the IP Address or URL of the appropriate server.

Find and select the file that you wish to open.

Use the Character coding drop-down list to select the appropriate character coding.

Click Open.

Valid types of URI include http:, ftp:, file:, and all of the methods supported by gvfs.

Files from some types of URI are opened as read-only, and any changes you make must be saved to a different location. For example, HTTP only allows files to be read. Files opened from FTP are read-only because not all FTP servers may correctly work with saving remote files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/gedit/gedit-search.page0000644000373100047300000000764712315065464023764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Daniel Neel dneelyep@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in Shobha Tyagi tyagishobha@gmail.com Search for text

The Find tool can help you find specific sequences of text within in your file.

Finding text

Open the search window by clicking Search Find or pressing CtrlF. This will move your cursor to the start of the search window.

Type the text you wish to search for in the search window.

As you type, gedit will begin highlighting the portions of text that match what you have entered.

To scroll through the search results, do any of the following:

Click on the up or down facing arrows next to the search window.

Press the up arrow or down arrow keys on your keyboard.

Press CtrlG or CtrlShiftG.

Press the Ctrl and use your mouse or touchpad's scroll feature to move up or down through the text.

To close the search window, press either Esc or Enter. Pressing Esc will return the cursor to where it was before you began your search. Pressing Enter will return the cursor to the current position in the search results.

Search tips

If you highlight a portion of text with your mouse, and then press CtrlF, the text you've highlighted will appear in the search window.

For more search options, click on the Magnifying Glass icon in the search window, or right-click anywhere in the search window. You can select one or more of the following search options:

Select Match Case to make the search case sensitive.

Select Match Entire Word Only to search only complete words.

Select Wrap Around to search text from top to bottom and cycle back again.

The text that you've searched for will remain highlighted by gedit, even after you have completed your search. To remove the highlight, click SearchClear Highlight, or press CtrlShiftK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000344412307574674023371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command Line The eog command can open any number of images in various modes. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Image Viewer from the Terminal, type eog.

You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the eog command:

eog image.jpeg

You can open a specific folder by typing the folder name after the eog command:

eog folder

To see all the images in a folder at once, you may wish to browse the image gallery.

Open an image in fullscreen mode eog --fullscreen image.jpeg
Open image in a new instance eog --new-instance image.jpeg
Open a folder in slideshow mode eog --slide-show Pictures/
usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/preferences.page0000644000373100047300000001057712307574674023411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Image view, slideshow and plugins. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Indstillinger

This topic explains all of the settings that you can change in the image viewer. Click EditPreferences to start changing the preferences.

Image view preferences Image enhancements

Select Smooth images when zoomed out to enable image smoothing when you zoom in and out. This makes low-resolution (pixelated) pictures look better by smoothing out jagged edges.

If you enable Automatic orientation, pictures will be automatically rotated according to their Exif metadata. This is information about a picture that is automatically inserted by a digital camera, and can include details on which way up the camera was held when the picture was taken. For example, when automatic orientation is enabled, portrait photos are automatically rotated upright. The rotation is not saved until you save the rotated image.

Automatic orientation does not work with all pictures; only pictures taken using a camera that saves Exif orientation metadata will be rotated.

 Transparent parts

Select one of the following options to determine how the transparent parts of a picture are displayed, if it has any:

As check pattern:

Viser enhver gennemsigtig del af billedet i et ternet mønster.

As custom color:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid color that you specify by clicking on the color selector button.

As background:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in the Background color, if As custom color under Background is checked. Otherwise, the default background color is used.
Slide show preferences

To customize slideshow settings:

Under Image Zoom you can select if you would like pictures that are smaller than the screen to be expanded so that they fit the screen.

Under Sequence you can select how many seconds each picture should be displayed for (between 1 and 100) before the next picture is shown.

Check Loop sequence if you want the slideshow to repeat continuously. If unchecked, the slideshow will start at the picture you selected, and finish at the last picture in the folder.
Plugin preferences

Here you can check/uncheck any additional features you would like to activate or deactivate. The picture on the left shows the plugins that are available by default.

You may also wish to install the eog-plugins package, which contains plugins providing a number of extra features. After installing it, you will be able to activate additional plugins, like the ones shown in the picture on the right.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/default.page0000644000373100047300000000306212307574674022523 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make image viewer the default application for viewing pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open pictures in the image viewer by default

If you want to make the image viewer the default program that opens certain image file types:

In the files app, right click the file and choose Properties.

Go to the Open With tab. A list of Recommended Applications will appear.

Select the Image Viewer and click Set as default.

If Image Viewer is not on the Recommended Applications list, click Show other applications. Select Image Viewer from the list that appears and click Set as default.

Click Close.

In future, when you double-click a file of the same type, it will open up in the image viewer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/plugin-python-console.page0000644000373100047300000000271212307574674025355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Python console can be used to add extra functions and run scripts in the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Python console

The image viewer has a plugin system which uses the Python scripting language. If you activate the Python console, you can gain direct access to a Python interpreter from inside the image viewer, which you can then use to write scripts or programmatically manipulate images, for example.

Before you can activate the Python console, you will need to install eog-plugins.

Once eog-plugins is installed, click Edit Preferences and go to the Plugins tab.

Check Python Console and click Close.

Click ToolsPython Console to bring up the console.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/index.page0000644000373100047300000000306012307574674022204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help for the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. <media type="image" src="figures/eog-trail.png"/> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 <media type="image" src="figures/eog-logo.png">Eye of GNOME logo</media> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer
View pictures
Edit pictures
Print pictures
Add extra features
Advanced
Frequently asked questions
Tips and tricks
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/plugin-zoom-width.page0000644000373100047300000000206112307574674024472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjusts the zoom to fit a picture's full width into the window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom to fit picture width

Activate the Zoom to fit image width plugin if you want pictures to be expanded to fill the full width of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Zoom to fit image width and click Close.

In order to add this functionality, you will need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/zoom.page0000644000373100047300000000353012307574674022063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enlarge the picture on the screen by clicking ViewZoom In. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom

You can zoom in and out to show more or less of a picture on the screen at once. This is useful if you want to see a big picture in its entirety, or if you want to inspect the fine details of a picture.

You can zoom using the mouse wheel. Scroll up to zoom in or scroll down to zoom out.

You can also zoom using the buttons on the toolbar. To zoom in, click the Enlarge the image icon, and to zoom out click the Shrink the image icon. These look like "plus" and "minus" signs.

Alternatively, click ViewZoom In or ViewZoom Out.

To view the picture in its original, unscaled size, click ViewNormal Size. This is the same as the "100%" zoom level.

Zoom to best-fit the window

You can choose to zoom in so that the picture fits fully in the window, even if you resize it. Click ViewBest Fit to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/view.page0000644000373100047300000000561412307574674022056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press Left and Right to flip between pictures, or use the image gallery to show them all. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View all pictures in a folder

You can quickly browse through all of the pictures in a folder by opening one of the pictures and then clicking Next and Previous (for example). You can also view an image gallery, with small previews of all of the pictures in a folder shown at once.

Browse through all pictures in a folder

If you have a folder containing several pictures, you can conveniently browse through all of the pictures without having to open them individually.

Open any one of the pictures from the folder you want to browse through.

Click Next and Previous in the toolbar, or press the Right and Left keys, to flip between pictures.

Alternatively, you can use the Up and Down keys, or Space bar and Backspace keys. You can also click GoPrevious Image and GoNext Image.

You can browse through the pictures in fullscreen mode by clicking ViewFullscreen or by pressing F11. Use the keyboard keys to flip between pictures in fullscreen mode.

To return to normal viewing, press Esc or F11.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/format-change.page0000644000373100047300000000640212307574674023613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert pictures from one image format to another. You can do this in a batch for multiple pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Convert to a different file format

Pictures are saved in a specific file format, like JPEG or PNG. You can convert from one file format to another.

Convert a single picture to a different file format

Click ImageSave As. The Save Image window will pop up.

In the name field, change the file extension to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the period.

For example, to convert a JPEG (.jpg) file into a Bitmap file (.bmp):

original file: image.jpg

new file: image.bmp

Click Save, and a new file will be saved in the new format. The old file (in the old format) will remain where it was, and will not be deleted.

The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognize the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click Supported image files in the Save Image window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.

Convert multiple pictures to a different format

You can convert a number of pictures from one file format to another in one go. This is useful if you have a lot of pictures that need converting.

In the image gallery, press and hold down the Ctrl key and select the pictures you want to convert one by one. Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window will appear (shown below).

The converted pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. If you want to save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Select the file format you want to convert the pictures to from the drop-down list to the right of the Filename format box.

Click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000330212307574674023071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Image Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/plugin-fullscreen-double-click.page0000644000373100047300000000220312307574674027064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activate fullscreen mode by double-clicking a picture. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Full-screen with double-click

If you like, you can make it so that pictures are shown full-screen when you double-click them in the image viewer.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen with double-click and click Close.

Now, double-clicking on an image will toggle between the fullscreen and normal (window) modes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/flip-rotate.page0000644000373100047300000000404712307574674023331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Horizontal/vertical, clockwise/counter-clockwise Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Flip or rotate pictures

If your pictures are the wrong way up or back-to-front, you can flip or rotate them so that they look right.

Flip a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical.

If you want to keep the picture flipped in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.
Rotate a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Rotate Clockwise or Rotate Counter-clockwise.

If you want to keep the picture rotated in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.

You can use the tools in the toolbar to do this instead. You can also use the keyboard shortcuts:

Rotate Clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate Counter-clockwise

CtrlShiftR
usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307574674022046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/plugin-fullscreen-background.page0000644000373100047300000000215612307574674026655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enables changing background color in fullscreen mode. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change fullscreen background color

If you like, you can change the background color in fullscreen mode.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen Background and click Preferences. Choose the color you want in fullscreen mode and click Close

Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background color is the one you selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/open.page0000644000373100047300000000251612307574674022043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pictures open in a new window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open a picture

Pictures should automatically open in the image viewer when you double-click them in the files file browser. If this is not the case, you may need to make the image viewer the default application for viewing pictures.

Each picture you double-click will open in a new image viewer window by default, but you can view multiple pictures in one window if you like.

You can also open pictures from within the image viewer itself:

Click ImageOpen (or press CtrlO). The Open Image window will appear.

Select the picture you want to open and click Open.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/plugin-send-by-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000241512307574674024655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily send pictures by attaching them to a new email. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send pictures by email

You can add a button that provides a convenient way of sending pictures to people by email.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Send By Mail and click Close. This will give you a ToolsSend by mail menu item.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

Evolution mail must be set up to connect to your email account for this to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/print.page0000644000373100047300000000360412307574674022235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImagePrint and then use the tabs to change print settings. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print a picture

To print the picture that you are currently viewing:

Click ImagePrint.

Under the General tab, choose the printer you want to use and the number of copies you want to print.

If you go to the Image Settings tab, you can adjust the Position and Size of the picture.

The position of the image on the page can also be adjusted by dragging it around in the preview.

If you are using high-quality photo paper, go to the Page Setup tab and select the correct Paper Type. You should also go to the Image Quality tab and choose a high quality setting, so that you get the best possible photo quality.

Click Print.

Note that some of the tabs mentioned above are not displayed for certain printer models. This is because the printer drivers for those printers don't allow some settings to be changed. So, for example, if you don't see an Image Quality tab, that probably means that the printer drivers that are being used don't support those settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/slideshow.page0000644000373100047300000000316312307574674023102 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ViewSlideshow to show all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Slideshow

To view all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow:

Open one of the pictures from the folder.

Click ViewSlideshow or press F5.

A full-screen slideshow will start. Every few seconds a new picture will be displayed. If you would like to move through the slideshow more quickly, or return to an image which has already been displayed, you can use the Left and Right arrow keys to manually move backward and forward.

To quit the slideshow, press Esc or F5.

You can change slideshow settings like how long it should show each picture for. See the topic on slideshow preferences for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/plugin-picasa.page0000644000373100047300000000222512307574674023633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily upload pictures to PicasaWeb directly from the Image Viewer. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Upload photos to <app>PicasaWeb</app>

PicasaWeb is a photo album service that lets you share pictures with people online. You can add a shortcut button that provides a convenient way of uploading pictures to PicasaWeb.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences, go to the Plugins tab and check PicasaWeb Uploader.

This will give you a convenient ToolsUpload to PicasaWeb menu item.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/formats-view.page0000644000373100047300000000312012307574674023515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The image viewer can display pictures in a wide range of image formats, including PNG, JPEG, and TIFF. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported image formats

The image viewer is able to open pictures in the following formats:

ANI - Animation

BMP - Bitmap

GIF - Graphics Interchange Format

ICO - Windows-ikon

JPEG/JPG - Joint Photographic Experts Group

PCX - PC Paintbrush

PNG - Portable Network Graphics

PNM - Portable Anymap fra PPM Toolkit

RAS - Sun Raster

SVG - Scalable Vector Graphics

TGA - Targa

TIFF - Tagged Image File Format

WBMP - Wireless Bitmap

XBM - X Bitmap

XPM - X Pixmap

If you try to open a picture in an unsupported format, you will get a Could not load image 'image_name'. error.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000462412307574674023127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 File a bug against the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a problem with the image viewer

The image viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you experience problems with the image viewer (for example, if it crashes or behaves unexpectedly), or if it is missing some feature that you think it should have, please file a bug report by clicking on the link . Bug reports are how software developers keep track of problems so that they can fix them.

To participate, you need an account which will give you the ability to file bugs and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by email about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, and click File a BugCoreeog. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Bugs can take a while to be fixed, and the software developers might ask you for further information to help them figure out what the problem is.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/plugin-slideshow-shuffle.page0000644000373100047300000000210712307574674026025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show photos in a random order when playing a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Slideshow shuffle

You can make it so that pictures are shown in a random order when you start a slideshow.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Slideshow Shuffle and click Close.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/desktop-background.page0000644000373100047300000000207412307574675024670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set your favorite picture as your desktop background/wallpaper. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Make the current picture your desktop background

To set the picture that you are currently viewing as the background image on your desktop, click ImageSet as Wallpaper .

This will immediately change the background to the picture you're viewing. You will then be asked if you would like to modify the picture's appearance using the background preferences window. If you click Hide, the message will disappear.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/formats-save.page0000644000373100047300000000175012307574675023511 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 JPEG, PNG, BMP and others. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Formats supported for saving pictures

The image viewer can save pictures in the following file formats:

JPEG/JPG

PNG

BMP

TIFF

It may be possible to save other image formats depending on the system configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000423712307574675022547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Værktøjslinje

The toolbar provides easy access to features like zooming and rotating. You can hide it if you find it distracting or it it takes up too much room, however.

Show or hide the toolbar

To toggle whether the toolbar is displayed or not, click ViewToolbar.

Add, remove and rearrange the tools in the toolbar.

By default, the toolbar contains only a basic set of tools. You can add useful extra ones by modifying the toolbar:

Make sure that the toolbar is not hidden.

Click EditToolbar.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar (see the picture, below). There is also a separator that you can use to group toolbar items together.

To add new items to the toolbar, drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

To rearrange items on the toolbar, drag them to a new position.

You can remove items from the toolbar by dragging them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

When you have finish editing the toolbar, click Close in the toolbar editor window.

To reset the toolbar to its default settings, click Reset to Default in the editor window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/plugins.page0000644000373100047300000000562712307574675022572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install plugins to access extra features. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Plugins

You can install the eog-plugins package to get extra plugins for the image viewer. Plugins add additional features, like the ones listed below.

You can install the eog-plugins package using your Linux distribution's package manager.

install eog-plugins

The following features are included in eog-plugins:

Date in statusbar: Shows the image date in the window statusbar.

Exif display: Displays camera settings and histograms for digital photos.

Fullscreen Background: Enables changing background in fullscreen mode.

Fullscreen with double-click: Activate fullscreen mode with double-click.

Map: Display the geolocation of a digital photo on a map.

PicasaWeb Uploader: Upload your pictures to PicasaWeb.

Python Console: A Python scripting console for the image viewer.

Send By Mail: Send a picture to a friend by attaching it to a new email.

Slideshow Shuffle: Shuffles images in slideshow mode.

Zoom to fit image width: Adjusts the zoom to have the pictures's full width fit into the window.

You can manage plugins by using the the Plugins tab in the Preferences window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/edit.page0000644000373100047300000000332512307574675022027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImageOpen with to edit a picture using an external image editor. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Edit or delete a picture
Edit a picture

The image viewer can only be used to view pictures; it can't edit them. For that, you must use a picture editing application, like the GIMP image editor. To open a picture for editing in a different application:

Click ImageOpen with, or right-click on the image.

Select the application you want to use to edit the picture.

When you are finished editing, save it and close the other application.

The image viewer will detect that the picture has been changed and will reload it.
Delete a picture

To delete a picture that you don't want any more, click EditMove to Trash, or right-click the picture and select Move to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000204712307574675023623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Welcome to the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduktion

Eye of GNOME is an image viewer. With it, you can view pictures of almost any type. It can handle large collections of pictures, and can display a slideshow. You can also make basic changes to pictures, like rotating or flipping them, or converting them to a different file format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001110612307574675023134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of all keyboard shortcuts. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

This is a list of all of the keyboard shortcuts that you can use in the image viewer.

Opening, closing, saving and printing

Open an image file

CtrlO

Save the image with the same filename

CtrlS

Save a copy of the current image with a new file name

ShiftCtrlS

Print the current image

CtrlP

Close the current window

CtrlW

Set the image as your desktop background

CtrlF8
Viewing images

Go to the previous image in the folder

Back space / Left

Go to the next image in the folder

Space bar / Right

Go to first image in the folder

AltHome

Go to the last image in the folder

AltEnd

Choose a random image in the folder

CtrlM

View the image gallery

F9

View fullscreen

F11

View slideshow

F5

Actual size

Ctrl0 (Zero)

Best fit

F

Scroll around a large image

Altarrow keys
Copy an image to paste into another application

Copy

CtrlC
Zoom and rotate

Zoom in

+

Zoom out

-

Rotate clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate counter-clockwise

ShiftCtrlR
Other

View side pane

CtrlF9

View image properties

AltReturn

Undo

CtrlZ

Help

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356112307574675022526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215112307574675022534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Image Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Image Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/rename-multiple.page0000644000373100047300000000661012307574675024202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically rename and number batches of pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rename many pictures at once

If you have lots of pictures that you want to rename, perhaps so that they have a standard, numbered name format:

Open the image gallery by pressing F9.

Select all of the pictures that you would like to rename from the image gallery by holding down Ctrl and clicking them one by one.

Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window with some filename options will appear (the picture, below, shows what this window looks like).

The renamed pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. To save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Use the Filename format box to choose a naming format for the pictures. The File Name Preview shows you what the new filenames will look like. See the section, below, for advice on choosing how to rename the files.

Ensure that the Filename Format drop-down list says as is, unless you want to convert the pictures to a different file format.

Click Save As and the pictures will be renamed.
Choose a filename format

The filenames of the renamed files are determined by what you put in the Filename format box.

You can keep the original filename as part of the new filename by leaving the %f in the box.

For example, if you type paris_%f into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to paris_flower.jpg, paris_house.jpg, and paris_cat.jpg.

Adding a %n will number the pictures consecutively, starting at the counter number you choose under Options.

For example, if you type sunshine_%n into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to sunshine_2.jpg, sunshine_3.jpg, and sunshine_1.jpg. (They will be numbered by alphabetical order of the original filenames.)
usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/copy-paste.page0000644000373100047300000000223312307574675023163 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to copy/paste from the image viewer into another application. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy and paste a picture

To copy a picture from the image viewer into another application, click EditCopy or right-click on the picture and choose Copy.

The picture has been copied to the clipboard, and can now be pasted into a LibreOffice document, Gimp image, or other application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000222612307574675023752 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Join the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Image Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/eog/plugin-exif-digital.page0000644000373100047300000000747012307574675024751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View information such as camera settings and histogram, geolocation, and date. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View detailed information about a picture

Pictures taken by digital cameras are stored with a host of extra information embedded in them, such as the date that they were taken, what exposure settings were used on the camera and, in some cases, even where the picture was taken.

This topic shows you how to access this information.

Show the date in the status bar

You can display the date that a picture was taken in the status bar at the bottom of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Date in statusbar.

Detailed Exif data

The detailed information stored with digital photos is called Exif data. You can view it by installing a plugin for the image viewer.

To be able to see the Exif data embedded in your photos, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Exif display and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colors and light/shade in the picture, select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check the histograms you want to view, listed under Histogram.

You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check Display camera settings in statusbar.
Display a photo location map

Some cameras are able to attach geolocation information (geotags) to digital photos. Geotags are usually just the GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude) for the place where a photo was taken.

To be able to see a map of where your photos were taken, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Map and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to show the map.

The map will show the location that a picture was taken in only if there is geolocation information attached to the photo. Many cameras do not attach geolocation information to pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/baobab/scan-file-system.page0000644000373100047300000000415112307647421024705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all internal and removable storage devices. Scan the file system

To find out how much space your file system takes up:

Select AnalyzerScan File System from the menu

Your file system includes all internal and removable storage devices which are mounted when the respective folder is scanned.

If the file system that you are trying to scan is large, it may take a few minutes for the scan to complete.

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/baobab/scan-home.page0000644000373100047300000000514212307647421023375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all of your personal files that are on your internal storage device. Scan your <file>Home</file> folder

The Home folder is where most files are located for the average user because default settings are often set to save or copy files into subdirectories within it. This includes downloads from the internet, documents which you work on and photos from your camera. Normally, one Home folder exists for each user on the computer.

Select AnalyzerScan Home Folder from the menu

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of your Home folder.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

The default subdirectories usually include Desktop, Documents, Downloads, Pictures and Music, among others. Some of these will already exist when GNOME is installed; others will be created by applications when they are needed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/baobab/scan-folder.page0000644000373100047300000000434112307647421023720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a local folder, including all subfolders. Scan a folder

Scans of individual folders are faster than those of the whole file system, so they may be more efficient if you want information only about a specific part of your file system.

Select AnalyzerScan Folder… from the menu

Use the file browser to navigate around your file system and select the desired folder

Click Open to commence scanning

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/baobab/pref.page0000644000373100047300000000260512307647421022460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Skip specific devices and partitions when scanning the file system. Disable scanning of individual storage devices and partitions

Disk Usage Analyzer allows you to scan only the partitions and storage devices that you have selected in the Preferences dialog. By default, all devices and partitions are selected, but the application will store your preferences when you close it.

Select EditPreferences

Select the storage devices and partitions that you want to scan, or deselect those that you do not wish to scan

Click Close to save your preferences

The first item in the list, which is mounted on /, cannot be deselected

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/baobab/scan-remote.page0000644000373100047300000000706412307647421023745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a folder remotely from your computer. Scan a remote folder

Disk Usage Analyzer can scan storage devices which are accessible remotely. To scan the whole file system or any specific folder remotely:

Select Analyzer Scan Remote Folder… from the menu

Choose the protocol that you wish to use

Enter in the IP address of the remote storage device into the Server field or the URI, depending on the protocol that you are using.

Click Scan to continue; you may be asked for more details, like a password and username, before the scan will commence.

Scanning over the network may be slower than scanning a local file system.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/baobab/pref-view-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000205212307647421024366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Hide or show the toolbar and the status bar. Toolbar and statusbar

The Toolbar provides shortcuts to the various scan actions, while the Statusbar provides the status of the application (for example, Ready and Scanning…).

Select ViewToolbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

Select ViewStatusbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/baobab/pref-view-chart.page0000644000373100047300000000263012307647421024525 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Display the results as a ring chart or a treemap chart. Different chart views

By default, the scan results show each subfolder as the section of a ring, comprising an angle proportional to the size of the relevant folder. Sub-folders are shown in different colors.

Move your mouse over the rings chart displays more details about the subfolders.

Chart visibility can be changed to Treemap View using the drop-down list at the top of the chart on the right-hand side. The tree layout displays the folders as proportionately sized boxes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/baobab/index.page0000644000373100047300000000172212307647421022632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, a graphical storage device scanner. Disk Usage Analyzer
Scan storage devices
Views and preferences
usr/share/help-langpack/da/baobab/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000302512307647421024242 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, also referred to as baobab, graphically represents your use of storage space. Introduktion

Disk Usage Analyzer is a graphical, menu-driven application for analysing storage device usage. It can be used to scan multiple local or remote storage device (including hard disks, SSDs, USB sticks, digital cameras and memory cards). Disk Usage Analyzer can scan either the whole file system tree, your Home directory, a specific user-requested directory or a remote folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000666612320733127025546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Skriv tastaturgenveje én tast ad gangen i stedet for at skulle holde alle tasterne nede samtidig. Aktivér klæbetaster

Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the AltTab shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press Alt and then Tab to do the same.

Hvis du finder det vanskeligt at holde flere taster nede på samme tid, vil du måske gerne aktivere blivende taster.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Sticky Keys on.

Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way.

Hvis du for eksempel har blivende taster slået til, men trykker på Alt og Tab samtidig, så ville blivende taster ikke vente på at du trykker på endnu en tast, hvis du havde denne mulighed aktiveret. Men de ville vente, hvis du kun trykkede på én tast. Dette er nyttigt, hvis du godt kan trykke på nogle tastaturgenveje samtidig (for eksempel taster som sidder tæt sammen), men ikke på andre.

Vælg Deaktiver hvis to taster holdes nede samtidig for at aktivere dette.

You can have the computer make a "beep" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000536612320733127026744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Turn Bluetooth on or off

The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click Turn On Bluetooth.

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click Turn Off Bluetooth.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth off.

You only need to switch Visibility on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000226112320733127023712 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen dimming… Power & battery
Battery settings
Power problems Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. Problemer
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001467612320733130026060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Types of servers

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (med logind)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 Public FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-scrollbars-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000603612320733130027221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What are overlay scrollbars?

Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse.

Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet.

Use the scrollbars

The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content.

Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content to reveal the thumb slider.

Ways to use the scrollbars:

Click the top half of the thumb slider to scroll one page up. Click the bottom half to scroll one page down.

Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position exactly where you want it.

on the thumb slider to move the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This is especially useful in long documents.

Disable the scrollbars

You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:

Open the Terminal by pressing CtrlAltt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Type the following command and press Enter:

gsettings set com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode normal

If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this command:

gsettings reset com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode

Setting your theme to High Contrast will also disable the overlay scrollbars.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000001520412320733130025133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Use applications and the desktop without a mouse. Keyboard navigation

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navigate user interfaces

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Space

Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

ShiftF10 or the Menu key

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navigate the desktop
Navigate windows

AltF4

Luk det aktuelle vindue.

CtrlSuper↓

Restore a maximized window to its original size.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

CtrlSuper↑

Maximize a window.

CtrlSuper←

Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen.

CtrlSuper→

Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen.

AltSpace

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000277512320733130025017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to Alert volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000266212320733130026747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whether or not other devices can discover your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org What is Bluetooth visibility?

Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you.

Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them.

After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other.

Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000104312320733130023653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet. Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Wacom grafisk tegneplade usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000317012320733130026760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000352112320733130025571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email. Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-chat.page0000644000373100047300000000141612320733130024254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chat on any network using Empathy, make video calls, install skype, social networking apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team Chat & Social Networking usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/video-dvd-restricted.page0000644000373100047300000000421212320733130026575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption software. Dokumentationsprojekt for Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?

DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require the use of decryption software in order to play them.

Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs

You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

Use alternative decryption software

In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it.

Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly.

If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open the Dash and launch a Terminal.

Type the following into the screen which appears, then press Enter:

sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh

Enter your password to complete the installation.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000627212320733130025120 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove files or folders you no longer need. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Delete files and folders

If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the trash:

Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once.

Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Trash in the sidebar.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in the sidebar and select Empty Trash.

Permanently delete a file

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first.

To permanently delete a file:

Select the item you want to delete.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001303312320733130025546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>View new folders using</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>Vis skjulte filer og sikkerhedskopier</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
Icon view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
List view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000446412320733130027076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my screen?

Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000456212320733130026065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom In or press Ctrl+. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click ViewReload or press CtrlR.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000261212320733130026413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Why don't some files have previews?

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-size.page0000644000373100047300000000235212320733130027713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller. Change the size of icons in the Launcher

You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Appearance.

Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the size of the Launcher icons.

The default Launcher icon size is 48.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000237312320733130026033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000642112320733130025277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check space and capacity. Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyzer

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyzer:

Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the Dash. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote folder.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Dash.

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312320733130023515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000724612320733130026262 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org How do administrative privileges work?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again.

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

What does "super user" mean?

A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (admin) privileges.
Why are admin privileges useful?

Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000331112320733130024575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000303712320733131025346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Brugere Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org User accounts

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password.

Konti Håndtér brugerkonti
Adgangskoder
Rettigheder Brugerprivilegier
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000000545612320733131027207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. Set keyboard shortcuts

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Custom shortcuts

To create your own keyboard shortcut:

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000264012320733131025205 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why does my screen go dim after a while?

When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001227112320733131025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I can't hear any sounds on the computer

If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose Sound Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.

Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color.

Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too.

Check that the right sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different output from the Play sound through list.

For the selected device, click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed.

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

Type aplay -l and press Enter.

A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware devices, your sound card has not been detected.

If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have.

You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command in the Terminal. You can get more complete results if you run lspci as superuser; enter sudo lspci and type your password. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can file a bug.

If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000227712320733131025460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Install languages, change language, region and formats, input sources… Region & Language
Sprogunderstøttelse
Tekstindtastningsfelt
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000474112320733131025207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Få en pause mellem et tastaturtryk og bogstavets tilsynekomst på skærmen. Aktivér langsomme taster

Aktiver langsomme taster, hvis du ønsker, at der er en forsinkelse fra du trykker på en tast til den vises på skærmen. Det betyder, at du er nødt til at holde hver tast du ønsker at skrive nede et lille stykke tid, før det vises. Brug langsomme taster, hvis du utilsigtet kommer til at trykke flere taster, eller hvis du har svært ved at ramme den rigtige tast i første forsøg.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Slow Keys on.

Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

Brug skyderen Ventetid til at kontrollere hvor længe du skal trykke på en tast for at den registreres.

Du kan få din computer til at give lyd når du trykker på en tast, når et tastetryk accepteres, eller når et tastetryk afvises fordi du ikke holdt tasten nede længe nok.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000547512320733131024447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Dokumentationsprojekt for Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu bar and select Date & Time Settings.

Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the Location box.

By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually.

Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000356012320733131025477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Show other timezones

If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings.

Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other locations.

Click Choose locations.

Click + to add a location.

Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list.

Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in automatically.

Click - to delete a city from the list.

You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000607412320733131025445 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Med funktionen Hvileklik kan du klikke ved at holde musen i ro. Simuler klik ved at holde musen stille

You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click.

When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Åbn Universel adgang og vælg fanebladet Pege og klikke.

Aktivér Hvileklik.

The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking.

Når du holder musemarkøren over en knap uden at bevæge den, vil knappen gradvis skifte farve. Når den helt har skiftet farve klikkes der på knappen.

Justér indstillingen for Forsinkelse, for at ændre hvor længe musen skal holdes stille, før et klik udføres.

Du behøver ikke holde musen helt stille, når du holder den henover noget for at klikke. Klikket udløses efter et øjeblik selvom musen flytter sig ganske lidt. Dog, hvis musen flytter sig for meget, vil klikket ikke udløses.

Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000643612320733131030001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com André Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. Which applications take advantage of online accounts?

Online Accounts can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves.

With a Google account

Evolution, the email application. Your email account will be added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda.

Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends.

Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts.

Documents can access your online documents and display them.

With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts

Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers.

With a SkyDrive account

Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them.

With a Exchange account

Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start retrieving mails from this account.

With a ownCloud account

When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments.

Files and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/user-forgottenpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001702412320733131027322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced techniques for resetting your password GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I forgot my password!

It is important to choose not only a good and secure password, but also one that you can remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it.

If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password.

If you simply want to change your password, see .

Reset password using Grub

Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get into the Grub menu.

If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold down Shift.

If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password.

Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter.

Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight root and press Enter.

At the # symbol, type:

passwd username, where username is the username of the account you're changing the password for.

You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password.

Then type:

# reboot

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Reset password using a Live CD or USB

Boot the Live CD or USB.

Mount your drive.

Press AltF2 to get the Run Application window.

Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges.

Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking home and then your username.

Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the etc directory.

Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:

Right-click on the shadow file and select copy.

Then right-click in the empty space and select paste.

Rename the backup "shadow.bak".

Edit the original "shadow" file with a text editor.

Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):

username:$1$2abCd0E or

username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::

Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. This will remove the password for the account.

Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB.

When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. Open My Account and reset your password.

For Current password do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new password.

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Get rid of the keyring

This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring.

Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash.

Press Ctrlh (or click ViewShow Hidden Files.)

Double click on the folder ~/.local/share.

Double click on the folder called keyrings.

Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder.

Genstart computeren.

After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000614512320733131025527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Tryk på venstre museknap og hold den nede for at højreklikke. Simulér et højreklik med musen

Du kan højre-klikke ved at holde venstre muse knap nede. Dette er nyttigt, hvis du har svært ved at flytte fingrene hver for sig på hånden, eller hvis dit pegeudstyr kun har én knap.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Åbn Universel adgang og vælg fanebladet Pege og klikke.

Aktiver Simuleret sekundært klik.

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000331112320733131025634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-nonm.page0000644000373100047300000000310712320733131024304 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press AltF2. Type nm-applet There's no network menu in the menu bar

If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network Manager may not be running. To start it up again:

Press AltF2

Type nm-applet and press Enter.

The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your password in the appropriate box and click Connect.

If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000307712320733131025246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Brug større skrifttyper for at gøre det lettere at læse teksten. Ændr tekststørrelsen på skærmen

Hvis du har svært ved at læse teksten på din skærm, kan du ændre skriftstørrelsen.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Large Text to ON.

I mange programmer kan du når som helst gøre teksten større ved at taste Ctrl+. For at formindske teksten skal du taste Ctrl-.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320733131025332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000640612320733131025111 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Hide a file

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Show all hidden files

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Unhide a file

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000335012320733131030734 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Kevin M. Godby kevin@godby.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why aren't service providers listed? Why is my account type not on the list?

Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:

Facebook

Flickr

Google

Twitter

AIM

Windows Live

Salut

Jabber

Yahoo

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000276512320733131026460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize two windows side-by-side. Tile windows

You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press the Left or Right key.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000477112320733131026317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete.

Port

Navn

Beskrivelse

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Udskrivning

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Udskrivning

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Tilstedeværelse

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000235512320733132023344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts, instant messaging… Networking, web, email & chat usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000675712320733132025405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager list columns preferences

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear.

<gui>Navn</gui>

The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed.

 <gui>Størrelse</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Type</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Ændret</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Ejer</gui>

The name of the user the folder or file is owned by.

 <gui>Gruppe</gui>

The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project.

 <gui>Rettigheder</gui>

Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--

The first character - is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder).

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each character has the following meanings:

r : Read permission.

w : Write permission.

x : Execute permission.

- : No permission.

<gui>MIME-type</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Placering</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000261712320733132026501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000253412320733132025531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000263512320733132025505 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gendan dine filer fra en backup. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Gendan en backup

Hvis du har mistet eller slettet nogle af dine filer, men du har en backup af dem, kan du gendanne dem fra backup:

To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer.

Hvis du har oprettet din backup ved hjælp af et backup program som Déjà Dup, anbefales det at du bruger det samme program for at gendanne din backup. Gennemgå hjælpen til programmet for dit backup-program: Det vil give konkrete anvisninger på, hvordan du kan gendanne dine filer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000377112320733132026610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000303312320733132025156 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Gør vinduer og knapper på skærmen mere (eller mindre) klare, så de er lettere at se. Justér kontrasten

Du kan justere kontrasten af vinduer og knapper, så de fremtræder skarpere. Dette er ikke det samme som at skifte hele skærmens lysstyrke; kun dele af brugergrænsefladen vil ændre sig.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch High Contrast to ON.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.page0000644000373100047300000000442212320733132025277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Tilføj PPAer for at hjælpe med at teste tidlige udgaver af software eller speciel software. Tilføj et Personligt pakkearkiv (PPA

Personlige pakkearkiver (PPAer) er softwarekilder, der er udformet til Ubuntubrugere, og de er lettere at installere end tredjeparts-softwarekilder.

Tilføj kun softwarearkiver fra kilder du stoler på!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Installér en PPA

On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

Switch to the Other Software tab.

Klik på Tilføj og skriv placeringen af ppa:

Klik Tilføj kilde. Indtast din adgangskode i godkendelsesvinduet.

Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new software.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000250712320733132027552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Which target types are supported?

The following types of targets are supported:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops.

Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000517112320733132026444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot media card readers GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC (MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click GoComputer. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below).

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-install-java-plugin.page0000644000373100047300000000146612320733132027225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Help your browser work with websites that require Java. Install the Java browser plug-in

Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run.

Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000301512320733132026345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add your photo to the login and user screens. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000770612320733132026663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore, resize, arrange and hide. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Window operations

Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow.

Minimize, restore and close

To minimize or hide a window:

Click the - in the top left hand corner of the application's menu bar. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window.

Or press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher.

To restore the window:

Click on it in the Launcher or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing AltTab.

To close the window:

Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or

Press AltF4, or

Press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press c.
Ændr størrelse

A window cannot be resized if it is maximized.

To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:

Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction.

To resize only in the horizontal direction:

Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally.

To resize only in the vertical direction:

Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically.
Arranging windows in your workspace

To place two windows side by side:

Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen.

Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen.

Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000353712320733132023670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Desktop Guide Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" mime="image/png" width="16" height="16" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Ubuntu Logo</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000305712320733133026376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 Change the way documents are displayed. View files in a list or grid

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000602712320733133033127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the Enable Wireless setting is checked.

Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter.

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000127512320733133024455 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wired Networking usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000641612320733133026025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org André Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Change which language you use

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Language Support.

Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list.

You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

Change the system language

When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen.

Change your language, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-files.page0000644000373100047300000000321212320733133025735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find files, folders, and downloads. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Files lens

The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads.

You can use SuperF to open the Dash directly at the files lens.

If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google Drive.
Forhåndsvisning

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved.

You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file.

Filtre

Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000312412320733133026764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. Turn off wireless (airplane mode)

If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch it back on again.

To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of it.

Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000341012320733133026026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Selecting documents

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-friends.page0000644000373100047300000000273612320733133026277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse messages from your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Friends scope

The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts.

You can use SuperG to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon.

The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts.
Forhåndsvisning

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview gives you more information and allows you to "like" or reshare posts.

Filtre

Click Filter results to filter by account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000337312320733133025373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com What happens when I suspend my computer?

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Always save your work before suspending

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000516712320733133026632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001312512320733133026052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Add input sources and switch between them. Use alternative input sources

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method.

Options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean (Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice separately.
Add input sources

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add.

The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list.

If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialog if any.
Input source indicator

You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use.

Tastaturgenveje

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using.

When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut.
Set input source for all windows or individually for each window

When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows.

By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000117612320733133023536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… Tips & tricks usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000367612320733133025320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers aren't very good.

Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Ubuntu", to see if other people are having the same problem.

You can run sudo lspci -v in the Terminal to get more information about your sound card.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000363112320733133025170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device. Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000151412320733133025022 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Webbrowsere usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000337212320733133026450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which web browser websites are opened in

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000632612320733133025726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the size or rotation of the screen

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select your desired resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration.

When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays.
Opløsning

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotering

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000334012320733133027243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portræt

Landskab

Omvendt portræt

Omvendt landskab

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000415212320733133026216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. Other users can't connect to the internet

If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password.

You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and then click Edit.

Check Available to all users and click Save. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-chat-skype.page0000644000373100047300000000373412320733133025415 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on Ubuntu How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?

Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over the Internet using your computer.

Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users.

The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source code is proprietary and not available for modification.

Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it.

You need to activate the Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype

Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>

How to record Skype conversations

A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype

Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001043212320733133032076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Filer

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Mapper

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>Ingen</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>Vis kun filer</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Tilgå filer</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Oprette og slette filer</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000556612320733134025650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org André Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the desktop background

You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient.

Right click on the desktop and select Change Desktop Background.

Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop.

There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right.

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community Wallpaper Contest.

Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there.

Select Colors & Gradients to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner.

You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the + button. Any picture you add this way will show up under Pictures Folder. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000662712320733134025740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Tap the Super key to open the Dash.

Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the Universal Access settings.

Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab.

Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then press Enter to switch it on.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more accessibility options.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000223512320733134024374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Add accounts, Remove accounts, Disable services Online accounts

You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts application. This will let you access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without having to enter your account details again.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000740312320733134026206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color space is a defined range of colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color space?

A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB.

The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colors.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer.

sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed.

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong.

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001406112320733134033334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for additional open or proprietary drivers

Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers need to be installed separately. Use the Additional Drivers tool to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers.

Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the System section, click Software Sources.

Switch to the Additional Drivers tab.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

Full information on ndiswrapper kept on this page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000244512320733134026044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000000561512320733134027022 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Connect an external monitor to your laptop
Set up an external monitor

To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is "primary", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the "primary" monitor.

If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

Sticky Edges

A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to "slip" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other.

You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000000767212320733134026233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery power.

General tips

Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power preferences in System Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
More advanced tips

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000516612320733134026357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Displays.

Uncheck Mirror Displays.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000340012320733134026075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a "socket" icon when you are connected.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you'll have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/addremove-install-synaptic.page0000644000373100047300000000523112320733134030016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com

Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0).

Synaptic er et kraftfuldt, men kompliceret programhåndterings-alternativ til Ubuntus softwarecenter. Brug Synaptic til mere avanceret softwarehåndtering

Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some software management tasks which Ubuntu Software Center can't. Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software Center features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu.

Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software Center.

Installér software med Synaptic

Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will need to enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Klik Søg for at søge efter et program, eller klik på Sektioner og se igennem kategorierne for at finde en.

Højreklik på det program som du vil installere, og vælg Markér til installation.

If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark.

Vælg eventuelle andre programmer, som du kunne tænke dig at installere.

Klik på Anvend og klik så på Anvend i det vindue som dukker op. De programmer som du vælger vil blive hentet og installeret.

For more information about using Synaptic, consult the Synaptic How To.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/report-ubuntu-bug.page0000644000373100047300000000575612320733134026176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with Ubuntu. Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Report a problem in Ubuntu

If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report.

Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug nameofprogram

If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, just type ubuntu-bug

After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click Send to continue.

A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu uses the website Launchpad to manage its bug reports. If you do not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking Create a new account.

After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the summary field.

After clicking Next Launchpad will search for similar bugs in case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need to report a new bug.

Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's important that you specify three things:

What you expected to happen

What actually happened

If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is "start the program"

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!

If you get the "This is not a genuine Ubuntu package" error, it means that the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug reporting tool.

For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the extensive online documentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000315212320733134026051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default email client by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which mail application is used to write emails

When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000414712320733134026753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/prefs-language-install.page0000644000373100047300000000404212320733134027117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install more translations and related language support packages. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Install languages

When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked.

Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove.

Click Apply Changes.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000605112320733134025773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Dash is the top button in the Launcher. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash

Unity Search

The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful.

To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key.

To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press Super or Esc.

Search everything from the Dash home

The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you apps and files you've used recently.

Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click See more results to view them.

To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses.

Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the first item in the list.

Linser

Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses.

You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash.

To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press CtrlTab.

Filtre

Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further.

Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices.

Forhåndsvisning

If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with more information about the result.

To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000547112320733134025002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Format a removable disk

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click Format Volume.

In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000162012320733134025160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Sound problems

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-photos.page0000644000373100047300000000302212320733134026147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Photos lens

The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from Online Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa.

You can use SuperC to open the Dash directly at the photos lens.

Forhåndsvisning

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail.

For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them.

Filtre

Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000323312320733134026745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000302412320733134026261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles can be imported by opening them. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I import color profiles?

The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000427412320733135025232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Configure the stylus

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001132112320733135027356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to check your mouse if it is not working. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer

Type CtrlAltT to open the Terminal.

In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, exactly as it appears here, and press Enter.

A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the [XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left of it.

If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by [XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition.

If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly.

Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000223712320733135025713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Print a document

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000431312320733135027523 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 We support a large number of calibration devices. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What color measuring instruments are supported?

GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)

X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)

Pantone Huey (colorimeter)

MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)

ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)

Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)

The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux.

Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" ("swipe" type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000354212320733135025664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Aktivér visuelle påmindelser for at få skærmen eller vinduet til at blinke, når der afspilles en påmindelseslyd. Blink med skærmen ved påmindelseslyde

Din computer vil afspille en enkel påmindelseslyd for visse typer af meddelelser og begivenheder. Hvis du har svært ved at høre disse lyde, kan du få enten hele skærmen eller det aktive vindue til at blinke, når påmindelseslyden afspilles.

This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound).

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab.

Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000405212320733135025346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles. How do I test if color management is working correctly?

The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display

ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile

FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management.

Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the System SettingsColor preferences.

Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000544412320733135025445 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000326512320733135027305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my printer?

There are two ways to profile a printer device:

Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki

Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company

Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile.

Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types.

If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000412212320733135025651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Enter a filename for the newly-created document.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000364012320733135026544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate. Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?

Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended.

Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the System SettingsColor dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/addremove-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000337512320733135026025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Fjern software som du ikke bruger længere. Fjern et program

The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you no longer use.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the top.

Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by looking through the list of installed applications.

Vælg programmet og klik på Fjern.

Du kan blive bedt om at indtaste din adgangskode. Når du har gjort dette, vil programmet blive fjernet.

Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before the applications are removed.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000457512320733135025525 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. Other users can't edit the network connections

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users with administrative rights are allowed to change its settings.

The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection.

If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection.

Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click Edit.

You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this.

Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000236312320733135024355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Hardware Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… Hardware & drivers More topics
Problemer Hardware problems Almindelige problemer
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000400612320733135025446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. What is a MAC address?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Click the network menu on the menu bar.

Select Connection Information.

Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000262712320733135026221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options. Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing.

Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options options from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/app-cheese.page0000644000373100047300000000314512320733135024571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com It is like your own personal photo booth. Lav sjove billeder og videoer med dit webkamera

With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others.

Cheese er ikke som standard installeret i Ubuntu. For at installere Cheese:

Klik på dette link for at åbne Softwarecenter.

Læs oplysninger om og anmeldelser af Cheese for at være sikker på at du vil installere det.

Vælger du at installere det, skal du klikke på Installér fra vinduet Softwarecenter.

Du skal måske angive din administrator-adgangskode for at afslutte installationen.

For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user guide.

Du skal installere Cheese før du kan læse brugerhåndbogen til Cheese.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000406012320733135025726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide. Om denne vejledning

This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer effectively.

The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers to your questions.

Related items are linked together. "See Also" links at the bottom of some pages direct you to related topics.

The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a search bar, and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. Left-click on any result to open its page.

The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though.

Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide.

-- The Ubuntu Documentation team

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000357012320733135027346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Skift mellem arbejdsområder Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom. Double-click on any window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button again to return to your previous workspace.

 Using the keyboard:

Press CtrlAlt→ to move to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt← to move to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000317212320733135026470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stephen M. Webb stephen@ubuntu.com Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions. The Launcher Icon Menus

Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icons is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following.

launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device

unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )

locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )

quitting the application if it's running

switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window

application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000236412320733135024566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… Bluetooth

Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone.

Bluetooth problems Problemer
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000301012320733135026776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages. Install the Silverlight plug-in

Silverlight is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight.

If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux.

If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux.

Please see the Moonlight website for more information and installation instructions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000236612320733136026030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. Søg efter filer

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000320512320733136025557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320733136027201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000265012320733136025531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Display documents stored locally or online

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximized).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001167512320733136030621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Filegenskaber

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec.

Basic properties <gui>Navn</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Type</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Indhold

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Størrelse

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Placering

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Volumen

The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a network share or file server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under Volume too.

 Ledig plads

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Tilgået

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Ændret

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000613312320733136026544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change your password

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the label next to Password.

The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Confirm password field.

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

Change the keyring password

If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

Enter your Old Password, followed by your new Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it again.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000471012320733136027117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000770112320733136024634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy or move items to a new folder. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copy and paste files

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Click the gear icon and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Drag files to copy or move

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000377612320733136027450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by local applications. Disable account services

Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to email, calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows.

To disable services:

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Select Online Accounts.

Select the account you want to change from left windowpane.

Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane.

Switch off the services you do not want used.

Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000413712320733136027077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Make collections of documents

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001040312320733136026242 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use longer, more complicated passwords. Choose a secure password

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

Do not use any nouns.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

Change your passwords regularly.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000305612320733136023640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, playing videos… Sound, video & pictures
Lyd Lyd Lyd Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Basic sound
Music and players Music and portable audio players
Billeder Photos and digital cameras
Videoer Videos and video cameras
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000177712320733136024754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Brug skærmlæseren Orca med opdaterbar Braille-visning. Læs skærmen i Braille

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000000745212320733136027456 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pair Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device

Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices.

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New Device.

Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer will begin searching for devices.

If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list.

Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device.

The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting.

Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click Close.

Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen.

If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches.

You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again.

A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click Close.

You can remove a Bluetooth connection later if desired.

To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth Sharing settings. See .

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000407012320733136026045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change who has administrative privileges

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000530612320733136030351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I can't connect my Bluetooth device

There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset.

Connection blocked or untrusted

Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections.

 Bluetooth hardware not recognized

Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter.

 Enheden er ikke tændt

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled.

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled.

 Forbindelsen til Bluetooth-enheden er slukket

Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode.

 No Bluetooth adapter in your computer

Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320733136030042 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000534512320733136026654 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000420212320733136026717 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Look in System SettingsColor for the option to change this. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I assign profiles to devices?

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or import a new file.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button.

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000502412320733136026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click the sound menu on the menu bar then click Sound Settings. Select your speakers in the list of devices, then click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices.

If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000462212320733136025216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application. Change the sound volume

To change the sound volume, click the sound menu on the menu bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by checking Mute.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound menu on the menu bar and click Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application there.

Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-apps.page0000644000373100047300000000361112320733137025605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Run, install, or uninstall apps. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Applications lens

The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens bar. The applications lens gives you access to your apps or apps available for install.

You can use SuperA to open the Dash directly at the applications lens.

Forhåndsvisning

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its Software Center rating, and what version is available.

For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from the preview.

For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview.

Filtre

Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click SourcesLocal Apps to only view installed apps or SourcesSoftware Center to only show apps available for install.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000415512320733137030245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Move a window to a different workspace

Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom.

Drag the window to the workspace you choose.

Using the keyboard:

Select the window you want to move.

Press CtrlAltShift→ to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift← to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↓ to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↑ to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-chat-empathy.page0000644000373100047300000000313112320733137025724 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and colleagues on a variety of networks Instant messaging on Ubuntu

With the Empathy application, you can chat with people online and with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio or video calls.

Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher or choose Chat from the Messaging menu.

You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the Messaging menu.

For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy manual.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000424212320733137027335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 Rename a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000141012320733137023504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… Disks & storage usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000231212320733137024354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Input sources, cursor blinking, super key, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Keyboard Region & Language Universel adgang Ande emner usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000441612320733137026303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-shapes.page0000644000373100047300000000400312320733137027003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com The triangles show you your currently running apps. What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?

When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start immediately, others may take a minute to load.

Once the app has finished starting, a small white triangle will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you have two windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same app open, three triangles will show.

Apps that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an app is running, the Launcher icon square is full of color.
Meddelelser

If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification.

Apps can also show a number on their Launcher icon. Messaging apps use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates are available.

Finally, apps can use a progress bar to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/addremove-install.page0000644000373100047300000000510612320733137026172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Brug Ubuntus softwarecenter for at tilføje programmer og gøre Ubuntu mere anvendelig. Installér yderligere software

Ubuntus udviklerhold har valgt et standardsæt af programmer, som vi mener gør Ubuntu yderst anvendelig til de fleste daglige opgaver. Men du vil helt sikker have brug for at installere yderligere software for at gøre Ubuntu mere anvendelig for netop dig.

For at installere yderligere software skal du gennemføre følgende skridt:

Opret forbindelse til internettet via en trådløs eller en kabel-forbindelse.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

Søg efter et program eller vælg en kategori og find et program i listen, når Softwarecentret åbner.

Vælg det program, som du er interesseret i og klik på Installér.

Du vil blive bedt om at skrive din adgangskode. Når du har gjort det, begynder installationen.

Installationen slutter normalt hurtigt, men kan tage et stykke tid, hvis du har en langsom internetforbindelse.

A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in Launcher.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000141612320733137024213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Deling usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000552012320733137024613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Connect to the internet using mobile broadband Connect to mobile broadband

Mobile Broadband refers to any kind of high speed Internet connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them.

Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device.

The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open automatically when you connect the device.

Click Forward and enter your details, including the country where your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay).

Give your connection a name and click Apply.

Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network menu in the menu bar and select your new connection.

To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click Disconnect.

If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually.

Click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections...

Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab.

Click Add.

This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. Enter your details as described above.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000345012320733137026417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press New.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001007212320733137026576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000342512320733140027174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize and unmaximize a window

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑.

To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl Super ↓.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000261012320733140024401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… Udskrivning
Setup Set up a printer
Sizes and layouts Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000370612320733140025476 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ignorér hurtigt-gentagne tryk på samme tast. Aktivér rystetaster

Aktivér rystetaster for at undgå detektion af tastetryk ved hurtigt-gentagne tryk. Dette kan være en god idé, hvis du lider af rystende hænder og derved utilsigtet kommer til at trykke flere gange på samme tast.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Aktivér Rystetaster.

Brug skyderen Ventetid for at ændre varigheden af den tid, som rystetasten venter, inden den registrerer et nyt tastetryk efter at du trykkede på tasten første gang. Vælg Lydtilbagemelding... hvis du vil have computeren til at sige noget, hver gang den ignorerer et tastetryk, fordi det kom for hurtigt efter det foregående tastetryk.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000467512320733140026107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Filer</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Mapper</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000427212320733140026405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print envelopes and labels

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. "C5"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page0000644000373100047300000000263112320733140030544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Show the Launcher only when you need it. Auto-hide the Launcher

You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behavior tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000456312320733140024621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself. Manually set network settings

If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab.

Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click Edit.

Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

Click Add and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab after typing each address.

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78).

Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by commas.

Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-music.page0000644000373100047300000000265412320733140025762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play music from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Music lens

The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online.

You can use SuperM to open the Dash directly at the music lens.

Forhåndsvisning

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks.

Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song.

Filtre

Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000521212320733140026437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A visual introduction to the Unity desktop. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Velkommen til Ubuntu

Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done.

This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them.

Getting started with Unity

The Unity desktop
The Launcher

The Launcher

The Launcher appears automatically when you log in to your desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often.

Learn more about the Launcher.
The Dash

The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the Dash.

The Unity Dash

The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word "document" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently.

Learn more about the Dash.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001523712320733140033274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer. Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognized

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly.

Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install lshw into the terminal.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/dmesg

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Wireless adapter was not recognized

If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it.

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000554212320733140025123 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Connect to online accounts Add an account

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set up for you.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Select Online Accounts.

Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane.

If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process afterwards.

A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username, password and sign in.

If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password.

Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want the calendar, turn the calendar option off.

After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you log into your account.

For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, remove it.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000340012320733140025065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bekræft at din sikkerhedskopiering var succesfuld. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Kontrollér din sikkerhedskopi

Når du har lavet backup af dine filer, bør du sikre dig at din backup blev gennemført med succes. Hvis det ikke fungerede som det skulle, har du muligvis mistet vigtige data, da nogle filer måske mangler i din backup.

Når du bruger filhåndteringen til at kopiere eller flytte filer, kontrollerer computeren at alle data blev korrekt overført. Men hvis du overfører data, som er meget vigtige for dig, vil du måske udføre yderligere kontrol for at bekræfte, at dine data er blevet korrekt overført.

Du kan foretage en ekstra kontrol ved at gennemse de kopierede filer og mapper på destinations-mediet. Når du kontrollerer om de filer og mapper, som du overførte, faktisk findes i din backup, kan du være mere sikker på at processen blev gennemført med succes.

Hvis du kan se, at du regelmæssigt laver backup af store datamængder, vil du nok finde det lettere at bruge et egentligt backupprogram som f.eks. Déjà Dup. Et sådant program er stærkere og pålideligere end en simpel kopiering og indsættelse af filer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000335412320733140026551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness & Lock settings. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Click Brightness & Lock.

Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Lock off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000130012320733140024360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Kontakter

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000346412320733140025640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001236112320733140027514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get around the desktop using the keyboard. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Useful keyboard shortcuts

This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard.

Finde rundt på skrivebordet

AltF4

Luk det aktuelle vindue.

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

AltTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Alt`

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after AltTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Alt plus whatever key is above Tab.

SuperS

Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces.

SuperW

Activate "Expo" mode. Show all windows from current workspace.

CtrlAltArrow keys

Switch between workspaces.

CtrlAltShiftArrow keys

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Log out.

CtrlSuperD

Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your windows.

CtrlAltL

Lock the screen.
Common editing shortcuts

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Fortryd den sidste handling
Capturing from the screen

Print Screen

Take a screenshot.

AltPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000346012320733140030210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices

If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device.

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the - icon underneath the list.

Click Remove in the confirmation window.

You can reconnect a Bluetooth device later if desired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-guest-session.page0000644000373100047300000000514312320733140026470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Launch a restricted guest session
Temporary session with restricted privileges

Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session.

A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did.

Tilpasninger

The Customize Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customize the appearance and behavior.

Disabling the feature

If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the Guest Session feature. To do so, press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\nallow-guest=false\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf'

The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest Session, simply remove that file:

sudo rm /usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000532212320733140024754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Del og overfør filer

You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or network shares directly from the file manager.

Open the file manager.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send To.

The Send To window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more information.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive.

 Destinationer

To email the file, select Email and enter the recipient's email address.

To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select Instant Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work.

To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See to learn more.

To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select Bluetooth (OBEX Push) and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See for more information.

To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select Removable disks and shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-video.page0000644000373100047300000000253512320733140025746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play videos from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Video lens

The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online.

You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash.

You can use SuperV to open the Dash directly at the video lens.

Forhåndsvisning

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the video.

Filtre

Click Filter results to filter by video source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000217212320733140026204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. My documents cannot be seen

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000252412320733141026477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Choose a monitor

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/display-dimscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000520612320733141026170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set screen brightness

You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use.

Set the brightness

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value.

Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys.

Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged.

The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000651212320733141025573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection. Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, open Ubuntu Software Center and search for the network-manager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click the Show technical items link at the bottom of Ubuntu Software Center.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN Connections, select Configure VPN.

Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go.

When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network menu on the menu bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect.

Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the VPN tab.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000430412320733141026160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust the double-click speed

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000000375512320733141026271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Take a picture of what's happening on your screen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Skærmbilleder

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them and share them on the web.

Tag et skærmbillede

To take a picture of what's on your screen:

Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000127112320733141025334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… Display & screen usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000432612320733141030424 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Brug af kommandolinjen

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Dash.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000655412320733141024267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Add a new user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like.

Click Create.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-shopping.page0000644000373100047300000000367112320733141025555 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Why are there shopping links in the Dash?

In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the Dash also shows you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources.

When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better.

Turn off online search results

If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this feature.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab.

Switch off Include online search results.

Log out and log back in for the change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000506312320733141033147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device.

Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000346612320733141023664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Filer Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives, documents… Files, folders & search

Nautilus file manager

 Common tasks More topics
Removable drives and external disks
Backing up
Dokumenter
Tips and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000601312320733141024556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive.

SMART Status should say "Disk is healthy".

Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000252112320733141025154 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with these help topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Participate to improve this guide

This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report.

To file a bug, press AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Press Enter to begin the bug collection process.

See the Ubuntu bug reporting instructions for more information about how to file your bug.

Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000251412320733141026020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. Connect with your contact

To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000410412320733141026447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000704512320733141024635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org André Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Log out, power off, switch users

When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out.

Log out or switch users

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option.

Lock the screen

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Lock Screen.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

Hvile

To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Suspend.

Power off or restart

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu and select Shut Down.

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000122612320733141024425 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default email apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Email & email software usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000364012320733141026224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The laptop fan is always running

If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000201712320733141026262 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000552712320733141026172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General tips to keep in mind when using the internet Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious emails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorized remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/windows-key.page0000644000373100047300000000433012320733141025031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What is the "Super" key?

This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key.

If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead.

The Super key serves a special function in Unity. If you press the Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press and hold the Super key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you release the Super key.

The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000250012320733142026434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:

Connecting to networks or wireless networks

Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)

Installing new applications

You can change who has admin privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000406412320733142024613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 Find your external (internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000561312320733142025713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. Change date and measurement formats

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab.

You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

Change the system formats

When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the formats used in places like the login screen.

Change your formats, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000612512320733142026171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 En liste over mapper, hvor du kan finde dokumenter, filer og indstillinger, som du kunne ønske at lave backup af. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Hvor kan jeg finde de filer, som jeg vil lave backup af?

Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up.

Personlige filer (dokumenter, musik, fotos og videoer)

These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and Videos.

Overvej at sikkerhedskopiere hele hjemmemappen, hvis dit backup medie har tilstrækkelig plads (såfremt det er en ekstern harddisk, for eksempel). Du kan finde ud af, hvor meget diskplads din hjemmemappe optager ved hjælp af Diskforbrugsanalyse.

Skjulte filer

Enhver fil eller mappe navn, der starter med et punktum (.) er skjult som standard. For at se skjulte filer, skal du klikke VisVis skjulte filer eller tryk på CtrlH tasten. Du kan kopiere dem til et backup-sted, som enhver anden fil.

Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)

De fleste programmer gemmer deres indstillinger i skjulte mapper i din hjemmemappe (se ovenfor for oplysninger om skjulte filer).

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

Indstillinger for hele systemet

Indstillinger for vigtige dele af systemet gemmes ikke i din hjemmemappe. Der er en række steder, hvor de kan lagres, men de fleste er lagret i /etc folderen. Generelt, behøver du ikke at sikkerhedskopiere disse filer på en hjemmecomputer. Hvis du kører serverprogrammer, bør du sikkerhedskopiere konfigurationsfilerne for disse.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-chat-social.page0000644000373100047300000000352312320733142025530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking sites directly from your desktop Social networking from the desktop

With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the Me Menu without opening any website.

To set up your social networking accounts:

Open the System menu on the right hand side of the menu bar and select "System Settings...".

Choose Online accounts

Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add Account...

Click Authorize and insert your account settings for that site, and follow the instructions

You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to your social network.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000177112320733142023676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Color profiles, How to calibrate a device… Farvestyring
Color profiles
Kalibrering
Problemer
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000170212320733142025173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Trådløst netværk usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000411612320733142026426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network. Forbind til et skjult trådløst netværk

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden." Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network.

In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: 02:00:01:02:03:04.

You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-batterybroken.page0000644000373100047300000000314012320733142026555 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org An error reports my battery has low capacity

When you first log in, you might see a message that says:

Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken.

This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry.

Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens.

If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000161312320733142024754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Networking terms & tips usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000146712320733142024452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide… Get more help

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000134412320733142025000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Network problems usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000334312320733142027221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Can I share my color profile?

Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours.

This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated.

Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense.

You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000374212320733142025523 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Collate and reverse the print order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Make pages print in a different order
Omvendt

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Saml

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To Collate:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000544612320733142025316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that they have the right video codecs installed. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Other people can't play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open the file manager.

Right-click on video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is listed under Video.

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the Ubuntu Software Center to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000341212320733142026056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions).

Wrong colors

The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000711412320733142025122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find filer baseret på filnavn og -type. Gem dine søgninger for senere brug. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Søg efter filer

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder.

Other search applications Søgning

Open the file manager

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly.

Save a search

Start a search as above.

When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select Save Search As.

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it.

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000713412320733142025652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com How do I hibernate my computer?

When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again.

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

Test if hibernate works Always save your work before hibernating

You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again.

You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer.

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press Enter.

Enter your password when prompted.

After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?

If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM.
Enable hibernate

If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-hibernate command when you want to hibernate.

You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the file and save:

[Re-enable hibernate by default in upower] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes [Re-enable hibernate by default in logind] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001133112320733142026422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Send a file to a Bluetooth device

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager.

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window.

To send files directly from the file manager, see .

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

 Send files using the Bluetooth icon

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to Device.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

Select the device which you want to send the files to and click Send.

The list of devices will show both devices you are already connected to as well as visible devices within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably require confirmation on the other device.

If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the Device type drop-down.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 Send files from the Bluetooth settings

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See .

In the device information on the right, click Send Files.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000346212320733142027250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my scanner?

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000365112320733142024775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove users that no longer use your computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Delete a user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts.

Select the user you want to delete and click the - button.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000243512320733143026206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320733143025651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop? Why should I add an account?

Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added will be ready for you.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000320312320733143027041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000641512320733143026631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The Ubuntu Documentation Team Get on the internet - wirelessly. Forbind til et trådløst netværk

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on.

Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the network you want to connect to.

If the name of the network isn't in the list, select More Networks to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000452412320733143026474 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit.

Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click Add.

Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000735412320733143025666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, select Allow other users to view your desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, select Allow other users to control your desktop. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.
Sikkerhed

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

Confirm access to your machine

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select You must confirm each access to this machine. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Enable password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.

 Allow access to your desktop over the Internet

If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually.

This option is disabled by default.
Show notification area icon

To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not.

If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000435012320733143024436 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install them for you.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection.

Checking the DVD region

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000522412320733143026261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000532512320733143023333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille… Universel adgang

The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal Access section of System Settings.

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar.

For synshæmmede For blinde For svagtseende For farveblinde Ande emner
For hørehæmmede
For bevægelseshæmmede Musebevægelse Klikke og trække Brug af tastatur Ande emner
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000476512320733143024775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lav en backup af alting, du ikke kan acceptere at miste, hvis noget går galt. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What to back up

Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:

Dine personlige filer

Dette kan omfatte dokumenter, regneark, e-mail, kalenderaftaler, finansielle data, familie fotos eller andre personlige filer, som du vil betragte som uerstattelige.

 Dine personlige indstillinger

Dette omfatter ændringer, du har foretaget i farver, baggrunde, skærmopløsning og muse-indstillinger på dit skrivebord. Dette omfatter også programindstillinger, såsom indstillinger for LibreOffice, din musikafspiller, og din e-mail-program. Det er udskiftelige data, men kan tage et stykke tid at genskabe.

 System settings

Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings.

 Installed software

The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it.

In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000327212320733143025671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Remove online account services Remove an account

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Select Online Accounts.

From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove.

Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the window.

Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the account from your service provider.

Click Remove.

Instead of deleting the account completely, you can restrict the service from being accessed by your desktop.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-hud-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000400512320733143025631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What is the HUD?

The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

Some apps like Gimp or Inkscape have hundreds of menu items. If you're using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you might not remember how to find it in the menus.

Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer.

Use the HUD

To try the HUD:

Tap Alt to open the HUD.

Start typing.

When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search result.

If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD.

The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to be even more useful the more you use it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000257112320733143026554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color profile?

A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB.

Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension.

Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices.

Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end color-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/display-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000367412320733143025160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-menubar-intro.page0000644000373100047300000001305112320733143026503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Manage apps & settings with the menu bar

The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus.

Window management buttons

The window management buttons are on the top left corner of windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows.

App menus

The app menus are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press AltF10. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks.

If you want, you can change the default behavior, and have your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behavior tab.

Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar.
Status menus

Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications.

List of status menus and what they do

Network menu Offline network icon

Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, and VPN networks.

Input source menu Input source icon

Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources.

Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon

Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected.

Messaging menu Message icon

Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications including email, social networking, and Internet chat.

Battery menu Battery icon

Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a battery isn't detected.

Sound menu Volume icon

Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like Rhythmbox.

Clock

Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here.

System menu Power cog icon

Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer.

Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status of the application.

Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also add indicator menus to the panel.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wrongnetwork.page0000644000373100047300000000326612320733143026114 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option. My computer connects to the wrong network

When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you don't want it to keep connecting to.

Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more.

If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000466712320733143025432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Calendar appointments

You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called Evolution.

If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and then click the Add Event to start adding appointments. As appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click on the clock.

To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click the first line where today's date is.

This will work only if you have an existing Evolution account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account.
Turn off Evolution calendar integration

You can also turn off this feature if you like.

Click on the clock and select Time & Date Settings.

Now, switch to the Clock tab.

Uncheck Coming events from Evolution Calendar.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000706012320733143026437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is color management important?

Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium.

The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter.

A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder

Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold.

This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen

Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown.

This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer

The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it.

Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color.

Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters.

In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "washed out".

In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like.

For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000647512320733143025741 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc window that appears, select CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Click Write to Disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.

For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero.

For help with using Brasero, read the user guide.
If the disc wasn't burned properly

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000403712320733143025136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. Select files by pattern

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

For eksempel:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Invoice.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Vacation-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with

Vacation-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000606612320733143026410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000557412320733144026342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Enable or block firewall access

Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services (except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections.

For more information about how to use ufw, see the online documentation.

Turn the firewall on or off

To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable.

Allow or block specific network activity

Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter sudo ufw block ssh.

Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter sudo ufw block 53.

To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a terminal.

Use ufw without a terminal

You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall without using a terminal. To install, click this link.

You can launch this program by searching for Firewall Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be kept open for the firewall to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/whats-new.page0000644000373100047300000000646112320733144024500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What's new in Ubuntu 14.04?

Ubuntu 14.04 LTS continues the evolution of the Unity interface. Below are a few highlights of changes since Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

New and improved features

The menus of the currently focused application are by default available in Ubuntu's integrated menu bar. However, if you want you can switch to the conventional style and show the app menus in the window title bar of respective application instead (this latter option is new since Ubuntu 13.10).

Support added for scaling Unity on a per-monitor basis, which allows for a better experience on high-DPI displays. Similar scaling support is also available in LibreOffice and Chromium.

Improved look and style including rounded window decorations, a new interface for screen unlock, and other tweaks to the theme.

The integrated Text Entry interface and the related input source status menu are designed to set both keyboard layout and IBus input methods.

A number of improvements have been made to the Dash:

The Dash may now search dozens of different online sources simultaneously. The Internet-based searches may be disabled.

The Dash search results may be filtered by category and source..

Right-clicking on a search result in the Dash will display a full-screen preview with more information.

Use the photos lens to view photos from your computer or from your social networks.

Add or remove scopes from the Dash to customize your experience.

Browse messages from your social networks with the new Friends scope.

Enter your credentials in Online Accounts to easily set up online integration for the Dash, Empathy, and more.

Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with Contacts, your personal address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000704712320733144024653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arranger filer efter navn, størrelse, type eller hvornår de blev ændret. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sortér filer og mapper

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

Listevisning

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Ways of sorting files Efter navn

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 Efter størrelse

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 Efter type

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 Efter ændringsdato

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/clock-more-info.page0000644000373100047300000000364412320733144025547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week. Dokumentationsprojekt for Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Change how much information is shown in the clock

By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock to show additional information if you choose.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to display.

You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in the menu bar.

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date.
Change the date format

You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Switch to the Regional Formats tab.

Select your preferred location in the dropdown list.

You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000000573412320733144026203 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. Enter special characters

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

Methods to enter characters
Character map

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, hold down Ctrl and Shift, type u followed by the four-character code point, then release Ctrl and Shift. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly.

Input sources

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000000777012320733144026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?

If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and isn't resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press it once).

If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again

If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating.

It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it is probably a problem with your computer's drivers.

My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000155312320733144026232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Formats supported

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000401212320733144026262 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000635412320733144024625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Open files with other applications

When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find applications online. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Change the default application

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000420412320733144025506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Find information about documents

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat ).

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000441612320733144025136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use. c GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Where to store your backup

You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together.

It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium, too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files.

Local and remote storage options

USB memory key (low capacity)

Skrivbare CD'er eller DVD'er (lille/medium kapacitet)

External hard disk (typically high capacity)

Internal disk drive (high capacity)

Network-connected drive (high capacity)

File/backup server (high capacity)

Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)

Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system backup.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001041312320733144025122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change file or folder name. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Rename a file or folder

You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the "."). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select Undo to restore the former name.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Almindelige problemer The file name is already in use

You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 The file name is too long

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is grayed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/addremove-sources.page0000644000373100047300000000656612320733144026220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Tilføj andre softwarekilder for at øge de softwarekilder, som Ubuntu bruger til installation og opdateringer. Tilføj yderligere softwarekilder

Software er tilgængelig både fra Ubuntus forudindstillede softwarekilder og fra tredjeparts-kilder. Hvis du vil installere software fra en tredjeparts-softwarekilde, skal du føje den til Ubuntus liste over tilgængelige kilder.

Tilføj kun softwarearkiver fra kilder du stoler på!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Installér yderligere softwarekilder

Klik på ikonet Ubuntu Softwarecenter i Opstarteren, eller søg efter Ubuntu Softwarecenter i søgebjælken i Panelet.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

Du bliver bedt om at skrive din adgangskode. Når du har gjort det skal du skifte til fanebladet Anden software.

Klik på Tilføj og angiv softwarekildens APT-linje. Den bør man kunne hente fra softwarekildens hjemmeside, og den skulle gerne se ud som dette:

deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty main

Klik på Tilføj og luk såvinduet Softwarekilder. Ubuntu Softwarecenter kontrollerer så om dine softewarekilder har nye opdateringer.
Aktivér Canonical partner softwarekilden

Softwarekilden Canonical partner rummer nogle proprietære programmer, som det ikke koster noget at bruge, men som har lukket kildekode. Det gælder software som Skype, Adobe Reader og udvidelsesmodulet Adobe Flash. Software i denne softwarekilde ville komme frem blandt søgeresultaterne i Ubuntu Softwarecenter, men kan ikke installeres, før denne softwarekilde er blevet aktiveret.

For at aktivere softwarekilden skal du følge ovenstående skridt for at åbne Anden software i Softewarekilder. Hvis du ser softwarekilden Canonical-partnere i listen, skal du sikre dig at den er markeret, for derefter at lukke vinduet Softwarekilder. Hvis ikke du kan se den, skal du klikke på Tilføj og skrive:

deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu trusty partner

Klik på Tilføj... og så lukke vinduet Softwarekilder. Vent et øjeblik mens Softwarecenter henter oplysninger om softwarekilden.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000406312320733144027667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Launcher). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs that music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000352712320733144025373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software Center where a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000127412320733144025213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000155212320733144023676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Indstillinger Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… User & system settings usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000615712320733144025166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Manage and organize files with the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Browse files and folders

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the same way you would search for applications. They will appear under the heading Files and Folders.

Exploring the contents of folders

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000553112320733145026210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

Open the file manager.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that "the volume is busy," and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it.

If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the Volume is busy window and select End Process. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320733145024344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver-proprietary.page0000644000373100047300000000331012320733145030216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source. Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What are proprietary drivers?

Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed.

Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all.

If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects.

Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open source drivers fully support the hardware.

Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000373712320733145025577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically suspend. It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either.

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the battery menu in the menu bar and select Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved when the computer turns off.

Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000252512320733145024633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Why, what, where and how of backups. Sikkerhedskopieringer GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Lav backup af dine vigtige filer

Sikkerhedskopiering af dine filer betyder blot at lave en kopi af dem til opbevaring. Dette gøres i tilfælde af at de originale filer bliver ubrugelige eller bliver væk. Disse kopier kan bruges til at gendanne de oprindelige data i tilfælde af tab. Kopierne skal opbevares på en anden enhed adskildt fra de originale filer. For eksempel kan du bruge en USB-drev, en ekstern harddisk, en CD/DVD eller en off-site tjeneste.

Den bedste måde at sikkerhedskopiere dine filer på, er at gøre det regelmæssigt, holde kopier off-site og (hvis det er muligt) krypteret.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000321712320733145026221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mktink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000417212320733145030470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the menu bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001274412320733145025362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

The Software option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow).

If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window.
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

Blank discs

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000703112320733145026150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these instructions.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position.

Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button.

On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked.

You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the Launcher on the left, or in the Dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000333512320733145026631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Dokumentationsprojekt for Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com Change which applications show in the Launcher

To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:

Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher.

Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the application icon and select Lock to Launcher.

The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location.

To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select Unlock from Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000263112320733145026426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why do I need to do calibration myself?

Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:

Averaged profiles

Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate.

The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000415212320733145026023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lær hvor tit du bør tage backup af dine vigtige filer for at forsikre de kan genskabes og samtidig stadig er anvendelige. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Hyppigheden af backup

Det afhænger af den datatype, der skal laves backup af, hvor ofte du bør foretage backup. Hvis du for eksempel kører et netværksmiljø, hvor der opbevares kritiske data på dine servere, så er det måske ikke tilstrækkeligt selv med backup hver nat.

On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:

Den tid du bruger ved computeren.

Hvor ofte og hvor meget dataene ændres på computeren.

Hvis de data, du vil sikkerhedskopiere har lavere prioritet, eller er omfattet af få ændringer, såsom musik, e-mails og familie fotos, så vil ugentlige eller endda månedlige backups være tilstrækkeligt. Men hvis du f.eks. er i midten af ​​en skatterevision, kan hyppigere sikkerhedskopiering være nødvendig.

Som en generel regel, skal perioden i mellem backups ikke være længere end den tid du er villig til at bruge for at genskabe det tabte arbejde. For eksempel, hvis en uge til at genskrive dine tabte dokumenter er for lang tid for dig, skal du nok tage en backup mindst en gang om ugen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000507512320733145025514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior:

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

In the Hardware section, click Power.

Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000270212320733145025150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse. Use a screen keyboard

If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/addremove.page0000644000373100047300000000143612320733145024527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add/remove software Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Install, remove, extra repositories… Tilføj & fjern software usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000446212320733145030045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's an audio player. Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?

If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player.

Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the file manager. You should see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click FileNew DocumentEmpty Document, type .is_audio_player and press Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player.

Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it.

These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is.

When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the .is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden Files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001066212320733145026223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in File manager behavior preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

Adfærd <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Executable text files

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager trash preferences Papirkurven <gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files.

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item.
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000164512320733145026053 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Brug skærmlæseren Orca til at oplæse brugerfladen. Læs skærmen højt

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, and then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000235412320733145025203 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000236512320733145023713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Mus
Common mouse problems Almindelige problemer Almindelige problemer
Mouse tips Tips Tips
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000474512320733145026114 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash.

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers.

How to install Flash

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash.

If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software Center window.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

Gnash

LightSpark
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000274112320733146027043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Deaktivér touchpad når der skrives

Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000420412320733146026115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range. I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the menu bar.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000577012320733146027702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the right password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the right type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000631212320733146025704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. Manage volumes and partitions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application.

In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000316112320733146024760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 These are backup files. They are hidden by default. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What is a file with a "~" at the end of its name?

Files with a "~" at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000523412320733146031440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterization are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What's the difference between calibration and characterization?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Changing controls or internal settings that it has

Applying curves to its color channels

The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves.

Characterization (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved.

Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized.

In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000210612320733146025530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Skrivebord Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows… GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Desktop, apps & windows
Skrivebordet
Applications and windows
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000266212320733146026010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Klik på ikonet helt til højre i menulinjen og vælg SystemIndstillinger.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002177112320733146030267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean. Edit a wireless connection

This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks.
Available to all users / Connect automatically <gui>Forbind automatisk</gui>

Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range.

If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range.

 <gui>Tilgængelig for alle brugere</gui>

Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves.

If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password.
Trådløst <gui>SSID</gui>

This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station).

 <gui>Tilstand</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, Band and Channel. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too.

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID.

 <gui>Device MAC address</gui>

A MAC address is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory.

This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card.

 <gui>Klonet MAC-adresse</gui>

Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one.

 <gui>MTU</gui>

This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting.
Trådløs sikkerhed <gui>Sikkerhed</gui>

This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't "listen in" and see what websites you're visiting and so on.

Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital "certificate". See for more information on popular types of wireless encryption.
IPv4-indstillinger

Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see different ways of getting/setting that information.

The following methods are available:

<gui>Automatisk (DHCP)</gui>

Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP.

 <gui>Kun automatiske (DHCP) adresser</gui>

If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use).

 <gui>Manuelt</gui>

Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use.

 <gui>Kun link-lokal</gui>

Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other.

 <gui>Deaktiveret</gui>

This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled.
IPv6-indstillinger

This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000401512320733146030651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pick the printer that you use most often. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Right click your desired default printer from the list of available printers, and click Set as Default.

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000446512320733146025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Move and organize your windows. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Windows and workspaces

Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, you can launch new applications and control which window is active.

In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Windows Working with windows
Arbejdsområder Working with workspaces
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000464112320733146024623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Brug Déjà Dup (eller et andet backup-program) til at lave kopier af dine værdifulde filer og indstillinger som beskyttelse mod tab. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sådan laver du backup

The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, like Déjà Dup.

Hjælpefunktionen til dit valgte backup program vil vise dig, hvordan du indstiller dine backup-præferencer, samt hvordan du kan gendanner dine data.

En alternativ mulighed er at kopiere dine filer til et sikkert sted, såsom en ekstern harddisk, en anden computer på netværket, eller et USB-drev. Dine personlige filer og indstillinger er normalt i din hjemmemappe, så du kan kopiere dem derfra.

Mængden af data, som du kan lave backup af, begrænses af størrelsen på den enhed, som du vil opbevare data på. Hvis du har plads på backup-enheden, er det bedst at lave backup af hele din Hjemmemappe, dog med følgende undtagelser:

Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media.

Filer, du nemt kan genskabe. For eksempel, hvis du er en programmør behøver du ikke at sikkerhedskopiere de filer, der bliver produceret, når du kompilerer dine programmer. I stedet, sørg bare for at sikkerhedskopiere de originale kildefiler.

Alle filer i mappen Papirkurv. Mappen Papirkurv kan findes i ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-chat-video.page0000644000373100047300000000220212320733146025361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet What applications can I use to make video calls? Video calls

You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional software using Empathy - via the Google Talk, MSN , Jabber , and SIP networks. See the Empathy manual for help on making video calls with Empathy.

Other applications which support video calls include

Skype

Ekiga

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000354512320733146026751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000250112320733146026631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X.

To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000241112320733146025663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000407712320733146026112 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and doesn't resume properly. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

Switch the wireless off and then on again

If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and then switch it off again

If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000136712320733146023660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set time and date, timezone, calendar and appointments… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Time & date usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000405612320733146024644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Følg disse fif hvis du ikke kan finde en fil, du har oprettet eller hentet. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Find en mistet fil

If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips.

If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000325612320733146026664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Launcher is at the left of your screen. Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet Use the Launcher to start applications

Launcher icons

The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash.

If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for you to use.

To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics below.

Use the Launcher
Customize the Launcher
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000351412320733146026256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wireless on the left.

Click the Use as Hotspot button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000621112320733147025547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set up a local printer

Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window.

Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers.

You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. When finished, click Apply.

You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step.

If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the make and model screens.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000365012320733147027002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000365212320733147025332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Recover a file from the Trash

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Trash, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Trash:

Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher.

If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Trash.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000230712320733147026232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Missing information for whole-screen color correction?

Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change.

In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000116612320733147025544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File manager preferences usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000405712320733147026547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What's a virtual color managed device?

A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:

An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you

Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000502712320733147024530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes. Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods.

Ingen

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web.

 Manuelt

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatisk

An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000451512320733147026052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace switcher button

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:

Change the number of workspaces

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ vsize 2

To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ hsize 3 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000234512320733147024564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Ubuntu-dokumentationsholdet ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Dokumenter

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organize, Print
Spørgsmål
usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000603312320733147027355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press AltTab. GNOME dokumentationsprojektet gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Dokumentationsprojekt for Ubuntu ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Switch between windows
From the Launcher

Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen.

Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. Click on a running application icon to switch to it.

If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to.

From the keyboard

Press AltTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press Tab or ShiftTab.

Press SuperW to show all open windows zoomed out.

Click the window you want to switch to.

usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000140112320733147027767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. Screen problems

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/da/ubuntu-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000310212320733147027074 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Where do I get color profiles?

The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay.

Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles.

Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless.

See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless.

language-pack-gnome-da-base/data/da/0000755000000000000000000000000012321557214014337 5ustar language-pack-gnome-da-base/data/da/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321557240016123 5ustar language-pack-gnome-da-base/data/da/LC_MESSAGES/devhelp.po0000644000000000000000000003217512321557214020123 0ustar # Danish translation of DevHelp. # Copyright (C) 2001-2010, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the devhelp package. # # Ole Laursen , 2001, 02, 03, 04. # Martin Willemoes Hansen , 2004. # Ask Hjorth Larsen , 2007, 08, 09, 10, 12. # # Konventioner # ------------ # # Devhelp -> Devhelp # assistant window -> hjælpervindue # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: devhelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 04:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ask Hjorth Larsen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: da\n" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp" (it's marked as translatable #. * for transliteration only) #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/dh-app.c:162 ../src/dh-app.c:347 #: ../src/dh-window.c:655 msgid "Devhelp" msgstr "Devhelp" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Developer's Help program" msgstr "Hjælpeprogram til udviklere" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Documentation Browser" msgstr "Dokumentationsfremviser" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "documentation;information;manual;developer;api;" msgstr "dokumentation;information;oplysninger;manual;håndbog;udvikler;api;" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Main window maximized state" msgstr "Hovedvindue i maksimeret tilstand" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Whether the main window should start maximized." msgstr "Om hovedvinduet skal åbne maksimeret eller ej." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Width of the main window" msgstr "Hovedvinduets bredde" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "The width of the main window." msgstr "Hovedvinduets bredde." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "Height of main window" msgstr "Højde af hovedvinduet" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:6 msgid "The height of the main window." msgstr "Hovedvinduets højde." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "X position of main window" msgstr "Hovedvinduets x-position" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "The X position of the main window." msgstr "Hovedvinduets x-position." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:9 msgid "Y position of main window" msgstr "Hovedvinduets y-position" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:10 msgid "The Y position of the main window." msgstr "Hovedvinduets y-position." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:11 msgid "Width of the index and search pane" msgstr "Bredden af indeks- og søgepanelerne" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:12 msgid "The width of the index and search pane." msgstr "Bredden af indeks- og søgepanelerne." # Kan også betyde "faneblad valgt", men at dømme efter en senere msgid (which of the tabs that is selected), er dette ikke tilfældet #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "Selected tab: \"content\" or \"search\"" msgstr "Valgt faneblad: \"indhold\" eller \"søg\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "Which of the tabs is selected: \"content\" or \"search\"." msgstr "Hvilket af fanebladene der er valgt: \"indhold\" eller \"søg\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:15 msgid "Books disabled" msgstr "Bøger som er slået fra" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:16 msgid "List of books disabled by the user." msgstr "Liste af bøger som er slået fra af brugeren." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "Group by language" msgstr "Gruppér efter sprog" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "Whether books should be grouped by language in the UI" msgstr "Om bøger skal grupperes efter sprog i brugerfladen" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:19 msgid "Width of the assistant window" msgstr "Hjælpervinduets bredde" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:20 msgid "The width of the assistant window." msgstr "Hjælpervinduets bredde." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:21 msgid "Height of assistant window" msgstr "Højde af hjælpervinduet" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:22 msgid "The height of the assistant window." msgstr "Hjælpervinduets højde." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:23 msgid "X position of assistant window" msgstr "Hjælpervinduets x-position" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:24 msgid "The X position of the assistant window." msgstr "Hjælpervinduets x-position." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:25 msgid "Y position of assistant window" msgstr "Hjælpervinduets y-position" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:26 msgid "The Y position of the assistant window." msgstr "Hjælpervinduets y-position." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:27 msgid "Use system fonts" msgstr "Brug systemskrifttyper" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:28 msgid "Use the system default fonts." msgstr "Brug systemets standard-skrifttyper." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:29 msgid "Font for text" msgstr "Skrifttype for tekst" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "Font for text with variable width." msgstr "Skrifttype til tekst med variabel bredde." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:31 msgid "Font for fixed width text" msgstr "Skrifttype for tekst med fast bredde" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "Font for text with fixed width, such as code examples." msgstr "Skrifttype til tekst med fast bredde, såsom kodeeksempler." #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Devhelp support" msgstr "Hjælp til Devhelp" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Makes F2 bring up Devhelp for the word at the cursor" msgstr "Får F2 til at starte Devhelp for ordet ved markøren" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:69 msgid "Show API Documentation" msgstr "Vis API-dokumentation" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:71 msgid "Show API Documentation for the word at the cursor" msgstr "Vis API-dokumentation for ordet ved markøren" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:1 msgid "New window" msgstr "Nyt vindue" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:2 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "Indstillinger" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:3 msgid "About Devhelp" msgstr "Om Devhelp" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:4 msgid "Quit" msgstr "Afslut" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:5 msgid "New _Tab" msgstr "Nyt _Faneblad" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:6 msgid "_Print" msgstr "_Udskriv" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:7 msgid "_Find" msgstr "_Find" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:8 msgid "_Larger text" msgstr "_Større tekst" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:9 msgid "S_maller text" msgstr "_Mindre tekst" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:10 msgid "_Normal size" msgstr "_Normal størrelse" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:11 msgid "_Group by language" msgstr "_Gruppér efter sprog" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:12 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiveret" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:13 msgid "Title" msgstr "Titel" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:14 msgid "Book Shelf" msgstr "Boghylde" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:15 msgid "_Use system fonts" msgstr "_Brug systemskrifttype" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:16 msgid "_Variable width: " msgstr "_Variabel bredde: " #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:17 msgid "_Fixed width:" msgstr "_Fast bredde:" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:18 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "Skrifttyper" #: ../src/dh-app.c:157 msgid "translator_credits" msgstr "" "Ole Laursen\n" "Martin Willemoes Hansen\n" "Ask Hjorth Larsen\n" "\n" "Dansk-gruppen \n" "Mere info: http://www.dansk-gruppen.dk\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " AJenbo https://launchpad.net/~ajenbo\n" " Anders Brander https://launchpad.net/~andersbrander\n" " Ask Hjorth Larsen https://launchpad.net/~askhl\n" " Martin Willemoes Hansen https://launchpad.net/~mwh" #: ../src/dh-app.c:164 msgid "A developers' help browser for GNOME" msgstr "En hjælpefremviser for udviklere til GNOME" #: ../src/dh-app.c:172 msgid "DevHelp Website" msgstr "Hjemmeside for Devhelp" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp". #: ../src/dh-assistant.c:121 msgid "Devhelp — Assistant" msgstr "Devhelp — Udviklerhjælp" #: ../src/dh-assistant-view.c:403 msgid "Book:" msgstr "Bog:" #: ../src/dh-book.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Language: %s" msgstr "Sprog: %s" #: ../src/dh-book.c:256 msgid "Language: Undefined" msgstr "Sprog: udefineret" #. i18n: a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:267 msgid "Book" msgstr "Bog" #. i18n: a "page" in a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:270 msgid "Page" msgstr "Side" #. i18n: a search hit in the documentation, could be a #. * function, macro, struct, etc #: ../src/dh-link.c:274 msgid "Keyword" msgstr "Nøgleord" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:279 msgid "Function" msgstr "Funktion" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:284 msgid "Struct" msgstr "Struct" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:289 msgid "Macro" msgstr "Makro" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:294 msgid "Enum" msgstr "Enum" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:299 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #: ../src/dh-main.c:43 msgid "Opens a new Devhelp window" msgstr "Åbner et nyt Devhelp-vindue" #: ../src/dh-main.c:48 msgid "Search for a keyword" msgstr "Søg efter et nøgleord" #: ../src/dh-main.c:49 ../src/dh-main.c:54 msgid "KEYWORD" msgstr "NØGLEORD" #: ../src/dh-main.c:53 msgid "Search and display any hit in the assistant window" msgstr "Søg og vis resultater i hjælpervinduet" #: ../src/dh-main.c:58 msgid "Display the version and exit" msgstr "Vis versionsnummeret og afslut" #: ../src/dh-main.c:63 msgid "Quit any running Devhelp" msgstr "Afslut enhver kørende Devhelp" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:97 ../src/dh-parser.c:199 ../src/dh-parser.c:263 #: ../src/dh-parser.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Expected '%s', got '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "Forventede \"%s\", modtog \"%s\" ved linje %d, kolonne %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Invalid namespace '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "Ugyldigt navnerum \"%s\" ved linje %d, kolonne %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "\"title\", \"name\" and \"link\" elements are required at line %d, column %d" msgstr "" "\"title\"-, \"name\"- og \"link\"-elementer kræves ved linje %d, kolonne %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:218 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside on line %d, column " "%d" msgstr "" "\"name\"- og \"link\"-elementer kræves inden i ved linje %d, kolonne %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:298 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside '%s' on line %d, column %d" msgstr "" "\"name\"- og \"link\"-elementer kræves inden i \"%s\" ved linje %d, kolonne " "%d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:311 #, c-format msgid "\"type\" element is required inside on line %d, column %d" msgstr "" "Et \"type\"-element kræves inden i ved linje %d, kolonne %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:514 #, c-format msgid "Cannot uncompress book '%s': %s" msgstr "Kan ikke udpakke bogen \"%s\": %s" #. Setup the Current/All Files selector #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:478 msgid "Current" msgstr "Nuværende" #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:481 msgid "All Books" msgstr "Alle bøger" #: ../src/dh-window.c:86 msgid "50%" msgstr "50%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:87 msgid "75%" msgstr "75%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:88 msgid "100%" msgstr "100%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:89 msgid "125%" msgstr "125%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:90 msgid "150%" msgstr "150%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:91 msgid "175%" msgstr "175%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:92 msgid "200%" msgstr "200%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:93 msgid "300%" msgstr "300%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:94 msgid "400%" msgstr "400%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:688 msgid "Back" msgstr "Tilbage" #: ../src/dh-window.c:695 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Fremad" #: ../src/dh-window.c:967 msgid "Error opening the requested link." msgstr "Fejl ved åbning af den forespurgte henvisning." #: ../src/dh-window.c:1317 ../src/dh-window.c:1503 msgid "Empty Page" msgstr "Tom side" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:320 msgid "Find:" msgstr "Find:" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:329 msgid "Find Previous" msgstr "Find forrige" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:333 ../src/eggfindbar.c:336 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the search string" msgstr "Find forrige træfning af søgestrengen" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:342 msgid "Find Next" msgstr "Find næste" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:346 ../src/eggfindbar.c:349 msgid "Find next occurrence of the search string" msgstr "Find næste træfning af søgestrengen" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:358 msgid "C_ase Sensitive" msgstr "_Versalfølsom" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:362 ../src/eggfindbar.c:365 msgid "Toggle case sensitive search" msgstr "Slå versalfølsom søgning til/fra" language-pack-gnome-da-base/data/da/LC_MESSAGES/eog.po0000644000000000000000000013566012321557214017251 0ustar # Danish translation of Eye of Gnome. # Copyright (C) 1999-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the eog package. # Kenneth Christiansen , 1999. # Keld Simonsen , 2000-2001. # Ole Laursen , 2001-2007. # Martin Willemoes Hansen , 2004-2006. # Peter Bach , 2007. # M.P. Rommedahl , 2008. # Kenneth Nielsen , 2007, 2009-2011, 2011. # # Konventioner: # # collection -> samling # dither -> (avanceret) farvereducering # # Vær opmærksom på at "check" kan stå for "tern"! # Husk at tilføje dig i credit-listen (besked id "translator-credits") msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: eog\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 11:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-22 12:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Dansk \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: da\n" #. Translaters: This string is for a toggle to display a toolbar. #. * The name of the toolbar is automatically computed from the widgets #. * on the toolbar, and is placed at the %s. Note the _ before the %s #. * which is used to add mnemonics. We know that this is likely to #. * produce duplicates, but don't worry about it. If your language #. * normally has a mnemonic at the start, please use the _. If not, #. * please remove. #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Show “_%s”" msgstr "Vis “_%s”" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1485 msgid "_Move on Toolbar" msgstr "_Flyt langs værktøjslinje" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1486 msgid "Move the selected item on the toolbar" msgstr "Flyt det valgte objekt langs værktøjslinjen" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1487 msgid "_Remove from Toolbar" msgstr "_Fjern fra værktøjslinjen" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1488 msgid "Remove the selected item from the toolbar" msgstr "Fjern det valgte objekt fra værktøjslinjen" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1489 msgid "_Delete Toolbar" msgstr "_Slet værktøjslinje" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1490 msgid "Remove the selected toolbar" msgstr "Fjern den valgte værktøjslinje" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-toolbar-editor.c:489 msgid "Separator" msgstr "Separator" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:4038 msgid "_View" msgstr "_Vis" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:2 ../src/eog-window.c:4064 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "_Værktøjslinje" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:3 ../src/eog-window.c:4067 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "_Statuslinje" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:4 ../src/eog-window.c:4070 msgid "_Image Gallery" msgstr "_Billedgalleri" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:5 ../src/eog-window.c:4073 msgid "Side _Pane" msgstr "Side_panel" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:6 ../src/eog-window.c:4052 msgid "Prefere_nces" msgstr "_Indstillinger" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:7 ../src/eog-window.c:2565 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4041 msgid "_Help" msgstr "_Hjælp" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 msgid "_About Image Viewer" msgstr "_Om Billedfremviser" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:9 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "_Afslut" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/eog-application.c:269 #: ../src/eog-window.c:6163 msgid "Image Viewer" msgstr "Billedfremviser" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Browse and rotate images" msgstr "Gennemse og rotere billeder" #. Extra keywords that can be used to search for eog in GNOME Shell and Unity #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Picture;Slideshow;Graphics;" msgstr "Billede;Foto;Fotografi;Præsentation;Slideshow;Grafik;" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:5039 msgid "Image Properties" msgstr "Billedegenskaber" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "_Forrige" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Next" msgstr "_Næste" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:495 msgid "Name:" msgstr "Navn:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:497 msgid "Width:" msgstr "Bredde:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:499 msgid "Height:" msgstr "Højde:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:7 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:501 msgid "Type:" msgstr "Type:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Bytes:" msgstr "Bytes:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:505 msgid "Folder:" msgstr "Mappe:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:10 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:493 msgid "General" msgstr "Generelt" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:11 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:530 msgid "Aperture Value:" msgstr "Blændeåbningsværdi:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:12 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:533 msgid "Exposure Time:" msgstr "Eksponeringstid:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:13 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:536 msgid "Focal Length:" msgstr "Brændvidde:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:538 msgid "Flash:" msgstr "Blitz:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:15 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:542 msgid "ISO Speed Rating:" msgstr "ISO-hastighedsvurdering:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:16 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:545 msgid "Metering Mode:" msgstr "Måletilstand:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:17 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:548 msgid "Camera Model:" msgstr "Kameramodel:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:18 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:550 msgid "Date/Time:" msgstr "Dato/Tid:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:19 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:555 msgid "Description:" msgstr "Beskrivelse:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:20 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:558 msgid "Location:" msgstr "Placering:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:21 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:561 msgid "Keywords:" msgstr "Nøgleord:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:22 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:563 msgid "Author:" msgstr "Ophavsmand:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:23 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:566 msgid "Copyright:" msgstr "Ophavsret:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:24 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:569 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detaljer" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:25 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:526 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadata" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Save As" msgstr "Gem som" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:5 #, no-c-format msgid "%f: original filename" msgstr "%f: oprindeligt filnavn" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:7 #, no-c-format msgid "%n: counter" msgstr "%n: tæller" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Filename format:" msgstr "Filnavnsformat:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Choose a folder" msgstr "Vælg en mappe" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "Destinationsmappe:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "File Path Specifications" msgstr "Specifikationer af filsti" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Start counter at:" msgstr "Start tæller fra:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Replace spaces with underscores" msgstr "Erstat mellemrum med understreger" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Options" msgstr "Indstillinger" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Rename from:" msgstr "Omdøb fra:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "To:" msgstr "Til:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "File Name Preview" msgstr "Forhåndsvisning af filnavn" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "Indstillinger" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Image Enhancements" msgstr "Billedforbedringer" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _out" msgstr "Udjævn billeder når der zoomes _ud" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _in" msgstr "Udjævn billeder når der zoomes _ind" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Automatic orientation" msgstr "_Automatisk orientering" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Background" msgstr "Baggrund" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "As custom color:" msgstr "Som brugerdefineret farve:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Baggrundsfarve" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Transparent Parts" msgstr "Gennemsigtige dele" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "As check _pattern" msgstr "Som ternet _mønster" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "As custom c_olor:" msgstr "Som bestemt _farve:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Color for Transparent Areas" msgstr "Farve for gennemsigtige områder" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "As _background" msgstr "Som _baggrund" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Image View" msgstr "Billedvisning" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Image Zoom" msgstr "Billedzoom" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "E_xpand images to fit screen" msgstr "Til_pas billeder til skærmen" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Sequence" msgstr "Sekvens" #. I18N: This sentence will be displayed above a horizonzal scale to select a number of seconds in eog's preferences dialog. #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Time between images:" msgstr "_Tid mellem billeder:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Loop sequence" msgstr "_Løkkesekvens" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Slideshow" msgstr "Slideshow" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "Plugins" msgstr "Udvidelsesmoduler" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Automatic orientation" msgstr "Automatisk orientering" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the image should be rotated automatically based on EXIF orientation." msgstr "Om billedet skal roteres automatisk baseret på EXIF-orientering." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." msgstr "" "Farven som bliver brugt til at udfylde området bagved billedet. Hvis nøgles " "use-background-image er deaktiveret, vil farven blive bestemt af det aktive " "GTK+-tema i stedet for." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Interpolate Image" msgstr "Interpolér billede" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether the image should be interpolated on zoom-out. This leads to better " "quality but is somewhat slower than non-interpolated images." msgstr "" "Om billedet skal interpoleres, når der zoomes ud, eller ej. Dette giver " "bedre billedkvalitet, men er noget langsommere end billeder der ikke er " "interpolerede." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Extrapolate Image" msgstr "Ekstrapolér billede" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether the image should be extrapolated on zoom-in. This leads to blurry " "quality and is somewhat slower than non-extrapolated images." msgstr "" "Om billedet skal ekstrapoleres, når der zoomes ind, eller ej. Dette gør " "billedet sløret, og er noget langsommere end ikke-ekstrapolerede billeder." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Transparency indicator" msgstr "Gennemsigtigshedsindikator" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the color value used." msgstr "" "Bestemmer hvordan gennemsigtighed vises. Gyldige værdier er CHECK_PATTERN, " "COLOR og NONE. Hvis COLOR er valgt, angiver nøglen trans-color den benyttede " "farveværdi." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Scroll wheel zoom" msgstr "Rullehjulszoom" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether the scroll wheel should be used for zooming." msgstr "Om rullehjulet skal bruges til at zoome med eller ej." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Zoom multiplier" msgstr "Zoom-faktor" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:15 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The multiplier to be applied when using the mouse scroll wheel for zooming. " "This value defines the zooming step used for each scroll event. For example, " "0.05 results in a 5% zoom increment for each scroll event and 1.00 result in " "a 100% zoom increment." msgstr "" "Den faktor der skal anvendes når musehjulet bruges til at zoome med. Denne " "værdi definerer zoom-skridtet som der bruges for hver rullebegivenhed. " "F.eks. vil 0.05 resultere i en 5% zoom-stigning for hver rullebegivenhed og " "1.00 vil resultere i en 100% zoom-stigning." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Transparency color" msgstr "Gennemsigtighedsfarve" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "color which is used for indicating transparency." msgstr "" "Hvis transparency-nøglen har værdien COLOR, angiver denne nøgle hvilken " "farve, der benyttes til at vise gennemsigtighed." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Use a custom background color" msgstr "Brug en brugerdefineret baggrundsfarve" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to " "fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill color." msgstr "" "Hvis dette er aktiveret, vil den farve som er defineret af nøglen background-" "color blive brugt til at fylde området bagved baggrundsbilledet. Hvis det " "ikke er aktiveret, vil det nuværende GTK+-tema bestemme fyldfarven." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Loop through the image sequence" msgstr "Gå i løkke gennem billedsekvensen" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Whether the sequence of images should be shown in an endless loop." msgstr "Om sekvensen af billeder skal vises i en uendelig løkke." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:23 #, no-c-format msgid "Allow zoom greater than 100% initially" msgstr "Tillad zoom større end 100% ved start" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "If this is set to FALSE small images will not be stretched to fit into the " "screen initially." msgstr "" "Hvis dette er sat til falsk, vil små billeder ikke blive strukket for at " "passe til skærmen ved start." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Delay in seconds until showing the next image" msgstr "Ventetid i sekunder før næste billede vises" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "A value greater than 0 determines the seconds an image stays on screen until " "the next one is shown automatically. Zero disables the automatic browsing." msgstr "" "En værdi større end 0 angiver antallet af sekunder et billede bliver på " "skærmen før det næste vises automatisk. Nul deaktiverer den automatisk " "gennemsening." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Show/Hide the window toolbar." msgstr "Vis/skjul vinduesværktøjslinjen." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Show/Hide the window statusbar." msgstr "Vis/skjul vinduesstatuslinjen." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane." msgstr "Vis/skjul billedgalleripanelet." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Image gallery pane position. Set to 0 for bottom; 1 for left; 2 for top; 3 " "for right." msgstr "" "Position af billedgalleripanel. Sæt til 0 for bund; 1 for venstre; 2 for " "top; 3 for højre." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Whether the image gallery pane should be resizable." msgstr "" "Om det skal være muligt at ændre på størrelsen af billedgalleripanelet." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Show/Hide the window side pane." msgstr "Vis/skjul vinduessidepanel." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane scroll buttons." msgstr "Vis/skjul rulleknapper for billedgalleripanel." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Close main window without asking to save changes." msgstr "Luk hovedvinduet uden at spørge om ændringer skal gemmes." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Trash images without asking" msgstr "Spørg ikke, når billeder flyttes til papirkurven" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the " "trash and would be deleted instead." msgstr "" "Hvis aktiveret, vil GNOMEs Øje ikke spørge om bekræftelse når billeder " "flyttes til papirkurven. Programmet vil dog stadig spørge, hvis nogle af " "filerne ikke kan flyttes til papirkurven og i stedet vil blive slettet." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "" "Whether the file chooser should show the user's pictures folder if no images " "are loaded." msgstr "" "Om filvælgeren skal vise brugerens billedmappe, hvis ingen billeder er " "indlæst." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "If activated and no image is loaded in the active window, the file chooser " "will display the user's pictures folder using the XDG special user " "directories. If deactivated or the pictures folder has not been set up, it " "will show the current working directory." msgstr "" "Hvis aktiveret, og intet billede er indlæst i det aktive vindue, vil " "filvælgeren vise brugerens billedmappe ved brug af de specielle XDG-" "brugermapper. Hvis deaktiveret, eller hvis billedmappen ikke er blevet " "konfigureret, vil den vise den aktuelle arbejdsmappe." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "" "Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page." msgstr "Om metadatalisten i egenskabsdialogvinduet skal have sin egen side." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be " "moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable " "on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will " "be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." msgstr "" "Hvis aktiveret, vil den detaljerede liste af metadata i " "egenskabsdialogvinduet blive flyttet til dens egen side i dialogvinduet. " "Dette bør gøre dialogvinduet mere anvendeligt på mindre skærme, f.eks. på " "netbook-computere. Hvis deaktiveret, vil kontrollen blive indlejret i " "\"Metadata\"-siden." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "External program to use for editing images" msgstr "Eksternt program til at redigere billeder med" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "The desktop file name (including the \".desktop\") of the application to use " "for editing images (when the \"Edit Image\" toolbar button is clicked). Set " "to the empty string to disable this feature." msgstr "" "Skrivebordsfilnavnet (inklusive \".desktop\") for det program der skal " "bruges til at redigere billeder (når værktøjsbjælkeknappen \"Rediger " "billede\" trykkes). Sæt til den tomme streng for at deaktivere denne " "funktion." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Active plugins" msgstr "Aktive udvidelsesmoduler" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "List of active plugins. It doesn't contain the \"Location\" of the active " "plugins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the \"Location\" of a given " "plugin." msgstr "" "Liste af aktive udvidelsesmoduler. Den indeholder ikke \"Placeringen\" af de " "aktive udvidelsesmoduler. Kig i \".eog-plugin\"-filen for at finde " "placeringen for et bestemt udvidelsesmodul." #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Fullscreen with double-click" msgstr "Fuldskærm med dobbeltklik" #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Activate fullscreen mode with double-click" msgstr "Aktivér fulskærmstilstand med dobbeltklik" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:74 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Reload Image" msgstr "Genindlæs billede" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:76 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Reload current image" msgstr "Genindlæs nuværende billede" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Date in statusbar" msgstr "Dato i statuslinje" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Shows the image date in the window statusbar" msgstr "Viser billedets dato i vinduets statuslinje" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:166 msgid "Close _without Saving" msgstr "Luk _uden at gemme" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:212 msgid "Question" msgstr "Spørgsmål" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:391 msgid "If you don't save, your changes will be lost." msgstr "Hvis du ikke gemmer, vil dine ændringer gå tabt." #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:428 #, c-format msgid "Save changes to image \"%s\" before closing?" msgstr "Vil du gemme ændringer i billedet \"%s\" før programmet lukkes?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:635 #, c-format msgid "There is %d image with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgid_plural "" "There are %d images with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgstr[0] "" "Der er %d billede med ugemte ændringer. Gem ændringer før lukning?" msgstr[1] "" "Der er %d billeder med ugemte ændringer. Gem ændringer før lukning?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:652 msgid "S_elect the images you want to save:" msgstr "_Vælg de billeder du ønsker at gemme:" #. Secondary label #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:671 msgid "If you don't save, all your changes will be lost." msgstr "Hvis du ikke gemmer, vil alle dine ændringer gå tabt." #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:172 #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:119 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:456 #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:464 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:472 #: ../src/eog-window.c:3367 ../src/eog-window.c:3370 ../src/eog-window.c:3621 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "_Annuller" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:124 ../src/eog-window.c:847 msgid "_Reload" msgstr "_Genindlæs" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:129 ../src/eog-window.c:4085 msgid "Save _As…" msgstr "Gem _som…" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:171 #, c-format msgid "Could not load image '%s'." msgstr "Kunne ikke indlæse billedet \"%s\"." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:213 #, c-format msgid "Could not save image '%s'." msgstr "Kunne ikke gemme billedet \"%s\"." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:256 #, c-format msgid "No images found in '%s'." msgstr "Ingen billeder fundet i \"%s\"." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:263 msgid "The given locations contain no images." msgstr "Den angivne placering inderholder ingen billeder." #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:65 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Kamera" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:66 msgid "Image Data" msgstr "Billeddata" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:67 msgid "Image Taking Conditions" msgstr "Vilkår for billedtagning" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:68 msgid "GPS Data" msgstr "GPS-data" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:69 msgid "Maker Note" msgstr "Bemærkning fra producent" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:70 msgid "Other" msgstr "Andet" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:72 msgid "XMP Exif" msgstr "XMP Exif" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:73 msgid "XMP IPTC" msgstr "XMP IPTC" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:74 msgid "XMP Rights Management" msgstr "XMP rettighedsstyring" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:75 msgid "XMP Other" msgstr "XMP andet" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:251 msgid "Tag" msgstr "Mærke" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:258 msgid "Value" msgstr "Værdi" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:436 msgid "North" msgstr "Nord" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:439 msgid "East" msgstr "Øst" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:442 msgid "West" msgstr "Vest" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:445 msgid "South" msgstr "Syd" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:120 ../src/eog-exif-util.c:160 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y %X" msgstr "%a, %d %B %Y %X" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken, for the case we don't have the time. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:154 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y" msgstr "%a, %d %B %Y" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the actual focal length used when #. the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:251 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (lens)" msgstr "%.1f (linse)" #. Print as float to get a similar look as above. #. TRANSLATORS: This is the equivalent focal length assuming #. a 35mm film camera. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (35mm film)" msgstr "%.1f (35mm-film)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:119 msgid "File format is unknown or unsupported" msgstr "Filformatet er ukendt eller ikke understøttet" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:124 msgid "" "Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on " "the filename." msgstr "" "Billedfremviser kunne ikke finde et understøttet skrivbart filformat baseret " "på filnavnet." #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:125 msgid "Please try a different file extension like .png or .jpg." msgstr "Prøv med en anden filendelse som f.eks. .png eller .jpg." #. Filter name: First description then file extension, eg. "The PNG-Format (*.png)". #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%s (*.%s)" msgstr "%s (*.%s)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:212 msgid "All files" msgstr "Alle filer" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:217 msgid "Supported image files" msgstr "Understøttede billedfiler" #. Pixel size of image: width x height in pixel #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:289 ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:232 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:236 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:134 #: ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:136 ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:515 msgid "pixel" msgid_plural "pixels" msgstr[0] "punkt" msgstr[1] "punkter" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:459 msgid "Open Image" msgstr "Åbn billede" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:467 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "Gem billede" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:475 msgid "Open Folder" msgstr "Åbn mappe" #: ../src/eog-image.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Transformation on unloaded image." msgstr "Transformation af ikke indlæst billede." #: ../src/eog-image.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Transformation failed." msgstr "Transformationen fejlede." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1116 #, c-format msgid "EXIF not supported for this file format." msgstr "EXIF er ikke understøttet for dette filformat." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1265 #, c-format msgid "Image loading failed." msgstr "Indlæsning af billede mislykkedes." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1846 ../src/eog-image.c:1966 #, c-format msgid "No image loaded." msgstr "Intet billede indlæst." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1854 ../src/eog-image.c:1975 #, c-format msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to save the file." msgstr "Du har ikke de påkrævede rettigheder til at gemme filen." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1864 ../src/eog-image.c:1986 #, c-format msgid "Temporary file creation failed." msgstr "Oprettelse af midlertidig fil mislykkedes." #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:374 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't create temporary file for saving: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette midlertidig fil til gemning: %s" #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:393 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for loading JPEG file" msgstr "Kunne ikke tildele hukommelse til indlæsning af JPEG-fil" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:245 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:151 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukendt" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:503 msgid "File size:" msgstr "Filstørrelse:" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:519 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:666 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4089 msgid "Show the folder which contains this file in the file manager" msgstr "Vis den mappe, som indeholder denne fil, i filhåndteringen" #: ../src/eog-preferences-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "%lu second" msgid_plural "%lu seconds" msgstr[0] "%lu sekund" msgstr[1] "%lu sekunder" #: ../src/eog-print.c:371 msgid "Image Settings" msgstr "Billedindstillinger" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:902 msgid "Image" msgstr "Billede" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:903 msgid "The image whose printing properties will be set up" msgstr "Det billede hvis udskriftsegenskaber bliver konfigureret" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:909 msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "Sideopsætning" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:910 msgid "The information for the page where the image will be printed" msgstr "Oplysninger om siden som billedet bliver udskrevet på" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:936 msgid "Position" msgstr "Position" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:940 msgid "_Left:" msgstr "_Venstre:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:942 msgid "_Right:" msgstr "_Højre:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:943 msgid "_Top:" msgstr "_Top:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:944 msgid "_Bottom:" msgstr "_Bund:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:947 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "C_entrum:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:952 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:954 msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "Vandret" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:956 msgid "Vertical" msgstr "Lodret" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:958 msgid "Both" msgstr "Begge" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:974 msgid "Size" msgstr "Størrelse" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:977 msgid "_Width:" msgstr "_Bredde:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:979 msgid "_Height:" msgstr "_Højde:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:982 msgid "_Scaling:" msgstr "_Skalering:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:993 msgid "_Unit:" msgstr "_Enhed:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:998 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "Millimeter" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1000 msgid "Inches" msgstr "Tommer" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1029 msgid "Preview" msgstr "Forhåndsvisning" # "as is" -> "som original" (beskrivelse i gedits dokumentation) #: ../src/eog-save-as-dialog-helper.c:162 msgid "as is" msgstr "som original" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar. #. * The first token is the image number, the second is total image #. * count. #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #: ../src/eog-statusbar.c:126 #, c-format msgid "%d / %d" msgstr "%d / %d" # Jeg kunne forestille mig to forskellige ting denne streng kan bruges til. Det kan henvise til en dato. "Taken on Jun 26, 2007", eller til kameraet billedet er taget på "Taken on Phillips T3000 super Zoom". Oversættelsen "Taget på" dækker heldigvis begge disse tilfælde #: ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:543 msgid "Taken on" msgstr "Taget på" #: ../src/eog-uri-converter.c:980 #, c-format msgid "At least two file names are equal." msgstr "Mindst to filnavne er ens." #: ../src/eog-util.c:68 msgid "Could not display help for Image Viewer" msgstr "Kunne ikke vise hjælp til billedfremviser" #: ../src/eog-util.c:116 msgid " (invalid Unicode)" msgstr " (ugyldig Unicode)" #. Translators: This is the string displayed in the statusbar #. * The tokens are from left to right: #. * - image width #. * - image height #. * - image size in bytes #. * - zoom in percent #: ../src/eog-window.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%i × %i pixel %s %i%%" msgid_plural "%i × %i pixels %s %i%%" msgstr[0] "%i × %i billedpunkt %s %i%%" msgstr[1] "%i × %i billedpunkter %s %i%%" #: ../src/eog-window.c:849 ../src/eog-window.c:2784 msgctxt "MessageArea" msgid "Hi_de" msgstr "Skj_ul" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:859 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been modified by an external application.\n" "Would you like to reload it?" msgstr "" "Billedet \"%s\" er blevet modificeret af et eksternt program.\n" "Ønsker du at genindlæse det?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1023 #, c-format msgid "Use \"%s\" to open the selected image" msgstr "Brug \"%s\" til at åbne det valgte billede" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar #. * while saving images. The tokens are from left to right: #. * - the original filename #. * - the current image's position in the queue #. * - the total number of images queued for saving #: ../src/eog-window.c:1179 #, c-format msgid "Saving image \"%s\" (%u/%u)" msgstr "Gemmer billede \"%s\" (%u/%u)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1574 #, c-format msgid "Opening image \"%s\"" msgstr "Åbner billede \"%s\"" #. L10N: This the reason why the screensaver is inhibited. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2030 msgid "Viewing a slideshow" msgstr "Visning af et slideshow" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2259 #, c-format msgid "" "Error printing file:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Fejl ved udskrivning af fil:\n" "%s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2558 msgid "Toolbar Editor" msgstr "Værktøjslinje-redigering" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2561 msgid "_Reset to Default" msgstr "_Gendan standard" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2731 ../src/eog-window.c:2746 msgid "Error launching System Settings: " msgstr "Fejl ved start af systemindstillinger: " #. I18N: When setting mnemonics for these strings, watch out to not #. clash with mnemonics from eog's menubar #: ../src/eog-window.c:2782 msgid "_Open Background Preferences" msgstr "_Åbn baggrundsindstillinger" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2798 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been set as Desktop Background.\n" "Would you like to modify its appearance?" msgstr "" "Billedet \"%s\" er blevet valgt som skrivebordsbaggrund.\n" "Ønsker du at ændre dets udseende?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3265 msgid "Saving image locally…" msgstr "Gemmer billede lokalt…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3343 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "\"%s\" permanently?" msgstr "" "Er du sikker på, at du vil at fjerne\n" "\"%s\" permanent?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3346 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the selected image permanently?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the %d selected images permanently?" msgstr[0] "" "Er du sikker på, at du vil fjerne\n" "det valgte billede permanent?" msgstr[1] "" "Er du sikker på, at du vil fjerne\n" "de %d valgte billeder permanent?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3368 ../src/eog-window.c:3632 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "_Slet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3371 ../src/eog-window.c:3634 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "_Ja" #. add 'dont ask again' button #: ../src/eog-window.c:3375 ../src/eog-window.c:3626 msgid "Do _not ask again during this session" msgstr "_Spørg ikke igen under denne session" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3419 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file" msgstr "Kunne ikke indhente billedfil" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3435 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file information" msgstr "Kunne ikke indhente billedfilsinformation" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3451 ../src/eog-window.c:3693 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't delete file" msgstr "Kunne ikke slette fil" #. set dialog error message #: ../src/eog-window.c:3501 ../src/eog-window.c:3789 #, c-format msgid "Error on deleting image %s" msgstr "Fejl ved sletning af billede %s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3594 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the trash?" msgstr "" "Ønsker du at flytte\n" "\"%s\" til papirkurven?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3597 #, c-format msgid "" "A trash for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image " "permanently?" msgstr "" "Der kunne ikke findes en papirkurv for \"%s\". Ønsker du at slette dette " "billede permanent?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3602 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the trash?" msgstr[0] "" "Ønsker du at flytte det valgte\n" "billede til papirkurven?" msgstr[1] "" "Ønsker du at flytte de %d\n" "valgte billeder til papirkurven?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3607 msgid "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed " "permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "Nogle af de valgte billeder kan ikke flyttes til papirkurven, og vil blive " "slettet permanent. Er du sikker på, at du ønsker at fortsætte?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3624 ../src/eog-window.c:4115 ../src/eog-window.c:4142 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "Flyt til _papirkurv" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3671 ../src/eog-window.c:3685 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't access trash." msgstr "Kunne ikke tilgå papirkurven." #: ../src/eog-window.c:4036 msgid "_Image" msgstr "_Billede" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4037 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "_Redigér" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4039 msgid "_Go" msgstr "_Navigering" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4040 msgid "_Tools" msgstr "_Værktøjer" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4043 msgid "_Open…" msgstr "_Åbn…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4044 msgid "Open a file" msgstr "Åbn en fil" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2563 ../src/eog-window.c:4046 msgid "_Close" msgstr "_Luk" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4047 msgid "Close window" msgstr "Luk vinduet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4049 msgid "T_oolbar" msgstr "_Værktøjslinje" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4050 msgid "Edit the application toolbar" msgstr "Redigér programmets værktøjslinje" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4053 msgid "Preferences for Image Viewer" msgstr "Indstillinger for billedfremviser" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4055 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "_Indhold" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4056 msgid "Help on this application" msgstr "Hjælp til dette program" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 ../src/eog-window.c:4058 msgid "_About" msgstr "_Om" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4059 msgid "About this application" msgstr "Om dette program" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4065 msgid "Changes the visibility of the toolbar in the current window" msgstr "Skifter synligheden af værktøjslinjen i det aktuelle vindue" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4068 msgid "Changes the visibility of the statusbar in the current window" msgstr "Skifter synligheden af statuslinjen i det aktuelle vindue" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4071 msgid "" "Changes the visibility of the image gallery pane in the current window" msgstr "Skifter synligheden af billedgalleripanelet i det aktuelle vindue" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4074 msgid "Changes the visibility of the side pane in the current window" msgstr "Skifter synligheden af sidepanelet i det aktuelle vindue" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:178 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:465 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4079 msgid "_Save" msgstr "_Gem" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4080 msgid "Save changes in currently selected images" msgstr "Gem ændringer i de valgte billeder" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4082 msgid "Open _with" msgstr "Åbn _med" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4083 msgid "Open the selected image with a different application" msgstr "Åben det valgte billede med et andet program" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4086 msgid "Save the selected images with a different name" msgstr "Gem de valgte billeder under andre navne" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4088 msgid "Show Containing _Folder" msgstr "Vis indeholdende _mappe" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4091 msgid "_Print…" msgstr "_Udskriv…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4092 msgid "Print the selected image" msgstr "Udskriv det valgte billede" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4094 msgid "Prope_rties" msgstr "_Egenskaber" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4095 msgid "Show the properties and metadata of the selected image" msgstr "Vis det valgte billedes egenskaber og metadata" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4097 msgid "_Undo" msgstr "_Fortryd" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4098 msgid "Undo the last change in the image" msgstr "Fortryd den seneste ændring i billedet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4100 msgid "Flip _Horizontal" msgstr "Vend om _vandret" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4101 msgid "Mirror the image horizontally" msgstr "Spejlvend billedet vandret" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4103 msgid "Flip _Vertical" msgstr "Vend om _lodret" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4104 msgid "Mirror the image vertically" msgstr "Spejlvend billedet lodret" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4106 msgid "_Rotate Clockwise" msgstr "Rotér m_ed uret" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4107 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the right" msgstr "Rotér billedet 90 grader til højre" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4109 msgid "Rotate Counterc_lockwise" msgstr "Rotér m_od uret" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4110 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the left" msgstr "Rotér billedet 90 grader til venstre" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4112 msgid "Set as Wa_llpaper" msgstr "Anvend som _baggrund" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4113 msgid "Set the selected image as the wallpaper" msgstr "Gør det valgte billede til skrivebordsbaggrund" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4116 msgid "Move the selected image to the trash folder" msgstr "Flyt det valgte billede til papirkurven" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4118 msgid "_Delete Image" msgstr "_Slet billede" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4119 msgid "Delete the selected image" msgstr "Slet det valgte billede" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4121 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "_Kopier" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4122 msgid "Copy the selected image to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopier det valgte billede til klippebordet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4124 ../src/eog-window.c:4133 ../src/eog-window.c:4136 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "Zoom _ind" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4125 ../src/eog-window.c:4134 msgid "Enlarge the image" msgstr "Forstør billedet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4127 ../src/eog-window.c:4139 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "Zoom _ud" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4128 ../src/eog-window.c:4137 ../src/eog-window.c:4140 msgid "Shrink the image" msgstr "Formindsk billedet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4130 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "_Normal størrelse" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4131 msgid "Show the image at its normal size" msgstr "Vis billedet i sin normale størrelse" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4148 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "_Fuldskærm" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4149 msgid "Show the current image in fullscreen mode" msgstr "Vis det valgte billede fuldskærmstilstand" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4151 msgid "Pause Slideshow" msgstr "Pause slideshow" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4152 msgid "Pause or resume the slideshow" msgstr "Pause eller genoptag slideshow" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4154 msgid "_Best Fit" msgstr "_Bedste tilpasning" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4155 msgid "Fit the image to the window" msgstr "Tilpas billedet til vinduet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4160 ../src/eog-window.c:4175 msgid "_Previous Image" msgstr "_Forrige billede" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4161 msgid "Go to the previous image of the gallery" msgstr "Gå til det forrige billede i galleriet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4163 msgid "_Next Image" msgstr "_Næste billede" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4164 msgid "Go to the next image of the gallery" msgstr "Gå til det næste billede i galleriet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4166 ../src/eog-window.c:4178 msgid "_First Image" msgstr "_Første billede" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4167 msgid "Go to the first image of the gallery" msgstr "Gå til det første billede i galleriet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4169 ../src/eog-window.c:4181 msgid "_Last Image" msgstr "_Sidste billede" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4170 msgid "Go to the last image of the gallery" msgstr "Gå til det sidste billede i galleriet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4172 msgid "_Random Image" msgstr "_Tilfældigt billede" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4173 msgid "Go to a random image of the gallery" msgstr "Gå til et tilfældigt billede i galleriet" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4331 msgid "S_lideshow" msgstr "S_lideshow" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4332 msgid "Start a slideshow view of the images" msgstr "Start et slideshow af billederne" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4404 msgid "Previous" msgstr "Forrige" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4409 msgid "Next" msgstr "Næste" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4416 msgid "Right" msgstr "Højre" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4419 msgid "Left" msgstr "Venstre" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4422 msgid "Show Folder" msgstr "Vis mappe" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4425 msgid "In" msgstr "Ind" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4428 msgid "Out" msgstr "Ud" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4431 msgid "Normal" msgstr "Normal" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4434 msgid "Fit" msgstr "Tilpas" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4437 msgid "Gallery" msgstr "Galleri" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4454 msgctxt "action (to trash)" msgid "Trash" msgstr "Flyt til papirkurven" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4820 #, c-format msgid "Edit the current image using %s" msgstr "Rediger det nuværende billede ved hjælp af %s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4822 msgid "Edit Image" msgstr "Rediger billede" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6166 msgid "The GNOME image viewer." msgstr "Gnomes øje - billedfremviser." #: ../src/eog-window.c:6169 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Keld Simonsen\n" "Kenneth Christiansen\n" "Martin Willemoes Hansen\n" "Ole Laursen\n" "Rasmus Ory Nielsen\n" "Peter Bach\n" "Kenneth Nielsen\n" "M.P. Rommedahl\n" "\n" "Dansk-gruppen \n" "Mere info: http://www.dansk-gruppen.dk\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " AJenbo https://launchpad.net/~ajenbo\n" " Ask Hjorth Larsen https://launchpad.net/~askhl\n" " Mads Peter Rommedahl https://launchpad.net/~lhademmor\n" " Martin Willemoes Hansen https://launchpad.net/~mwh\n" " Ole Laursen https://launchpad.net/~olau\n" " Peter Bach https://launchpad.net/~bach-peter\n" " TLE https://launchpad.net/~k-nielsen81" #: ../src/main.c:56 msgid "GNOME Image Viewer" msgstr "Gnomes billedfremviser" #: ../src/main.c:63 msgid "Open in fullscreen mode" msgstr "Åbn i fuldskærmstilstand" #: ../src/main.c:64 msgid "Disable image gallery" msgstr "Slå billedgalleri fra" #: ../src/main.c:65 msgid "Open in slideshow mode" msgstr "Åbn i slideshowtilstand" #: ../src/main.c:66 msgid "Start a new instance instead of reusing an existing one" msgstr "Start en ny instans i stedet for at genbruge en eksisterende" #: ../src/main.c:67 msgid "" "Open in a single window, if multiple windows are open the first one is used" msgstr "" "Åbn et enkelt vindue. Hvis der er flere åbne vinduer, vil det første blive " "brugt" #: ../src/main.c:69 msgid "Show the application's version" msgstr "Vis programmets version" #: ../src/main.c:99 msgid "[FILE…]" msgstr "[FIL…]" #. I18N: The '%s' is replaced with eog's command name. #: ../src/main.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options." msgstr "" "Kør \"%s --help\" for at se den fulde liste af tilgængelige " "kommandolinjetilvalg." language-pack-gnome-da-base/data/da/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000236717412321557215021114 0ustar # Danish translation of Evolution # Copyright (C) 1998-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution package. # # Keld Simonsen , 2001-2003. # Kjartan Maraas , 1998-2001. # Anna Jonna Armannsdottir , 2001. # Søren Boll Overgaard , 2003. # Kenneth Christiansen , 2003. # Martin Willemoes Hansen , 2004, 05. # Rasmus Ory Nielsen , 2004, 05. # Marie Lund , 2005. # Ole Laursen , 2006. # Morten Bo Johansen , 2007. # Peter Bach , 2007. # Kenneth Nielsen , 2007-2011. # Ask Hjorth Larsen , 2010. # # Efterse konsekvent oversættelse af vertical, horisontal og contact næste gang # # BEMÆRK !!! # I strengen som er markeret med FORWARD er forward oversat til næste, idet det forventes at det er strengen fra gtk som bruges hed. Kontrollér om det er rigtig ved næste opdatering # # Kenneth Nielsen 16 August, 2009 # # Konventioner: # alarm -> påmindelse # appointment -> aftale # autocompletion -> automatisk fuldførelse # authenticate -> godkende # authentication -> godkendelse # composer -> redigering # contact -> kontaktperson # drop -> lægge (fx "læg bilag her") # email address -> e-post-adresse # email provider -> e-post-udbyder # exist -> findes # event -> begivenhed # item -> punkt (som i "kalenderpunkt") # input/output beholdt i flg. RO # junk -> spam # mail -> e-post # mailbox -> brevbakke # memo -> memo sb., -et, -er. (RO) # migrate -> overflytte # online/offline beholdt i flg. (RO) # operation -> handling # plain tekst -> almindelig tekst # post vb. 1. -> sende til, skrive til (fx "skriv til foo") # post vb. 2. -> sende, poste (fx "post brevet") # read receipt -> kvittering for at beskeden er blevet åbnet # vFolder -> virtuel mappe # view -> oversigt (fx "månedsoversigt") # message (i betydning e-brev) -> brev (MBJ) # # attachment -> bilag/vedhæftning (Nuværende bilag) # # Læg mærke til at flere ord er splittet op, hvor de # skulle have været sammensat til et ord. # # Ordlistekontrol version 1 # # Husk at tilføje dig i credit-listen (besked id "translator-credits") msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution.HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 17:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 15:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: TLE \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: da\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Danish\n" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:1 msgid "This address book could not be opened." msgstr "Denne adressebog kunne ikke åbnes." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be " "misspelled or your network connection could be down." msgstr "" "Denne adressebogsserver kan være utilgængelig, servernavnet kan være stavet " "forkert eller din netværksforbindelse kan være nede." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Failed to authenticate with LDAP server." msgstr "Godkendelse på LDAP-server mislykkedes." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly and that you are using " "a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; " "your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "Kontrollér at din adgangskode er stavet korrekt og at du anvender en " "understøttet logind-metode. Husk at mange adgangskoder er versalfølsomme; " "din \"Caps Lock\"-knap kan være aktiveret." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:5 msgid "This address book server does not have any suggested search bases." msgstr "Denne adressebogsserver har ingen foreslåede søgebaser." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "This LDAP server may use an older version of LDAP, which does not support " "this functionality or it may be misconfigured. Ask your administrator for " "supported search bases." msgstr "" "Denne LDAP-server anvender måske en ældre version af LDAP der ikke " "understøtter denne funktionalitet eller den er måske fejlkonfigureret. Spørg " "din administrator om de søgebaser som understøttes." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:7 msgid "This server does not support LDAPv3 schema information." msgstr "Denne server understøtter ikke LDAPv3-skemainformation." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not get schema information for LDAP server." msgstr "Kunne ikke hente schema-information fra LDAP-serveren." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:9 msgid "LDAP server did not respond with valid schema information." msgstr "LDAP-serveren svarede ikke med gyldig skemainformation." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Could not remove address book." msgstr "Kunne ikke fjerne adressebogen." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Delete address book '{0}'?" msgstr "Slet adressebogen \"{0}\"?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:12 msgid "This address book will be removed permanently." msgstr "Denne adressebog vil blive fjernet permanent." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:7 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Do _Not Delete" msgstr "_Undlad at slette" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:14 msgid "Delete remote address book "{0}"?" msgstr "Slet ekstern adressebog "{0}"?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the address book "{0}" from the " "server. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "Dette vil fjerne adressebogen "{0}" fra serveren for bestandigt. " "Er du sikker på at du vil fortsætte?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:61 msgid "_Delete From Server" msgstr "_Slet fra server" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:17 msgid "Category editor not available." msgstr "Kategori-redigering ikke tilgængelig." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Unable to open address book" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne adressebogen" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Unable to perform search." msgstr "Kan ikke udføre søgningen." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Would you like to save your changes?" msgstr "Vil du gemme dine ændringer?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "You have made modifications to this contact. Do you want to save these " "changes?" msgstr "Du har ændret denne kontaktperson. Vil du gemme disse ændringer?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:22 msgid "_Discard" msgstr "_Forkast" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:23 msgid "Cannot move contact." msgstr "Kan ikke flytte kontaktperson." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:24 msgid "" "You are attempting to move a contact from one address book to another but it " "cannot be removed from the source. Do you want to save a copy instead?" msgstr "" "Du forsøger at flytte en kontaktperson fra en adressebog til en anden, men " "den kan ikke flyttes fra kilden. Vil du gemme en kopi i stedet?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "The image you have selected is large. Do you want to resize and store it?" msgstr "" "Billedet du har valgt er stort. Vil du ændre dets størrelse og gemme det?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:26 msgid "_Resize" msgstr "Ænd_re størrelse" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:27 msgid "_Use as it is" msgstr "_Brug som det er" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:28 msgid "_Do not save" msgstr "_Gem ikke" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:29 msgid "Unable to save {0}." msgstr "Kan ikke gemme {0}." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:30 msgid "Error saving {0} to {1}: {2}" msgstr "Fejl ved gemning af {0} til {1}: {2}" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:31 msgid "Address '{0}' already exists." msgstr "Adressen \"{0}\" findes allerede." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:32 msgid "" "A contact already exists with this address. Would you like to add a new card " "with the same address anyway?" msgstr "" "En kontaktperson med denne adresse findes allerede. Vil du tilføje et nyt " "visitkort med den samme adresse alligevel?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:33 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:997 ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "_Add" msgstr "_Tilføj" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Some addresses already exist in this contact list." msgstr "Nogle adresser eksisterer allerede i denne kontaktlist." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "You are trying to add addresses that are part of this list already. Would " "you like to add them anyway?" msgstr "" "Du prøver at tilføje adresser som allerede er en del af denne liste. Ønsker " "du at tilføje dem alligevel?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Skip duplicates" msgstr "Spring duplikater over" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:37 msgid "Add with duplicates" msgstr "Tilføj med duplikater" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:38 msgid "List '{0}' is already in this contact list." msgstr "Liste {0} er allerede i denne kontaktliste" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "A contact list named '{0}' is already in this contact list. Would you like " "to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "En kontaktliste ved navn \"{0}\" er allerede i denne kontaktliste. Ønsker du " "at tilføje den alligevel?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1251 msgid "Failed to delete contact" msgstr "Kunne ikke slette kontaktperson" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:41 msgid "You do not have permission to delete contacts in this address book." msgstr "" "Du har ikke tilstrækkelige rettigheder til at slette kontaktpersoner i denne " "adressebog." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:42 msgid "Cannot add new contact" msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje ny kontaktperson" #. For Translators: {0} is the name of the address book source #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only address book and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different address book from the side bar in the Contacts view." msgstr "" "\"{0}\" er en skrivebeskyttet adressebog og kan ikke modificeres. Vælg " "venligst en anden adressebog i sidepanelet i kontaktvisningen." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:650 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:672 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2958 msgid "Contact Editor" msgstr "Redigering af kontaktperson" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Image" msgstr "Billede" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Nic_kname:" msgstr "Kæle_navn:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "_File under:" msgstr "_Arkivér under:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "_Where:" msgstr "_Hvor:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Ca_tegories..." msgstr "Ka_tegorier..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Full _Name..." msgstr "_Fulde navn..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "_Wants to receive HTML mail" msgstr "_Ønsker at modtage breve i HTML-format" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:9 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:409 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:590 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:966 #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-post" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "Telefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Instant Messaging" msgstr "Kvikbeskeder" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:1003 msgid "Contact" msgstr "Kontaktperson" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:13 msgid "_Home Page:" msgstr "_Hjemmeside:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:709 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:22 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1889 msgid "_Calendar:" msgstr "_Kalender:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:15 msgid "_Free/Busy:" msgstr "_Ledig/optaget:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:16 msgid "_Video Chat:" msgstr "_Video-samtale:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "Home Page:" msgstr "Hjemmeside:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/evolution-cal-config-google.c:97 msgid "Calendar:" msgstr "Kalender:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:19 msgid "Free/Busy:" msgstr "Ledig/optaget:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:20 msgid "Video Chat:" msgstr "Video-samtale:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:21 msgid "_Blog:" msgstr "_Blog:" #. Translators: an accessibility name #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:23 msgid "Blog:" msgstr "Blog:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:24 msgid "Web Addresses" msgstr "Web-adresser" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:25 msgid "Web addresses" msgstr "Web-adresser" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:26 msgid "_Profession:" msgstr "_Erhverv:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:27 msgctxt "Job" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "_Titel:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:28 msgid "_Company:" msgstr "_Firma:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:29 msgid "_Department:" msgstr "_Afdeling:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:30 msgid "_Manager:" msgstr "_Leder:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:31 msgid "_Assistant:" msgstr "_Assistent:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:32 msgid "Job" msgstr "Job" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:33 msgid "_Office:" msgstr "Kont_or:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:34 msgid "_Spouse:" msgstr "_Ægtefælle:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:35 msgid "_Birthday:" msgstr "_Fødselsdag:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:36 msgid "_Anniversary:" msgstr "_Jubilæum:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:37 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:685 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2278 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "Bryllupsdag" #. XXX Allow the category icons to be referenced as named #. * icons, since GtkAction does not support GdkPixbufs. #. Get the icon file for some default category. Doesn't matter #. * which, so long as it has an icon. We're just interested in #. * the directory components. #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:38 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:684 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2277 ../shell/main.c:128 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "Fødselsdag" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:39 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diverse" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:40 msgid "Personal Information" msgstr "Personlige oplysninger" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:41 msgid "_City:" msgstr "B_y:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:42 msgid "_Zip/Postal Code:" msgstr "_Postnummer:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:43 msgid "_State/Province:" msgstr "_Stat/Provins:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:44 msgid "_Country:" msgstr "_Land:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:45 msgid "_PO Box:" msgstr "_Postboks:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:46 msgid "_Address:" msgstr "_Adresse:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:47 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:191 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:372 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:357 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:81 msgid "Home" msgstr "Hjem" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:48 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:190 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:385 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:354 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:80 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:666 msgid "Work" msgstr "Arbejde" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:49 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:192 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:82 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:368 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:719 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3963 msgid "Other" msgstr "Anden" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:50 msgid "Mailing Address" msgstr "Post-adresse" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:51 msgid "Notes" msgstr "Noter" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:170 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:593 msgid "AIM" msgstr "AIM" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:171 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:596 msgid "Jabber" msgstr "Jabber" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:172 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:598 msgid "Yahoo" msgstr "Yahoo" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:173 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:599 msgid "Gadu-Gadu" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:174 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:597 msgid "MSN" msgstr "MSN" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:175 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:595 msgid "ICQ" msgstr "ICQ" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:176 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:594 msgid "GroupWise" msgstr "GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:177 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:600 msgid "Skype" msgstr "Skype" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:178 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:601 msgid "Twitter" msgstr "Twitter" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:230 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:503 msgid "Error adding contact" msgstr "Fejl ved tilføjelse af kontaktperson" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:250 msgid "Error modifying contact" msgstr "Fejl ved ændring af kontaktperson" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:270 msgid "Error removing contact" msgstr "Fejl ved fjernelse af kontaktperson" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:666 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2952 #, c-format msgid "Contact Editor - %s" msgstr "Redigering af kontaktperson - %s" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3485 msgid "Please select an image for this contact" msgstr "Vælg venligst et billede til denne kontaktperson" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3486 msgid "_No image" msgstr "_Intet billede" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3827 msgid "" "The contact data is invalid:\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Data om kontaktperson er ugyldige:\n" "\n" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3833 #, c-format msgid "'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "\"%s\" er i et ugyldigt format" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3841 #, c-format msgid "'%s' cannot be a future date" msgstr "\"%s\" kan ikke være en fremtidig dato" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3849 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "%s\"%s\" er i et ugyldigt format" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3862 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3876 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' is empty" msgstr "%s\"%s\" har intet indhold" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3891 msgid "Invalid contact." msgstr "Ugyldig kontaktperson." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:452 msgid "Contact Quick-Add" msgstr "Hurtig tilføjelse af kontaktperson" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:455 msgid "_Edit Full" msgstr "_Redigér alt" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:508 msgid "_Full name" msgstr "_Fulde navn" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:521 msgid "E_mail" msgstr "E-_post" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:534 msgid "_Select Address Book" msgstr "_Vælg adressebog" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:1 msgid "Mr." msgstr "Hr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:2 msgid "Mrs." msgstr "Fru" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:3 msgid "Ms." msgstr "Frk." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:4 msgid "Miss" msgstr "Frk." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:5 msgid "Dr." msgstr "Dr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:6 msgid "Sr." msgstr "Sr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:7 msgid "Jr." msgstr "Jr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:8 msgid "I" msgstr "I" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:9 msgid "II" msgstr "II" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:10 msgid "III" msgstr "III" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:11 msgid "Esq." msgstr "Herr" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Fulde navn" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:13 msgid "_First:" msgstr "_Fornavn:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:14 msgctxt "FullName" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "_Titel:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:15 msgid "_Middle:" msgstr "_Mellemnavn:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:16 msgid "_Last:" msgstr "_Efternavn:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:17 msgid "_Suffix:" msgstr "_Suffiks:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:818 msgid "Contact List Editor" msgstr "Redigering af liste over kontaktpersoner" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "_List name:" msgstr "_Listenavn:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Members" msgstr "Medlemmer" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "_Type an email address or drag a contact into the list below:" msgstr "" "_Skriv en e-postadresse eller træk en kontaktperson ind i listen nedenfor:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "_Hide addresses when sending mail to this list" msgstr "_Skjul adresser når du sender e-post til listen" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Add an email to the List" msgstr "Føj en e-postadresse til listen" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "Remove an email address from the List" msgstr "Fjern en e-postadresse fra listen" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:9 msgid "Insert email addresses from Address Book" msgstr "Indsæt e-postadresser fra adressebogen" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "_Select..." msgstr "_Vælg..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:941 msgid "Contact List Members" msgstr "Medlemmer af liste over kontaktpersoner" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1475 msgid "_Members" msgstr "_Medlemmer" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1597 msgid "Error adding list" msgstr "Fejl ved tilføjelse af liste" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1617 msgid "Error modifying list" msgstr "Fejl ved ændring af liste" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1637 msgid "Error removing list" msgstr "Fejl ved fjernelse af liste" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Contact Detected" msgstr "Dublet af kontaktperson fundet" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 msgid "" "The name or email of this contact already exists in this folder. Would you " "like to save the changes anyway?" msgstr "" "Navnet eller e-postadressen for denne kontaktperson eksisterer allerede i " "denne mappe. Ønsker du at gemme ændringerne alligevel?" #. Translators: Heading of the contact which has same name or email address in this folder already. #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:4 msgid "Conflicting Contact:" msgstr "Kontaktperson i konflikt:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Changed Contact:" msgstr "Ændret kontaktperson:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:364 msgid "_Merge" msgstr "_Flet" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:3 msgid "" "The name or email address of this contact already exists\n" "in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "Navnet eller e-postadressen for denne kontaktperson eksisterer allerede\n" "i denne mappe. Vil du tilføje den alligevel?" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Original Contact:" msgstr "Oprindelig kontaktperson:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:6 msgid "New Contact:" msgstr "Ny kontaktperson:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:244 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:14 msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "Afbrudt" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:346 msgid "Merge Contact" msgstr "Flet kontaktperson" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:1 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1151 msgid "Name contains" msgstr "Navn indeholder" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1144 msgid "Email begins with" msgstr "E-post-adresse begynder med" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:26 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:30 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1137 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1771 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:791 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:990 msgid "Any field contains" msgstr "Et felt indeholder" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:163 msgid "No contacts" msgstr "Ingen kontaktpersoner" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:167 #, c-format msgid "%d contact" msgid_plural "%d contacts" msgstr[0] "%d kontaktperson" msgstr[1] "%d kontaktpersoner" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:373 msgid "Error getting book view" msgstr "Fejl ved bogvisning" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:820 msgid "Search Interrupted" msgstr "Søgning afbrudt" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-table-adapter.c:204 msgid "Error modifying card" msgstr "Fejl ved ændring af kort" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:649 msgid "Cut selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "Klip markerede kontaktpersoner til udklipsholderen" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:655 msgid "Copy selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiér markerede kontaktpersoner til udklipsholderen" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:661 msgid "Paste contacts from the clipboard" msgstr "Indsæt markerede kontaktpersoner fra udklipsholderen" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:667 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:951 msgid "Delete selected contacts" msgstr "Slet de valgte kontaktpersoner" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:673 msgid "Select all visible contacts" msgstr "Vælg alle synlige kontaktpersoner" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1299 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contact lists?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette disse lister over kontaktpersoner?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1303 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette denne liste over kontaktpersoner?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1307 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list (%s)?" msgstr "" "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette denne liste over kontaktpersoner (%s)?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1313 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contacts?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette disse kontaktpersoner?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1317 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette denne kontaktperson?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact (%s)?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette denne kontaktpersonen (%s)?" #. Translators: This is shown for > 5 contacts. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1477 #, c-format msgid "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgid_plural "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgstr[0] "" "Ved at åbne %d kontaktperson vil yderligere %d nyt vindue åbnes.\n" "Ønsker du virkelig at vise alle disse kontaktpersoner?" msgstr[1] "" "Ved at åbne %d kontaktpersoner vil yderligere %d nye vinduer åbnes.\n" "Ønsker du virkelig at vise alle disse kontaktpersoner?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1485 msgid "_Don't Display" msgstr "Vis _ikke" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1486 msgid "Display _All Contacts" msgstr "Vis _alle kontaktpersoner" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:1 msgid "File As" msgstr "Gem som" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:3 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "Fornavn" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:4 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "Efternavn" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:592 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "Kælenavn" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:7 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "E-post 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:8 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "E-post 3" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:9 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "Assistents telefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:10 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "Arbejdstelefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:11 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "Arbejdstelefon 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:12 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "Fax på arbejde" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:13 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "Telefon til tilbageringning" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:14 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "Biltelefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:15 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "Firmatelefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:16 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "Hjemmetelefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:17 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "Hjemmetelefon 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:18 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "Fax hjemme" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:19 msgid "ISDN Phone" msgstr "ISDN-telefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:20 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:682 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "Mobiltelefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:21 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "Anden telefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:22 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "Anden fax" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:23 msgid "Pager" msgstr "Personsøger" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:24 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "Primær telefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:25 msgid "Radio" msgstr "Radio" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:26 msgid "Telex" msgstr "Telex" #. Translators: This is a vcard standard and stands for the type of #. phone used by the hearing impaired. TTY stands for "teletype" #. (familiar from Unix device names), and TDD is "Telecommunications #. Device for Deaf". However, you probably want to leave this #. abbreviation unchanged unless you know that there is actually a #. different and established translation for this in your language. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:33 msgid "TTYTDD" msgstr "TTYTTD" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:34 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:645 msgid "Company" msgstr "Firma" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:35 msgid "Unit" msgstr "Enhed" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:36 msgid "Office" msgstr "Kontor" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:37 msgid "Title" msgstr "Titel" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:38 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:666 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:5 msgid "Role" msgstr "Rolle" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:39 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:649 msgid "Manager" msgstr "Leder" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:650 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "Assistent" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:41 msgid "Web Site" msgstr "Websted" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:42 msgid "Journal" msgstr "Journal" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:43 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:4 ../e-util/e-categories-dialog.c:89 msgid "Categories" msgstr "Kategorier" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:44 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:686 msgid "Spouse" msgstr "Ægtefælle" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:45 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:741 msgid "Note" msgstr "Note" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map-window.c:374 msgid "Contacts Map" msgstr "Kort over kontaktpersoner" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:191 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Searching for the Contacts..." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Søger efter kontaktpersonerne..." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact\n" "\n" "or double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Søg efter kontaktpersonen\n" "\n" "eller dobbeltklik her for at oprette en ny kontaktperson." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:197 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view.\n" "\n" "Double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Der findes ingen objekter at vise i denne oversigt\n" "\n" "Dobbeltklik her for at oprette en ny kontaktperson." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:201 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Søg efter kontaktpersonen." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Der findes ingen objekter at vise i denne oversigt." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:93 msgid "Work Email" msgstr "E-post / arbejde" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:94 msgid "Home Email" msgstr "E-post / hjemme" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:828 msgid "Other Email" msgstr "Anden E-post" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:104 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "evolution address book" msgstr "evolution-adressebog" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:36 msgid "New Contact" msgstr "Ny kontaktperson" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:37 msgid "New Contact List" msgstr "Ny kontaktliste" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:177 #, c-format msgid "current address book folder %s has %d card" msgid_plural "current address book folder %s has %d cards" msgstr[0] "aktuel adressebogs-mappe %s har %d kort" msgstr[1] "aktuel adressebogs-mappe %s har %d kort" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:34 msgid "Open" msgstr "Åbn" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:160 msgid "Contact List: " msgstr "Kontaktliste: " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:161 msgid "Contact: " msgstr "Kontaktperson: " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:188 msgid "evolution minicard" msgstr "evolution minivisitkort" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:150 msgid "Copy _Email Address" msgstr "Kopiér e-post_adresse" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:152 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:428 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:307 msgid "Copy the email address to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiér e-post-adressen til udklipsholderen" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:157 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:433 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:312 msgid "_Send New Message To..." msgstr "_Send nyt brev til..." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:159 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:435 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:314 msgid "Send a mail message to this address" msgstr "Send et e-brev til denne adresse" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:291 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:970 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:990 #, c-format msgid "Click to mail %s" msgstr "Klik for at skrive til %s" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:137 msgid "Open map" msgstr "Åbn kort" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:529 msgid "List Members:" msgstr "Listemedlemer:" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:646 msgid "Department" msgstr "Afdeling" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:647 msgid "Profession" msgstr "Profession" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:648 msgid "Position" msgstr "Position" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:651 msgid "Video Chat" msgstr "Video-samtale" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:652 #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:8 ../e-util/e-send-options.c:546 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view.c:591 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:21 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "Kalender" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:653 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:116 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:343 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:2 msgid "Free/Busy" msgstr "Ledig/optaget" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:654 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:681 msgid "Phone" msgstr "Telefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:655 msgid "Fax" msgstr "Fax" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:656 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:683 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:709 msgid "Address" msgstr "Adresse" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:679 msgid "Home Page" msgstr "Hjemmeside" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:680 msgid "Web Log" msgstr "Weblog" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:696 msgid "Personal" msgstr "Personlig" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:930 msgid "List Members" msgstr "Listemedlemer" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:951 msgid "Job Title" msgstr "Jobtitel" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:992 msgid "Home page" msgstr "Startside" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:1002 msgid "Blog" msgstr "Blog" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:123 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means this book is not " "marked for offline usage or not yet downloaded for offline usage. Please " "load the address book once in online mode to download its contents." msgstr "" "Denne adressebog kan ikke åbnes. Dette betyder enten, at bogen ikke er " "markeret til offline brug eller ikke er blevet hentet ned til offline brug. " "Indlæs venligst bogen i online tilstand for at overføre dens indhold." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:142 #, c-format msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. Please check that the path %s exists " "and that permissions are set to access it." msgstr "" "Denne adressebog kan ikke åbnes. Kontrollér venligst at stien %s findes og " "at rettigheder er indstillet, så der er adgang til den." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:155 msgid "" "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it. To " "use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed." msgstr "" "Denne udgave af Evolution har ikke LDAP-understøttelse indbygget. For at " "bruge LDAP i Evolution, skal der være installeret en Evolutionpakke med LDAP " "indbygget." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:164 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means that an incorrect URI " "was entered, or the server is unreachable." msgstr "" "Denne adressebog kan ikke åbnes. Dette betyder enten, at du har angivet en " "ukorrekt adresse, eller at serveren ikke kan nås." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:174 msgid "Detailed error message:" msgstr "Detaljeret fejlbesked:" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:211 msgid "" "More cards matched this query than either the server is \n" "configured to return or Evolution is configured to display.\n" "Please make your search more specific or raise the result limit in\n" "the directory server preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "Flere kort matchede denne forespørgsel end enten serveren er\n" "konfigureret til at returnere eller Evolution er konfigureret at vise.\n" "Gør din søgning mere specifik eller forøg resultatgrænsen i\n" "katalogserverens indstillinger for denne adressebog." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:218 msgid "" "The time to execute this query exceeded the server limit or the limit\n" "configured for this address book. Please make your search\n" "more specific or raise the time limit in the directory server\n" "preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "Udførelsen af denne forespørgsel overskred serverens tidsgrænse eller den " "tidsgrænse, som er konfigureret for denne adressebog. Gør din søgning mere " "specifik eller forøg tidsgrænsen i katalogserverens indstillinger for denne " "adressebog." #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:226 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book was unable to parse this query. %s" msgstr "Motoren for denne adressebog kunne ikke fortolke forespørgslen. %s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:231 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book refused to perform this query. %s" msgstr "" "Motoren for denne adressebog nægtede at gennemføre denne forespørgsel. %s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:237 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:243 #, c-format msgid "This query did not complete successfully. %s" msgstr "Denne forespørgsel blev ikke fuldført korrekt. %s" #. This is a filename. Translators take note. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:265 msgid "card.vcf" msgstr "card.vcf" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:316 msgid "Select Address Book" msgstr "Vælg adressebog" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:398 msgid "list" msgstr "liste" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:587 msgid "Move contact to" msgstr "Flyt kontaktperson til" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:589 msgid "Copy contact to" msgstr "Kopiér kontaktperson til" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:592 msgid "Move contacts to" msgstr "Flyt kontaktpersoner til" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:594 msgid "Copy contacts to" msgstr "Kopiér kontaktpersoner til" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:747 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:549 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:281 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:440 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:935 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:974 ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Importing..." msgstr "Importerer..." #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1082 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "Outlook kontaktpersoner CSV eller Tab (.csv, .tab)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1083 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "Outlook kontaktpersoner CSV- og Tab-importør" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1091 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "Mozilla kontaktpersoner CSV eller Tab (.csv, .tab)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1092 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "Mozilla kontaktpersoner CSV- og Tab-importør" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1100 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "Evolution kontaktpersoner CSV eller Tab (.csv, .tab)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1101 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "Evolution kontakpersoner CSV- og Tab-importør" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:807 msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif)" msgstr "LDAP-dataudvekslingsformat (.ldif)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:808 msgid "Evolution LDIF importer" msgstr "Evolution LDIF-importør" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:666 msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)" msgstr "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:667 msgid "Evolution vCard Importer" msgstr "Evolution vCard-importør" #. Uncomment next if it is successful to get total number if pages in list view #. * g_object_get (operation, "n-pages", &n_pages, NULL) #: ../addressbook/printing/e-contact-print.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Page %d" msgstr "Side %d" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:59 msgid "Specify the output file instead of standard output" msgstr "Angiv outputfil i stedet for standard ud" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:60 msgid "OUTPUTFILE" msgstr "OUTPUTFIL" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:63 msgid "List local address book folders" msgstr "Vis lokale adressebogmapper" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:66 msgid "Show cards as vcard or csv file" msgstr "Vis kontakter som vcard eller csv-fil" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:67 msgid "[vcard|csv]" msgstr "[vcard|csv]" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:136 msgid "" "Command line arguments error, please use --help option to see the usage." msgstr "" "Fejl i argumenter på kommandolinjen - benyt argumentet --help for at få " "hjælp." #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:150 msgid "Only support csv or vcard format." msgstr "Understøt kun csv- eller vcard-format." #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:181 msgid "Unhandled error" msgstr "Fejl der ikke blev håndteret" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-cards.c:625 #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:46 msgid "Can not open file" msgstr "Kan ikke åbne filen" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:76 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open client '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne klient \"%s\": %s" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:106 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "minut" msgstr[1] "minutter" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:119 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "time" msgstr[1] "timer" #. For Translator : 'day' is part of the sentence of the form 'appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [day] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in[square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:132 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1248 msgid "day" msgid_plural "days" msgstr[0] "dag" msgstr[1] "dage" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:329 msgid "Start time" msgstr "Starttidspunkt" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:1 msgid "Appointments" msgstr "Aftaler" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:2 msgid "Dismiss _All" msgstr "Forkast _alle" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:3 msgid "_Snooze" msgstr "_Udsæt" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-alert-dialog.c:166 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "_Forkast" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1835 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1845 #: ../modules/cal-config-weather/evolution-cal-config-weather.c:209 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1501 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1612 msgid "Location:" msgstr "Sted:" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:6 msgid "location of appointment" msgstr "placering af aftale" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:7 msgid "Snooze _time:" msgstr "Udsæt_tid:" #. Translators: This is the last part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:6 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:8 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:143 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:352 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:6 msgid "days" msgstr "dage" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:18 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:7 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:141 msgid "hours" msgstr "timer" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:6 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:139 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:527 msgid "minutes" msgstr "minutter" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1679 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1815 msgid "No summary available." msgstr "Intet tilgængeligt sammendrag." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1688 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1690 msgid "No description available." msgstr "Ingen tilgængelig beskrivelse." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1698 msgid "No location information available." msgstr "Ingen tilgængelig stedinformation." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1703 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1806 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:2145 msgid "Evolution Reminders" msgstr "Evolution-påmindelser" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1747 #, c-format msgid "You have %d reminder" msgid_plural "You have %d reminders" msgstr[0] "Du har %d påmindelse" msgstr[1] "Du har %d påmindelser" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1965 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advarsel" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1971 #, c-format msgid "" "An Evolution Calendar reminder is about to trigger. This reminder is " "configured to run the following program:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "Are you sure you want to run this program?" msgstr "" "En Evolution kalenderpåmindelse udløses snart.\n" "Denne påmindelse er konfigureret til at køre følgende program:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "Er du sikker på, at du vil køre dette program?" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1986 msgid "Do not ask me about this program again." msgstr "Spørg mig ikke om dette program igen." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:44 msgid "invalid time" msgstr "ugyldig tidsangivelse" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d hours before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:70 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:370 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%d hour" msgid_plural "%d hours" msgstr[0] "%d time" msgstr[1] "%d timer" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d minutes before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:76 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:376 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:102 #, c-format msgid "%d minute" msgid_plural "%d minutes" msgstr[0] "%d minut" msgstr[1] "%d minutter" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d seconds before start of appointment" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:80 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:382 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:106 #, c-format msgid "%d second" msgid_plural "%d seconds" msgstr[0] "%d sekund" msgstr[1] "%d sekunder" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Would you like to send all the participants a cancelation notice?" msgstr "Vil du sende en aflysningsnotits til alle deltagerne?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the meeting is canceled." msgstr "" "Hvis du ikke sender afbud, vil de andre deltagere måske ikke vide at mødet " "er aflyst." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Do _not Send" msgstr "Send _ikke" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Send Notice" msgstr "_Send notits" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this meeting?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette dette møde?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Al information om dette møde vil blive slettet og vil ikke kunne genoprettes." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the task has been deleted." msgstr "" "Hvis du ikke underretter de øvrige deltagere om at du har slettet opgaven, " "vil de måske ikke vide det." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:196 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this task?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette denne opgave?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:10 msgid "All information on this task will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Al information om denne opgave vil blive slettet og vil ikke kunne " "genoprettes." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Would you like to send a cancelation notice for this memo?" msgstr "Vil du sende en aflysningsnotits for dette memo?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the memo has been deleted." msgstr "" "Hvis du ikke sender en aflysningsnotits, får de øvrige deltagere måske ikke " "at vide, at dette memo er blevet slettet." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:199 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this memo?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette dette memo?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:14 msgid "All information on this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Al information om dette memo vil blive slettet og vil ikke kunne genoprettes." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:15 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the meeting titled '{0}'?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette mødet med titlen \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the appointment titled '{0}'?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette aftalen med titlen \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "All information on this appointment will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Al information i denne aftale vil blive slettet og vil ikke kunne " "genoprettes." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this appointment?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette denne aftale?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the '{0}' task?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette opgaven \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the memo '{0}'?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette memoet \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:21 msgid "All information in this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Al information i dette memo vil blive slettet og vil ikke kunne genoprettes." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} appointments?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette disse {0} aftaler?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "All information on these appointments will be deleted and can not be " "restored." msgstr "" "Al information om disse aftaler vil blive slettet og vil ikke kunne " "genoprettes." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} tasks?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette disse {0} opgaver?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "All information on these tasks will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Al information om disse opgaver vil blive slettet og vil ikke kunne " "genoprettes." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:26 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} memos?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette disse {0} memoer?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:27 msgid "" "All information in these memos will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Al information i disse memoer vil blive slettet og vil ikke kunne " "genoprettes." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this meeting?" msgstr "Vil du gemme dine ændringer til dette møde?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:29 msgid "You have changed this meeting, but not yet saved it." msgstr "Du har lavet ændringer af dette møde, men ikke gemt dem endnu." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:30 msgid "_Save Changes" msgstr "_Gem ændringer" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:31 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:16 msgid "_Discard Changes" msgstr "_Forkast ændringer" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this appointment?" msgstr "Vil du gemme dine ændringer for denne aftale?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:33 msgid "You have changed this appointment, but not yet saved it." msgstr "Du har ændret denne aftale, men ikke gemt ændringerne endnu." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this task?" msgstr "Vil du gemme dine ændringer af opgaven?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:35 msgid "You have changed this task, but not yet saved it." msgstr "Du har lavet ændringer af opgaven, men ikke gemt dem endnu." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this memo?" msgstr "Vil du gemme dine ændringer af dette memo?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:37 msgid "You have made changes to this memo, but not yet saved them." msgstr "Du har lavet ændringer af memoet, men ikke gemt dem endnu." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:38 msgid "Would you like to send meeting invitations to participants?" msgstr "Vil du sende mødeinvitationer til deltagerne?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply." msgstr "" "E-post-invitationer bliver sendt til alle deltagerne, således at de kan " "svare." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:40 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:13 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:8 #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:5 msgid "_Send" msgstr "_Send" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:41 msgid "Would you like to send updated meeting information to participants?" msgstr "Vil du sende opdateret mødeinformation til alle deltagerne?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:42 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their " "calendars up to date." msgstr "" "Ved at sende opdateret information vil andre deltagere kunne holde deres " "kalendere opdateret." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:43 msgid "Would you like to send this task to participants?" msgstr "Vil du sende denne opgave til deltagerne?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept " "this task." msgstr "" "E-post-invitationer sendes til alle deltagerne således at de kan godkende " "denne opgave." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:45 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the task?" msgstr "Overføring i gang. Vil du gemme opgaven?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:46 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the task would result in the " "loss of these attachments." msgstr "" "Nogle bilag er ved at blive hentet. Gem er du denne opgave nu, vil bilagene " "ikke blive gemt sammen med opgaven." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:47 ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:297 msgid "_Save" msgstr "_Gem" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the appointment?" msgstr "Overføring i gang. Vil du gemme aftalen?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:49 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the appointment would result " "in the loss of these attachments." msgstr "" "Nogle bilag er ved at blive hentet. Gemmer du denne aftale nu, vil bilagene " "ikke blive gemt sammen med aftalen." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Would you like to send updated task information to participants?" msgstr "Vil du sende opdateret opgaveinformation til deltagerne?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:51 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their task " "lists up to date." msgstr "" "Ved at sende opdateret information, vil de andre deltagere kunne opdatere " "deres opgavelister." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Editor could not be loaded." msgstr "Redigeringsprogram kunne ikke indlæses." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Delete calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "Slet kalenderen \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:54 msgid "This calendar will be removed permanently." msgstr "Denne kalender vil blive fjernet permanent." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:55 msgid "Delete task list '{0}'?" msgstr "Slet opgave-listen \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:56 msgid "This task list will be removed permanently." msgstr "Denne opgaveliste vil blive fjernet permanent." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Delete memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "Slet memolisten \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:58 msgid "This memo list will be removed permanently." msgstr "Denne memoliste vil blive fjernet permanent." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:59 msgid "Delete remote calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "Slet ekstern kalender \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:60 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the calendar '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "Dette vil fjerne kalenderen \"{0}\" fra serveren for bestandigt. Er du " "sikker på at du vil fortsætte?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Delete remote task list '{0}'?" msgstr "Slet ekstern opgaveliste \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:63 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the task list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "Dette vil fjerne opgavelisten \"{0}\" fra serveren for bestandigt. Er du " "sikker på at du vil fortsætte?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Delete remote memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "Slet ekstern memoliste \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the memo list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "Dette vil fjerne memolisten \"{0}\" fra serveren for bestandigt. Er du " "sikker på at du vil fortsætte?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the appointment without a summary?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil gemme aftalen uden et sammendrag?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:67 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your appointment will give you an idea of " "what your appointment is about." msgstr "" "Hvis du giver din aftale et meningsfyldt sammendrag, vil det give dig en idé " "om, hvad din aftale handler om." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:68 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the task without a summary?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil gemme opgaven uden et sammendrag?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:69 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your task will give you an idea of what your " "task is about." msgstr "" "Hvis du giver opgaven et meningsfyldt sammendrag, vil det give dig en idé " "om, hvad opgaven handler om." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:70 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the memo without a summary?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil gemme dette memo uden et sammendrag?" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:72 msgid "Error loading calendar '{0}'" msgstr "Fejl ved indlæsning af kalenderen \"{0}\"" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:73 msgid "The calendar is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "Kalenderen er ikke markeret til brug i offline tilstand." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot save event" msgstr "Kan ikke gemme begivenhed" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:76 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only calendar and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different calendar that can accept appointments." msgstr "" "\"{0}\" er en skrivebeskyttet kalender og kan ikke modificeres. Vælg " "venligst en anden kalender som vil acceptere aftaler." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot save task" msgstr "Kan ikke gemme opgave" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:79 msgid "" "'{0}' does not support assigned tasks, please select a different task list." msgstr "" "\"{0}\" understøtter ikke tildelte opgaver, vælg en anden opgaveliste." #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:81 msgid "Error loading task list '{0}'" msgstr "Fejl ved indlæsning af opgavelisten \"{0}\"" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:82 msgid "The task list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "Opgavelisten er ikke markeret til brug i offline tilstand." #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Error loading memo list '{0}'" msgstr "Fejl ved indlæsning af memolisten \"{0}\"" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:85 msgid "The memo list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "Memolisten er ikke markeret til offline brug." #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:87 msgid "Failed to copy an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "Kunne ikke kopiere en begivenhed ind i kalenderen \"{0}\"" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Failed to copy a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "Kunne ikke kopiere en opgave ind i opgavelisten \"{0}\"" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Failed to copy a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "Kunne ikke kopiere et memo ind i memolisten \"{0}\"" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:93 msgid "Failed to move an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "Kunne ikke flytte en begivenhed ind i kalenderen \"{0}\"" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:95 msgid "Failed to move a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "Kunne ikke flytte en opgave ind i opgavelisten \"{0}\"" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Failed to move a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "Kunne ikke flytte et memo ind i memolisten \"{0}\"" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:99 msgid "Copying an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "Kopierer en begivenhed ind i kalenderen \"{0}\"" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:101 msgid "Copying a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "Kopierer en opgave ind i opgavelisten \"{0}\"" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:103 msgid "Copying a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "Kopierer et memo ind i memolisten \"{0}\"" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Moving an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "Flytter en begivenhed ind i kalenderen \"{0}\"" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:107 msgid "Moving a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "Flytter en opgave ind i opgavelisten \"{0}\"" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Moving a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "Flytter et memo ind i memolisten \"{0}\"" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:1 ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:376 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammendrag" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:2 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:11 msgid "contains" msgstr "indeholder" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:3 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:3 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:17 msgid "does not contain" msgstr "indeholder ikke" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:4 #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:528 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:69 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivelse" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:5 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Any Field" msgstr "Ethvert felt" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:6 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Classification" msgstr "Klassificering" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:7 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:9 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:34 msgid "is" msgstr "er" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:8 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:10 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:40 msgid "is not" msgstr "er ikke" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:9 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:250 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:454 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:461 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:547 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:10 msgid "Public" msgstr "Offentlig" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:10 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:251 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:463 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:548 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Private" msgstr "Privat" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:11 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:252 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:465 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:549 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:12 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Confidential" msgstr "Fortroligt" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:12 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:5 msgid "Organizer" msgstr "Organisator" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:6 msgid "Attendee" msgstr "Deltager" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:5 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:14 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:897 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:22 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:390 msgid "Location" msgstr "Sted" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:15 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:23 ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:328 msgid "Category" msgstr "Kategori" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:16 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:15 ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:204 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:6 msgid "Attachments" msgstr "Brevdele" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:17 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:15 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:16 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:27 msgid "Exist" msgstr "Eksisterer" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:18 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:17 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:24 msgid "Do Not Exist" msgstr "Eksisterer ikke" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:310 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:331 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:15 msgid "Recurrence" msgstr "Tilbagevenden" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:20 msgid "Occurs" msgstr "Forekommer" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:21 msgid "Less Than" msgstr "Mindre end" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:22 msgid "Exactly" msgstr "Nøjagtig" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:23 msgid "More Than" msgstr "Mere end" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:24 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:17 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:28 msgid "Summary Contains" msgstr "Sammendrag indeholder" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:25 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:29 msgid "Description Contains" msgstr "Beskrivelse indeholder" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:669 msgid "Edit Reminder" msgstr "Rediger påmindelse" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:897 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:412 msgid "Pop up an alert" msgstr "Vis en advarsel" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:898 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:408 msgid "Play a sound" msgstr "Afspil en lyd" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:899 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:420 msgid "Run a program" msgstr "Kør et program" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:900 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:416 msgid "Send an email" msgstr "Send et brev" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:909 msgid "before" msgstr "før" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:910 msgid "after" msgstr "efter" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:919 msgid "start of appointment" msgstr "start af aftale" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:920 msgid "end of appointment" msgstr "slutning på aftale" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "minute(s)" msgstr "minutter" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "hour(s)" msgstr "timer" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "day(s)" msgstr "dage" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Add Reminder" msgstr "Tilføj påmindelse" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:353 msgid "Reminder" msgstr "Påmindelse" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "Gentag" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Repeat the reminder" msgstr "_Gentag påmindelsen" #. This is part of the sentence: 'Repeat the reminder %d extra times every %d minutes'. Where %d are numbers. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "extra times every" msgstr "ekstra gange hver" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:13 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:30 msgid "Options" msgstr "Indstillinger" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Custom _message" msgstr "Tilpasset _brev" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Mes_sage:" msgstr "Be_sked:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Custom reminder sound" msgstr "Brugertilpasset påmindelseslyd" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "_Sound:" msgstr "_Lyd:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Select A File" msgstr "Vælg en fil" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Program:" msgstr "_Program:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Arguments:" msgstr "_Argumenter:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Send To:" msgstr "Send til:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.c:240 msgid "Action/Trigger" msgstr "Handling/udløser" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:25 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:62 msgid "Reminders" msgstr "Påmindelser" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "A_dd" msgstr "_Tilføj" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:60 msgid "This event has been deleted." msgstr "Denne begivenhed er slettet." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:64 msgid "This task has been deleted." msgstr "Denne opgave er slettet." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:68 msgid "This memo has been deleted." msgstr "Dette memo er blevet slettet." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:78 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and close the editor?" msgstr "" "%s Du har lavet ændringer. Skal disse ændringer forkastes og redigeringen " "lukkes?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:80 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, close the editor?" msgstr "%s Du har ikke lavet nogen ændringer. Afslut redigering?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:85 msgid "This event has been changed." msgstr "Denne begivenhed er ændret." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:89 msgid "This task has been changed." msgstr "Denne opgave er ændret." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:93 msgid "This memo has been changed." msgstr "Dette memo er blevet ændret." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:103 #, c-format msgid "" "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and update the editor?" msgstr "" "%s Du har lavet ændringer. Skal disse ændringer forkastes og redigeringen " "opdateres?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:105 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, update the editor?" msgstr "%s Du har ikke gjort ændringer. Opdater redigering?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:266 msgid "Could not save attachments" msgstr "Kunne ikke gemme bilag" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:620 msgid "Could not update object" msgstr "Kunne ikke opdatere objekt" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:754 msgid "Edit Appointment" msgstr "Redigér aftale" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:761 #, c-format msgid "Meeting - %s" msgstr "Møde - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:763 #, c-format msgid "Appointment - %s" msgstr "Aftale - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:769 #, c-format msgid "Assigned Task - %s" msgstr "Tildelt opgave - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Task - %s" msgstr "Opgave - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:776 #, c-format msgid "Memo - %s" msgstr "Memo - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:792 msgid "No Summary" msgstr "Intet sammendrag" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:913 msgid "Keep original item?" msgstr "Behold oprindelige element?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1080 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1108 msgid "Unable to synchronize with the server" msgstr "Kan ikke synkronisere med serveren" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1222 msgid "Close the current window" msgstr "Luk det aktive vindue" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1229 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:121 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:558 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:455 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1296 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:341 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1305 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:136 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:888 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "Kopier det valgte" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1236 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:114 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:553 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1290 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1299 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:143 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:895 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "Klip det markerede ud" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1243 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:135 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:568 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:902 msgid "Delete the selection" msgstr "Slet det markerede" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1250 msgid "View help" msgstr "Vis hjælp" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1257 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:128 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:563 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1302 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1311 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:150 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:923 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "Indsæt fra udklipsholderen" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1278 msgid "Save current changes" msgstr "Gem nuværende ændringer" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1283 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:317 msgid "Save and Close" msgstr "Gem og luk" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1285 msgid "Save current changes and close editor" msgstr "Gem de aktuelle ændringer og luk redigeringsprogrammet" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1292 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:142 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:573 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:157 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1000 msgid "Select all text" msgstr "Vælg hele teksten" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1299 msgid "_Classification" msgstr "K_lassificering" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1306 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:16 #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:171 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:32 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1028 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "R_edigér" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1313 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:322 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:164 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1035 msgid "_File" msgstr "_Fil" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1320 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1042 msgid "_Help" msgstr "_Hjælp" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1327 msgid "_Insert" msgstr "_Indsæt" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1334 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:320 msgid "_Options" msgstr "_Indstillinger" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1341 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:178 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1077 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:5 msgid "_View" msgstr "_Vis" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1351 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:269 msgid "_Attachment..." msgstr "_Bilag..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1353 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:271 ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:413 msgid "Attach a file" msgstr "Vedlæg en fil" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1361 msgid "_Categories" msgstr "_Kategorier" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1363 msgid "Toggles whether to display categories" msgstr "Slå visning af kategorier fra/til" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1369 msgid "Time _Zone" msgstr "Tids_zone" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1371 msgid "Toggles whether the time zone is displayed" msgstr "Slå visning af Tidszone-feltet fra/til" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1380 msgid "Pu_blic" msgstr "Of_fentlig" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1382 msgid "Classify as public" msgstr "Klassificér som offentlig" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1387 msgid "_Private" msgstr "_Privat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1389 msgid "Classify as private" msgstr "Klassificér som privat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1394 msgid "_Confidential" msgstr "_Fortroligt" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1396 msgid "Classify as confidential" msgstr "Klassificér som fortroligt" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1404 msgid "R_ole Field" msgstr "_Rolle-felt" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1406 msgid "Toggles whether the Role field is displayed" msgstr "Slå visning af Rolle-feltet fra/til" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1412 msgid "_RSVP" msgstr "_RSVP" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1414 msgid "Toggles whether the RSVP field is displayed" msgstr "Slå visning af RSVP-feltet fra/til" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1420 msgid "_Status Field" msgstr "_Status-felt" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1422 msgid "Toggles whether the Status field is displayed" msgstr "Slå visning af Status-feltet fra/til" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1428 msgid "_Type Field" msgstr "_Type-felt" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1430 msgid "Toggles whether the Attendee Type is displayed" msgstr "Slå visning af deltagertype fra/til" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2211 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:488 msgid "Attach" msgstr "Vedlæg" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2541 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2751 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3764 msgid "Changes made to this item may be discarded if an update arrives" msgstr "" "Ændringer af dette element bliver muligvis ignoreret hvis en opdatering " "ankommer" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3726 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:121 msgid "attachment" msgstr "bilag" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3796 msgid "Unable to use current version!" msgstr "Kan ikke bruge nuværende version!" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor-page.c:441 #, c-format msgid "Validation error: %s" msgstr "Valideringsfejl: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:121 msgid "Could not open destination" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne mål" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:131 msgid "Destination is read only" msgstr "Mål er skrivebeskyttet" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:173 msgid "Cannot create object" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette objekt" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:204 msgid "Could not open source" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne kilde" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:216 msgid "_Delete this item from all other recipient's mailboxes?" msgstr "_Slet dette element fra alle øvrige modtageres brevbakker?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:219 msgid "_Retract comment" msgstr "_Tilbagetræk kommentar" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:55 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Begivenheden kunne ikke slettes pga. en dbus-fejl: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:59 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Opgaven kunne ikke slettes pga. en dbus-fejl: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:63 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Memoet kunne ikke slettes pga. en dbus-fejl: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:67 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Punktet kunne ikke slettes pga. en dbus-fejl: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:74 msgid "The event could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "Begivenheden kunne ikke slettes, fordi tilladelse blev nægtet" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:77 msgid "The task could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "Opgaven kunne ikke slettes, fordi tilladelse blev nægtet" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:80 msgid "The memo could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "Memoet kunne ikke slettes, fordi tilladelse blev nægtet" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:83 msgid "The item could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "Punktet kunne ikke slettes, fordi tilladelse blev nægtet" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:91 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Begivenheden kunne ikke slettes pga. en fejl: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:95 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Opgaven kunne ikke slettes pga. en fejl: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:99 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Memoet kunne ikke slettes pga. en fejl: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:103 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Punktet kunne ikke slettes pga. en fejl: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Enter Delegate" msgstr "Indtast delegat" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Delegate To:" msgstr "Uddelegér til:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Contacts..." msgstr "Kontaktpersoner..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:205 msgid "_Reminders" msgstr "_Påmindelser" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:207 msgid "Set or unset reminders for this event" msgstr "Aktivér/deaktivér påmindelser for denne begivenhed" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:215 msgid "Show Time as _Busy" msgstr "Vis tid som _optaget" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:217 msgid "Toggles whether to show time as busy" msgstr "Slå visning af tid som optaget fra/til" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:226 msgid "_Recurrence" msgstr "_Tilbagevenden" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:228 msgid "Make this a recurring event" msgstr "Gør denne begivenhed tilbagevendende" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:233 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:14 msgid "Send Options" msgstr "Afsendelsesindstillinger" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:235 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:96 msgid "Insert advanced send options" msgstr "Indsæt avancerede afsendelsesindstillinger" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:243 msgid "All _Day Event" msgstr "_Heldagsbegivenhed" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:245 msgid "Toggles whether to have All Day Event" msgstr "Slå visning af heldagsbegivenhed fra/til" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:254 msgid "_Free/Busy" msgstr "_Ledig/optaget" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:256 msgid "Query free / busy information for the attendees" msgstr "Forespørg om deltagere er ledige eller optagede" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:307 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3505 msgid "Appointment" msgstr "Aftale" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:377 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:24 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:165 msgid "Attendees" msgstr "Deltagere" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:574 msgid "Print this event" msgstr "Udskriv denne begivenhed" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:557 msgid "Event's start time is in the past" msgstr "Begivenhedens starttidspunkt er i fortiden" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:634 msgid "Event cannot be edited, because the selected calendar is read only" msgstr "" "Begivenheden kan ikke redigeres, fordi den valgte kalender er skrivebeskyttet" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:638 msgid "Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "" "Begivenheden kan ikke redigeres fuldt ud, fordi du ikke er organisatoren" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:650 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3165 msgid "This event has reminders" msgstr "Denne begivenhed har påmindelser" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:717 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Or_ganizer:" msgstr "Or_ganisator:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1300 msgid "Event with no start date" msgstr "Begivenhed uden startdato" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1303 msgid "Event with no end date" msgstr "Begivenhed uden slutdato" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1476 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:726 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1025 msgid "Start date is wrong" msgstr "Startdatoen er forkert" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1487 msgid "End date is wrong" msgstr "Slutdatoen er forkert" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1511 msgid "Start time is wrong" msgstr "Starttiden er forkert" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1519 msgid "End time is wrong" msgstr "Sluttiden er forkert" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1683 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:765 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1079 msgid "An organizer is required." msgstr "En organisator er påkrævet." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1718 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1114 msgid "At least one attendee is required." msgstr "Mindst en deltager er nødvendig." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1924 msgid "_Delegatees" msgstr "_Delegerede" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1926 msgid "Atte_ndees" msgstr "D_eltagere" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3445 #, c-format msgid "%d day before appointment" msgid_plural "%d days before appointment" msgstr[0] "%d dag før aftalen" msgstr[1] "%d dage før aftalen" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3451 #, c-format msgid "%d hour before appointment" msgid_plural "%d hours before appointment" msgstr[0] "%d time før aftalen" msgstr[1] "%d timer før aftalen" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3457 #, c-format msgid "%d minute before appointment" msgid_plural "%d minutes before appointment" msgstr[0] "%d minut før aftale" msgstr[1] "%d minutter før aftale" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3478 msgid "Customize" msgstr "Tilpas" #. Translators: "None" for "No reminder set" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3485 msgctxt "cal-reminders" msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #. TRANSLATORS: 'for' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] for [ H ] hours [ M ] minutes #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "for" msgstr "i" #. TRANSLATORS: 'until' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] until [ date ] [ time ] #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "until" msgstr "indtil" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "15 minutes before appointment" msgstr "15 minutter før aftalen" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 hour before appointment" msgstr "1 time før aftalen" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 day before appointment" msgstr "1 dag før aftalen" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:11 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "_Sted:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:29 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:357 msgid "_Description:" msgstr "_Beskrivelse:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:14 msgid "_Time:" msgstr "_Tid:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:15 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:13 msgid "Time _zone:" msgstr "Tids_zone:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:17 msgid "_Summary:" msgstr "_Sammendrag:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:21 msgid "Event Description" msgstr "Beskrivelse af begivenhed" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:23 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:30 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:547 msgid "Atte_ndees..." msgstr "D_eltagere..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:26 msgid "_Reminder" msgstr "_Påmindelse" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Custom Reminder:" msgstr "Tilpasset påmindelse:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "January" msgstr "Januar" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "February" msgstr "Februar" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "March" msgstr "Marts" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "April" msgstr "April" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "May" msgstr "Maj" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "June" msgstr "Juni" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "July" msgstr "Juli" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "August" msgstr "August" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "September" msgstr "September" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "October" msgstr "Oktober" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "November" msgstr "November" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "December" msgstr "December" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Select Date" msgstr "Vælg dato" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1379 msgid "Select _Today" msgstr "Vælg _dagen i dag" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:106 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3509 msgid "Memo" msgstr "Memo" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:156 msgid "Print this memo" msgstr "Udskriv dette memo" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:421 msgid "Memo's start date is in the past" msgstr "Memos startdato er i fortiden" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:457 msgid "Memo cannot be edited, because the selected memo list is read only" msgstr "" "Memo kan ikke redigeres, fordi den valgte memoliste er skrivebeskyttet" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:461 msgid "Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "Memo kan ikke redigeres fuldt ud, fordi du ikke er organisatoren" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:1160 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:203 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:220 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:49 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:78 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:9 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:66 msgid "To" msgstr "Til" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:426 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:31 msgid "_List:" msgstr "_Liste:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:434 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:24 msgid "Organi_zer:" msgstr "Organi_sator:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:5 msgid "T_o:" msgstr "T_il:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:26 msgid "Sta_rt date:" msgstr "Sta_rtdato:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:23 msgid "Su_mmary:" msgstr "Sa_mmendrag:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:53 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring event. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "Du ændrer en tilbagevendende begivenhed. Hvad ønsker du at ændre?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:55 #, c-format msgid "" "You are delegating a recurring event. What would you like to delegate?" msgstr "" "Du uddelegerer en tilbagevendende begivenhed. Hvad ønsker du at uddelegere?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:59 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring task. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "Du ændrer en tilbagevendende opgave. Hvad vil du ændre?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:63 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring memo. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "Du ændrer et tilbagevendende memo. Hvad ønsker du at ændre?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:89 msgid "This Instance Only" msgstr "Kun dette tilfælde" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:93 msgid "This and Prior Instances" msgstr "Dette og tidligere tilfælde" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:99 msgid "This and Future Instances" msgstr "Dette og fremtidige tilfælde" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:104 msgid "All Instances" msgstr "Alle tilfælde" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:575 msgid "This appointment contains recurrences that Evolution cannot edit." msgstr "" "Denne aftale har tilbagevendende elementer som ikke kan redigeres af " "Evolution." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1000 msgid "Recurrence date is invalid" msgstr "Dato for tilbagevendende aftale er ugyldig" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1044 msgid "End time of the recurrence was before event's start" msgstr "" "Sluttidspunkt for den tilbagevendende begivenhed var før begivenhedens start" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] week(s) on [Wednesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after the 'on', name of a week day always follows. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1073 msgid "on" msgstr "på" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1154 msgid "first" msgstr "første" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the ordinal number (like "third"), not the time division (like "minute") #. * Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'second', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1160 msgid "second" msgstr "anden" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [third] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'third', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1165 msgid "third" msgstr "tredje" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fourth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fourth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1170 msgid "fourth" msgstr "fjerde" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fifth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fifth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1175 msgid "fifth" msgstr "femte" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [last] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'last', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1180 msgid "last" msgstr "sidste" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1204 msgid "Other Date" msgstr "Anden dato" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [1st to 10th] [7th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1210 msgid "1st to 10th" msgstr "1. til 10." #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1216 msgid "11th to 20th" msgstr "11. til 20." #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [21th to 31th] [27th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1222 msgid "21st to 31st" msgstr "21. til 31." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1249 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:25 msgid "Monday" msgstr "Mandag" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:28 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "Tirsdag" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1251 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:31 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "Onsdag" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1252 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:34 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "Torsdag" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1253 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:37 msgid "Friday" msgstr "Fredag" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1254 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:40 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "Lørdag" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1255 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:43 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "Søndag" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Tuesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets])." #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1386 msgid "on the" msgstr "den" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1571 msgid "occurrences" msgstr "forekomster" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2341 msgid "Add exception" msgstr "Tilføj undtagelse" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2383 msgid "Could not get a selection to modify." msgstr "Der er ikke markeret noget til redigering." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2389 msgid "Modify exception" msgstr "Undtagelse fra redigering" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2435 msgid "Could not get a selection to delete." msgstr "Der er ikke markeret noget til sletning." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2576 msgid "Date/Time" msgstr "Dato/Tid" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "day(s)" msgstr "dage" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "week(s)" msgstr "uger" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "month(s)" msgstr "måneder" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "year(s)" msgstr "år" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "for" msgstr "for" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:12 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "until" msgstr "indtil" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:14 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "forever" msgstr "altid" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:16 msgid "This appointment rec_urs" msgstr "Denne aftale gen_tages" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:17 msgid "Every" msgstr "Hver" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:18 msgid "Exceptions" msgstr "Undtagelser" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:20 msgid "Preview" msgstr "Forhåndsvisning" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:173 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:255 msgid "Send my reminders with this event" msgstr "Send mine påmindelser med denne begivenhed" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:175 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:257 msgid "Notify new attendees _only" msgstr "Påmind _kun nye deltagere" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:94 msgid "_Send Options" msgstr "_Afsendelsesindstillinger" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:149 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3507 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:553 msgid "Task" msgstr "Opgave" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:286 msgid "Print this task" msgstr "Udskriv denne opgave" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:330 msgid "Task's start date is in the past" msgstr "Opgavens startdato er i fortiden" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:331 msgid "Task's due date is in the past" msgstr "Opgavens forfaldsdato er i fortiden" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:364 msgid "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list is read only" msgstr "" "Opgaven kan ikke redigeres, idet den valgte opgaveliste er skrivebeskyttet" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:368 msgid "Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "Opgave kan ikke redigeres fuldt ud, idet du ikke er organisatoren" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:372 msgid "" "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list does not support " "assigned tasks" msgstr "" "Opgaven kan ikke redigeres, idet den valgte opgaveliste ikke understøtter " "tildelte opgaver" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1006 msgid "Due date is wrong" msgstr "Forfaldsdatoen er forkert" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1174 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1199 msgid "Completed date is wrong" msgstr "Fuldførelsesdato er forkert" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:337 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:573 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:19 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:2 ../mail/message-list.c:320 msgid "High" msgstr "Høj" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:339 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1666 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:574 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:20 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:5 #: ../mail/message-list.c:319 msgid "Normal" msgstr "Normal" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:341 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:575 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:21 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:4 ../mail/message-list.c:318 msgid "Low" msgstr "Lav" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:576 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:22 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Undefined" msgstr "Udefineret" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:322 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:311 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:553 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:214 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:229 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:656 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3591 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Not Started" msgstr "Ikke startet" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:312 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:313 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:555 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:633 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:216 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:231 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:657 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3594 msgid "In Progress" msgstr "I gang" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:557 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:205 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:228 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:218 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:233 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:658 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3597 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:13 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:380 msgid "Completed" msgstr "Fuldført" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:22 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:318 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:317 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:559 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:235 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:659 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3600 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:878 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Afbrudt" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:25 msgid "D_ue date:" msgstr "_Forfaldsdato:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:28 msgid "Time zone:" msgstr "Tidszone:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:32 msgid "_Status:" msgstr "_Status:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:33 msgid "Date _completed:" msgstr "Dato for _fuldførelse:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:34 msgid "_Percent complete:" msgstr "_Procentdel fuldført:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:35 msgid "Priorit_y:" msgstr "Priorit_et:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:36 msgid "C_lassification:" msgstr "K_lassificering:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:37 msgid "_Web Page:" msgstr "_Hjemmeside:" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:324 msgid "New Appointment" msgstr "Ny aftale" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:325 msgid "New All Day Event" msgstr "Ny heldagsbegivenhed" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:326 msgid "New Meeting" msgstr "Nyt møde" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:327 msgid "Go to Today" msgstr "Gå til dags dato" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:328 msgid "Go to Date" msgstr "Gå til dato" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:298 msgid "It has reminders." msgstr "Den har påmindelser." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:301 msgid "It has recurrences." msgstr "Den er tilbagevendende." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:304 msgid "It is a meeting." msgstr "Det er et møde." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Calendar Event: Summary is %s." msgstr "Kalenderbegivenhed: Sammendrag er %s." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:314 msgid "Calendar Event: It has no summary." msgstr "Kalenderbegivenhed: Den har intet sammendrag." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:337 msgid "calendar view event" msgstr "begivenhed i kalenderoversigt" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:569 msgid "Grab Focus" msgstr "Tag fokus" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:154 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:154 #, c-format msgid "It has %d event." msgid_plural "It has %d events." msgstr[0] "Den har %d begivenhed." msgstr[1] "Den har %d begivenheder." #. To translators: Here, "It" is either like "Work Week View: July #. 10th - July 14th, 2006." or "Day View: Thursday July 13th, 2006." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:161 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:157 msgid "It has no events." msgstr "Den har ingen begivenheder." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:169 #, c-format msgid "Work Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "Arbejdsugeoversigt: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Day View: %s. %s" msgstr "Dagsoversigt: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:210 msgid "calendar view for a work week" msgstr "kalenderoversigt for en arbejdsuge" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:212 msgid "calendar view for one or more days" msgstr "kalenderoversigt for en eller flere dage" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view-main-item.c:327 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view-main-item.c:354 msgid "a table to view and select the current time range" msgstr "en tabel til at vise og vælge det nuværende tidsinterval" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:48 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:56 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1114 msgid "Gnome Calendar" msgstr "Gnome-kalenderen" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1191 msgid "%A %d %b %Y" msgstr "%A, %d. %b %Y" #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %b = abbreviated month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, #. * %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * You can change the order but don't change the #. * specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:208 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2793 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:859 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1195 msgid "%a %d %b" msgstr "%a %d. %b" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:211 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:217 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:220 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1198 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1207 msgid "%a %d %b %Y" msgstr "%a, %d. %b %Y" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:239 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:247 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:254 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:257 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1224 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1242 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1245 msgid "%d %b %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:244 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2809 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:863 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1231 msgid "%d %b" msgstr "%d %b" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:151 msgid "Jump button" msgstr "Hopknap" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:160 msgid "Click here, you can find more events." msgstr "Klik her, for at finde flere begivenheder." #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d days before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:358 #, c-format msgid "%d day" msgid_plural "%d days" msgstr[0] "%d dag" msgstr[1] "%d dage" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d weeks before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:364 #, c-format msgid "%d week" msgid_plural "%d weeks" msgstr[0] "%d uge" msgstr[1] "%d uger" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:426 msgid "Unknown action to be performed" msgstr "Ukendt handling som skal udføres" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:441 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s før aftalen starter" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s efter aftalen er startet" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:454 #, c-format msgid "%s at the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s ved aftalens start" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:466 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s før aftalen slutter" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:472 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s efter aftalens slutning" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:479 #, c-format msgid "%s at the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s ved aftalens slutning" #. Translator: The first %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a Sound". Second %s is an absolute time, e.g. "10:00AM" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:503 #, c-format msgid "%s at %s" msgstr "%s ved %s" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound". "Trigger types" are absolute or relative dates #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:511 #, c-format msgid "%s for an unknown trigger type" msgstr "%s for en ukendt udløsertype" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Month View: %s. %s" msgstr "Månedsoversigt: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:168 #, c-format msgid "Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "Ugeoversigt: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:202 msgid "calendar view for a month" msgstr "kalenderoversigt for en måned" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:204 msgid "calendar view for one or more weeks" msgstr "kalenderoversigt for en eller flere uger" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:223 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:750 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-page.c:126 msgid "Untitled" msgstr "Unavngiven" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:231 msgid "Categories:" msgstr "Kategorier:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:263 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Sammendrag:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:272 msgid "Start Date:" msgstr "Startdato:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:284 msgid "End Date:" msgstr "Slutdato:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:296 msgid "Due Date:" msgstr "Forfaldsdato:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:308 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1504 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1621 msgid "Status:" msgstr "Status:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:335 msgid "Priority:" msgstr "Prioritet:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:360 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:672 msgid "Description:" msgstr "Beskrivelse:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:391 msgid "Web Page:" msgstr "Hjemmeside:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "Copying an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "Kopierer en begivenhed ind i kalenderen %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1096 #, c-format msgid "Moving an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "Flytter en begivenhed ind i kalenderen %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a task" msgstr "Klik for at tilføje en opgave" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:2 msgid "Start date" msgstr "Startdato" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:652 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:586 #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:159 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Completion date" msgstr "Fuldførelsesdato" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:6 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:880 msgid "Complete" msgstr "Fuldført" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Due date" msgstr "Forfaldsdato" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:9 #, no-c-format msgid "% Complete" msgstr "% fuldført" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:18 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:387 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritet" #. To Translators: 'Status' here means the state of the attendees, the resulting string will be in a form: #. * Status: Accepted: X Declined: Y ... #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:11 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:4017 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:695 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:8 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:75 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:1 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:6 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:381 msgid "Created" msgstr "Oprettet" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Last modified" msgstr "Sidst ændret" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:446 msgid "Cut selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "Klip markerede begivenheder til udklipsholderen" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:452 msgid "Copy selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopier markerede begivenheder til udklipsholderen" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:458 msgid "Paste events from the clipboard" msgstr "Indsæt begivenheder fra udklipsholderen" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:464 msgid "Delete selected events" msgstr "Slet valgte begivenheder" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:484 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:270 msgid "Deleting selected objects" msgstr "Sletter de valgte objekter" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:646 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:878 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1176 msgid "Updating objects" msgstr "Opdaterer objekter" #. To Translators: It will display "Organiser: NameOfTheUser " #. To Translators: It will display #. * "Organizer: NameOfTheUser " #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2084 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:553 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:840 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s <%s>" msgstr "Organisator: %s <%s>" #. With SunOne accouts, there may be no ':' in organiser.value #. With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in #. * organizer.value. #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2088 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:558 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:844 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s" msgstr "Organisator: %s" #. To Translators: It will display "Location: PlaceOfTheMeeting" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2104 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2664 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3545 #, c-format msgid "Location: %s" msgstr "Sted: %s" #. To Translators: It will display "Time: ActualStartDateAndTime (DurationOfTheMeeting)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2135 #, c-format msgid "Time: %s %s" msgstr "Tid: %s %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Startdato" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Slutdato" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:467 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:185 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:199 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:135 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:170 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:233 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1251 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1268 ../e-util/e-charset.c:52 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3508 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6092 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:100 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukendt" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1668 msgid "Recurring" msgstr "Tilbagevendende" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1670 msgid "Assigned" msgstr "Tildelt" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:209 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:177 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:187 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1024 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:210 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:189 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3958 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:221 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:197 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:220 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6080 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Accepteret" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3959 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:222 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:199 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:222 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6086 msgid "Declined" msgstr "Afslået" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3960 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:223 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:201 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:526 msgid "Tentative" msgstr "Forsøgsvis" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3961 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:203 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:226 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6089 msgid "Delegated" msgstr "Uddelegeret" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3962 msgid "Needs action" msgstr "Kræver handling" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:125 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:631 msgid "Free" msgstr "Ledig" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:128 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:527 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:632 msgid "Busy" msgstr "Optaget" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:499 msgid "" "The geographical position must be entered in the format: \n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" msgstr "" "Den geografiske position skal angives i formatet: \n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" #. Translators: "None" for task's status #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:551 msgctxt "cal-task-status" msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:159 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:162 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m-%Y %H:%M:%S" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:170 #, c-format msgid "" "The date must be entered in the format: \n" "%s" msgstr "" "Datoen skal angives i formatet: \n" "%s" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the morning. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1983 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1554 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1074 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1093 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2637 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2657 msgid "am" msgstr "am" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the afternoon. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1986 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1557 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1079 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1095 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2642 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2659 msgid "pm" msgstr "pm" #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %B = full month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of #. * month, %B = full month name. You can change the #. * order but don't change the specifiers or add #. * anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2776 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:855 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:210 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2093 msgid "%A %d %B" msgstr "%A %d %B" #. To Translators: the %d stands for a week number, it's value between 1 and 52/53 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:3438 #, c-format msgid "Week %d" msgstr "Uge %d" #. Translators: %02i is the number of minutes; #. * this is a context menu entry to change the #. * length of the time division in the calendar #. * day view, e.g. a day is displayed in #. * 24 "60 minute divisions" or #. * 48 "30 minute divisions". #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:801 #, c-format msgid "%02i minute divisions" msgstr "%02i minutters inddeling" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:826 msgid "Show the second time zone" msgstr "Vis den sekundære tidszone" #. Translators: "None" indicates no second time zone set for a day view #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:843 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:11 msgctxt "cal-second-zone" msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:877 #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:389 msgid "Select..." msgstr "Vælg..." #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:64 msgid "Chair Persons" msgstr "Formænd" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:65 msgid "Required Participants" msgstr "Obligatoriske deltagere" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:66 msgid "Optional Participants" msgstr "Valgfrie deltagere" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:67 msgid "Resources" msgstr "Ressourcer" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:181 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:110 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:127 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1018 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1247 msgid "Individual" msgstr "Individuel" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:182 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:112 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:129 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1248 ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Group" msgstr "Gruppe" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:114 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:131 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1249 msgid "Resource" msgstr "Ressource" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:184 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:116 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:133 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1250 msgid "Room" msgstr "Rum" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:195 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:145 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:162 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1264 msgid "Chair" msgstr "Formand" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:196 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:147 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:164 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1021 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1265 msgid "Required Participant" msgstr "Obligatorisk deltager" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:197 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:149 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:166 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1266 msgid "Optional Participant" msgstr "Valgfri deltager" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:198 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:151 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:168 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1267 msgid "Non-Participant" msgstr "Ikke-deltager" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:195 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:218 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1031 msgid "Needs Action" msgstr "Behøver handling" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:626 msgid "Attendee " msgstr "Deltager " #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:681 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:6 msgid "RSVP" msgstr "SU" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:207 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:230 msgid "In Process" msgstr "I gang" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1910 #, c-format msgid "" "Enter password to access free/busy information on server %s as user %s" msgstr "" "Angiv adgangskode for at få adgang til fri/optaget-information på serveren " "%s som brugeren %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1920 #, c-format msgid "Failure reason: %s" msgstr "Grund til fejl: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1925 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:351 #: ../smime/gui/component.c:64 msgid "Enter password" msgstr "Indtast adgangskode" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:528 msgid "Out of Office" msgstr "Ude" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:530 msgid "No Information" msgstr "Ingen information" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:570 msgid "O_ptions" msgstr "_Valgmuligheder" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:590 msgid "Show _only working hours" msgstr "Vis _kun arbejdstid" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:603 msgid "Show _zoomed out" msgstr "Vis _zoomet ud" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:621 msgid "_Update free/busy" msgstr "_Opdatér ledig/optaget" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:638 msgid "_<<" msgstr "_<<" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:658 msgid "_Autopick" msgstr "_Autovælg" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:675 msgid ">_>" msgstr "_>>" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:696 msgid "_All people and resources" msgstr "_Alle mennesker og ressourcer" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:707 msgid "All _people and one resource" msgstr "Alle _personer og en enkelt ressource" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:718 msgid "_Required people" msgstr "_Obligatoriske personer" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:728 msgid "Required people and _one resource" msgstr "Obligatoriske personer og _en enkelt ressource" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:767 msgid "_Start time:" msgstr "_Starttidspunkt:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:796 msgid "_End time:" msgstr "S_luttidspunkt:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2660 #, c-format msgid "" "Summary: %s\n" "Location: %s" msgstr "" "Sammenfatning: %s\n" "Sted: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2662 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3534 #, c-format msgid "Summary: %s" msgstr "Sammendrag: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click here to add an attendee" msgstr "Klik her for at tilføje en deltager" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:3 msgid "Member" msgstr "Medlem" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:7 msgid "Delegated To" msgstr "Uddelegeret til" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:8 msgid "Delegated From" msgstr "Uddelegeret fra" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:10 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Normalt navn" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:11 msgid "Language" msgstr "Sprog" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:434 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:482 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:307 msgid "Memos" msgstr "Memoer" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:515 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:803 msgid "* No Summary *" msgstr "* Intet sammendrag *" #. Translators: This is followed by an event's start date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:602 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:887 msgid "Start: " msgstr "Start: " #. Translators: This is followed by an event's due date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:621 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:905 msgid "Due: " msgstr "Forfalder: " #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:742 msgid "Cut selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "Klip markerede memoer til udklipsholderen" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:748 msgid "Copy selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiér markerede memoer til udklipsholderen" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:754 msgid "Paste memos from the clipboard" msgstr "Indsæt memoer fra udklipsholderen" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:760 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:589 msgid "Delete selected memos" msgstr "Slet valgte memo" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:766 msgid "Select all visible memos" msgstr "Vælg alle synlige memoer" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a memo" msgstr "Klik for at tilføje et memo" #. Translators: "%d%%" is the percentage of a task done. #. * %d is the actual value, %% is replaced with a percent sign. #. * Result values will be 0%, 10%, 20%, ... 100% #. #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:604 #, c-format msgid "%d%%" msgstr "%d%%" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:721 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2418 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:79 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1078 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:61 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:439 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:462 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Opgaver" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1040 msgid "Cut selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "Klip markerede opgaver til udklipsholderen" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1046 msgid "Copy selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiér markerede opgaver til udklipsholderen" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1052 msgid "Paste tasks from the clipboard" msgstr "Indsæt opgaver fra udklipsholderen" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1058 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:713 msgid "Delete selected tasks" msgstr "Slet valgte opgaver" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1064 msgid "Select all visible tasks" msgstr "Vælg alle synlige opgaver" #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:335 msgid "Select Timezone" msgstr "Vælg en tidszone" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %B = full #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:227 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2072 msgid "%d %B" msgstr "%d %B" #: ../calendar/gui/gnome-cal.c:2369 msgid "Purging" msgstr "Opryder" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:648 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:706 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:840 msgid "An organizer must be set." msgstr "En organisator skal angives." #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:697 msgid "At least one attendee is necessary" msgstr "Mindst en deltager er nødvendig" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:928 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1089 msgid "Event information" msgstr "Kalenderinformation" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:931 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1092 msgid "Task information" msgstr "Opgaveinformation" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:934 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1095 msgid "Memo information" msgstr "Memoinformation" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:937 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1113 msgid "Free/Busy information" msgstr "Ledig/optaget-information" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:940 msgid "Calendar information" msgstr "Kalenderinformation" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:977 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Accepteret" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Tentatively Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:984 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "Forsøgsvist accepteret" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Declined: Meeting Name". #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Declined: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:991 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1039 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Declined" msgstr "Afslået" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Delegated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:998 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Delegated" msgstr "Uddelegeret" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Updated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1011 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Updated" msgstr "Opdateret" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Cancel: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1018 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Aflys" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Refresh: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1025 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Genopfrisk" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Counter-proposal: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1032 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Counter-proposal" msgstr "Modforslag" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1110 #, c-format msgid "Free/Busy information (%s to %s)" msgstr "Ledig/optaget-information (%s til %s)" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1118 msgid "iCalendar information" msgstr "iCalendar-information" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1146 msgid "Unable to book a resource, the new event collides with some other." msgstr "" "Ikke i stand til at reservere en ressource, den nye begivenhed kolliderer " "med en anden." #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1154 #, c-format msgid "Unable to book a resource, error: %s" msgstr "Ikke i stand til at reservere en ressource, fejl: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1326 msgid "You must be an attendee of the event." msgstr "Du må være en deltager i arrangementet." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "1st" msgstr "1." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "2nd" msgstr "2." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "4th" msgstr "4." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "5th" msgstr "5." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "6th" msgstr "6." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "7th" msgstr "7." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "8th" msgstr "8." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "9th" msgstr "9." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "10th" msgstr "10." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "11th" msgstr "11." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "12th" msgstr "12." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "13th" msgstr "13." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "14th" msgstr "14." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "15th" msgstr "15." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "16th" msgstr "16." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "17th" msgstr "17." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "18th" msgstr "18." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "19th" msgstr "19." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "20th" msgstr "20." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "21st" msgstr "21." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "24th" msgstr "24." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "25th" msgstr "25." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "26th" msgstr "26." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "27th" msgstr "27." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "28th" msgstr "28." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "29th" msgstr "29." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "30th" msgstr "30." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:667 msgid "31st" msgstr "31." #. Translators: These are workday abbreviations, #. * e.g. Su=Sunday and Th=thursday #. G_DATE_BAD_WEEKDAY #. G_DATE_MONDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:727 msgid "Mo" msgstr "Man" #. G_DATE_TUESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:728 msgid "Tu" msgstr "Tir" #. G_DATE_WEDNESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:729 msgid "We" msgstr "Ons" #. G_DATE_THURSDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:730 msgid "Th" msgstr "Tor" #. G_DATE_FRIDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:731 msgid "Fr" msgstr "Fre" #. G_DATE_SATURDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:732 msgid "Sa" msgstr "Lør" #. G_DATE_SUNDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:733 msgid "Su" msgstr "Søn" #. Translators: This is part of "START to END" text, #. * where START and END are date/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3328 msgid " to " msgstr " til " #. Translators: This is part of "START to END #. * (Completed COMPLETED)", where COMPLETED is a #. * completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3338 msgid " (Completed " msgstr " (Fuldført " #. Translators: This is part of "Completed COMPLETED", #. * where COMPLETED is a completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3344 msgid "Completed " msgstr "Fuldført " #. Translators: This is part of "START (Due DUE)", #. * where START and DUE are dates/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3354 msgid " (Due " msgstr " (Forfalder " #. Translators: This is part of "Due DUE", #. * where DUE is a date/time due the event #. * should be finished. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3361 msgid "Due " msgstr "Forfalder " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3564 msgid "Attendees: " msgstr "Deltagere: " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3608 #, c-format msgid "Status: %s" msgstr "Status: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3624 #, c-format msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Prioritet: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3642 #, c-format msgid "Percent Complete: %i" msgstr "Fuldført i procent: %i" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3656 #, c-format msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "Adresse: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3670 #, c-format msgid "Categories: %s" msgstr "Kategorier: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3681 msgid "Contacts: " msgstr "Kontaktpersoner: " #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:12 msgid "In progress" msgstr "I gang" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:25 #, no-c-format msgid "% Completed" msgstr "% fuldført" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:26 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:38 msgid "is greater than" msgstr "er større end" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:27 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:39 msgid "is less than" msgstr "er mindre end" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:78 msgid "Appointments and Meetings" msgstr "Aftaler og møder" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:462 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:901 msgid "Opening calendar" msgstr "Åbner kalender" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:610 msgid "iCalendar files (.ics)" msgstr "iCalendar-filer (.ics)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:611 msgid "Evolution iCalendar importer" msgstr "Evolution iCalendar-importør" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:703 msgid "Reminder!" msgstr "Påmindelse!" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:787 msgid "vCalendar files (.vcs)" msgstr "vCalendar-filer (.vcs)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:788 msgid "Evolution vCalendar importer" msgstr "Evolution vCalendar-importør" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1071 msgid "Calendar Events" msgstr "Kalenderbegivenheder" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1115 msgid "Evolution Calendar intelligent importer" msgstr "Evolution intelligent kalender-importør" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Meeting" msgstr "Møde" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Event" msgstr "Begivenhed" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1189 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1501 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Task" msgstr "Opgave" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1192 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1502 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Memo" msgstr "Memo" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1201 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has recurrences" msgstr "er tilbagevendende" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1206 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "is an instance" msgstr "er en instans" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1211 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has reminders" msgstr "har påmindelser" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1216 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has attachments" msgstr "har bilag" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1229 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Public" msgstr "Offentlig" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1232 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Private" msgstr "Privat" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1235 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "Fortroligt" #. Translators: Appointment's classification section name #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1239 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Classification" msgstr "Klassificering" #. Translators: Appointment's summary #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1244 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1544 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Summary" msgstr "Sammendrag" #. Translators: Appointment's location #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1250 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Location" msgstr "Sted" #. Translators: Appointment's start time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1258 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1539 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Start" msgstr "Start" #. Translators: 'Due' like the time due a task should be finished #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1269 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Due" msgstr "Forfalder" #. Translators: Appointment's end time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1281 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "End" msgstr "End" #. Translators: Appointment's categories #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1291 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Categories" msgstr "Kategorier" #. Translators: Appointment's complete value (either percentage, or a date/time of a completion) #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1315 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Completed" msgstr "Fuldført" #. Translators: Appointment's URL #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1323 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "URL" msgstr "Adresse" #. Translators: Appointment's organizer #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1334 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1337 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Organizer" msgstr "Organisator" #. Translators: Appointment's attendees #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1357 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1360 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Attendees" msgstr "Deltagere" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1374 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivelse" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1534 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #. #. * #. * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or #. * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either #. * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) version 3. #. * #. * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, #. * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of #. * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU #. * Lesser General Public License for more details. #. * #. * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License along with the program; if not, see #. * #. * #. * Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Novell, Inc. (www.novell.com) #. * #. #. #. * These are the timezone names from the Olson timezone data. #. * We only place them here so gettext picks them up for translation. #. * Don't include in any C files. #. #: ../calendar/zones.h:26 msgid "Africa/Abidjan" msgstr "Afrika/Abidjan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:27 msgid "Africa/Accra" msgstr "Afrika/Akkra" #: ../calendar/zones.h:28 msgid "Africa/Addis_Ababa" msgstr "Afrika/Addis_Abeba" #: ../calendar/zones.h:29 msgid "Africa/Algiers" msgstr "Afrika/Algier" #: ../calendar/zones.h:30 msgid "Africa/Asmera" msgstr "Afrika/Asmera" #: ../calendar/zones.h:31 msgid "Africa/Bamako" msgstr "Afrika/Bamako" #: ../calendar/zones.h:32 msgid "Africa/Bangui" msgstr "Afrika/Bangui" #: ../calendar/zones.h:33 msgid "Africa/Banjul" msgstr "Afrika/Banjul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:34 msgid "Africa/Bissau" msgstr "Afrika/Bissau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:35 msgid "Africa/Blantyre" msgstr "Afrika/Blantyre" #: ../calendar/zones.h:36 msgid "Africa/Brazzaville" msgstr "Afrika/Brazzaville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:37 msgid "Africa/Bujumbura" msgstr "Afrika/Bujumbura" #: ../calendar/zones.h:38 msgid "Africa/Cairo" msgstr "Afrika/Kairo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:39 msgid "Africa/Casablanca" msgstr "Afrika/Casablanca" #: ../calendar/zones.h:40 msgid "Africa/Ceuta" msgstr "Afrika/Ceuta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:41 msgid "Africa/Conakry" msgstr "Afrika/Conakry" #: ../calendar/zones.h:42 msgid "Africa/Dakar" msgstr "Afrika/Dakar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:43 msgid "Africa/Dar_es_Salaam" msgstr "Afrika/Dar_es_salaam" #: ../calendar/zones.h:44 msgid "Africa/Djibouti" msgstr "Afrika/Djibouti" #: ../calendar/zones.h:45 msgid "Africa/Douala" msgstr "Afrika/Douala" #: ../calendar/zones.h:46 msgid "Africa/El_Aaiun" msgstr "Afrika/El_Aaiun" #: ../calendar/zones.h:47 msgid "Africa/Freetown" msgstr "Afrika/Freetown" #: ../calendar/zones.h:48 msgid "Africa/Gaborone" msgstr "Afrika/Gaborone" #: ../calendar/zones.h:49 msgid "Africa/Harare" msgstr "Afrika/Harare" #: ../calendar/zones.h:50 msgid "Africa/Johannesburg" msgstr "Afrika/Johannesburg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:51 msgid "Africa/Kampala" msgstr "Afrika/Kampala" #: ../calendar/zones.h:52 msgid "Africa/Khartoum" msgstr "Afrika/Khartoum" #: ../calendar/zones.h:53 msgid "Africa/Kigali" msgstr "Afrika/Kigali" #: ../calendar/zones.h:54 msgid "Africa/Kinshasa" msgstr "Afrika/Kinshasa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:55 msgid "Africa/Lagos" msgstr "Afrika/Lagos" #: ../calendar/zones.h:56 msgid "Africa/Libreville" msgstr "Afrika/Libreville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:57 msgid "Africa/Lome" msgstr "Afrika/Lome" #: ../calendar/zones.h:58 msgid "Africa/Luanda" msgstr "Afrika/Luanda" #: ../calendar/zones.h:59 msgid "Africa/Lubumbashi" msgstr "Afrika/Lubumbashi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:60 msgid "Africa/Lusaka" msgstr "Afrika/Lusaka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:61 msgid "Africa/Malabo" msgstr "Afrika/Malabo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:62 msgid "Africa/Maputo" msgstr "Afrika/Maputo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:63 msgid "Africa/Maseru" msgstr "Afrika/Maseru" #: ../calendar/zones.h:64 msgid "Africa/Mbabane" msgstr "Afrika/Mbabane" #: ../calendar/zones.h:65 msgid "Africa/Mogadishu" msgstr "Afrika/Mogadishu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:66 msgid "Africa/Monrovia" msgstr "Afrika/Monrovia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:67 msgid "Africa/Nairobi" msgstr "Afrika/Nairobi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:68 msgid "Africa/Ndjamena" msgstr "Afrika/Ndjamena" #: ../calendar/zones.h:69 msgid "Africa/Niamey" msgstr "Afrika/Niamey" #: ../calendar/zones.h:70 msgid "Africa/Nouakchott" msgstr "Afrika/Nouakchott" #: ../calendar/zones.h:71 msgid "Africa/Ouagadougou" msgstr "Afrika/Ouagadougou" #: ../calendar/zones.h:72 msgid "Africa/Porto-Novo" msgstr "Afrika/Porto-Novo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:73 msgid "Africa/Sao_Tome" msgstr "Afrika/Sao_Tome" #: ../calendar/zones.h:74 msgid "Africa/Timbuktu" msgstr "Afrika/Timbuktu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:75 msgid "Africa/Tripoli" msgstr "Afrika/Tripoli" #: ../calendar/zones.h:76 msgid "Africa/Tunis" msgstr "Afrika/Tunis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:77 msgid "Africa/Windhoek" msgstr "Afrika/Windhoek" #: ../calendar/zones.h:78 msgid "America/Adak" msgstr "Amerika/Adak" #: ../calendar/zones.h:79 msgid "America/Anchorage" msgstr "Amerika/Anchorage" #: ../calendar/zones.h:80 msgid "America/Anguilla" msgstr "Amerika/Anguilla" #: ../calendar/zones.h:81 msgid "America/Antigua" msgstr "Amerika/Antigua" #: ../calendar/zones.h:82 msgid "America/Araguaina" msgstr "Amerika/Araguaina" #: ../calendar/zones.h:83 msgid "America/Aruba" msgstr "Amerika/Aruba" #: ../calendar/zones.h:84 msgid "America/Asuncion" msgstr "Amerika/Asuncion" #: ../calendar/zones.h:85 msgid "America/Barbados" msgstr "Amerika/Barbados" #: ../calendar/zones.h:86 msgid "America/Belem" msgstr "Amerika/Belem" #: ../calendar/zones.h:87 msgid "America/Belize" msgstr "Amerika/Belize" #: ../calendar/zones.h:88 msgid "America/Boa_Vista" msgstr "Amerika/Boa_Vista" #: ../calendar/zones.h:89 msgid "America/Bogota" msgstr "Amerika/Bogota" #: ../calendar/zones.h:90 msgid "America/Boise" msgstr "Amerika/Boise" #: ../calendar/zones.h:91 msgid "America/Buenos_Aires" msgstr "Amerika/Buenos_Aires" #: ../calendar/zones.h:92 msgid "America/Cambridge_Bay" msgstr "Amerika/Cambridge_Bay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:93 msgid "America/Cancun" msgstr "Amerika/Cancun" #: ../calendar/zones.h:94 msgid "America/Caracas" msgstr "Amerika/Caracas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:95 msgid "America/Catamarca" msgstr "Amerika/Catamarca" #: ../calendar/zones.h:96 msgid "America/Cayenne" msgstr "Amerika/Cayenne" #: ../calendar/zones.h:97 msgid "America/Cayman" msgstr "Amerika/Cayman" #: ../calendar/zones.h:98 msgid "America/Chicago" msgstr "Amerika/Chicago" #: ../calendar/zones.h:99 msgid "America/Chihuahua" msgstr "Amerika/Chihuahua" #: ../calendar/zones.h:100 msgid "America/Cordoba" msgstr "Amerika/Cordoba" #: ../calendar/zones.h:101 msgid "America/Costa_Rica" msgstr "Amerika/Costa_Rica" #: ../calendar/zones.h:102 msgid "America/Cuiaba" msgstr "Amerika/Cuiaba" #: ../calendar/zones.h:103 msgid "America/Curacao" msgstr "Amerika/Curacao" #: ../calendar/zones.h:104 msgid "America/Danmarkshavn" msgstr "Amerika/Danmarkshavn" #: ../calendar/zones.h:105 msgid "America/Dawson" msgstr "Amerika/Dawson" #: ../calendar/zones.h:106 msgid "America/Dawson_Creek" msgstr "Amerika/Dawson_Creek" #: ../calendar/zones.h:107 msgid "America/Denver" msgstr "Amerika/Denver" #: ../calendar/zones.h:108 msgid "America/Detroit" msgstr "Amerika/Detroit" #: ../calendar/zones.h:109 msgid "America/Dominica" msgstr "Amerika/Dominika" #: ../calendar/zones.h:110 msgid "America/Edmonton" msgstr "Amerika/Edmonton" #: ../calendar/zones.h:111 msgid "America/Eirunepe" msgstr "Amerika/Eirunepe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:112 msgid "America/El_Salvador" msgstr "Amerika/El_Salvador" #: ../calendar/zones.h:113 msgid "America/Fortaleza" msgstr "Amerika/Fortaleza" #: ../calendar/zones.h:114 msgid "America/Glace_Bay" msgstr "Amerika/Glace_Bay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:115 msgid "America/Godthab" msgstr "America/Godthåb" #: ../calendar/zones.h:116 msgid "America/Goose_Bay" msgstr "Amerika/Goose_Bay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:117 msgid "America/Grand_Turk" msgstr "Amerika/Grand_Turk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:118 msgid "America/Grenada" msgstr "Amerika/Grenada" #: ../calendar/zones.h:119 msgid "America/Guadeloupe" msgstr "Amerika/Guadeloupe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:120 msgid "America/Guatemala" msgstr "Amerika/Guatemala" #: ../calendar/zones.h:121 msgid "America/Guayaquil" msgstr "Amerika/Guayaquil" #: ../calendar/zones.h:122 msgid "America/Guyana" msgstr "Amerika/Guyana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:123 msgid "America/Halifax" msgstr "Amerika/Halifax" #: ../calendar/zones.h:124 msgid "America/Havana" msgstr "Amerika/Havana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:125 msgid "America/Hermosillo" msgstr "Amerika/Hermosillo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:126 msgid "America/Indiana/Indianapolis" msgstr "Amerika/Indiana/Indianapolis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:127 msgid "America/Indiana/Knox" msgstr "Amerika/Indiana/Knox" #: ../calendar/zones.h:128 msgid "America/Indiana/Marengo" msgstr "Amerika/Indiana/Marengo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:129 msgid "America/Indiana/Vevay" msgstr "Amerika/Indiana/Vevay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:130 msgid "America/Indianapolis" msgstr "Amerika/Indianapolis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:131 msgid "America/Inuvik" msgstr "Amerika/Inuvik" #: ../calendar/zones.h:132 msgid "America/Iqaluit" msgstr "Amerika/Iqaluit" #: ../calendar/zones.h:133 msgid "America/Jamaica" msgstr "Amerika/Jamaica" #: ../calendar/zones.h:134 msgid "America/Jujuy" msgstr "Amerika/Jujuy" #: ../calendar/zones.h:135 msgid "America/Juneau" msgstr "Amerika/Juneau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:136 msgid "America/Kentucky/Louisville" msgstr "Amerika/Kentucky/Louisville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:137 msgid "America/Kentucky/Monticello" msgstr "Amerika/Kentucky/Monticello" #: ../calendar/zones.h:138 msgid "America/La_Paz" msgstr "Amerika/La_Paz" #: ../calendar/zones.h:139 msgid "America/Lima" msgstr "Amerika/Lima" #: ../calendar/zones.h:140 msgid "America/Los_Angeles" msgstr "Amerika/Los_Angeles" #: ../calendar/zones.h:141 msgid "America/Louisville" msgstr "Amerika/Louisville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:142 msgid "America/Maceio" msgstr "Amerika/Maceio" #: ../calendar/zones.h:143 msgid "America/Managua" msgstr "Amerika/Managua" #: ../calendar/zones.h:144 msgid "America/Manaus" msgstr "Amerika/Manaus" #: ../calendar/zones.h:145 msgid "America/Martinique" msgstr "Amerika/Martinique" #: ../calendar/zones.h:146 msgid "America/Mazatlan" msgstr "Amerika/Mazatlan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:147 msgid "America/Mendoza" msgstr "Amerika/Mendoza" #: ../calendar/zones.h:148 msgid "America/Menominee" msgstr "Amerika/Menominee" #: ../calendar/zones.h:149 msgid "America/Merida" msgstr "Amerika/Merida" #: ../calendar/zones.h:150 msgid "America/Mexico_City" msgstr "Amerika/Mexico_City" #: ../calendar/zones.h:151 msgid "America/Miquelon" msgstr "America/Miquelon" #: ../calendar/zones.h:152 msgid "America/Monterrey" msgstr "Amerika/Monterrey" #: ../calendar/zones.h:153 msgid "America/Montevideo" msgstr "Amerika/Montevideo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:154 msgid "America/Montreal" msgstr "Amerika/Montréal" #: ../calendar/zones.h:155 msgid "America/Montserrat" msgstr "Amerika/Montserrat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:156 msgid "America/Nassau" msgstr "Amerika/Nassau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:157 msgid "America/New_York" msgstr "Amerika/New_York" #: ../calendar/zones.h:158 msgid "America/Nipigon" msgstr "Amerika/Nipigon" #: ../calendar/zones.h:159 msgid "America/Nome" msgstr "Amerika/Nome" #: ../calendar/zones.h:160 msgid "America/Noronha" msgstr "Amerika/Noronha" #: ../calendar/zones.h:161 msgid "America/North_Dakota/Center" msgstr "Amerika/North_Dakota/Center" #: ../calendar/zones.h:162 msgid "America/Panama" msgstr "Amerika/Panama" #: ../calendar/zones.h:163 msgid "America/Pangnirtung" msgstr "Amerika/Pangnirtung" #: ../calendar/zones.h:164 msgid "America/Paramaribo" msgstr "Amerika/Paramaribo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:165 msgid "America/Phoenix" msgstr "Amerika/Phoenix" #: ../calendar/zones.h:166 msgid "America/Port-au-Prince" msgstr "Amerika/Port-au-Prince" #: ../calendar/zones.h:167 msgid "America/Port_of_Spain" msgstr "Amerika/Port_of_Spain" #: ../calendar/zones.h:168 msgid "America/Porto_Velho" msgstr "Amerika/Porto_Velho" #: ../calendar/zones.h:169 msgid "America/Puerto_Rico" msgstr "Amerika/Puerto_Rico" #: ../calendar/zones.h:170 msgid "America/Rainy_River" msgstr "Amerika/Rainy_River" #: ../calendar/zones.h:171 msgid "America/Rankin_Inlet" msgstr "Amerika/Rankin_Inlet" #: ../calendar/zones.h:172 msgid "America/Recife" msgstr "Amerika/Recife" #: ../calendar/zones.h:173 msgid "America/Regina" msgstr "Amerika/Regina" #: ../calendar/zones.h:174 msgid "America/Rio_Branco" msgstr "Amerika/Rio_Branco" #: ../calendar/zones.h:175 msgid "America/Rosario" msgstr "Amerika/Rosario" #: ../calendar/zones.h:176 msgid "America/Santiago" msgstr "Amerika/Santiago" #: ../calendar/zones.h:177 msgid "America/Santo_Domingo" msgstr "Amerika/Santo_Domingo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:178 msgid "America/Sao_Paulo" msgstr "Amerika/Sao_Paulo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:179 msgid "America/Scoresbysund" msgstr "Amerika/Scoresbysund" #: ../calendar/zones.h:180 msgid "America/Shiprock" msgstr "Amerika/Shiprock" #: ../calendar/zones.h:181 msgid "America/St_Johns" msgstr "Amerika/St_Johns" #: ../calendar/zones.h:182 msgid "America/St_Kitts" msgstr "Amerika/St_Kitts" #: ../calendar/zones.h:183 msgid "America/St_Lucia" msgstr "Amerika/St_Lucia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:184 msgid "America/St_Thomas" msgstr "Amerika/St_Thomas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:185 msgid "America/St_Vincent" msgstr "Amerika/St_Vincent" #: ../calendar/zones.h:186 msgid "America/Swift_Current" msgstr "Amerika/Swift_Current" #: ../calendar/zones.h:187 msgid "America/Tegucigalpa" msgstr "Amerika/Tegucigalpa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:188 msgid "America/Thule" msgstr "Amerika/Thule" #: ../calendar/zones.h:189 msgid "America/Thunder_Bay" msgstr "Amerika/Thunder_Bay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:190 msgid "America/Tijuana" msgstr "Amerika/Tijuana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:191 msgid "America/Tortola" msgstr "Amerika/Tortola" #: ../calendar/zones.h:192 msgid "America/Vancouver" msgstr "Amerika/Vancouver" #: ../calendar/zones.h:193 msgid "America/Whitehorse" msgstr "Amerika/Whitehorse" #: ../calendar/zones.h:194 msgid "America/Winnipeg" msgstr "Amerika/Winnipeg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:195 msgid "America/Yakutat" msgstr "Amerika/Yakutat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:196 msgid "America/Yellowknife" msgstr "Amerika/Yellowknife" #: ../calendar/zones.h:197 msgid "Antarctica/Casey" msgstr "Antarktis/Casey" #: ../calendar/zones.h:198 msgid "Antarctica/Davis" msgstr "Antarktis/Davis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:199 msgid "Antarctica/DumontDUrville" msgstr "Antarktis/DumontDUrville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:200 msgid "Antarctica/Mawson" msgstr "Antarktis/Mawson" #: ../calendar/zones.h:201 msgid "Antarctica/McMurdo" msgstr "Antarktis/McMurdo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:202 msgid "Antarctica/Palmer" msgstr "Antarktis/Palmer" #: ../calendar/zones.h:203 msgid "Antarctica/South_Pole" msgstr "Antarktis/Syd_polen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:204 msgid "Antarctica/Syowa" msgstr "Antarktis/Syowa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:205 msgid "Antarctica/Vostok" msgstr "Antarktis/Vostok" #: ../calendar/zones.h:206 msgid "Arctic/Longyearbyen" msgstr "Arktis/Longyearbyen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:207 msgid "Asia/Aden" msgstr "Asien/Aden" #: ../calendar/zones.h:208 msgid "Asia/Almaty" msgstr "Asien/Almaty" #: ../calendar/zones.h:209 msgid "Asia/Amman" msgstr "Asien/Amman" #: ../calendar/zones.h:210 msgid "Asia/Anadyr" msgstr "Asien/Anadyr" #: ../calendar/zones.h:211 msgid "Asia/Aqtau" msgstr "Asien/Aqtau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:212 msgid "Asia/Aqtobe" msgstr "Asien/Aqtobe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:213 msgid "Asia/Ashgabat" msgstr "Asien/Ashgabat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:214 msgid "Asia/Baghdad" msgstr "Asien/Bagdad" #: ../calendar/zones.h:215 msgid "Asia/Bahrain" msgstr "Asien/Bahrain" #: ../calendar/zones.h:216 msgid "Asia/Baku" msgstr "Asien/Bakuc" #: ../calendar/zones.h:217 msgid "Asia/Bangkok" msgstr "Asien/Bangkok" #: ../calendar/zones.h:218 msgid "Asia/Beirut" msgstr "Asien/Beirut" #: ../calendar/zones.h:219 msgid "Asia/Bishkek" msgstr "Asien/Bishkek" #: ../calendar/zones.h:220 msgid "Asia/Brunei" msgstr "Asien/Brunei" #: ../calendar/zones.h:221 msgid "Asia/Calcutta" msgstr "Asien/Calcutta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:222 msgid "Asia/Choibalsan" msgstr "Asien/Choibalsan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:223 msgid "Asia/Chongqing" msgstr "Asien Chongqing" #: ../calendar/zones.h:224 msgid "Asia/Colombo" msgstr "Asien/Colombo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:225 msgid "Asia/Damascus" msgstr "Asien/Damaskus" #: ../calendar/zones.h:226 msgid "Asia/Dhaka" msgstr "Asien/Dhaka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:227 msgid "Asia/Dili" msgstr "Asien/Dili" #: ../calendar/zones.h:228 msgid "Asia/Dubai" msgstr "Asien/Dubai" #: ../calendar/zones.h:229 msgid "Asia/Dushanbe" msgstr "Asien/Dushanbe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:230 msgid "Asia/Gaza" msgstr "Asien/Gaza" #: ../calendar/zones.h:231 msgid "Asia/Harbin" msgstr "Asien/Harbin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:232 msgid "Asia/Hong_Kong" msgstr "Asien/Hong_Kong" #: ../calendar/zones.h:233 msgid "Asia/Hovd" msgstr "Asien/Hovd" #: ../calendar/zones.h:234 msgid "Asia/Irkutsk" msgstr "Asien/Irkutsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:235 msgid "Asia/Istanbul" msgstr "Asien/Istanbul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:236 msgid "Asia/Jakarta" msgstr "Asien/Jakarta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:237 msgid "Asia/Jayapura" msgstr "Asien/Jayapura" #: ../calendar/zones.h:238 msgid "Asia/Jerusalem" msgstr "Asien/Jerusalem" #: ../calendar/zones.h:239 msgid "Asia/Kabul" msgstr "Asien/Kabul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:240 msgid "Asia/Kamchatka" msgstr "Asien/Kamchatka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:241 msgid "Asia/Karachi" msgstr "Asien/Karachi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:242 msgid "Asia/Kashgar" msgstr "Asien/Kashgar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:243 msgid "Asia/Katmandu" msgstr "Asien/Katmandu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:244 msgid "Asia/Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "Asien/Krasnoyarsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:245 msgid "Asia/Kuala_Lumpur" msgstr "Asien/Kuala_Lumpur" #: ../calendar/zones.h:246 msgid "Asia/Kuching" msgstr "Asien/Kuching" #: ../calendar/zones.h:247 msgid "Asia/Kuwait" msgstr "Asien/Kuwait" #: ../calendar/zones.h:248 msgid "Asia/Macao" msgstr "Asien/Macao" #: ../calendar/zones.h:249 msgid "Asia/Macau" msgstr "Asien/Macao" #: ../calendar/zones.h:250 msgid "Asia/Magadan" msgstr "Asien/Magadan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:251 msgid "Asia/Makassar" msgstr "Asien/Makassar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:252 msgid "Asia/Manila" msgstr "Asien/Manila" #: ../calendar/zones.h:253 msgid "Asia/Muscat" msgstr "Asien/Muscat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:254 msgid "Asia/Nicosia" msgstr "Asien/Nicosia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:255 msgid "Asia/Novosibirsk" msgstr "Asien/Novosibirsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:256 msgid "Asia/Omsk" msgstr "Asien/Omsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:257 msgid "Asia/Oral" msgstr "Asien/Ural" #: ../calendar/zones.h:258 msgid "Asia/Phnom_Penh" msgstr "Asien/Phnom_Penh" #: ../calendar/zones.h:259 msgid "Asia/Pontianak" msgstr "Asien/Pontianak" #: ../calendar/zones.h:260 msgid "Asia/Pyongyang" msgstr "Asien/Pyongyang" #: ../calendar/zones.h:261 msgid "Asia/Qatar" msgstr "Asien/Qatar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:262 msgid "Asia/Qyzylorda" msgstr "Asien/Kzyl-Orda" #: ../calendar/zones.h:263 msgid "Asia/Rangoon" msgstr "Asien/Rangoon" #: ../calendar/zones.h:264 msgid "Asia/Riyadh" msgstr "Asien/Riyadh" #: ../calendar/zones.h:265 msgid "Asia/Saigon" msgstr "Asien/Saigon" #: ../calendar/zones.h:266 msgid "Asia/Sakhalin" msgstr "Asien/Sakhalin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:267 msgid "Asia/Samarkand" msgstr "Asien/Samarkand" #: ../calendar/zones.h:268 msgid "Asia/Seoul" msgstr "Asien/Seoul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:269 msgid "Asia/Shanghai" msgstr "Asien/Shanghai" #: ../calendar/zones.h:270 msgid "Asia/Singapore" msgstr "Asien/Singapore" #: ../calendar/zones.h:271 msgid "Asia/Taipei" msgstr "Asien/Taipei" #: ../calendar/zones.h:272 msgid "Asia/Tashkent" msgstr "Asien/Tashkent" #: ../calendar/zones.h:273 msgid "Asia/Tbilisi" msgstr "Asien/Tbilisi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:274 msgid "Asia/Tehran" msgstr "Asien/Teheran" #: ../calendar/zones.h:275 msgid "Asia/Thimphu" msgstr "Asien/Thimphu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:276 msgid "Asia/Tokyo" msgstr "Asien/Tokyo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:277 msgid "Asia/Ujung_Pandang" msgstr "Asien/Ujung_Pandang" #: ../calendar/zones.h:278 msgid "Asia/Ulaanbaatar" msgstr "Asien/Ulaanbaatar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:279 msgid "Asia/Urumqi" msgstr "Asien/Urumqi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:280 msgid "Asia/Vientiane" msgstr "Asien/Vientiane" #: ../calendar/zones.h:281 msgid "Asia/Vladivostok" msgstr "Asien/Vladivostok" #: ../calendar/zones.h:282 msgid "Asia/Yakutsk" msgstr "Asien/Jakutsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:283 msgid "Asia/Yekaterinburg" msgstr "Asien/Jekaterinburg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:284 msgid "Asia/Yerevan" msgstr "Asien/Jerevan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:285 msgid "Atlantic/Azores" msgstr "Atlanten/Azorene" #: ../calendar/zones.h:286 msgid "Atlantic/Bermuda" msgstr "Atlanten/Bermuda" #: ../calendar/zones.h:287 msgid "Atlantic/Canary" msgstr "Atlanteren/De canariske øer" #: ../calendar/zones.h:288 msgid "Atlantic/Cape_Verde" msgstr "Atlanten/Kap_Verde" #: ../calendar/zones.h:289 msgid "Atlantic/Faeroe" msgstr "Atlanten/Færøerne" #: ../calendar/zones.h:290 msgid "Atlantic/Jan_Mayen" msgstr "Atlanten/Jan_Mayen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:291 msgid "Atlantic/Madeira" msgstr "Atlanten/Madeira" #: ../calendar/zones.h:292 msgid "Atlantic/Reykjavik" msgstr "Atlanten/Reykjavík" #: ../calendar/zones.h:293 msgid "Atlantic/South_Georgia" msgstr "Atlanten/Syd-_Georgia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:294 msgid "Atlantic/St_Helena" msgstr "Atlanten/St_Helena" #: ../calendar/zones.h:295 msgid "Atlantic/Stanley" msgstr "Atlanten/Stanley" #: ../calendar/zones.h:296 msgid "Australia/Adelaide" msgstr "Australien/Adelaide" #: ../calendar/zones.h:297 msgid "Australia/Brisbane" msgstr "Australien/Brisbane" #: ../calendar/zones.h:298 msgid "Australia/Broken_Hill" msgstr "Australien/Broken_Hill" #: ../calendar/zones.h:299 msgid "Australia/Darwin" msgstr "Australien/Darwin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:300 msgid "Australia/Hobart" msgstr "Australien/Hobart" #: ../calendar/zones.h:301 msgid "Australia/Lindeman" msgstr "Australien/Lindeman" #: ../calendar/zones.h:302 msgid "Australia/Lord_Howe" msgstr "Australien/Lord_Howe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:303 msgid "Australia/Melbourne" msgstr "Australien/Melbourne" #: ../calendar/zones.h:304 msgid "Australia/Perth" msgstr "Australien/Perth" #: ../calendar/zones.h:305 msgid "Australia/Sydney" msgstr "Australien/Sydney" #: ../calendar/zones.h:306 msgid "Europe/Amsterdam" msgstr "Europa/Amsterdam" #: ../calendar/zones.h:307 msgid "Europe/Andorra" msgstr "Europa/Andorra" #: ../calendar/zones.h:308 msgid "Europe/Athens" msgstr "Europa/Athen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:309 msgid "Europe/Belfast" msgstr "Europa/Belfast" #: ../calendar/zones.h:310 msgid "Europe/Belgrade" msgstr "Europa/Beograd" #: ../calendar/zones.h:311 msgid "Europe/Berlin" msgstr "Europa/Berlin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:312 msgid "Europe/Bratislava" msgstr "Europa/Bratislava" #: ../calendar/zones.h:313 msgid "Europe/Brussels" msgstr "Europa/Bryssel" #: ../calendar/zones.h:314 msgid "Europe/Bucharest" msgstr "Europa/Bukarest" #: ../calendar/zones.h:315 msgid "Europe/Budapest" msgstr "Europa/Budapest" #: ../calendar/zones.h:316 msgid "Europe/Chisinau" msgstr "Europa/Chisinau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:317 msgid "Europe/Copenhagen" msgstr "Europa/København" #: ../calendar/zones.h:318 msgid "Europe/Dublin" msgstr "Europa/Dublin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:319 msgid "Europe/Gibraltar" msgstr "Europa/Gibraltar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:320 msgid "Europe/Helsinki" msgstr "Europa/Helsinki" #: ../calendar/zones.h:321 msgid "Europe/Istanbul" msgstr "Europa/Istanbul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:322 msgid "Europe/Kaliningrad" msgstr "Europa/Kaliningrad" #: ../calendar/zones.h:323 msgid "Europe/Kiev" msgstr "Europa/Kiev" #: ../calendar/zones.h:324 msgid "Europe/Lisbon" msgstr "Europa/Lisboa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:325 msgid "Europe/Ljubljana" msgstr "Europa/Ljubljana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:326 msgid "Europe/London" msgstr "Europa/London" #: ../calendar/zones.h:327 msgid "Europe/Luxembourg" msgstr "Europa/Luxembourg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:328 msgid "Europe/Madrid" msgstr "Europa/Madrid" #: ../calendar/zones.h:329 msgid "Europe/Malta" msgstr "Europa/Malta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:330 msgid "Europe/Minsk" msgstr "Europa/Minsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:331 msgid "Europe/Monaco" msgstr "Europa/Monaco" #: ../calendar/zones.h:332 msgid "Europe/Moscow" msgstr "Europa/Moskva" #: ../calendar/zones.h:333 msgid "Europe/Nicosia" msgstr "Europa/Nicosia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:334 msgid "Europe/Oslo" msgstr "Europa/Oslo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:335 msgid "Europe/Paris" msgstr "Europa/Paris" #: ../calendar/zones.h:336 msgid "Europe/Prague" msgstr "Europa/Prag" #: ../calendar/zones.h:337 msgid "Europe/Riga" msgstr "Europa/Riga" #: ../calendar/zones.h:338 msgid "Europe/Rome" msgstr "Europa/Rom" #: ../calendar/zones.h:339 msgid "Europe/Samara" msgstr "Europa/Samara" #: ../calendar/zones.h:340 msgid "Europe/San_Marino" msgstr "Europa/San_Marino" #: ../calendar/zones.h:341 msgid "Europe/Sarajevo" msgstr "Europa/Sarajevo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:342 msgid "Europe/Simferopol" msgstr "Europa/Simferopol" #: ../calendar/zones.h:343 msgid "Europe/Skopje" msgstr "Europa/Skopje" #: ../calendar/zones.h:344 msgid "Europe/Sofia" msgstr "Europa/Sofia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:345 msgid "Europe/Stockholm" msgstr "Europa/Stockholm" #: ../calendar/zones.h:346 msgid "Europe/Tallinn" msgstr "Europa/Tallinn" #: ../calendar/zones.h:347 msgid "Europe/Tirane" msgstr "Europa/Tirane" #: ../calendar/zones.h:348 msgid "Europe/Uzhgorod" msgstr "Europa/Uzhgorod" #: ../calendar/zones.h:349 msgid "Europe/Vaduz" msgstr "Europa/Vaduz" #: ../calendar/zones.h:350 msgid "Europe/Vatican" msgstr "Europa/Vatikanet" #: ../calendar/zones.h:351 msgid "Europe/Vienna" msgstr "Europa/Wien" #: ../calendar/zones.h:352 msgid "Europe/Vilnius" msgstr "Europa/Vilnius" #: ../calendar/zones.h:353 msgid "Europe/Warsaw" msgstr "Europa/Warszawa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:354 msgid "Europe/Zagreb" msgstr "Europa/Zagreb" #: ../calendar/zones.h:355 msgid "Europe/Zaporozhye" msgstr "Europa/Zaporozhye" #: ../calendar/zones.h:356 msgid "Europe/Zurich" msgstr "Europa/Zürich" #: ../calendar/zones.h:357 msgid "Indian/Antananarivo" msgstr "Indiske hav/Antananarivo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:358 msgid "Indian/Chagos" msgstr "Indiske hav/Chagos" #: ../calendar/zones.h:359 msgid "Indian/Christmas" msgstr "Indiske hav/Juleøen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:360 msgid "Indian/Cocos" msgstr "Indiske hav/Cocos" #: ../calendar/zones.h:361 msgid "Indian/Comoro" msgstr "Indiske hav/Comorerne" #: ../calendar/zones.h:362 msgid "Indian/Kerguelen" msgstr "Indiske hav/Kerguelen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:363 msgid "Indian/Mahe" msgstr "Indiske hav/Mahe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:364 msgid "Indian/Maldives" msgstr "Indiske hav/Maldiverne" #: ../calendar/zones.h:365 msgid "Indian/Mauritius" msgstr "Indiske hav/Mauritius" #: ../calendar/zones.h:366 msgid "Indian/Mayotte" msgstr "Indiske hav/Mayotte" #: ../calendar/zones.h:367 msgid "Indian/Reunion" msgstr "Indiske hav/Reunion" #: ../calendar/zones.h:368 msgid "Pacific/Apia" msgstr "Stillehavet/Apia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:369 msgid "Pacific/Auckland" msgstr "Stillehavet/Auckland" #: ../calendar/zones.h:370 msgid "Pacific/Chatham" msgstr "Stillehavet/Chatham" #: ../calendar/zones.h:371 msgid "Pacific/Easter" msgstr "Stillehavet/Påskeøen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:372 msgid "Pacific/Efate" msgstr "Stillehavet/Efate" #: ../calendar/zones.h:373 msgid "Pacific/Enderbury" msgstr "Stillehavet/Enderbury" #: ../calendar/zones.h:374 msgid "Pacific/Fakaofo" msgstr "Stillehavet/Fakaofo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:375 msgid "Pacific/Fiji" msgstr "Stillehavet/Fijiøerne" #: ../calendar/zones.h:376 msgid "Pacific/Funafuti" msgstr "Stillehavet/Funafuti" #: ../calendar/zones.h:377 msgid "Pacific/Galapagos" msgstr "Stillehavet/Galapagos" #: ../calendar/zones.h:378 msgid "Pacific/Gambier" msgstr "Stillehavet/Gambier" #: ../calendar/zones.h:379 msgid "Pacific/Guadalcanal" msgstr "Stillehavet/Guadalcanal" #: ../calendar/zones.h:380 msgid "Pacific/Guam" msgstr "Stillehavet/Guam" #: ../calendar/zones.h:381 msgid "Pacific/Honolulu" msgstr "Stillehavet/Honolulu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:382 msgid "Pacific/Johnston" msgstr "Stillehavet/Johnston" #: ../calendar/zones.h:383 msgid "Pacific/Kiritimati" msgstr "Stillehavet/Kiritimati" #: ../calendar/zones.h:384 msgid "Pacific/Kosrae" msgstr "Stillehavet/Kosrae" #: ../calendar/zones.h:385 msgid "Pacific/Kwajalein" msgstr "Stillehavet/Kwajalein" #: ../calendar/zones.h:386 msgid "Pacific/Majuro" msgstr "Stillehavet/Majuro" #: ../calendar/zones.h:387 msgid "Pacific/Marquesas" msgstr "Stillehavet/Marquesas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:388 msgid "Pacific/Midway" msgstr "Stillehavet/Midway" #: ../calendar/zones.h:389 msgid "Pacific/Nauru" msgstr "Stillehavet/Nauru" #: ../calendar/zones.h:390 msgid "Pacific/Niue" msgstr "Stillehavet/Niue" #: ../calendar/zones.h:391 msgid "Pacific/Norfolk" msgstr "Stillehavet/Norfolk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:392 msgid "Pacific/Noumea" msgstr "Stillehavet/Noumea" #: ../calendar/zones.h:393 msgid "Pacific/Pago_Pago" msgstr "Stillehavet/Pago_Pago" #: ../calendar/zones.h:394 msgid "Pacific/Palau" msgstr "Stillehavet/Palau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:395 msgid "Pacific/Pitcairn" msgstr "Stillehavet/Pitcairn" #: ../calendar/zones.h:396 msgid "Pacific/Ponape" msgstr "Stillehavet/Ponape" #: ../calendar/zones.h:397 msgid "Pacific/Port_Moresby" msgstr "Stillehavet/Port_Moresby" #: ../calendar/zones.h:398 msgid "Pacific/Rarotonga" msgstr "Stillehavet/Rarotonga" #: ../calendar/zones.h:399 msgid "Pacific/Saipan" msgstr "Stillehavet/Saipan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:400 msgid "Pacific/Tahiti" msgstr "Stillehavet/Tahiti" #: ../calendar/zones.h:401 msgid "Pacific/Tarawa" msgstr "Stillehavet/Tarawa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:402 msgid "Pacific/Tongatapu" msgstr "Stillehavet/Tongatapu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:403 msgid "Pacific/Truk" msgstr "Stillehavet/Truk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:404 msgid "Pacific/Wake" msgstr "Stillehavet/Wake" #: ../calendar/zones.h:405 msgid "Pacific/Wallis" msgstr "Stillehavet/Wallis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:406 msgid "Pacific/Yap" msgstr "Stillehavet/Yap" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:203 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Gem som..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:276 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:308 msgid "_Close" msgstr "_Luk" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:278 msgid "Close the current file" msgstr "Luk aktiv fil" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:283 msgid "New _Message" msgstr "Nyt _brev" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:285 msgid "Open New Message window" msgstr "Åbn vinduet \"Nyt brev\"" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:292 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:937 msgid "Configure Evolution" msgstr "Konfigurer Evolution" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:299 msgid "Save the current file" msgstr "Gem aktiv fil" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:304 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "_Gem som..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:306 msgid "Save the current file with a different name" msgstr "Gem aktiv fil med et nyt navn" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:313 msgid "Character _Encoding" msgstr "Tegn_kodning" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:330 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "_Udskriv..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:337 msgid "Print Pre_view" msgstr "V_is udskrift" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:344 msgid "Save as _Draft" msgstr "Gem som _kladde" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:346 msgid "Save as draft" msgstr "Gem som kladde" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:351 msgid "S_end" msgstr "S_end" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:353 msgid "Send this message" msgstr "Send dette brev" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:361 msgid "PGP _Encrypt" msgstr "_Kryptér med PGP" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:363 msgid "Encrypt this message with PGP" msgstr "Kryptér dette brev med PGP" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:369 msgid "PGP _Sign" msgstr "_Signér med PGP" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:371 msgid "Sign this message with your PGP key" msgstr "Underskriv dette brev med din PGP-nøgle" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:377 msgid "_Picture Gallery" msgstr "_Billedgalleri" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:379 msgid "Show a collection of pictures that you can drag to your message" msgstr "Vis en samling af billeder, som du kan trække til dit brev" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:385 msgid "_Prioritize Message" msgstr "_Prioritér brev" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:387 msgid "Set the message priority to high" msgstr "Angiv brevets prioritet som høj" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:393 msgid "Re_quest Read Receipt" msgstr "_Anmod om læsningskvittering" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:395 msgid "Get delivery notification when your message is read" msgstr "Anmod om kvittering for at dit brev er blevet åbnet" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:401 msgid "S/MIME En_crypt" msgstr "Kry_ptér med S/MIME" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:403 msgid "Encrypt this message with your S/MIME Encryption Certificate" msgstr "Kryptér dette brev med dit S/MIME krypteringscertifikat" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:409 msgid "S/MIME Sig_n" msgstr "Sig_nér med S/MIME" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:411 msgid "Sign this message with your S/MIME Signature Certificate" msgstr "Signér dette brev med dit S/MIME signaturcertifikat" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:417 msgid "_Bcc Field" msgstr "_Bcc-felt" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:419 msgid "Toggles whether the BCC field is displayed" msgstr "Slå visning af BCC-feltet fra/til" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:425 msgid "_Cc Field" msgstr "_Cc-felt" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:427 msgid "Toggles whether the CC field is displayed" msgstr "Slå visning af CC-feltet fra/til" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:433 msgid "_Reply-To Field" msgstr "Sva_r-til felt" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:435 msgid "Toggles whether the Reply-To field is displayed" msgstr "Slå visning af Svar-til feltet fra/til" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:494 msgid "Save Draft" msgstr "Gem kladde" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:39 msgid "Enter the recipients of the message" msgstr "Indtast brevets modtagere" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:41 msgid "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message" msgstr "Indtast adresserne som skal modtage en kopi af brevet" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:44 msgid "" "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message without " "appearing in the recipient list of the message" msgstr "" "Indtast adresserne som skal modtage en kopi af brevet, uden at blive vist i " "listen over modtagere" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:772 msgid "Fr_om:" msgstr "_Fra:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:779 msgid "_Reply-To:" msgstr "_Svar-til:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:784 msgid "_To:" msgstr "_Til:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:790 msgid "_Cc:" msgstr "_Cc:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:796 msgid "_Bcc:" msgstr "_Bcc:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:801 msgid "_Post To:" msgstr "_Post-til:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:805 msgid "S_ubject:" msgstr "_Emne:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:813 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:489 msgid "Si_gnature:" msgstr "Si_gnatur:" #: ../composer/e-composer-name-header.c:235 msgid "Click here for the address book" msgstr "Klik her for at se adressebogen" #: ../composer/e-composer-post-header.c:184 msgid "Click here to select folders to post to" msgstr "Klik her for at vælge mapper at sende til" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:879 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot sign outgoing message: No signing certificate set for this account" msgstr "" "Kan ikke underskrive udgående brev: Intet signaturcertifikat for denne konto" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:888 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot encrypt outgoing message: No encryption certificate set for this " "account" msgstr "" "Kan ikke kryptere udgående brev: Intet krypteringscertifikat for denne konto" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1569 ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1981 msgid "Compose Message" msgstr "Skriv brev" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4249 msgid "" "The composer contains a non-text message body, which cannot be edited." msgstr "" "Redigeringsvinduet indeholder et brev, som ikke er tekst, og som ikke kan " "redigeres." #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4949 msgid "Untitled Message" msgstr "Brev uden titel" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:1 msgid "You cannot attach the file "{0}" to this message." msgstr "Du kan ikke vedlægge filen "{0}" til dette brev." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file '{0}' is not a regular file and cannot be sent in a message." msgstr "Filen \"{0}\" er ikke en normal fil, og kan ikke sendes i et brev." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Could not retrieve messages to attach from {0}." msgstr "Kunne ikke hente brevene der skulle vedlægges fra {0}." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Because "{1}"." msgstr "Fordi "{1}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Do you want to recover unfinished messages?" msgstr "Vil du genoprette uafsluttede breve?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Evolution quit unexpectedly while you were composing a new message. " "Recovering the message will allow you to continue where you left off." msgstr "" "Evolution afsluttede uventet mens du var ved at skrive et nyt brev. " "Genoprettelse af brevet vil lade dig fortsætte hvor du slap." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:7 msgid "_Do not Recover" msgstr "Gendan _ikke" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:8 msgid "_Recover" msgstr "_Genopret" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save to autosave file "{0}"." msgstr "Kunne ikke gemme til autogemfilen "{0}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Error saving to autosave because "{1}"." msgstr "Fejl ved gemning til autogem fordi "{1}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to send the mail?" msgstr "Overførsel i gang. Vil du sende brevet?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" " There are few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "the mail to be sent without those pending attachments " msgstr "" " Der er et par bilag der er ved at blive overført. Ved at sende brevet nu, " "vil disse bilag ikke blive medsendt " #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to discard the message, titled '{0}', you are " "composing?" msgstr "" "Er du sikker på, at du vil kassere brevet med titlen \"{0}\", som du er ved " "at skrive?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Closing this composer window will discard the message permanently, unless " "you choose to save the message in your Drafts folder. This will allow you to " "continue the message at a later date." msgstr "" "Hvis du lukker skrivevinduet vil beskeden forkastes permanent, med mindre du " "vælger at gemme brevet i mappen Kladder. Dette vil lade dig fortsætte med at " "skrive brevet på et senere tidspunkt." #. Response codes were chosen somewhat arbitrarily. #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:18 msgid "_Continue Editing" msgstr "_Fortsæt med at redigere" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:19 msgid "_Save Draft" msgstr "_Gem kladde" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Could not create message." msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette brev." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "Because "{0}", you may need to select different mail options." msgstr "" "Fordi "{0}", vil du måske være nødt til at vælge andre e-post-" "indstillinger." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Could not read signature file "{0}"." msgstr "Kunne ikke læse signaturfilen "{0}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:23 msgid "All accounts have been removed." msgstr "Alle konti er blevet fjernet." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:24 msgid "You need to configure an account before you can compose mail." msgstr "Du skal konfigurere en konto inden du kan skrive e-post." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:25 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Outbox folder." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under gemning til din udbakke." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has not been sent." msgstr "Den oplyste fejl var "{0}". Brevet er ikke blevet sendt." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:27 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Drafts folder." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under gemning til din Kladde-mappe." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:28 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has most likely not been " "saved." msgstr "" "Den oplyste fejl var "{0}". Brevet er højst sandsynligt ikke " "blevet gemt." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:29 msgid "An error occurred while sending. How do you want to proceed?" msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under afsending. Hvordan ønsker du at fortsætte?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:30 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:156 msgid "The reported error was "{0}"." msgstr "Den oplyste fejl var "{0}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:31 msgid "_Save to Outbox" msgstr "_Gem i udbakke" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:32 msgid "_Try Again" msgstr "_Prøv igen" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:33 msgid "Your message was sent, but an error occurred during post-processing." msgstr "Dit brev blev sendt, men der opstod en fejl under efterbehandling." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Saving message to Outbox." msgstr "Gemmer brev i udbakken." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "The message will be saved to your local Outbox folder, because the " "destination service is currently unavailable. You can send the message by " "clicking the Send/Receive button in Evolution's toolbar." msgstr "" "Brevet vil blive gemt i din lokale udbakke, da destinationstjensten i " "øjeblikket ikke er tilgængelig. Når du igen kommer på nettet, kan du sende " "brevet ved at trykke på \"Send/Modtag\"-knappen i Evolutions værktøjsbjælke." #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Alarm Notify" msgstr "Evolution - alarmpåmindelse" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Calendar event notifications" msgstr "Påmindelse om kalenderbegivenhed" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:1033 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:212 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:243 msgid "Evolution" msgstr "Evolution" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:2 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:83 msgid "Groupware Suite" msgstr "Samarbejdsprogramsuite" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar" msgstr "Evolutions E-post og Kalender" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" msgstr "Håndter din e-post, kontakter og dit skema" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "mail;calendar;contact;addressbook;task;" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:6 msgid "Compose New Message" msgstr "Skriv en ny besked" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:7 ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:453 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:304 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:372 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Adressebog" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Enable address formatting" msgstr "Aktivér adresseformatering" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether addresses should be formatted according to standard in their " "destination country" msgstr "" "Hvorvidt adresser skal formateres efter destinationslandets standarder" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Autocomplete length" msgstr "Antal tegn til automatisk fuldførelse" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The number of characters that must be typed before Evolution will attempt to " "autocomplete." msgstr "" "Antal tegn som skal skrives før Evolution forsøger automatisk fuldførelse." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Show autocompleted name with an address" msgstr "Vis autofuldført navn med en adresse" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether force showing the mail address with the name of the autocompleted " "contact in the entry." msgstr "" "Hvorvidt det skal gennemtvinges, at der vises en adresse sammen med det " "autofuldførte navn." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog" msgstr "URI for mappen der sidst blev brugt i \"vælg navne\"-vinduet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog." msgstr "URI for mappen der sidst blev brugt i \"vælg navne\"-vinduet." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Contact layout style" msgstr "Layoutstil for kontakt" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the contact list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "contact list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "contact list." msgstr "" "Layoutstilen bestemmer hvor forhåndsvisningsruden skal placeres i forhold " "til kontaktlisten. \"0\" (Klassisk visning) placerer forhåndsvisningspanelet " "under kontaktlisten. \"1\" (Lodret visning) placerer forhåndsvisningspanelet " "ved siden af kontaktlisten." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Contact preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "Placering af ruden til forhåndsvisning af kontakter (horisontalt)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented horizontally." msgstr "" "Position af ruden til forhåndsvisning af kontakter, når ruden er vendt " "horisontalt." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Contact preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "Placering af ruden til forhåndsvisning af kontakter (vertikalt)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented vertically." msgstr "" "Position af ruden til forhåndsvisning af kontakter, når ruden er placeret " "vertikalt." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Show maps" msgstr "Vis kort" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Whether to show maps in preview pane" msgstr "Om kort skal vises i forhåndsvisningsruden" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Primary address book" msgstr "Primær adressebog" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") address book in the sidebar of the " "\"Contacts\" view" msgstr "" "UID'en for den valgte (eller \"primære\") adressebog i sidepanelet i " "\"Kontaktpersoner\"-visningen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Show preview pane" msgstr "Vis forhåndsvisningsruden" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to show the preview pane." msgstr "Om forhåndsvisningsruden vises." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Convert mail messages to Unicode" msgstr "Konvertér brevtekst til Unicode" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Convert message text to Unicode UTF-8 to unify spam/ham tokens coming from " "different character sets." msgstr "" "Konvertér brevtekst til Unicode UTF-8 for at forene spam-tekstbidder som " "kommer fra forskellige tegnsæt." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Save directory for reminder audio" msgstr "Mappe hvor påmindelseslyd gemmes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Directory for saving reminder audio files" msgstr "Mappe hvor påmindelseslydfiler skal gemmes i" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "Værdi for påmindelser for fødselsdage og jubilæer" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" "Antal enheder til bestemmelse af en påmindelse om fødselsdag eller jubilæum" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "Enhed for påmindelser om fødselsdage og jubilæer" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" "Enheder for en påmindelse om fødselsdag eller jubilæum, \"minutter\", " "\"timer\" eller \"dage\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "Komprimér weekender i månedsoversigt" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether to compress weekends in the month view, which puts Saturday and " "Sunday in the space of one weekday" msgstr "" "Om weekender skal komprimeres i månedsoversigten, hvilket vil give lørdag og " "søndag samme plads som en enkelt ugedag" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "Spørg efter bekræftelse ved sletning af punkter" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting an appointment or task" msgstr "" "Om der spørges efter bekræftelse ved sletning af en aftale eller opgave" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Confirm expunge" msgstr "Bekræft tømning" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when expunging appointments and tasks" msgstr "Om der spørges efter bekræftelse ved sletning af aftaler og opgaver" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Month view vertical pane position" msgstr "Lodret placering for rude med månedsoversigt" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Position of the vertical pane, between the calendar lists and the date " "navigator calendar" msgstr "" "Placeringen af den lodrette rude mellem kalenderlisterne og kalenderen til " "datonavigering" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Workday end hour" msgstr "Time for arbejdsdagens afslutning" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Hour the workday ends on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23" msgstr "Timen for arbejdsdagens afslutning, i 24-timers-format, 0 - 23" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Workday end minute" msgstr "Minut for arbejdsdagens afslutning" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Minute the workday ends on, 0 to 59." msgstr "Det minut som arbejdsdagen slutter på, 0 - 59." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Workday start hour" msgstr "Time for arbejdsdagens start" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Hour the workday starts on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23." msgstr "Timen hvorpå arbejdsdagen starter, i 24-timers-format, 0 - 23." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Workday start minute" msgstr "Minut for arbejdsdagens start" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Minute the workday starts on, 0 to 59." msgstr "Minut hvorpå arbejdsdagen starter, 0 - 59." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "The second timezone for a Day View" msgstr "Den anden tidszone for dagsvisningen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Shows the second time zone in a Day View, if set. Value is similar to one " "used in a 'timezone' key" msgstr "" "Vis den sekundære tidszone i dagsvisningen, hvis angivet. Værdier er ligesom " "de, der bliver brugt i \"timezone\"-nøglen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "Nyligt brugte sekundære tidszoner brugt i dagsvisning" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "List of recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "Liste af nyligt brugte sekundære tidszoner i dagsvisning" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember" msgstr "Maksimalt antal af nyligt brugte tidszoner, der skal huskes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember in a 'day-second-" "zones' list" msgstr "" "Maksimalt antal af nyligt brugte tidszoner, der skal huskes i en \"dags-" "sekundære-zoner\"-liste" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Default reminder value" msgstr "Værdier der anvendes som standard ved påmindelser" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Number of units for determining a default reminder" msgstr "Antal enheder til bestemmelse for en standardpåmindelse" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Default reminder units" msgstr "Tidsenheder der anvendes som standard ved påmindelser" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Units for a default reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" "Enheder for en forvalgt påmindelse, \"minutter\", \"timer\" eller \"dage\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show categories field in the event/meeting/task editor" msgstr "Vis feltet kategorier ved redigering af begivenhed/møde/opgave" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Whether to show categories field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "Vælg om kategori-feltet skal vises ved redigering af begivenhed/møde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show Role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Vis rolle-feltet ved redigering af begivenhed/opgave/møde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Whether to show role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" "Vælg om rolle-feltet skal vises ved redigering af begivenhed/opgave/møde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Vis RSVP-feltet ved redigering af begivenhed/opgave/møde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "Whether to show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" "Vælg om RSVP-feltet skal vises ved redigering af begivenhed/opgave/møde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Vis status-feltet ved redigering af begivenhed/opgave/møde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "Whether to show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" "Vælg om status-feltet skal vises ved redigering af begivenhed/opgave/møde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "Vis tidszone-feltet ved redigering af begivenhed/møde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Whether to show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "Vælg om tidszone-feltet skal vises ved redigering af begivenhed/møde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Vis type-feltet ved redigering af begivenhed/opgave/møde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Whether to show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" "Vælg om type-feltet skal vises ved redigering af begivenhed/opgave/møde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Hide completed tasks" msgstr "Skjul udførte opgaver" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "Whether to hide completed tasks in the tasks view" msgstr "Om løste opgaver skal skjules i opgave-oversigten" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Hide task units" msgstr "Skjul opgave-enheder" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Units for determining when to hide tasks, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" "Enheder for at bestemme hvornår opgaver skal skjules, \"minutter\", " "\"timer\" eller \"dage\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Hide task value" msgstr "Skjul opgaveværdi" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Number of units for determining when to hide tasks" msgstr "Antal enheder for at bestemme hvornår opgaver skal skjules" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "Horizontal pane position" msgstr "Rudens vandrette placering" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the date navigator calendar and the " "task list when not in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" "Placering i billedpunkter af den vandrette rude mellem kalenderen til " "datonavigering og opgavelisten når man ikke befinder sig i månedsoversigten" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Last reminder time" msgstr "Seneste tidspunkt for påmindelse" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Time the last reminder ran, in time_t" msgstr "Udførselstidspunkt for forrige påmindelse, i time_t" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Day View" msgstr "Farve for Marcus Bains-linje - dagsoversigt" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" msgstr "Farven der bruges til at tegne Marcus Bains-linjen i dagsoversigten" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Time bar" msgstr "Farve for Marcus Bains-linje - tidslinje" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "" "Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" msgstr "" "Farven der bruges til at tegne Marcus Bains-linjen i tidslinjen (tom for " "standard)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "Marcus Bains Line" msgstr "Marcus Bains-linje" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "" "Whether to draw the Marcus Bains Line (line at current time) in the calendar" msgstr "" "Om Marcus Bains-linjen (linje ved aktuel tid) skal tegnes i kalenderen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Memo preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "Position for ruden til forhåndsvisning af memo (horisontalt)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented horizontally" msgstr "Position af ruden til forhåndsvisning, når ruden vender vandret" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Memo layout style" msgstr "Layoutstil for memo" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the memo list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the memo " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the memo list" msgstr "" "Layoutstilen afgør hvor forhåndsvisningsruden skal placeres i forhold til " "memolisten. \"0\" (Klassisk visning) placerer forhåndsvisningspanelet under " "memolisten. \"1\" (Lodret visning) placerer forhåndsvisningspanelet ved " "siden af memolisten" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Memo preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "Position for ruden til forhåndsvisning af memo (vertikalt)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Position of the memo preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" "Position af ruden til forhåndsvisning af memoer, når ruden vender lodret" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Month view horizontal pane position" msgstr "Vandret placering for rude med månedsoversigt" # "between the view and .." Hvilket "view" er der tale om? -MBJ #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the view and the date navigator " "calendar and task list in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" "Placeringen i billedpunkter af den vandrette rude mellem kalenderen til " "datonavigering og opgavelisten, i månedsoversigten" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Scroll Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "Rul månedsvisningen med en uge ad gangen i stedet for en måned" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Whether to scroll a Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" "Hvorvidt månedsvisningen skal rulles med en uge ad gangen i stedet for en " "måned" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Reminder programs" msgstr "Påmindelsesprogrammer" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Programs that are allowed to be run by reminders" msgstr "Programmer der kan udføres som en del af påmindelser" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show display reminders in notification tray" msgstr "Vis skærmpåmindelser i statusfeltet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Whether or not to use the notification tray for display reminders" msgstr "Om statusfeltet skal anvendes til visning af påmindelser" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Preferred New button item" msgstr "Foretrukket element for ny knap" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Name of the preferred New toolbar button item" msgstr "Navnet på foretrukket element til ny knap på værktøjslinje" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "Primary calendar" msgstr "Primær kalender" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") calendar in the sidebar of the " "\"Calendar\" view" msgstr "" "UID'en for den valgte (eller \"primære\") kalender i sidepanelet i " "\"Kalender\"-visningen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Primary memo list" msgstr "Primær memoliste" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") memo list in the sidebar of the " "\"Memos\" view" msgstr "" "UID'en for den valgte (eller \"primære\") memoliste i sidepanelet i \"Memo\"-" "visningen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Primary task list" msgstr "Primær opgaveliste" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") task list in the sidebar of the " "\"Tasks\" view" msgstr "" "UID'en for den valgte (eller \"primære\") opgaveliste i sidepanelet i " "\"Opgave\"-visningen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Free/busy template URL" msgstr "Skabelon-adresse for ledig/optaget" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:85 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The URL template to use as a free/busy data fallback, %u is replaced by the " "user part of the mail address and %d is replaced by the domain" msgstr "" "Adresseskabelonen der skal bruges som ledig/optaget-data, ved tilbagefald, " "%u udskiftes med brugerdelen af e-postadressen, mens %d udskiftes med domænet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "Recurrent Events in Italic" msgstr "Tilbagevendende aftaler i kursiv" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Show days with recurrent events in italic font in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" "Vis dage med tilbagevendende begivenheder med kursiv skrifttype i kalenderen " "nederst til venstre" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "Search range for time-based searching in years" msgstr "Søgeomfang for tidsbaseret søgning i år" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "" "How many years can the time-based search go forward or backward from " "currently selected day when searching for another occurrence; default is ten " "years" msgstr "" "Hvor mange år kan den tidsbaserede søgning gå frem eller tilbage fra den " "aktuelt valgte dag, når der søges efter en anden forekomst; standard er ti år" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views" msgstr "Vis sluttiderne for aftaler i uge- og måneds-oversigterne" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Whether to display the end time of events in the week and month views" msgstr "" "Om sluttiderne for begivenheder i uge- og måneds-oversigterne skal vises" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "Show the memo preview pane" msgstr "Vis forhåndsvisningsruden til memoer" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "If \"true\", show the memo preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" "Hvis sat til \"true\" vil ruden til forhåndsvisning af memoer bliver vist i " "hovedvinduet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "Show the task preview pane" msgstr "Vis forhåndsvisningsruden til opgaver" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "If \"true\", show the task preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" "Hvis sat til \"true\" vil ruden til forhåndsvisning af opgaver bliver vist i " "hovedvinduet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Show week numbers in Day View, Work Week View, and Date Navigator" msgstr "Vis ugenumre i dags- og arbejdsugevisning samt datonavigation" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether to show week numbers in various places in the Calendar" msgstr "Om ugenumre skal vises forskellige steder i kalenderen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Vertical position for the tag pane" msgstr "Lodret position for mærke-vinduet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Highlight tasks due today" msgstr "Fremhæv opgaver med tidsfrist i dag" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)" msgstr "" "Om opgaver med tidsfrist i dag skal fremhæves med en særlig farve (farve for " "dagens opgaver)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Tasks due today color" msgstr "Farve for dagens opgaver" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" msgstr "" "Baggrundsfarve for opgaver med tidsfrist i dag, i \"#rrggbb\"-format. Bruges " "sammen med fremhævelse af opgaver med tidsfrist i dag" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "Task preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "Placering af ruden til forhåndsvisning af opgaver (horisontalt)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Task layout style" msgstr "Layoutstil for opgaver" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the task list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the task " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the task list" msgstr "" "Layoutstilen afgør hvor forhåndsvisningsruden skal placeres i forhold til " "opgavelisten. \"0\" (Klassisk visning) placerer forhåndsvisningspanelet " "under opgavelisten. \"1\" (Lodret visning) placerer forhåndsvisningspanelet " "ved siden af opgavelisten" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Task preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "Placering af ruden til forhåndsvisning af opgaver (vertikalt)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" "Position af ruden til forhåndsvisning af opgaver, når ruden vender lodret" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Highlight overdue tasks" msgstr "Fremhæv opgaver der skulle have været udført" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)" msgstr "" "Om opgaver, der skulle have været udført, skal fremhæves med en særlig farve " "(farve for opgaver, der skulle have været udført)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Overdue tasks color" msgstr "Farve for opgaver der tidsmæssigt er overskredet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." msgstr "" "Baggrundsfarve for opgaver der skulle have været udført, i \"#rrggbb\"-" "format. Bruges sammen med fremhævelse af opgaver, der skulle have været " "udført." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Time divisions" msgstr "Tidsinddelinger" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "Intervals shown in Day and Work Week views, in minutes" msgstr "Tidsintervaller der vises i dag- og arbejdsugeoversigter, i minutter" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Timezone" msgstr "Tidszone" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson timezone database location like \"America/New York\"" msgstr "" "Den forvalgte tidszone til brug for datoer og tid i kalenderen, som et " "uoversat Olson-tidszone-database-sted som f.eks. \"America/New York\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Twenty four hour time format" msgstr "24-timers-format" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "Whether to show times in twenty four hour format instead of using am/pm" msgstr "Om tider skal vises i 24-timers-format i stedet for am/pm" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "Påmindelser om fødselsdage og jubilæer" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "Om der skal være en påmindelse for fødseldage og jubilæer" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Default appointment reminder" msgstr "Standard-aftalepåmindelse" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Whether to set a default reminder for appointments" msgstr "Om aftaler skal have en standardpåmindelse" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Use system timezone" msgstr "Benyt systemtidszone" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Use the system timezone instead of the timezone selected in Evolution" msgstr "Brug systemets tidszone i stedet for den som er valgt i Evolution" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "First day of the week" msgstr "Ugens første dag" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "Monday is a work day" msgstr "Mandag er en hverdag" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Tuesday is a work day" msgstr "Tirsdag er en hverdag" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Wednesday is a work day" msgstr "Onsdag er en hverdag" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Thursday is a work day" msgstr "Torsdag er en hverdag" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "Friday is a work day" msgstr "Fredag er en hverdag" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Saturday is a work day" msgstr "Lørdag er en hverdag" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Sunday is a work day" msgstr "Søndag er en hverdag" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "(Deprecated) First day of the week, from Sunday (0) to Saturday (6)" msgstr "(Forældet) Begyndelsesdag for ugen, fra søndag (0) til lørdag (6)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"week-start-day-name\" instead." msgstr "" "Denne nøgle er forældet siden version 3.10 og bør ikke længere bruges. Brug " "\"week-start-day-name\" i stedet." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "(Deprecated) Work days" msgstr "(Forældet) Hverdage" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "Days on which the start and end of work hours should be indicated. (This key " "was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use the \"work-" "day-monday\", \"work-day-tuesday\", etc. keys instead.)" msgstr "" "Dage hvor der skal angives start- og sluttidspunkt for arbejdsskema. (Denne " "nøgle er forældet siden version 3.10 og bør ikke længere bruges. Brug " "nøglerne \"work-day-monday\", \"work-day-tuesday\" osv. i stedet.)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Previous Evolution version" msgstr "Foregående version af Evolution" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The most recently used version of Evolution, expressed as " "\"major.minor.micro\". This is used for data and settings migration from " "older to newer versions." msgstr "" "Den senest anvendte version af Evolution, udtrykt som \"major.minor.micro\". " "Dette bruges ved overflytning af data og indstillinger fra ældre til nyere " "versioner." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "List of disabled plugins" msgstr "Liste over deaktiverede udvidelsesmoduler" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "The list of disabled plugins in Evolution" msgstr "Listen over deaktiverede udvidelsesmoduler i Evolution" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "The window's X coordinate" msgstr "Vinduets X-koordinat" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The window's Y coordinate" msgstr "Vinduets Y-koordinat" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The window's width in pixels" msgstr "Vinduets bredde i billedpunkter" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "The window's height in pixels" msgstr "Vinduets højde i billedpunkter" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "Om vinduet skal være maksimeret" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Gnome Calendar's calendar import done" msgstr "Gnome Calendar's kalenderimportering færdig" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether calendar from Gnome Calendar has been imported or not" msgstr "Om kalenderen fra Gnome Calendar er blevet importeret eller ej" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Gnome Calendar's tasks import done" msgstr "Gnome Calendar's opgaveimportering færdig" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether tasks from Gnome Calendar have been imported or not" msgstr "Om opgaver fra Gnome Calendar er blevet importeret eller ej" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Check whether Evolution is the default mailer" msgstr "Kontrollér om Evolution er valgt som standard-postprogram" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Every time Evolution starts, check whether or not it is the default mailer." msgstr "" "Kontrollér om Evolution er forvalgt postprogram hver gang den startes." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages" msgstr "Standardtegnkodning ved skrivning af breve" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages." msgstr "Standardtegnkodning ved skrivning af breve." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Path where picture gallery should search for its content" msgstr "Den sti som skal gennemsøges efter indhold til billedgalleriet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "This value can be an empty string, which means it'll use the system Picture " "folder, usually set to ~/Pictures. This folder will be also used when the " "set path is not pointing to the existent folder" msgstr "" "Denne værdi kan være en tom streng, hvilket betyder at den vil bruge system-" "Billedmappen, som regel indstillet til ~/Billeder. Denne mappe vil også " "blive brugt hvis den angivne sti peger på en ikke-eksisterende mappe" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Spell check inline" msgstr "Integreret stavekontrol" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Draw spelling error indicators on words as you type." msgstr "Vis indikatorer for stavefejl mens du skriver." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Automatic link recognition" msgstr "Automatisk genkendelse af links" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Recognize links in text and replace them." msgstr "Genkend links i tekst og erstat dem." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Automatic emoticon recognition" msgstr "Automatisk genkendelse af smileyer" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images." msgstr "Genkend smileyer i tekst og erstat dem med billeder." # Der tales tidligere om en attribut for at brev i forbindelse med den linje som sættes ind lige før en citeret del af et brev i et andet brev. Jeg gætter indtil videre på at det er det er er tilfældet her og fejlmelder ved siden af. #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Attribute message" msgstr "Brevattribut" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message, attributing the " "message to the original author" msgstr "" "Teksten der indsættes når der svares på et brev, som tilskriver brevet den " "oprindelige forfatter" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Forward message" msgstr "Videresend brev" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when forwarding a message, saying that the " "forwarded message follows" msgstr "" "Teksten der indsættes ved videresendelse af et brev, som forklarer at det " "videresendte brev følger" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Original message" msgstr "Oprindeligt brev" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message (top posting), saying " "that the original message follows" msgstr "" "Teksten der indsættes når der svares på brev (toppostering), som forklarer " "at det oprindelige brev følger" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Group Reply replies to list" msgstr "Gruppesvar svarer til liste" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "Instead of the normal \"Reply to All\" behaviour, this option will make the " "'Group Reply' toolbar button try to reply only to the mailing list through " "which you happened to receive the copy of the message to which you're " "replying." msgstr "" "Frem for den normale \"Svar til alle\"-opførsel, kan denne indstilling " "bruges til at få \"Gruppesvar\"-værktøjsknappen til kun at svare til den " "postliste hvorfra du modtog beskeden, du svarer på." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Put the cursor at the bottom of replies" msgstr "Sæt markøren i bunden af svar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where the cursor should go when replying to a " "message. This determines whether the cursor is placed at the top of the " "message or the bottom." msgstr "" "Brugere bliver helt vilde, når det drejer sig om hvor markøren skal placeres " "når man svarer på et brev. Denne indstilling bestemmer, hvorvidt markøren " "placeres i toppen af brevet eller i bunden." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Always request read receipt" msgstr "Anmod altid om en kvittering for at brevet er læst" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Whether a read receipt request gets added to every message by default." msgstr "" "Hvorvidt der vedhæftes en anmodning om en kvittering for at brevet er læst " "til alle breve som standard." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Send HTML mail by default" msgstr "Send breve i HTML-format som standard" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Send HTML mail by default." msgstr "Send breve i HTML-format som standard." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Spell checking color" msgstr "Stavekontrolfarve" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Underline color for misspelled words when using inline spelling." msgstr "" "Farve af streg under forkert stavede ord ved brug af løbende stavekontrol." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Spell checking languages" msgstr "Stavekontrolsprog" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "List of dictionary language codes used for spell checking." msgstr "Liste af ordbogs-sprogkoder som bruges ved stavekontrol." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Show \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "Vis \"Bcc\"-felt ved afsendelse af brev" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "" "Show the \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "Vis \"Bcc\"-feltet ved afsendelse af et brev. Dette indstilles i \"Vis\"-" "menuen når en e-post-konto er valgt." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "Vis \"Cc\"-felt ved afsendelse af brev" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Show the \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "Vis \"Cc\"-feltet ved afsendelse af et brev. Dette indstilles i \"Vis\"-" "menuen når en e-post-konto er valgt." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "Vis \"Svar til\"-felt ved afsendelse af brev" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "Vis \"Svar til\"-feltet ved afsendelse af et brev. Dette kontrolleres fra " "\"Vis\"-menuen når en e-post-konto er valgt." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "Vis \"Fra\"-felt ved postering til en nyhedsgruppe" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "Show the \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" "Vis \"Fra\"-feltet ved postering til en nyhedsgruppe. Dette indstilles i " "\"Vis\"-menuen når en nyhedsgruppekonto er valgt." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "Vis \"Svar til\"-felt ved postering til en nyhedsgruppe" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" "Vis \"Svar til\"-feltet ved postering til en nyhedsgruppe. Dette " "kontrolleres fra \"Vis\"-menuen når en nyhedsgruppekonto er valgt." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Digitally sign replies when the original message is signed" msgstr "Signér svar digitalt, når det oprindelige brev er signeret" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "Automatically enable PGP or S/MIME signatures when replying to a message " "which is also PGP or S/MIME signed." msgstr "" "Aktivér automatisk PGP- eller S/MIME-signaturer, når der svares på et brev, " "som også er PGP- eller S/MIME-signeret." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Encode filenames in an Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "Indkod filnavne på en Outlook/GMail-måde" # Oh my #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "Encode filenames in the mail headers same as Outlook or GMail do, to let " "them display correctly filenames with UTF-8 letters sent by Evolution, " "because they do not follow the RFC 2231, but use the incorrect RFC 2047 " "standard." msgstr "" "Indkod filnavne i brevhoveder på samme måde som Outlook eller GMail gør, for " "på korrekt vis at lade dem vise filnavne med UTF-8-indkodede breve som " "bliver sendt af Evolution. Dette er nødvendigt fordi de ikke følger RFC " "2231, men bruger den ukorrekte RFC 2047-standard." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Put personalized signatures at the top of replies" msgstr "Indsæt en personlig signatur i toppen af svar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where their signature should go when replying " "to a message. This determines whether the signature is placed at the top of " "the message or the bottom." msgstr "" "Brugere bliver helt vilde, når det drejer sig om hvor deres signatur skal " "placeres henne, når man svarer på et brev. Denne indstilling bestemmer, " "hvorvidt signaturen placeres i toppen af brevet eller i bunden." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Do not add signature delimiter" msgstr "Tilføj ikke signaturadskiller" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Set to TRUE in case you do not want to add signature delimiter before your " "signature when composing a mail." msgstr "" "Indstil til TRUE hvis du ikke vil tilføje en signaturadskiller før din " "signatur, når du skriver et brev." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Ignore list Reply-To:" msgstr "Ignorér listens Reply-To (svar til):" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "" "Some mailing lists set a Reply-To: header to trick users into sending " "replies to the list, even when they ask Evolution to make a private reply. " "Setting this option to TRUE will attempt to ignore such Reply-To: headers, " "so that Evolution will do as you ask it. If you use the private reply " "action, it will reply privately, while if you use the 'Reply to List' action " "it will do that. It works by comparing the Reply-To: header with a List-" "Post: header, if there is one." msgstr "" "Visse postlister angiver en Reply-To:-linje (svar til) i brevhovedet, for at " "få brugere til at sende svar til listen, selv når de beder Evolution om at " "sende et privat svar. Hvis du sætter denne indstilling til sand, vil " "Evolution forsøge at ignorere sådanne Reply-To:-linjer, og gøre hvad du bad " "om. Hvis du bruger den private svarhandling, vil den svare privat. Hvis du " "bruger \"Svar til liste\"-handlingen, vil den gøre dette. Det virker ved at " "sammenligne Reply-To:-linjen med en List-Post:-linje, hvis der er en." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "List of localized 'Re'" msgstr "Liste over lokaliseret \"Re\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of localized 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." msgstr "" "Kommasepareret liste over lokaliserede \"Re\"-forkortelser, der skal " "springes over i en emne-tekst ved besvarelse af et brev, som tilføjelse til " "standard-\"Re\"-præfikset. For eksempel \"SV,AV\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Save file format for drag-and-drop operation" msgstr "Gem filformat for træk og slip-handlinger" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Can be either 'mbox' or 'pdf'." msgstr "Kan være enten \"mbox\" eller \"pdf\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Show image animations" msgstr "Vis billed-animationer" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "" "Enable animated images in HTML mail. Many users find animated images " "annoying and prefer to see a static image instead." msgstr "" "Aktivér animerede billeder i HTML-post. Mange brugere finder animerede " "billeder irriterende og foretrækker at se på et statisk billede." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Ellipsize mode for folder names in side bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Enable or disable type ahead search feature" msgstr "Aktivér eller deaktivér tast-og-find søgefunktionen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "Enable the side bar search feature to allow interactive searching of folder " "names." msgstr "" "Slå søgefunktionen i sidepanelet til, hvilket giver mulighed for interaktiv " "søgning i mappenavne." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Enable or disable magic space bar" msgstr "Slå magisk mellemrumstast til eller fra" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "Enable this to use Space bar key to scroll in message preview, message list " "and folders." msgstr "" "Slå denne til for at bruge mellemrumstasten til at rulle ned gennem brev-" "forhåndsvisning, brevindeks og mapper." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders" msgstr "" "Aktivér for at bruge en tilsvarende indstillinger for visning af " "beskedlisten i alle mapper" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders." msgstr "" "Slå til for at bruge tilsvarende indstillinger for visning af beskedlister " "for alle mapper." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"" msgstr "Markér citater i forhåndsvisningen af breve" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"." msgstr "Markér citater i forhåndsvisningen af breve." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Citation highlight color" msgstr "Farve til fremhævning af citater" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Citation highlight color." msgstr "Farve til fremhævning af citater." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Enable/disable caret mode" msgstr "Aktivér / deaktivér markørtilstand" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Enable caret mode, so that you can see a cursor when reading mail." msgstr "" "Aktivér markøtilstand således at du kan se en markør når du læser post." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages" msgstr "Standardtegnkodning ved visning af breve" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages." msgstr "Standardtegnkodning ved visning af breve." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Automatically load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "Indlæs automatisk billeder for HTML-breve via HTTP" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show Animations" msgstr "Vis animationer" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Show animated images as animations." msgstr "Vis animerede billeder som animationer." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Show all message headers" msgstr "Vis alle brevhoveder" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Show all the headers when viewing a messages." msgstr "Vis alle brevhoveder når et brev vises." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "List of headers to show when viewing a message." msgstr "Liste af synlige brevhoveder når et brev vises." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "Each header is represented as a pair: the header name, and a boolean " "indicating whether the header is enabled. Disabled headers are not shown " "when viewing a message, but are still listed in Preferences." msgstr "" "Hvert brevhoved repræsenteres som et par: brevhovednavnet samt en boolesk " "variabel, som angiver om brevhovedet er slået til. Deaktiverede brevhoveder " "vises ikke sammen med beskeder, men vises stadig i Indstillinger." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Show photo of the sender" msgstr "Vis foto af afsenderen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "Show the photo of the sender in the message reading pane." msgstr "Vis afsenderens foto i brevlæsningsruden." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout" msgstr "Markér som set efter angivet tidsgrænse" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout." msgstr "Markér som set efter angivet tidsgrænse." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Timeout for marking messages as seen" msgstr "Tidsgrænse for at markere brev som set" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "Timeout in milliseconds for marking messages as seen." msgstr "Tidsgrænse i millisekunder for at markere brev som set." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Sender email-address column in the message list" msgstr "Kolonnen for afsender-e-postadresser i brevindeks" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." msgstr "Vis afsenderens e-postadresse i en separat kolonne i brevindeks." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view" msgstr "" "Afgør hvorvidt der skal bruges den samme skrifttype til både \"Fra\" og " "\"Emne\"-linjerne i \"Brev\"-kolonnen i lodret visning" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view." msgstr "" "Afgør hvorvidt der skal bruges den samme skrifttype til både \"Fra\" og " "\"Emne\"-linjerne i \"Brev\"-kolonnen i lodret visning." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "Show deleted messages in the message-list" msgstr "Vis slettede breve i brevlisten" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show deleted messages (with a strike-through) in the message-list." msgstr "Vis slettede breve med gennemstregning i brevlisten." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Enable Unmatched search folder" msgstr "Aktivér Ikke-fundet-søgemappen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "" "Enable Unmatched search folder within Search Folders. It does nothing if " "Search Folders are disabled." msgstr "" "Aktivér umatchede-søgemappen i søgemapperne. Har ingen virkning, hvis " "søgemapper ikke er aktiverede." # Hmm, ophæver markeringen eller fjerner det der er markeret. Nå denne her oversættelse er lige så tvetydig som originalen #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Hides the per-folder preview and removes the selection" msgstr "Skjuler per-mappe-forhåndsvisning og fjerner markeringen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "" "This key is read only once and reset to \"false\" after read. This unselects " "the mail in the list and removes the preview for that folder." msgstr "" "Denne nøgle læses kun en gang og sættes til \"false\" efter at den er læst. " "Dette fravælger brevene i listen og fjerner forhåndsvisning for den mappe." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "Height of the message-list pane" msgstr "Højden på ruden med brevindekset" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Height of the message-list pane." msgstr "Højden på ruden med brevindekset." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether message headers are collapsed in the user interface" msgstr "Om brevhoveder sammenfoldes i brugergrænsefladen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Width of the message-list pane" msgstr "Bredde på ruden med brevindeks" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Width of the message-list pane." msgstr "Bredde på ruden med brevindeks." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "Layout style" msgstr "Layoutstil" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the message list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "message list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "message list." msgstr "" "Layoutstilen afgør hvor forhåndsvisningsruden skal placeres i forhold til " "brevlisten. \"0\" (Klassisk visning) placerer forhåndsvisningspanelet under " "brevlisten. \"1\" (Vertikal visning) placerer forhåndsvisningspanelet ved " "siden af brevlisten." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "Variable width font" msgstr "Skrifttype med variabel bredde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "The variable width font for mail display." msgstr "Skrifttypen med variabel bredde til visning af e-post." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Terminal font" msgstr "Terminalskrifttype" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "The terminal font for mail display." msgstr "Terminalskrifttypen ved visning af brev." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Use custom fonts" msgstr "Brug tilpassede skrifttyper" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Use custom fonts for displaying mail." msgstr "Benyt tilpassede skrifttyper til e-post-visning." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "Begræns antallet af synlige adresser i TO/CC/BCC" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in " "address_count." msgstr "" "Begræns synlige adresser i TO/CC/BCC til det antal der er angivet i " "address_count." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "Antal adresser der skal vises i TO/CC/BCC" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, " "beyond which a '...' is shown." msgstr "" "Dette bestemmer antallet af adresser der som standard vises i brevindekset. " "Efter dette antal vises \"...\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Thread the message-list based on Subject" msgstr "Benyt trådning i brevindekset, baseret på emne" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "" "Whether or not to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do " "not contain In-Reply-To or References headers." msgstr "" "Vælg om der skal benyttes emnebaseret trådning når breve ikke indeholder " "linjerne \"In-Reply-To\" eller \"References\" i brevhoved." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Default value for thread expand state" msgstr "Standardværdi for udfoldningen af en tråd" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be in expanded or " "collapsed state by default. Evolution requires a restart." msgstr "" "Denne valgmulighed specificerer hvorvidt tråde skal være foldet ud eller " "klappet sammen til at starte med. Dette kræver en genstart af Evolution." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Whether sort threads based on latest message in that thread" msgstr "Hvorvidt sortering baseres på det sidste brev i tråden" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be sorted based on latest " "message in each thread, rather than by message's date. Evolution requires a " "restart." msgstr "" "Denne valgmulighed specificerer hvorvidt tråde skal sorteres efter sidste e-" "brev i tråden i stedet for brevets dato. Dette kræver en genstart af " "Evolution." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Sort accounts alphabetically in a folder tree" msgstr "Sortér konti alfabetisk i et mappetræ" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "" "Tells how to sort accounts in a folder tree used in a Mail view. When set to " "true accounts are sorted alphabetically, with an exception of On This " "Computer and Search folders, otherwise accounts are sorted based on an order " "given by a user" msgstr "" "Angiver hvordan konti skal sorteres i et mappetræ i post-visning. Hvis " "angivet som \"true\", sorteres konti alfabetisk, undtagen På denne computer " "og søgemapper, ellers sorteres konti som angivet af en bruger" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Log filter actions" msgstr "Log filterhandlinger" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Log filter actions to the specified log file." msgstr "Log filterhandlinger til den angivne logfil." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions" msgstr "Logfilen for filterhandlinger" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions." msgstr "Logfilen for filterhandlinger." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "Flush Outbox after filtering" msgstr "Tøm udbakke efter filtrering" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "" "Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen " "only when there was used any 'Forward to' filter action and approximately " "one minute after the last action invocation." msgstr "" "Om udbakken skal tømmes når filtrering er færdiggjort. Tømning af udbakken " "vil kun finde sted når der er brugt en \"Videresend til\"-filterhandling, og " "cirka et minut efter sidste handlingsaktivering." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Default forward style" msgstr "Standardstil for videresending" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Default reply style" msgstr "Standardstil for svar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Prompt on empty subject" msgstr "Spørg ved tomt emne" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "" "Prompt the user when he or she tries to send a message without a Subject." msgstr "Spørg brugeren når han eller hun forsøger at sende breve uden emne." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Prompt when emptying the trash" msgstr "Spørg når papirkurven skal tømmes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash." msgstr "Spørg brugeren når han eller hun prøver at tømme papirkurven." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "Prompt when user expunges" msgstr "Spørg når brugeren tømmer" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to expunge a folder." msgstr "Spørg brugeren når han eller hun prøver at tømme en folder." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "Prompt before sending to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" "Spørg før der sendes til modtagere, som ikke er skrevet ind som adresser" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send " "a message to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" "Deaktiverer/aktiverer de gentagne advarsler om at du prøver at sende et brev " "til modtagere som ikke er skrevet ind som e-post-adresser" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:136 msgid "Prompt when user only fills Bcc" msgstr "Spørg når brugeren kun udfylder Bcc-feltet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:137 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send a message with no To or Cc recipients." msgstr "Spørg når der sendes breve uden modtagere i Til- eller Cc-felterne." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:138 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send unwanted HTML" msgstr "Spørg når brugeren prøver at sende uønsket HTML" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:139 msgid "" "Prompt when user tries to send HTML mail to recipients that may not want to " "receive HTML mail." msgstr "" "Spørg når breve i HTML-format sendes til modtagere der måske ikke vil have " "dem." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:140 msgid "Prompt when user tries to open 10 or more messages at once" msgstr "Spørg når brugeren forsøger at åbne 10 eller flere breve på en gang" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:141 msgid "" "If a user tries to open 10 or more messages at one time, ask the user if " "they really want to do it." msgstr "" "Hvis en bruger forsøger at åbne 10 eller flere breve på en gang, så spørg om " "brugeren virkelig ønsker det." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:142 msgid "Prompt while marking multiple messages" msgstr "Spørg når flere breve markeres" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:143 msgid "Enable or disable the prompt whilst marking multiple messages." msgstr "Deaktiverer/aktiverer prompten mens der markeres flere breve." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:144 msgid "Prompt when deleting messages in search folder" msgstr "Spørg når breve slettes i søgemappe" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:145 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that deleting messages from " "a search folder permanently deletes the message, not simply removing it from " "the search results." msgstr "" "Deaktiverer/aktiverer de gentagne advarsler om at hvis et brev slettes i en " "søgefolder, slettes brevet rigtig og ikke kun i søgeresultatet." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:146 msgid "Asks whether to copy a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "Spørger om en mappe skal kopieres ved træk og slip i mappetræet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:147 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" "Mulige værdier er: \"aldrig\" - for ikke at tillade kopiering med træk og " "slip i mappetræet, \"altid\" - for at tillade kopiering med træk og slip i " "mappetræet uden bekræftelse eller \"spørg\" - (eller enhver anden værdi) for " "at spørge brugeren." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:148 msgid "Asks whether to move a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "Spørger om en mappe skal flyttes ved træk og slip i mappetræet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:149 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" "Mulige værdier er: \"aldrig\" - for ikke at tillade flytning med træk og " "slip i mappetræet, \"altid\" - for at tillade flytning med træk og slip i " "mappetræet uden bekræftelse eller \"spørg\" - (eller enhver anden værdi) for " "at spørge brugeren." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:150 msgid "Prompt when replying privately to list messages" msgstr "Spørg når der svares privat til listebeskeder" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:151 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list." msgstr "" "Deaktiverer/aktiverer de gentagne advarsler om at du sender et privat svar " "på en besked, der ankom via en postlisten." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:152 msgid "Prompt when mailing list hijacks private replies" msgstr "Spørg når postliste overtager private svar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:153 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending " "a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list " "sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list" msgstr "" "Den aktiverer/deaktiverer de gentagne forespørgsler med advarsler om at du " "forsøger at sende et privat svar på en besked, der blev leveret via en " "postliste, men hvor listen angiver en Reply-To:-linje (svar til) i " "posthovedet, som sender dit svar tilbage til listen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:154 msgid "Prompt when replying to many recipients" msgstr "Spørg når der svares til mange modtagere" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:155 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "reply to many people." msgstr "" "Deaktiverer/aktiverer de gentagne forespørgsler som advarer om at du sender " "til for mange mennesker." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:156 msgid "" "Policy for automatically closing the message browser window when forwarding " "or replying to the displayed message." msgstr "" "Politik for automatisk lukning af beskedbrowservinduet når der videresendes " "eller svares på en vist besked." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:157 msgid "Empty Trash folders on exit" msgstr "Tøm affaldsmapper ved afslutning" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:158 msgid "Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "Tøm alle affaldsmapper når Evolution afslutter." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:159 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit" msgstr "Minimum antal dage mellem tømning af affald ved afslutning" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:160 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days." msgstr "Minimum tid mellem tømning af affald ved afslutning i dage." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Last time Empty Trash was run" msgstr "Sidste gang tøm affald blev udført" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:162 msgid "" "The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" "Sidste gang affaldet blev tømt, målt i dage siden første januar 1970 " "(epoken)." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:163 msgid "" "Amount of time in seconds the error should be shown on the status bar." msgstr "Antallet af sekunder fejlen skal vises i statusbjælken." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:164 msgid "Level beyond which the message should be logged." msgstr "Over dette niveau logges brevet." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:165 msgid "" "This can have three possible values. \"0\" for errors. \"1\" for warnings. " "\"2\" for debug messages." msgstr "" "Kan have tre forskellige værdier. \"0\" for fejl. \"1\" for advarsler. \"2\" " "for fejlsøgningsbeskeder." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:166 msgid "Show original \"Date\" header value." msgstr "Vis oprindelig brevhovedværdi \"Date\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:167 msgid "" "Show the original \"Date\" header (with a local time only if the time zone " "differs). Otherwise always show \"Date\" header value in a user preferred " "format and local time zone." msgstr "" "Vis oprindelig brevhovedværdi \"Date\" (udelukkende med lokaltidsangivelse " "hvis tidszonerne er forskellige). Ellers vil værdien altid blive vist i et " "brugerindstillet format og med lokal tidszone." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:168 msgid "List of Labels and their associated colors" msgstr "Liste over mærkninger og deres associerede farver" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:169 msgid "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding." msgstr "" "Liste over mærkninger som Evolutions e-post-komponent kender. Listen " "indeholder strenge indeholdende navn:farve, hvor farve benytter sig af HTML-" "hex-kodning." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:170 msgid "Check incoming mail being junk" msgstr "Kontrollér om indgående breve er spam" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:171 msgid "Run junk test on incoming mail." msgstr "Udfør spamtest på indgående e-post." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:172 msgid "Empty Junk folders on exit" msgstr "Tøm spammapper ved afslutning" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:173 msgid "Empty all Junk folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "Tøm alle spammapper når Evolution afslutter." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:174 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the junk on exit" msgstr "Minimum antal dage mellem tømning af spammapper ved afslutning" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:175 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the junk on exit, in days." msgstr "Minimum tid mellem tømning af spammapper ved afslutning i dage." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:176 msgid "Last time Empty Junk was run" msgstr "Sidste gang tøm spam blev udført" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:177 msgid "" "The last time Empty Junk was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" "Sidste gang spammapperne blev tømt, målt i dage siden første januar 1970 " "(epoken)." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:178 msgid "The default plugin for Junk hook" msgstr "Standard-udvidelsesmodulet for spam-funktion" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:179 msgid "" "This is the default junk plugin, even though there are multiple plugins " "enabled. If the default listed plugin is disabled, then it won't fall back " "to the other available plugins." msgstr "" "Dette er det forvalgte spam-udvidelsesmodul, selv om der er flere af slagsen " "aktiveret. Hvis det forvalgte udvidelsesmodul er deaktiveret vil der ikke " "automatisk benyttes et af de andre." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:180 msgid "Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email" msgstr "Afgør hvorvidt der skal søges efter afsenderadresse i adressebog" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:181 msgid "" "Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it " "shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It " "can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for " "autocompletion." msgstr "" "Afgør hvorvidt der skal søges efter afsenderadresse i adressebogen. Hvis den " "bliver fundet skulle det ikke være spam. Der søges i bøger markeret til " "autofuldførelse. Dette kan være langsomt, hvis fjerne adressebøger (som " "f.eks. ldap) er markeret til autofuldførelse." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:182 msgid "" "Determines whether to look up addresses for junk filtering in local address " "book only" msgstr "" "Afgør hvorvidt der kun skal søges efter adresser i den lokale adressebog i " "forbindelse med spamfiltrering" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:183 msgid "" "This option is related to the key lookup_addressbook and is used to " "determine whether to look up addresses in local address book only to exclude " "mail sent by known contacts from junk filtering." msgstr "" "Denne valgmulighed er relateret til nøglen lookup_adressbook og bruges til " "at afgøre, hvorvidt der kun skal kigges i den lokale adressebog, når post " "som er modtaget fra kendte kontaktpersoner, skal ekskluderes fra " "spamfiltreringen." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:184 msgid "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk" msgstr "" "Afgør om der skal anvendes brugertilpassede brevhoveder til at kontrollere " "for spam" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:185 msgid "" "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk. If this option " "is enabled and the headers are mentioned, it will be improve the junk " "checking speed." msgstr "" "Afgør om der skal anvendes brugertilpassede brevhoveder til at kontrollere " "for spam. Hvis denne valgmulighed er slået til og brevhovederne er nævnt vil " "det forbedre spam-søgningshastigheden." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:186 msgid "Custom headers to use while checking for junk." msgstr "" "Tilpassede brevhoveder der skal bruges mens der kontrolleres for spam." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:187 msgid "" "Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are string " "in the format \"headername=value\"." msgstr "" "Tilpassede brevhoveder der skal bruges, mens der kontrolleres for spam. " "Listelementerne er strenge på formen \"brevhovednavn=værdi\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:188 msgid "UID string of the default account." msgstr "Standardkontoens UID-streng." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:189 msgid "Save directory" msgstr "Gem mappe" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:190 msgid "Directory for saving mail component files." msgstr "Mappe hvor post-komponentfilerne skal gemmes." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:191 msgid "Composer load/attach directory" msgstr "Indlæsnings- og bilagsmappe for skrivevindue" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:192 msgid "Directory for loading/attaching files to composer." msgstr "Mappe til at indlæse/vedhæfte filer i skrivevindue." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:193 msgid "Check for new messages on start" msgstr "Kontrollér om der er nye breve ved opstart" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:194 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages when Evolution is started. This includes " "also sending messages from Outbox." msgstr "" "Hvorvidt Evolution skal kontrollere om der er nye breve ved opstart. Dette " "omfatter også afsendelse af breve fra udbakken." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:195 msgid "Check for new messages in all active accounts" msgstr "Kontrollér automatisk om der er nye breve på alle aktive konti" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:196 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages in all active accounts regardless of the " "account \"Check for new messages every X minutes\" option when Evolution is " "started. This option is used only together with 'send_recv_on_start' option." msgstr "" "Hvorvidt der skal kontrolleres om der er nye breve i alle aktive konti, når " "Evolution startes, uafhængigt af disse kontis \"Kontrollér om der er nye " "breve hver X minutter\"-indstilling. Denne indstilling bruges kun sammen med " "indstillingen \"send_recv_on_start\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Server synchronization interval" msgstr "Synkroniseringsinterval for server" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:198 msgid "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." msgstr "" "Kontrollerer hvor ofte lokale ændringer synkroniseres med den fjerne e-" "postserver. Intervallet skal være mindst 30 sekunder." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:199 msgid "(Deprecated) Default forward style" msgstr "(Forældet) Standardstil for videresending" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:200 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"forward-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" "Denne nøgle er forældet siden version 3.10 og bør ikke længere bruges. Brug " "\"forward-style-name\" i stedet." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:201 msgid "(Deprecated) Default reply style" msgstr "(Forældet) Standardstil for svar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:202 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"reply-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" "Denne nøgle er forældet siden version 3.10 og bør ikke længere bruges. Brug " "\"reply-style-name\" i stedet." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:203 msgid "(Deprecated) List of custom headers and whether they are enabled." msgstr "(Forældet) Liste over tilpassede hoveder og om de er aktiveret." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:204 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"show-headers\" instead." msgstr "" "Denne nøgle er forældet siden version 3.10 og bør ikke længere bruges. Brug " "\"show-headers\" i stedet." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:205 msgid "(Deprecated) Load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "(Forældet) Indlæs billeder for HTML-breve via HTTP" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:206 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"image-loading-policy\" instead." msgstr "" "Denne nøgle er forældet siden version 3.10 og bør ikke længere bruges. Brug " "\"image-loading-policy\" i stedet.<" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:207 msgid "" "(Deprecated) Asks whether to close the message window when the user forwards " "or replies to the message shown in the window" msgstr "" "(Forældet) Spørger hvorvidt brevvinduet skal lukkes, når brugeren " "videresender eller svarer på brevet i vinduet" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:208 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"browser-close-on-reply-policy\" instead." msgstr "" "Denne nøgle er forældet siden version 3.10 og bør ikke længere bruges. Brug " "\"browser-close-on-reply-policy\" i stedet." #. Translators: This is the a list of words for the attach reminder plugin to look #. for in a message body. Please use any number of words here in your language that might #. indicate that an attachment should have been attached to the message. #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "['attachment','attaching','attached','enclosed']" msgstr "['vedhæftet','vedhæftning','vedlagt','medsendt','bilag']" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body" msgstr "" "Liste af spor som udvidelsesmodulet til påmindelse om bilag skal kigge efter " "i brevkroppen" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body." msgstr "" "Liste af spor som udvidelsesmodulet til påmindelse om bilag skal kigge efter " "i brevkroppen." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Address book source" msgstr "Adressebogskilde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts." msgstr "" "Adressebog til opbevaring af automatisk synkroniserede kontaktpersoner." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Auto sync Pidgin contacts" msgstr "Automatisk synkronisering af Pidgin-kontaktpersoner" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether Pidgin contacts should be automatically synced." msgstr "Om Pidgin-kontaktpersoner skal synkroniseres automatisk." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable autocontacts" msgstr "Aktivér automatiske kontaktpersoner" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether contacts should be automatically added to the user's address book." msgstr "" "Om kontaktpersoner skal tilføjes automatisk til brugerens adressebog." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Pidgin address book source" msgstr "Pidgin-adressebogskilde" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts from Pidgin." msgstr "" "Adressebog som skal bruges til opbevaring af automatisk synkroniserede " "kontaktpersoner fra Pidgin." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Pidgin check interval" msgstr "Interval for kontrol af Pidgin" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Check interval for Pidgin syncing of contacts." msgstr "Interval for synkronisering af Pidgin-kontaktpersoner." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5" msgstr "MD5 for seneste Pidgin-synkronisering" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5." msgstr "MD5 for seneste Pidgin-synkronisering." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Pidgin last sync time" msgstr "Tidspunkt for seneste Pidgin-synkronisering" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Pidgin last sync time." msgstr "Tidspunkt for seneste Pidgin-synkronisering." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Custom Headers" msgstr "Liste over tilpassede brevhoveder" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of custom headers that you can add to an outgoing " "message. The format for specifying a Header and Header value is: Name of the " "custom header followed by \"=\" and the values separated by \";\"" msgstr "" "Denne nøgle specificerer listen over tilpassede brevhoveder som du kan " "tilføje til en udgående besked. Formatet som et brevhoved og dets værdier " "angives i er: Navnet på det tilpassede brevhoved, efterfulgt af et \"=\" og " "værdierne separeret med et \";\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Default External Editor" msgstr "Forvalgt eksternt tekstredigeringsprogram" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "The default command that must be used as the editor." msgstr "Den forvalgte kommando som skal bruges som tekstredigeringsprogram." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "Start automatisk når et nyt brev redigeres" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Automatically launch editor when key is pressed in the mail composer." msgstr "" "Start redigeringsprogram automatisk når der trykkes en tast i " "brevredigeringen." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "Indsæt ansigtsbillede som standard" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether insert Face picture to outgoing messages by default. The picture " "should be set before checking this, otherwise nothing happens." msgstr "" "Hvorvidt et ansigtsbillede som standard skal tilføjes udgående breve. " "Billedet bør indstilles før dette vælges, ellers vil der ikke ske noget." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Delete processed" msgstr "Slet behandlede" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to delete processed iTip objects" msgstr "Hvorvidt behandlede iTip-objekter skal slettes" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Notify new messages for Inbox only." msgstr "Påmind kun om nye breve i indbakkken." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to notify new messages in Inbox folder only." msgstr "Om der kun skal påmindes for nye breve i indbakken." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Enable D-Bus messages." msgstr "Slå D-Bus-beskeder til." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Generates a D-Bus message when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "Genererer en D-BUS-besked når nye breve ankommer." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable icon in notification area." msgstr "Aktivér ikon i påmindelsesområde." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Show new mail icon in notification area when new messages arrive." msgstr "" "Påmind brugeren om at der er ankommet ny post ved hjælp af et ikon i " "påmindelsesområdet." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Popup message together with the icon." msgstr "Vis pop-op-besked sammen med ikonet." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Whether show message over the icon when new messages arrive." msgstr "Om der skal vises besked over ikonet når der kommer nye breve." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Enable audible notifications when new messages arrive." msgstr "Aktivér påmindelse ved hjælp af lyd, når ny post ankommer." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Whether to make a sound of any kind when new messages arrive. If \"false\", " "the \"notify-sound-beep\", \"notify-sound-file\", \"notify-sound-play-file\" " "and \"notify-sound-use-theme\" keys are disregarded." msgstr "" "Om der skal afspilles en lyd, når der kommer nye breve. Hvis \"false\", vil " "nøglerne \"notify-sound-beep\", \"notify-sound-file\", \"notify-sound-play-" "file\" og \"notify-sound-use-theme\" blive ignoreret." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Whether to emit a beep." msgstr "Om der skal lyde et bip." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to emit a beep when new messages arrive." msgstr "Om der skal lyde et bip, når nye breve ankommer." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Sound filename to be played." msgstr "Navn på lydfil som skal spilles." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Sound file to be played when new messages arrive, if \"notify-sound-play-" "file\" is \"true\"." msgstr "" "Lydfilen der skal afspilles når nye breve ankommer, hvis \"notify-sound-play-" "file\" er \"true\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Whether to play a sound file." msgstr "Om der skal afspilles en lydfil." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to play a sound file when new messages arrive. The name of the sound " "file is given by the 'notify-sound-file' key." msgstr "" "Om der skal afspilles en lydfil når nye breve ankommer. Lydfilens navn " "angives af nøglen \"notify-sound-file\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Use sound theme" msgstr "Brug lydtema" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Play themed sound when new messages arrive, if not in beep mode." msgstr "Afspil temalyd når nye breve ankommer, hvis ikke i bip-tilstand." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Mode to use when displaying mails" msgstr "Visningstilstand for breve" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The mode to use for displaying mails. \"normal\" makes Evolution choose the " "best part to show, \"prefer_plain\" makes it use the text part, if present, " "and \"only_plain\" forces Evolution to only show plain text" msgstr "" "Visningstilstand for breve, \"normal\"får Evolution til at vælge visning af " "den bedste del, \"foretræk_almindelig tekst\" får den til at bruge " "tekstdelen, hvis den findes, og \"kun_almindelig tekst\" tvinger Evolution " "til kun at vise almindelig tekst" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to show suppressed HTML output" msgstr "Hvorvist undertrykt HTML-output skal vises" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Destinations for publishing" msgstr "Liste med destinationer for udgivelse" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of destinations to where publish calendars. Each " "values specifies an XML with setup for publishing to one destination." msgstr "" "Nøglen angiver listen med destinationer, hvor kalendere skal udgives. Hver " "værdi angiver en XML med indstillinger for udgivelse på én destination." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.templates.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plugin to substitute in a " "message body." msgstr "" "Liste af nøgleord/værdi-par som skabelonudvidelsesmodulet kan substituere " "ind i en brevkrop." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Skip development warning dialog" msgstr "Spring advarselsvinduet for udviklingsversionen over" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped." msgstr "" "Vælg om advarselsvinduet i udviklingsversionen af Evolution springes over." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Initial attachment view" msgstr "Indledende bilagsvisning" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Initial view for attachment bar widgets. \"0\" is Icon View, \"1\" is List " "View." msgstr "" "Indledende visning for bilagsbjælke-kontroller. \"0\" er ikonvisning, \"1\" " "er listevisning." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Initial file chooser folder" msgstr "Indledende filvælgermappe" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs." msgstr "Indledende mappe til GtkFileChooser-dialoger." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:7 ../shell/main.c:308 msgid "Start in offline mode" msgstr "Start i offline tilstand" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether Evolution will start up in offline mode instead of online mode." msgstr "" "Om Evolution starter i offline tilstand i stedet for online tilstand." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Offline folder paths" msgstr "Sti til offline-mapper" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage." msgstr "" "Liste over stier til mapper, der skal synkroniseres til disken til offline " "brug." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Enable express mode" msgstr "Slå eksprestilstand til" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Flag that enables a much simplified user interface." msgstr "Statusflag som aktiverer en meget simplificeret brugegrænseflade." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Window buttons are visible" msgstr "Vinduesknapper er synlige" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Whether the window buttons should be visible." msgstr "Vælg om vinduesknapperne skal være synlige." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Window button style" msgstr "Vinduesknap-stil" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The style of the window buttons. Can be \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", " "\"toolbar\". If \"toolbar\" is set, the style of the buttons is determined " "by the GNOME toolbar setting." msgstr "" "Stilen for vindueknapperne. Kan være \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", " "\"toolbar\". Hvis \"toolbar\" er sat, vil knappernes stil blive afgjort af " "indstillingerne for Gnomes værktøjslinje." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Toolbar is visible" msgstr "Værktøjslinjen er synlig" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Whether the toolbar should be visible." msgstr "Vælg om værktøjslinjen skal være synlig." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Sidebar is visible" msgstr "Sidepanel er synlig" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether the sidebar should be visible." msgstr "Vælg om sidepanelet skal være synligt." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Statusbar is visible" msgstr "Statuslinjen er synlig" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether the status bar should be visible." msgstr "Vælg om statuslinjen skal være synlig." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "ID or alias of the component to be shown by default at start-up." msgstr "" "Identifikation eller alias for komponenten der skal vises ved opstart." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Default sidebar width" msgstr "Standardbredde på sidepanel" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "The default width for the sidebar, in pixels." msgstr "Standardbredden på sidepanelet, i billedpunkter." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Use only local spam tests." msgstr "Benyt kun lokale spam-test." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Use only the local spam tests (no DNS)." msgstr "Benyt kun de lokale spam-test (ingen DNS)." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:397 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:101 ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:106 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:176 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:181 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:4 msgid "Attachment" msgid_plural "Attachments" msgstr[0] "Bilag" msgstr[1] "Bilag" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:398 msgid "Display as attachment" msgstr "Vis som bilag" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:107 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:47 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:272 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:5 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:64 msgid "From" msgstr "Fra" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:133 msgid "(no subject)" msgstr "(intet emne)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:333 #, c-format msgid "This message was sent by %s on behalf of %s" msgstr "Denne besked blev sendt af %s på vegne af %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:152 msgid "Regular Image" msgstr "Almindeligt billede" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:153 msgid "Display part as an image" msgstr "Vis del som et billede" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:246 msgid "RFC822 message" msgstr "RFC822-brev" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:247 msgid "Format part as an RFC822 message" msgstr "Formaterer del som et RFC822-brev" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:95 #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:99 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1328 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:237 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:67 msgid "Name" msgstr "Navn" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:574 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:10 msgid "Size" msgstr "Størrelse" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:144 msgid "GPG signed" msgstr "GPG-signeret" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:150 msgid "GPG encrpyted" msgstr "GPG-krypteret" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:156 msgid "S/MIME signed" msgstr "S/MIME-signeret" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:162 msgid "S/MIME encrpyted" msgstr "S/MIME-krypteret" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:171 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:645 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:195 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:129 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sikkerhed" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:168 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:52 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:277 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:77 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:69 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:712 msgid "Subject" msgstr "Emne" #. pseudo-header #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:187 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:344 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1145 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "E-post-program" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:98 msgid "Richtext" msgstr "Richtext" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:92 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:99 msgid "Display part as enriched text" msgstr "Vis del som rich text" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:90 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:351 msgid "HTML" msgstr "HTML" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:352 msgid "Format part as HTML" msgstr "Formatér del som HTML" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:115 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:185 msgid "Plain Text" msgstr "Almindelig tekst" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:116 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:186 msgid "Format part as plain text" msgstr "Formatér del som almindelig tekst" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "Unsigned" msgstr "Ikke signeret" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "" "This message is not signed. There is no guarantee that this message is " "authentic." msgstr "" "Dette brev er ikke signeret. Der er ingen garanti for at dette brev er " "autentisk." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "Valid signature" msgstr "Gyldig signatur" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "" "This message is signed and is valid meaning that it is very likely that this " "message is authentic." msgstr "" "Dette brev er signeret og er gyldigt, hvilket sandsynligvis betyder at dette " "brev er autentisk." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "Invalid signature" msgstr "Ugyldig signatur" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "" "The signature of this message cannot be verified, it may have been altered " "in transit." msgstr "" "Signaturen for dette brev kan ikke verificeres. Den kan være ændret under " "overføringen." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "Valid signature, but cannot verify sender" msgstr "Gyldig signatur, men kunne ikke verificere afsenderen" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "" "This message is signed with a valid signature, but the sender of the message " "cannot be verified." msgstr "" "Dette brev er signeret med en gyldig signatur, men afsenderen af brevet kan " "ikke verificeres." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "Signature exists, but need public key" msgstr "Signaturen eksisterer, men der skal bruges en offentlig nøgle" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "" "This message is signed with a signature, but there is no corresponding " "public key." msgstr "" "Dette brev er signeret med en signatur, men der er ikke nogen tilsvarende " "offentlig nøgle." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "Unencrypted" msgstr "Ikke krypteret" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "" "This message is not encrypted. Its content may be viewed in transit across " "the Internet." msgstr "" "Dette brev er ikke krypteret. Indholdet af brevet kan ses ved overførslen " "over internettet." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "Encrypted, weak" msgstr "Krypteret, svag" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, but with a weak encryption algorithm. It would be " "difficult, but not impossible for an outsider to view the content of this " "message in a practical amount of time." msgstr "" "Dette brev er krypteret, men med en svag krypteringsalgoritme. Det er " "vanskeligt, men i praksis ikke umuligt for en udenforstående at se indholdet " "af brevet." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "Encrypted" msgstr "Krypteret" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "" "This message is encrypted. It would be difficult for an outsider to view " "the content of this message." msgstr "" "Dette brev er krypteret. Det vil være vanskeligt for en udenforstående at se " "indholdet i brevet." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "Encrypted, strong" msgstr "Krypteret, stærk" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, with a strong encryption algorithm. It would be " "very difficult for an outsider to view the content of this message in a " "practical amount of time." msgstr "" "Dette brev er krypteret med en stærk algoritme. Det vil være meget " "vanskeligt for en udenforstående at kunne komme til at se indholdet af " "brevet i løbet af en kortere tidshorisont." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:187 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:20 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "_Vis certifikat" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:202 msgid "This certificate is not viewable" msgstr "Dette certifikat kan ikke vises" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:115 msgid "Source" msgstr "Kilde" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:116 msgid "Display source of a MIME part" msgstr "Vis kilde til en MIME-del" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:204 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:221 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:50 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:67 msgid "Cc" msgstr "Cc" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:205 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:222 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:51 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:68 msgid "Bcc" msgstr "Bcc" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-mbox.c:88 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing MBOX part: %s" msgstr "Fejl under fortolkning af MBOX-del: %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-smime.c:84 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse S/MIME message: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke fortolke S/MIME-meddelelse: %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-encrypted.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP message: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke fortolke PGP-meddelelse: %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-signed.c:83 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:128 #, c-format msgid "Error verifying signature: %s" msgstr "Fejl ved verifikation af signatur: %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:69 msgid "Malformed external-body part" msgstr "Misdannet ydre del af brevindhold" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to FTP site (%s)" msgstr "Peger til FTP-server (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s) valid at site \"%s\"" msgstr "Peger til lokal fil (%s) gyldig på netsted \"%s\"" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s)" msgstr "Peger til lokal fil (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to remote data (%s)" msgstr "Peger til eksterne data (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:152 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to unknown external data (\"%s\" type)" msgstr "Peger til ukendt ekstern data (\"%s\"-type)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:67 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:81 msgid "Could not parse MIME message. Displaying as source." msgstr "Kunne ikke læse MIME-brev. Viser rå brevtekst." #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:83 msgid "Unsupported encryption type for multipart/encrypted" msgstr "Krypteringstype for multipart/encrypted som ikke er understøttet" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP/MIME message: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke fortolke PGP/MIME-meddelelse: %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:114 msgid "Unsupported signature format" msgstr "Signatur-formatet er ikke understøttet" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:48 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:65 msgid "Reply-To" msgstr "Svar-til" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:53 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:550 #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:573 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:7 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:70 msgid "Date" msgstr "Dato" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:54 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:71 msgid "Newsgroups" msgstr "Nyhedsgrupper" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:55 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:72 #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Face" msgstr "Ansigt" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-utils.c:500 #, c-format msgid "%s attachment" msgstr "%s-bilag" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:3 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Standard" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Proprietary" msgstr "Proprietær" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Secret" msgstr "Hemmeligt" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:9 msgid "Top Secret" msgstr "Strengt fortroligt" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Eyes Only" msgstr "Som kun du må se" #. Translators: Used in send options dialog #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:12 msgctxt "send-options" msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:13 msgid "Mail Receipt" msgstr "Kvittering for brev" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:15 msgid "R_eply requested" msgstr "_Svar forespurgt" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:16 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "Wi_thin" msgstr "_Inden for" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:17 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "days" msgstr "dage" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:18 msgid "_When convenient" msgstr "_Når det er belejligt" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:19 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:840 msgid "Replies" msgstr "Svar" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:20 msgid "_Delay message delivery" msgstr "_Forsink levering af brev" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "_After" msgstr "_Efter" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "days" msgstr "dage" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:23 msgid "_Set expiration date" msgstr "_Sæt udløbsdato" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:24 msgctxt "ESendOptions" msgid "_Until" msgstr "_Indtil" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:25 msgid "Delivery Options" msgstr "Valgmuligheder for levering" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:26 msgid "_Priority:" msgstr "_Prioritet:" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:27 msgid "_Classification:" msgstr "_Klassificering:" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:28 msgid "Gene_ral Options" msgstr "Gene_relle valgmuligheder" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:29 msgid "Creat_e a sent item to track information" msgstr "Opret _et sendt-element for at spore information" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:30 msgid "_Delivered" msgstr "_Leveret" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:31 msgid "Deli_vered and opened" msgstr "Le_veret og åbnet" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:32 msgid "_All information" msgstr "_Al information" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:33 msgid "A_uto-delete sent item" msgstr "Slet a_utomatisk sendte poster" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:34 msgid "Status Tracking" msgstr "Statussporing" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:35 msgid "_When opened:" msgstr "_Ved åbning:" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:36 msgid "When decli_ned:" msgstr "Ved afvis_ning:" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:37 msgid "When co_mpleted:" msgstr "Ved _fuldførelse:" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:38 msgid "When acce_pted:" msgstr "Ved _godkendelse:" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:39 msgid "Return Notification" msgstr "Returnér påmindelse" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:40 msgid "Sta_tus Tracking" msgstr "Sta_tus-sporing" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:1 msgid "_Sort..." msgstr "_Sortér..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Group By..." msgstr "_Gruppér efter..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:3 msgid "_Fields Shown..." msgstr "Viste _felter..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:6 msgid "Clear _All" msgstr "Tøm _alt" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:7 msgid "_Show field in View" msgstr "_Vis felt i oversigt" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:8 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Ascending" msgstr "Stigende" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:9 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Descending" msgstr "Faldende" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Group Items By" msgstr "Gruppér punkter efter" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Show _field in View" msgstr "Vis _felt i oversigt" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:12 msgid "Then By" msgstr "Så efter" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:13 msgid "Show field i_n View" msgstr "Vis felt _i oversigt" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Show field in _View" msgstr "Vis felt i _oversigt" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:15 msgid "Sort" msgstr "Sortér" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Clear All" msgstr "Tøm alt" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Sort Items By" msgstr "Sortér punkter efter" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Select a Time Zone" msgstr "Vælg en tidszone" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "" "Use the left mouse button to zoom in on an area of the map and select a time " "zone.\n" "Use the right mouse button to zoom out." msgstr "" "Brug venstre museknap til at zoome ind på et område af kortet og vælg en " "tidszone.\n" "Brug højre museknap til at zoome ud." #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Time Zones" msgstr "Tidszoner" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Selection" msgstr "_Markering" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Timezone drop-down combination box" msgstr "Rullegardin-kombinationsboks til tidszoner" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:1 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 #: ../mail/em-utils.c:240 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Indkommende" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:2 msgid "the current time" msgstr "den aktuelle tid" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:3 msgid "the time you specify" msgstr "den tid du angiver" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:4 msgid "a time relative to the current time" msgstr "et tidspunkt relativt til det nuværende tidspunkt" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:5 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:78 msgid "seconds" msgstr "sekunder" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:9 ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:7 msgid "weeks" msgstr "uger" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:10 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:8 msgid "months" msgstr "måneder" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:11 msgid "years" msgstr "år" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:12 msgid "ago" msgstr "siden" # Det her er lidt en fortolkning. Jeg går ud fra at strengen ender med at skulle være. 2 måneder og 4 dage ude i fremtiden. Gættet er også lidt understøttet af at strengen "a time relative to the current time" findes lige i nærheden #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:13 msgid "in the future" msgstr "ude i fremtiden" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:14 msgid "Show filters for mail:" msgstr "Vis filtre for e-post:" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:15 ../mail/em-filter-editor.c:166 msgid "_Filter Rules" msgstr "_Filterregler" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:17 msgid "Compare against" msgstr "Sammenlign med" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:18 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "the current time when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "Brevets datering vil blive sammenlignet med\n" "det aktuelle tidspunkt når filtreringen sker." #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:20 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "12:00am of the date specified." msgstr "" "Brevets datering vil blive sammenlignet med\n" "klokken 12.00 på den angivne dato." #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:22 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "a time relative to when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "Brevets datering vil blive sammenlignet med\n" "en tid som er relativ til når filtrering sker." #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Create new view" msgstr "_Opret ny oversigt" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:417 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:311 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:341 msgid "_Name:" msgstr "_Navn:" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Replace existing view" msgstr "_Erstat eksisterende oversigt" #: ../e-util/e-activity-proxy.c:311 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1734 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Afbryd" #. Translators: This is a cancelled activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:259 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelled)" msgstr "%s (aflyst)" #. Translators: This is a completed activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%s (completed)" msgstr "%s (fuldført)" #. Translators: This is an activity waiting to run. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:265 #, c-format msgid "%s (waiting)" msgstr "%s (venter)" #. Translators: This is a running activity which #. * the user has requested to cancel. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:269 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelling)" msgstr "%s (aflyser)" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:271 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "%s" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:276 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d%% complete)" msgstr "%s (%d%% fuldført)" #. Translators: Escape is a keyboard binding. #: ../e-util/e-alert-bar.c:121 msgid "Close this message (Escape)" msgstr "Luk dette brev (Esc)" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:660 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:703 msgid "Icon View" msgstr "Ikonvisning" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:662 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:705 msgid "List View" msgstr "Listevisning" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:318 msgid "Attachment Properties" msgstr "Egenskaber for bilag" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:273 msgid "F_ilename:" msgstr "_Filnavn:" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:375 msgid "MIME Type:" msgstr "MIME-type:" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:383 ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:483 msgid "_Suggest automatic display of attachment" msgstr "F_oreslå automatisk visning af bilag" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:97 msgid "Could not set as background" msgstr "Kunne ikke sætte som baggrund" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:147 msgid "Set as _Background" msgstr "Vælg som _baggrund" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:166 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:549 msgid "Loading" msgstr "Indlæser" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:178 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:561 msgid "Saving" msgstr "Gemmer" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:104 msgid "Hide Attachment _Bar" msgstr "_Skjul bilagslinje" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:106 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:719 msgid "Show Attachment _Bar" msgstr "_Vis bilagslinje" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:463 msgid "Add Attachment" msgstr "Tilføj bilag" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:466 msgid "A_ttach" msgstr "_Vedhæft" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:537 msgid "Save Attachment" msgid_plural "Save Attachments" msgstr[0] "Gem bilag" msgstr[1] "Gem bilag" #. Translators: Default attachment filename. #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:568 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2056 #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2716 msgid "attachment.dat" msgstr "bilag.dat" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:378 msgid "Open With Other Application..." msgstr "Åbn med andre programmer..." #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:385 msgid "S_ave All" msgstr "_Gem alt" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:411 msgid "A_dd Attachment..." msgstr "_Tilføj bilag..." #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:435 msgid "_Hide" msgstr "_Skjul" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:442 msgid "Hid_e All" msgstr "_Skjul alle" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:449 msgid "_View Inline" msgstr "_Vis integreret" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:456 msgid "Vie_w All Inline" msgstr "_Vis alle integreret" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:786 #, c-format msgid "Open With \"%s\"" msgstr "Åbn med \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Open this attachment in %s" msgstr "Åbn dette bilag i %s" # Det er uklart om dette er en information om en handling eller en reference til et objekt, men oversættelsen kunne heldigvis lave ligeså tvetydig # # FEJLRAPPORT: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=591938 #. To Translators: This text is set as a description of an attached #. * message when, for example, attaching it to a composer. When the #. * message to be attached has also filled Subject, then this text is #. * of form "Attached message - Subject", otherwise it's left as is. #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:1106 msgid "Attached message" msgstr "Vedhæftede brev" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2137 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3022 msgid "A load operation is already in progress" msgstr "En indlæsningshandling er allerede i gang" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2145 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3030 msgid "A save operation is already in progress" msgstr "En gemmehandling er allerede i gang" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2262 #, c-format msgid "Could not load '%s'" msgstr "Kunne ikke indlæse \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2265 #, c-format msgid "Could not load the attachment" msgstr "Kunne ikke indlæse bilag" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2569 #, c-format msgid "Could not open '%s'" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2572 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the attachment" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne bilaget" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3039 msgid "Attachment contents not loaded" msgstr "Bilagsindhold ikke indlæst" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3115 #, c-format msgid "Could not save '%s'" msgstr "Kunne ikke gemme \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the attachment" msgstr "Kunne ikke gemme bilaget" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:98 msgid "Mark as default address book" msgstr "Markér som standardadressebog" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:103 msgid "Autocomplete with this address book" msgstr "Autofuldfør med denne adressebog" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:277 msgid "Copy book content locally for offline operation" msgstr "Kopiér bogindholdet lokalt til brug offline" #. To Translators: The text is concatenated to a form: "Ctrl-click to open a link http://www.example.com" #: ../e-util/e-buffer-tagger.c:410 msgid "Ctrl-click to open a link" msgstr "Ctrl-klik for at åbne et link" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:170 msgid "Mark as default calendar" msgstr "Markér som standardkalender" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:173 msgid "Mark as default task list" msgstr "Markér som standardopgaveliste" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:176 msgid "Mark as default memo list" msgstr "Markér som standardmemoliste" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:201 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Farve:" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:406 msgid "Copy calendar contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "Kopiér kalenderindhold lokalt til brug offline" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:410 msgid "Copy task list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "Kopiér opgavelistens indhold lokalt til brug offline" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:414 msgid "Copy memo list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "Kopiér memolistens indhold lokalt til brug offline" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1327 ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:2195 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B" msgstr "%B" #. This is a strftime() format. %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1329 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%Y" msgstr "%Y" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name, %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1366 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B %Y" msgstr "%B %Y" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:190 msgid "Previous month" msgstr "Forrige måned" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:215 msgid "Next month" msgstr "Næste måned" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:241 msgid "Previous year" msgstr "Forrige år" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:266 msgid "Next year" msgstr "Næste år" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:290 msgid "Month Calendar" msgstr "Månedskalender" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:224 msgid "Currently _used categories:" msgstr "Aktuelt br_ugte kategorier:" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:235 msgid "_Available Categories:" msgstr "_Tilgængelige kategorier:" #: ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:323 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Ikon" #: ../e-util/e-category-completion.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Create category \"%s\"" msgstr "Opret kategorien \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:137 msgid "Category Icon" msgstr "Kategori-ikon" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:141 msgid "_No Image" msgstr "_Intet billede" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:178 msgid "Category _Name" msgstr "Kategori_navn" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:190 msgid "Category _Icon" msgstr "Kategori_ikon" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:216 msgid "Category Properties" msgstr "Kategoriegenskaber" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:277 #, c-format msgid "" "There is already a category '%s' in the configuration. Please use another " "name" msgstr "" "Kategorien \"%s\" findes allerede i konfigurationen. Brug venligst et andet " "navn" #: ../e-util/e-cell-combo.c:186 msgid "popup list" msgstr "pop op-liste" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:299 msgid "Now" msgstr "Nu" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:307 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:209 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1900 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:230 msgid "Today" msgstr "I dag" #. Translators: "None" as a label of a button to unset date in a #. * date table cell. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:317 msgctxt "table-date" msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:325 msgid "OK" msgstr "O.k." #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:873 #, c-format msgid "The time must be in the format: %s" msgstr "Datoen skal skrives ind på formatet: %s" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date.c:51 ../mail/message-list.c:1851 msgid "?" msgstr "?" #: ../e-util/e-cell-percent.c:80 msgid "The percent value must be between 0 and 100, inclusive" msgstr "Procentværdien skal være mellem 0 og 100, begge inklusive" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:100 msgid "Character Encoding" msgstr "Tegnkodning" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:123 msgid "Enter the character set to use" msgstr "Indtast tegnsæt som skal bruges" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:369 msgid "Other..." msgstr "Andre..." #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:53 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisk" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:54 msgid "Baltic" msgstr "Baltisk" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:55 msgid "Central European" msgstr "Centraleuropæisk" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:56 msgid "Chinese" msgstr "Kinesisk" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:57 msgid "Cyrillic" msgstr "Kyrillisk" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:58 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Græsk" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:59 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "Hebraisk" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:60 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japansk" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:61 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreansk" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:62 msgid "Thai" msgstr "Thai" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:63 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Tyrkisk" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:64 msgid "Unicode" msgstr "UCS" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:65 msgid "Western European" msgstr "Vesteuropæisk" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:66 msgid "Western European, New" msgstr "Vesteuropæisk, ny" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Traditional" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:85 ../e-util/e-charset.c:87 ../e-util/e-charset.c:89 msgid "Traditional" msgstr "Traditionel" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Simplified" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:91 ../e-util/e-charset.c:93 ../e-util/e-charset.c:95 #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:97 msgid "Simplified" msgstr "Forenklet" #. Translators: Character set "Cyrillic, Ukrainian" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:101 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrainsk" #. Translators: Character set "Hebrew, Visual" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:105 msgid "Visual" msgstr "Visuel" #: ../e-util/e-client-cache.c:1162 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a client object from extension name '%s'" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette et klientobjekt ud fra filendelsen \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:524 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Dato og tidspunkt" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:549 msgid "Text entry to input date" msgstr "Tekstindtastningsfelt til indtastning af dato" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:572 msgid "Click this button to show a calendar" msgstr "Klík på denne knap for at vise en kalender" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:626 msgid "Drop-down combination box to select time" msgstr "Rullegardin-kombinationsfelt for valg af tid" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:627 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:9 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tid" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:701 msgid "No_w" msgstr "N_u" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:708 msgid "_Today" msgstr "I _dag" #. Note that we don't show this here, since by default a 'None' date #. * is not permitted. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:717 msgid "_None" msgstr "_Ingen" #. Translators: "None" for date field of a date edit, shown when #. * there is no date set. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1839 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2087 msgctxt "date" msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1979 msgid "Invalid Date Value" msgstr "Ugyldig datoværdi" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2024 msgid "Invalid Time Value" msgstr "Ugyldig tidsværdi" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:220 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:258 msgid "Tomorrow" msgstr "I morgen" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:222 msgid "Yesterday" msgstr "I går" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:230 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Mon" msgstr "Næste Man" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:236 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Tue" msgstr "Næste Tirs" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:242 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Wed" msgstr "Næste Ons" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:248 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Thu" msgstr "Næste Tors" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:254 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Fri" msgstr "Næste Fre" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:260 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sat" msgstr "Næste Lør" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:266 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sun" msgstr "Næste Søn" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:353 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:363 #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:372 msgid "Use locale default" msgstr "Benyt lokaliseringsforvalg" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:577 msgid "Format:" msgstr "Format:" #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:121 msgid "(Unknown Filename)" msgstr "(Ukendt filnavn)" #. Translators: The string value is the basename of a file. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:125 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\"" msgstr "Skriver \"%s\"" #. Translators: The first string value is the basename of a #. * remote file, the second string value is the hostname. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\" to %s" msgstr "Skriver \"%s\" til %s" #. Don't delete this code, since it is needed so that xgettext can extract the translations. #. * Please, keep these strings in sync with the strings in the timespans array #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:67 #, c-format msgid "1 second ago" msgid_plural "%d seconds ago" msgstr[0] "1 sekund siden" msgstr[1] "%d sekunder siden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:68 #, c-format msgid "1 second in the future" msgid_plural "%d seconds in the future" msgstr[0] "1 sekund ude i fremtiden" msgstr[1] "%d sekunder ude i fremtiden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:69 #, c-format msgid "1 minute ago" msgid_plural "%d minutes ago" msgstr[0] "1 minut siden" msgstr[1] "%d minutter siden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:70 #, c-format msgid "1 minute in the future" msgid_plural "%d minutes in the future" msgstr[0] "1 minut ude i fremtiden" msgstr[1] "%d minutter ude i fremtiden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:71 #, c-format msgid "1 hour ago" msgid_plural "%d hours ago" msgstr[0] "1 time siden" msgstr[1] "%d timer siden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:72 #, c-format msgid "1 hour in the future" msgid_plural "%d hours in the future" msgstr[0] "1 time ude i fremtiden" msgstr[1] "%d timer ude i fremtiden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:73 #, c-format msgid "1 day ago" msgid_plural "%d days ago" msgstr[0] "1 dag siden" msgstr[1] "%d dage siden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:74 #, c-format msgid "1 day in the future" msgid_plural "%d days in the future" msgstr[0] "1 dag ude i fremtiden" msgstr[1] "%d dage ude i fremtiden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:75 #, c-format msgid "1 week ago" msgid_plural "%d weeks ago" msgstr[0] "1 uge siden" msgstr[1] "%d uger siden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:76 #, c-format msgid "1 week in the future" msgid_plural "%d weeks in the future" msgstr[0] "1 uge ude i fremtiden" msgstr[1] "%d uger ude i fremtiden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:77 #, c-format msgid "1 month ago" msgid_plural "%d months ago" msgstr[0] "1 måned siden" msgstr[1] "%d måneder siden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:78 #, c-format msgid "1 month in the future" msgid_plural "%d months in the future" msgstr[0] "1 måned ude i fremtiden" msgstr[1] "%d måneder ude i fremtiden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:79 #, c-format msgid "1 year ago" msgid_plural "%d years ago" msgstr[0] "1 år siden" msgstr[1] "%d år siden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:80 #, c-format msgid "1 year in the future" msgid_plural "%d years in the future" msgstr[0] "1 år ude i fremtiden" msgstr[1] "%d år ude i fremtiden" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:130 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:133 ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:144 #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:155 msgid "now" msgstr "nu" #. strftime for date filter display, only needs to show a day date (i.e. no time) #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:140 msgid "%d-%b-%Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:289 msgid "Select a time to compare against" msgstr "Vælg en tid at sammenligne med" #: ../e-util/e-filter-file.c:187 msgid "Choose a File" msgstr "Vælg en fil" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:743 msgid "R_ule name:" msgstr "R_egelnavn:" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:793 msgid "all the following conditions" msgstr "alle de følgende betingelser" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:794 msgid "any of the following conditions" msgstr "mindst en af følgende betingelser" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:800 msgid "_Find items which match:" msgstr "_Find matchende elementer:" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:823 msgid "Find items that meet the following conditions" msgstr "Find punkter der opfylder følgende betingelser" #. Translators: "None" for not including threads; #. * part of "Include threads: None" #. protocol: #. name: #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:838 ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:369 #: ../libemail-engine/camel-null-store.c:28 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:139 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:622 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:839 msgid "All related" msgstr "Alle relaterede" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:841 msgid "Replies and parents" msgstr "Svar og forældre" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:842 msgid "No reply or parent" msgstr "Intet svar eller forældre" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:845 msgid "I_nclude threads:" msgstr "I_nkludér tråde:" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:922 msgid "A_dd Condition" msgstr "T_ilføj betingelse" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 ../mail/em-utils.c:241 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Udgående" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:256 msgid "" "Choose the file that you want to import into Evolution, and select what type " "of file it is from the list." msgstr "" "Vælg filen du ønsker at importere i Evolution, og vælg hvilken type fil det " "er fra listen." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:283 msgid "Select a file" msgstr "Vælg en fil" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:297 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:472 msgid "File _type:" msgstr "Fil_type:" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:921 msgid "Choose the destination for this import" msgstr "Vælg målet for denne importering" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:365 msgid "Choose the type of importer to run:" msgstr "Vælg type importerer som skal køres:" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:373 msgid "Import data and settings from _older programs" msgstr "Importer data og indstillinger fra _ældre programmer" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:381 msgid "Import a _single file" msgstr "Importer en _enkelt fil" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:403 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:202 msgid "Please select the information that you would like to import:" msgstr "Venligst vælg information du ønsker at importere:" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:533 msgid "" "Evolution checked for settings to import from the following applications: " "Pine, Netscape, Elm, iCalendar. No importable settings found. If you would " "like to try again, please click the \"Back\" button." msgstr "" "Evolution undersøgte om indstillinger kunne importeres fra følgende " "programmer: Pine, Netscape, Elm og iCalendar. Ingen indstillinger som kunne " "importeres blev fundet. Hvis du vil prøve igen kan du klikke på knappen " "\"Tilbage\"." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:559 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:231 #, c-format msgid "From %s:" msgstr "Fra %s:" #. Install a custom "Cancel Import" button. #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:775 msgid "_Cancel Import" msgstr "_Annullér import" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:920 msgid "Preview data to be imported" msgstr "Forhåndsvis data som skal importeres" # eller "Importeringsdata", jeg gætter på det jeg har skrevet #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:926 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:939 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1292 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1368 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1377 msgid "Import Data" msgstr "Importer data" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:934 msgid "Select what type of file you want to import from the list." msgstr "Vælg fra listen den type fil, som du ønsker at importere." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1282 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1317 msgid "Evolution Import Assistant" msgstr "Importeringsassistent til Evolution" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1299 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1355 msgid "Import Location" msgstr "Importér sted" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1310 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Import Assistant.\n" "With this assistant you will be guided through the process of importing " "external files into Evolution." msgstr "" "Velkommen til Evolutions importeringsassistent\n" "Gennem denne assistent vil du blive guidet gennem proceduren for import af " "eksterne filer til Evolution." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1327 msgid "Importer Type" msgstr "Importér type" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1337 msgid "Select Information to Import" msgstr "Vælg information som skal importeres" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1346 msgid "Select a File" msgstr "Vælg en fil" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1363 msgid "Click \"Apply\" to begin importing the file into Evolution." msgstr "Klik \"Anvend\" for at starte import af filen til Evolution." #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:378 msgid "Autogenerated" msgstr "Automatisk genereret" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:310 msgid "Close" msgstr "Luk" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:315 msgid "_Save and Close" msgstr "_Gem og luk" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:529 msgid "Edit Signature" msgstr "Redigér signatur" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:549 msgid "_Signature Name:" msgstr "_Signaturnavn:" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:595 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "Unavngivet" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:337 msgid "Add _Script" msgstr "Tilføj _script" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:422 msgid "Add Signature Script" msgstr "Tilføj signaturscript" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:492 msgid "Edit Signature Script" msgstr "Redigér signaturscript" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:395 msgid "" "The output of this script will be used as your\n" "signature. The name you specify will be used\n" "for display purposes only." msgstr "" "Outputtet fra dette script vil blive brugt som\n" "din signatur. Navnet du angiver, vil kun blive\n" "brugt ved visning." #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:446 msgid "S_cript:" msgstr "S_cript:" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:477 msgid "Script file must be executable." msgstr "Scriptfilen skal være eksekverbar." #: ../e-util/e-map.c:886 msgid "World Map" msgstr "Verdenskort" #: ../e-util/e-map.c:889 msgid "" "Mouse-based interactive map widget for selecting timezone. Keyboard users " "should instead select the timezone from the drop-down combination box below." msgstr "" "Musebaseret interaktiv kort-kontrol til at vælge tidszone. Tastatur-brugere " "bør i stedet vælge tidszonen fra rullegardin-kombinationsfeltet nedenfor." #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:242 msgid "Could not open the link." msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne link." #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:289 msgid "Could not display help for Evolution." msgstr "Kunne ikke vise hjælp for Evolution." #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:279 msgid "Show Contacts" msgstr "Vis kontaktpersoner" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:311 msgid "Address B_ook:" msgstr "Adresse_bog:" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:318 msgid "Cat_egory:" msgstr "Kat_egori:" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "_Search:" msgstr "_Søg:" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:368 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1276 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1113 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1733 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:938 msgid "Any Category" msgstr "Alle kategorier" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:370 msgid "Co_ntacts" msgstr "Ko_ntaktpersoner" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:447 msgid "Search" msgstr "Søg" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:450 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:431 msgid "Address Book" msgstr "Adressebog" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:578 msgid "Select Contacts from Address Book" msgstr "Vælg kontaktpersoner fra adressebog" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1001 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "_Fjern" #. To Translators: This would be similiar to "Expand MyList Inline" where MyList is a Contact List #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3028 #, c-format msgid "E_xpand %s Inline" msgstr "_Udfold %s alle indlejret" #. Copy Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3044 #, c-format msgid "Cop_y %s" msgstr "Kop_iér %s" #. Cut Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3055 #, c-format msgid "C_ut %s" msgstr "Klip %s _ud" #. Edit Contact item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3073 #, c-format msgid "_Edit %s" msgstr "R_edigér %s" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-list.c:583 #, c-format msgid "_Delete %s" msgstr "_Slet %s" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:31 msgid "Evolution is currently online. Click this button to work offline." msgstr "Evolution er nu online. Klik på denne knap for at arbejde offline." #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:34 msgid "Evolution is currently offline. Click this button to work online." msgstr "Evolution er nu offline. Klik på denne knap for at arbejde online." #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:37 msgid "Evolution is currently offline because the network is unavailable." msgstr "Evolution er offline, fordi der ikke er noget netværk tilgængeligt." #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:127 msgid "Keyring key is unusable: no user or host name" msgstr "Nøglen i nøgleringen kan ikke bruges: intet bruger- eller værtsnavn" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:447 msgid "You have the Caps Lock key on." msgstr "Du har aktiveret Caps Lock." #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:578 msgid "_Remember this passphrase" msgstr "_Husk denne adgangskode" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:579 msgid "_Remember this passphrase for the remainder of this session" msgstr "_Husk denne adgangskode i resten af indeværende session" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:584 msgid "_Remember this password" msgstr "_Husk denne adgangskode" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:585 msgid "_Remember this password for the remainder of this session" msgstr "_Husk denne adgangskode i resten af indeværende session" #: ../e-util/e-preferences-window.c:318 msgid "Evolution Preferences" msgstr "Evolution-indstillinger" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:161 msgid "An error occurred while printing" msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under udskrivning" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:168 msgid "The printing system reported the following details about the error:" msgstr "Udskriftssystemet gav følgende information om fejlen:" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:174 msgid "" "The printing system did not report any additional details about the error." msgstr "Udskriftssystemet gav ikke yderligere information om fejlen." #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:185 msgid "Add Rule" msgstr "Tilføj regel" #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:287 msgid "Edit Rule" msgstr "Redigér regel" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Matches: %u" msgstr "Matcher: %u" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:565 msgid "Close the find bar" msgstr "Luk søgebjælken" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:573 msgid "Fin_d:" msgstr "Fin_d:" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:585 msgid "Clear the search" msgstr "Ryd søgning" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:609 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "_Forrige" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:615 msgid "Find the previous occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "Find det foregående sted med denne frase" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:624 msgid "_Next" msgstr "_Næste" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:630 msgid "Find the next occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "Find det næste sted med denne frase" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:639 msgid "Mat_ch case" msgstr "Mat_ch forskel på store/små bogstaver" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:667 msgid "Reached bottom of page, continued from top" msgstr "Nåede bunden af siden, fortsætter fra toppen" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:689 msgid "Reached top of page, continued from bottom" msgstr "Nåede toppen af siden, fortsætter fra bunden" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:538 ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:331 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:424 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:1088 msgid "Mail" msgstr "E-post" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:570 msgid "When de_leted:" msgstr "Ved s_letning:" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:681 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:685 msgid "Type:" msgstr "Type:" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:693 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:697 msgid "Name:" msgstr "Navn:" #. Translators: This is the first of a sequence of widgets: #. * "Refresh every [NUMERIC_ENTRY] [TIME_UNITS_COMBO]" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1302 msgid "Refresh every" msgstr "Opdateringsinterval" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1332 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1402 msgid "Use a secure connection" msgstr "Brug sikker forbindelse" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1428 msgid "Unset _trust for SSL certificate" msgstr "Nulstil _tillid for SSL-certifikat" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1464 msgid "User" msgstr "Bruger" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:229 msgid "_Destination" msgstr "_Destination" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "Select destination" msgstr "Vælg destination" #. no suggestions. Put something in the menu anyway... #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:384 msgid "(no suggestions)" msgstr "(ingen forslag)" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:408 msgid "More..." msgstr "Mere..." #. + Add to Dictionary #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Add \"%s\" to Dictionary" msgstr "Tilføj \"%s\" til ordbog" #. - Ignore All #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:530 msgid "Ignore All" msgstr "Ignorér alle" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:558 msgid "Spelling Suggestions" msgstr "Forslag til stavning" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:1 msgid "A file named \"{0}\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "En fil med navnet \"{0}\" findes allerede. Vil du erstatte den?" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The file already exists in \"{0}\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" "Filen findes allerede i \"{0}\". Erstatter du den, vil indholdet blive " "overskrevet." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "E_rstat" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Cannot save file \"{0}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke gemme filen \"{0}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Because \"{1}\"." msgstr "Fordi \"{1}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Cannot open file \"{0}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke åbne filen \"{0}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Failed to remove data source "{0}"." msgstr "Kunne ikke fjerne datakilden "{0}"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:61 msgid "The reported error was "{1}"." msgstr "Den oplyste fejl var "{1}"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Failed to update data source "{0}"." msgstr "Kunne ikke opdatere datakilden "{0}"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Failed to delete resource "{0}"." msgstr "Kunne ikke slette ressourcen "{0}"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:11 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" "Motoren for adressebogs-tjenesten "{0}" afsluttede uventet." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "Some of your contacts may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" "Nogle af dine kontaktpersoner er muligvis ikke tilgængelige før Evolution " "genstartes." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:13 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "Motoren for kalender-tjenesten "{0}" afsluttede uventet." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Some of your appointments may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" "Nogle af dine aftaler er muligvis ikke tilgængelige før Evolution genstartes." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "Motoren for memoliste-tjenesten "{0}" afsluttede uventet." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Some of your memos may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" "Nogle af dine memoer er muligvis ikke tilgængelige før Evolution genstartes." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The task list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" "Motoren for opgaveliste-tjenesten "{0}" afsluttede uventet." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Some of your tasks may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" "Nogle af dine opgaver er muligvis ikke tilgængelige før Evolution genstartes." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:19 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" "Der opstod en fejl i motoren for adressebogs-tjenesten "{0}"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:20 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl i motoren for kalender-tjenesten "{0}"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:21 msgid "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" "Der opstod en fejl i motoren for memoliste-tjenesten "{0}"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:22 msgid "The task list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" "Der opstod en fejl i motoren for opgaveliste-tjenesten "{0}"." #: ../e-util/e-table-click-to-add.c:680 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:62 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:143 msgid "click to add" msgstr "tilføj ved at klikke" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:266 msgid "Move selected column names to top" msgstr "Flyt de valgte kolonnenavne øverst" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:271 msgid "Move selected column names up one row" msgstr "Flyt de valgte kolonnenavne opad én række" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:276 msgid "Move selected column names down one row" msgstr "Flyt de valgte kolonnenavne nedad én række" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:281 msgid "Move selected column names to bottom" msgstr "Flyt de valgte kolonnenavne nederst" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:286 msgid "Select all column names" msgstr "Vælg alle kolonnenavne" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Ascending)" msgstr "(Stigende)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Descending)" msgstr "(Faldende)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:396 msgid "Not sorted" msgstr "Ikke sorteret" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:441 msgid "No grouping" msgstr "Ingen gruppering" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:546 msgid "Show Fields" msgstr "Vis felter" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:562 msgid "Choose the order of information to appear in the message list." msgstr "Vælg rækkefølgen hvori informationer vises i brevlisten." #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser-dialog.c:227 msgid "Add a Column" msgstr "Tilføj kolonne" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser.c:167 msgid "" "To add a column to your table, drag it into\n" "the location in which you want it to appear." msgstr "" "For at tilføje en kolonne i din tabel, træk\n" "den hen til stedet hvor du vil have den." #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:369 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s: %s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "%s: %s (%d punkt)" msgstr[1] "%s: %s (%d punkter)" #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:383 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "%s (%d punkt)" msgstr[1] "%s (%d punkter)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1576 msgid "Customize Current View" msgstr "Tilpas aktuel oversigt" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1599 msgid "Sort _Ascending" msgstr "Sortér _stigende" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1602 msgid "Sort _Descending" msgstr "Sortér _faldende" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1605 msgid "_Unsort" msgstr "_Rod rundt" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1608 msgid "Group By This _Field" msgstr "Gruppér efter dette _felt" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1611 msgid "Group By _Box" msgstr "Gruppér efter _boks" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1615 msgid "Remove This _Column" msgstr "Fjern denne _kolonne" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1618 msgid "Add a C_olumn..." msgstr "Tilføj k_olonne..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1622 msgid "A_lignment" msgstr "J_ustering" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1625 msgid "B_est Fit" msgstr "Som passer b_edst" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1628 msgid "Format Column_s..." msgstr "Formatér kolonne_r..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1632 msgid "Custo_mize Current View..." msgstr "Til_pas aktuel oversigt..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1703 msgid "_Sort By" msgstr "_Sortér efter" #. Custom #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1726 msgid "_Custom" msgstr "_Tilpasset" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2098 msgid "Select All" msgstr "Marker alt" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2111 msgid "Input Methods" msgstr "Indtastningsmetoder" #. Put the "UTC" entry at the top of the combo's list. #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:207 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:429 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:433 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:437 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:803 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:109 msgid "Click here to open the URL" msgstr "Klik her for at åbne adressen" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:111 msgid "Enter a URL here" msgstr "Indtast en adresse her" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:406 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:285 msgid "_Copy Link Location" msgstr "_Kopiér adresse" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:408 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:287 msgid "Copy the link to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiér linket til udklipsholderen" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:416 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:295 msgid "_Open Link in Browser" msgstr "_Åbn link i browser" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:418 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:297 msgid "Open the link in a web browser" msgstr "Åbn linket i webbrowseren" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:426 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:305 msgid "_Copy Email Address" msgstr "_Kopiér e-postadresse" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:443 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:322 msgid "_Copy Image" msgstr "_Kopier billede" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:445 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:324 msgid "Copy the image to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiér billedet til udklipsholderen" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:465 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1308 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:351 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1317 msgid "Select all text and images" msgstr "Vælg al tekst og billeder" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:972 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:974 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:976 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:992 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:994 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Click to call %s" msgstr "Klik for at ringe til %s" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:978 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:998 msgid "Click to hide/unhide addresses" msgstr "Klik for at vise/skjule adresser" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:980 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1000 #, c-format msgid "Click to open %s" msgstr "Klik for at åbne %s" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:329 msgid "Save _Image..." msgstr "Gem _billede..." #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:331 msgid "Save the image to a file" msgstr "Gem billedet til en fil" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:2894 msgid "Copying image to clipboard" msgstr "Kopierer billedet til udklipsholderen" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3082 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "Gem billede" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Saving image to '%s'" msgstr "Gemmer billede til \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:315 ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:324 msgid "%d %B %Y" msgstr "%d. %B %Y" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:327 #, c-format msgid "Calendar: from %s to %s" msgstr "Kalender: fra %s til %s" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:364 msgid "evolution calendar item" msgstr "evolution-kalenderelement" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:635 msgid "Evolution Source Viewer" msgstr "Evolution kildefremviser" #. Translators: The name that is displayed in the user interface #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:665 msgid "Display Name" msgstr "Vist navn" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:674 msgid "Flags" msgstr "Markeringer" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:726 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:678 msgid "Identity" msgstr "Identitet" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Missing date." msgstr "Dato mangler." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "You must choose a date." msgstr "Du skal vælge en dato." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Missing filename." msgstr "Filnavn mangler." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:4 msgid "You must specify a filename." msgstr "Du skal angive et filnavn." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:5 msgid "File "{0}" does not exist or is not a regular file." msgstr "Filen "{0}" findes ikke eller er ingen almindelig fil." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Bad regular expression "{0}"." msgstr "Fejl i regulært udtryk "{0}"." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Could not compile regular expression "{1}"." msgstr "Kunne ikke oversætte det regulære udtryk "{1}"." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:100 msgid "Missing name." msgstr "Navn mangler." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:9 msgid "You must name this filter." msgstr "Du skal give navn til dette filter." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Name "{0}" already used." msgstr "Navnet "{0}" er allerede brugt." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Please choose another name." msgstr "Vælg venligst et andet navn." #. Translators: description of a "popup" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-popup.c:128 msgid "popup a child" msgstr "pop et barn op" #. Translators: description of a "toggle" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-toggle.c:180 msgid "toggle the cell" msgstr "slå cellen til og fra" #. Translators: description of an "expand" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:215 msgid "expands the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "udvid rækken i ETree'et der indeholder denne celle" #. Translators: description of a "collapse" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:223 msgid "collapses the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "sammenfolder rækken i ETree'et der indeholder denne celle" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell.c:123 msgid "Table Cell" msgstr "Tabelcelle" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:72 msgid "click" msgstr "klik" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-column-header.c:163 msgid "sort" msgstr "sortér" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:296 msgid "Save Current View" msgstr "Gem nuværende oversigt" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Do you wish to save your changes?" msgstr "Ønsker du at gemme dine ændringer?" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This signature has been changed, but has not been saved." msgstr "Denne signatur er ændret, men er ikke blevet gemt." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Discard changes" msgstr "_Forkast ændringer" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Blank Signature" msgstr "Tom signatur" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Please provide an unique name to identify this signature." msgstr "" "Indtast venligst et entydigt navn til identifikation af denne signatur." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Unable to copy image to clipboard." msgstr "Kan ikke kopiere billedet til udklipsholderen." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Unable to save image." msgstr "Kan ikke gemme billede." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not load signature." msgstr "Kunne ikke indlæse signaturen." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save signature." msgstr "Kunne ikke gemme signaturen." #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:27 msgid "OAuth2" msgstr "OAuth2" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:28 msgid "" "This option will use an OAuth 2.0 access token to connect to the server" msgstr "Evolution vil bruge et OAuth 2.0-adgangstegn til serverforbindelsen" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-authenticator.c:182 #, c-format msgid "Invalid authentication result code (%d)" msgstr "Ugyldig resultatkode for godkendelse (%d)" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Saving message to folder '%s'" msgstr "Gemmer brev i mappen \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:572 msgid "Forwarded messages" msgstr "Videresendte breve" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:682 #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:933 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving %d message" msgid_plural "Retrieving %d messages" msgstr[0] "Henter %d brev" msgstr[1] "Henter %d breve" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:776 msgid "Scanning messages for duplicates" msgstr "Skanner beskeder for duplikater" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Removing folder '%s'" msgstr "Fjerner mappen \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "File \"%s\" has been removed." msgstr "Filen \"%s\" er blevet fjernet." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1325 msgid "File has been removed." msgstr "Filen er blevet fjernet." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1384 msgid "Removing attachments" msgstr "Fjerner bilag" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "Saving %d message" msgid_plural "Saving %d messages" msgstr[0] "Gemmer %d besked" msgstr[1] "Gemmer %d beskeder" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1926 #, c-format msgid "Invalid folder URI '%s'" msgstr "Ugyldig mappe-URI: \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:540 msgid "No mail transport service available" msgstr "Ingen posttransportservice tilgængelig" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:640 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:730 #, c-format msgid "Failed to apply outgoing filters: %s" msgstr "Det mislykkedes at anvende de udgående filtre: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:689 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to append to %s: %s\n" "Appending to local 'Sent' folder instead." msgstr "" "Kunne ikke føje til %s: %s\n" "Føjer til lokal \"Afsendte\"-mappe i stedet." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:715 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:798 #, c-format msgid "Failed to append to local 'Sent' folder: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke føje til den lokale \"Afsendte\"-mappe: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:916 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:929 ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1031 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "Sender brev" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:120 ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:342 #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:789 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1061 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1072 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "Indbakke" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_INBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:121 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:782 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1059 msgid "Drafts" msgstr "Kladder" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_DRAFTS #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:122 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:793 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1063 msgid "Outbox" msgstr "Udbakke" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_OUTBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:123 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:797 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1065 msgid "Sent" msgstr "Afsendte" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_SENT #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:124 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:785 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1067 #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1082 ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1381 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1391 msgid "Templates" msgstr "Skabeloner" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1347 #, c-format msgid "User cancelled operation" msgstr "Operation afbrudt af bruger" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1542 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "%s-godkendelse mislykkedes" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1592 #, c-format msgid "No data source found for UID '%s'" msgstr "Ingen datakilde fundet for UID \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1655 #, c-format msgid "" "No destination address provided, forwarding of the message has been " "cancelled." msgstr "" "Ingen modtageradresse er angivet. Videresendelse af brevet er blevet " "annulleret." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1668 #, c-format msgid "" "No identity found to use, forwarding of the message has been cancelled." msgstr "" "Der blev ikke fundet en brugbar identitet. Videresendelse af brevet er " "blevet annulleret." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Disconnecting from '%s'" msgstr "Afkobler fra \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:279 #, c-format msgid "Reconnecting to '%s'" msgstr "Genopkobler til \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Preparing account '%s' for offline" msgstr "Forbereder kontoen \"%s\" til offline tilstand" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-folder-cache.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "Pinging %s" msgstr "Pinger %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:94 msgid "Filtering Selected Messages" msgstr "Filtrerer valgte beskeder" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:152 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to filter selected messages. One reason can be that folder location " "set in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" "Kunne ikke filtrere de valgte meddelelser. Årsagen kan være at " "mappeplaceringen i et eller flere filtre er ugyldig. Kontrollér venligst " "dine filtre i Redigér->Meddelelsesfiltre.\n" "Den oprindelige fejl var: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Fetching mail from '%s'" msgstr "Henter e-post fra \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:724 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to apply outgoing filters. One reason can be that folder location set " "in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" "Kunne ikke anvende de udgående filtre. Årsagen kan være at mappeplaceringen " "i et eller flere filtre er ugyldig. Kontrollér venligst dine filtre i " "Redigér->Meddelelsesfiltre.\n" "Den oprindelige fejl var: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:940 #, c-format msgid "Sending message %d of %d" msgstr "Sender brev %d af %d" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Failed to send a message" msgid_plural "Failed to send %d of %d messages" msgstr[0] "Det lykkedes ikke at sende et brev" msgstr[1] "Det lykkedes ikke at sende %d af %d breve" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:998 msgid "Canceled." msgstr "Annulleret." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1000 msgid "Complete." msgstr "Fuldført." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1112 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages to '%s'" msgstr "Flytter breve til \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1113 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages to '%s'" msgstr "Kopierer breve til \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Storing folder '%s'" msgstr "Gemmer mappen \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1360 #, c-format msgid "Expunging and storing account '%s'" msgstr "Tømmer og arkiverer kontoen \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1361 #, c-format msgid "Storing account '%s'" msgstr "Arkiverer konto \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1435 #, c-format msgid "Emptying trash in '%s'" msgstr "Tømmer affald i \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:71 #, c-format msgid "Could not create spool directory '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette kø-mappe \"%s\": %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Trying to movemail a non-mbox source '%s'" msgstr "" "Prøver at bruge movemail på en kilde som ikke er i mbox-format \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Forwarded message - %s" msgstr "Videresendt brev - %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:239 msgid "Forwarded message" msgstr "Videresendt brev" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Setting up Search Folder: %s" msgstr "Opsætter søgemappe: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Updating Search Folders for '%s' - %s" msgstr "Opdaterer søgemapper for \"%s\" - %s" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * search folder(s), the second %s is the URI of the #. * removed folder. For more than one search folder is #. * each of them on a separate line, with four spaces #. * in front of its name, without quotes. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:670 #, c-format msgid "" "The Search Folder \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted " "folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following Search Folders\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" "Søgemappen \"%s\" er blevet ændret så den tager højde for den slettede " "mappe\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[1] "" "Følgende søgemapper\n" "%s er blevet ændret så de tager højde for den slettede mappe\n" "\"%s\"." #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:116 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:203 msgid "Open _Online Accounts" msgstr "Åbn _onlinekonti" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:142 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:229 msgid "This account was created through the Online Accounts service." msgstr "" "Denne brugerkonto blev oprettet gennem onlinekontotjenesten (Online " "Accounts)." #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:690 msgid "_Restore Default" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:703 msgid "You can drag and drop account names to reorder them." msgstr "Du kan trække og slippe kontonavne for at sortere dem." #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:746 msgid "De_fault" msgstr "_Forvalg" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:85 #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:443 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:359 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:890 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiveret" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:109 msgid "Account Name" msgstr "Kontonavn" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:136 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:335 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:475 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3600 #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:49 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:578 msgid "No email address provided" msgstr "Ingen e-post-adresse angivet" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:587 msgid "Missing domain in email address" msgstr "Mangler domæne i e-post-adressen" #: ../mail/e-mail-backend.c:754 msgid "Unknown background operation" msgstr "Ukendt baggrundshandling" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:129 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:860 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:867 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:874 msgid "Close this window" msgstr "Luk dette vindue" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:286 msgid "(No Subject)" msgstr "(Intet emne)" #. GtkAssistant sinks the floating button reference. #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:102 msgid "_Skip Lookup" msgstr "_Spring over opslag" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:562 msgid "Evolution Account Assistant" msgstr "Evolutions konto-vejleder" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-auth-check.c:352 msgid "Check for Supported Types" msgstr "Kontrollér understøttede typer" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:157 msgid "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." msgstr "" "Tillykke, din e-post-konfiguration er nu fuldført.\n" "\n" "Du kan nu sende og modtage e-post med Evolution. \n" "\n" "Klik på \"Anvend\" for at gemme dine indstillinger." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:169 msgid "Done" msgstr "Færdig" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:552 msgid "Special Folders" msgstr "Specielle mapper" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:561 msgid "Draft Messages _Folder:" msgstr "Mappe til _kladder:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:571 msgid "Choose a folder for saving draft messages." msgstr "Vælg en mappe til opbevaring af kladder." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:585 msgid "Sent _Messages Folder:" msgstr "Mappe til sendte _breve:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:595 msgid "Choose a folder for saving sent messages." msgstr "Vælg en mappe til sendte breve." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:614 msgid "S_ave replies in the folder of the message being replied to" msgstr "Gem sv_ar i samme mappe som den meddelelse, der svares på" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:631 msgid "_Restore Defaults" msgstr "Genop_ret standardindstillinger" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:645 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Trash:" msgstr "Brug en rig_tig mappe til affald:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:646 msgid "Choose a folder for deleted messages." msgstr "Vælg en mappe til slettede breve." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:655 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Junk:" msgstr "Brug en rigt_ig mappe til spam:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:656 msgid "Choose a folder for junk messages." msgstr "Vælg en mappe til spammeddelelser." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:673 msgid "Composing Messages" msgstr "Skriver breve" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:682 msgid "Alway_s carbon-copy (cc) to:" msgstr "Send _altid en kopi (cc) til:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:707 msgid "Always _blind carbon-copy (bcc) to:" msgstr "Send altid en _blindkopi (bcc) til:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:742 msgid "Message Receipts" msgstr "Brevkvitteringer" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:751 msgid "S_end message receipts:" msgstr "S_end kvitteringer for breve:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:776 msgid "Never" msgstr "Aldrig" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:782 msgid "Always" msgstr "Altid" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:788 msgid "Ask for each message" msgstr "Spørg for hver enkelt brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:859 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "Standarder" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:266 msgid "" "Please enter your name and email address below. The \"optional\" fields " "below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this " "information in email you send." msgstr "" "Angiv dit navn og din e-post-adresse nedenfor. De \"valgfrie\" felter " "nedenfor behøver ikke at blive udfyldt, medmindre du ønsker at inkludere " "disse oplysninger i den e-post du sender." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:294 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:324 msgid "Account Information" msgstr "Kontoinformation" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:303 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:333 msgid "" "Type the name by which you would like to refer to this account.\n" "For example, \"Work\" or \"Personal\"." msgstr "" "Indtast navnet som du vil bruge til denne konto.\n" "For eksempel: \"Arbejde\" eller \"Personligt\"." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:348 msgid "Required Information" msgstr "Påkrævet information" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:357 msgid "Full Nam_e:" msgstr "Fuld_e navn:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:384 msgid "Email _Address:" msgstr "E-post-_adresse:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:431 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:26 msgid "Optional Information" msgstr "Valgfri information" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:440 msgid "Re_ply-To:" msgstr "Sva_r-til:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:467 msgid "Or_ganization:" msgstr "Or_ganisation:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:522 msgid "Add Ne_w Signature..." msgstr "Tilføj _ny signatur..." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-lookup-page.c:68 msgid "Looking up account details..." msgstr "Ser efter detaljer for kontoen..." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:485 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "Kontrollerer om der er ny e-post" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:501 msgid "Check for _new messages every" msgstr "Hent _nye breve automatisk med mellemrum på" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:700 msgid "Receiving Options" msgstr "Modtagelsesindstillinger" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-receiving-page.c:50 msgid "Receiving Email" msgstr "Modtagelse af e-post" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:260 #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:266 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:24 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:114 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:47 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:91 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:16 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "Alment" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:269 msgid "_Do not sign meeting requests (for Outlook compatibility)" msgstr "Signér _ikke mødeindkaldelser (for kompatibilitet med Outlook)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:291 msgid "Pretty Good Privacy (OpenPGP)" msgstr "Pretty Good Privacy (OpenPGP)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:300 msgid "OpenPGP _Key ID:" msgstr "OpenPGP-_nøgle-id:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:322 msgid "Si_gning algorithm:" msgstr "_Underskriftsalgoritme:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:338 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:478 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:50 msgid "SHA1" msgstr "SHA1" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:341 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:481 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:51 msgid "SHA256" msgstr "SHA256" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:344 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:484 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:52 msgid "SHA384" msgstr "SHA384" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:347 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:487 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:53 msgid "SHA512" msgstr "SHA512" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:363 msgid "Al_ways sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "Signér _altid udgående breve når denne konto benyttes" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:375 msgid "Always encrypt to _myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "Kryptér altid til _mig selv når krypteret e-post sendes" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:387 msgid "Always _trust keys in my keyring when encrypting" msgstr "_Stol altid på nøgler i min nøglering ved kryptering" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:411 msgid "Secure MIME (S/MIME)" msgstr "Secure MIME (S/MIME)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:420 msgid "Sig_ning certificate:" msgstr "Un_derskrivende certifikat:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:444 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:550 msgid "Select" msgstr "Vælg" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:462 msgid "Signing _algorithm:" msgstr "Underskrifts_algoritme:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:503 msgid "Always sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "Signér altid udgående breve når denne konto benyttes" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:526 msgid "Encryption certificate:" msgstr "Krypteringscertifikat:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:568 msgid "Always encrypt outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "Signér altid udgående breve når denne konto benyttes" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:588 msgid "Always encrypt to myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "Kryptér altid til mig selv når der sendes krypteret e-post" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-sending-page.c:50 msgid "Sending Email" msgstr "Afsendelse af e-post" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:640 msgid "Server _Type:" msgstr "Server_type:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:142 msgid "SSL" msgstr "SSL" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:145 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:307 msgid "" "This is a summary of the settings which will be used to access your mail." msgstr "" "Dette er en oversigt over de indstillinger der vil blive brugt til at tilgå " "dine breve." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:372 msgid "Personal Details" msgstr "Personlige detaljer" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:381 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "Fulde navn:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:395 msgid "Email Address:" msgstr "E-post-adresse:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:409 msgid "Receiving" msgstr "Modtager" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:421 msgid "Sending" msgstr "Sender" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:433 msgid "Server Type:" msgstr "Servertype:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:454 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:608 msgid "Server:" msgstr "Server:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:475 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:697 msgid "Username:" msgstr "Brugernavn:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:496 msgid "Security:" msgstr "Sikkerhed:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:787 msgid "Account Summary" msgstr "Kontooversigt" # FORWARD #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:157 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Mail Configuration Assistant.\n" "\n" "Click \"Continue\" to begin." msgstr "" "Velkommen til assistenten for konfiguration af Evolution e-post.\n" "\n" "Klik \"Næste\" for at begynde." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:167 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:152 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Velkommen" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-window.c:327 msgid "Account Editor" msgstr "Kontoredigeringsværktøj" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:96 msgid "_Add to Address Book..." msgstr "_Føj til adressebogen..." #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:103 msgid "_To This Address" msgstr "_Til denne adresse" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:110 msgid "_From This Address" msgstr "_Fra denne adresse" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:117 msgid "Send _Reply To..." msgstr "Send sva_r til..." #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:119 msgid "Send a reply message to this address" msgstr "Send en svarbesked til denne adresse" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:126 msgid "Create Search _Folder" msgstr "Opret søge_mappe" #. Label + combo box has a 12px left margin so it's #. * aligned with the junk mail options above it. #: ../mail/e-mail-junk-options.c:252 msgid "Junk filtering software:" msgstr "Spamfilter-software:" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-dialog.c:225 msgid "_Label name:" msgstr "Mærkat_navn:" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:57 msgid "I_mportant" msgstr "_Vigtig" #. red #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:58 msgid "_Work" msgstr "A_rbejde" #. orange #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:59 msgid "_Personal" msgstr "_Personligt" #. green #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:60 msgid "_To Do" msgstr "_Gøremål" #. blue #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:61 msgid "_Later" msgstr "_Senere" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:170 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Add Label" msgstr "Tilføj mærkat" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:221 msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "Rediger mærkat" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:353 msgid "" "Note: Underscore in the label name is used\n" "as mnemonic identifier in menu." msgstr "" "Bemærk: Bundstreger i mærkatnavnet bliver\n" "brugt som mnemoteknisk id i menuen." #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:89 msgid "Color" msgstr "Farve" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:167 msgid "Move selected headers to top" msgstr "Flyt de valgte brevhoveder øverst" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:172 msgid "Move selected headers up one row" msgstr "Flyt de valgte brevhoveder opad én række" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:177 msgid "Move selected headers down one row" msgstr "Flyt de valgte brevhoveder nedad én række" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:182 msgid "Move selected headers to bottom" msgstr "Flyt de valgte brevhoveder nederst" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:187 msgid "Select all headers" msgstr "Vælg alle brevhoveder" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:206 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "Navn for brevhoved" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:215 msgid "Header Value" msgstr "Værdi for brevhoved" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:125 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:101 msgid "Headers" msgstr "Brevhoved" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:167 #, c-format msgid "Page %d of %d" msgstr "Side %d af %d" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:12 msgid "Copy to Folder" msgstr "Kopier til mappe" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "C_opy" msgstr "_Kopiér" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:54 msgid "Move to Folder" msgstr "Flyt til mappe" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "_Move" msgstr "_Flyt" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1177 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1389 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1429 msgid "_Do not ask me again." msgstr "_Spørg mig ikke igen." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1435 msgid "_Always ignore Reply-To: for mailing lists." msgstr "Ignorér _altid Reply-To: (svar til) for postlister." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1637 msgid "Failed to retrieve message:" msgstr "Kunne ikke hente brev:" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1677 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2842 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s'" msgstr "Henter brev \"%s\"" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1865 msgid "A_dd Sender to Address Book" msgstr "Føj afsender til adresse_bog" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1867 msgid "Add sender to address book" msgstr "Føj afsender til adressebog" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1872 msgid "Check for _Junk" msgstr "Se efter _spam" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1874 msgid "Filter the selected messages for junk status" msgstr "Filtrér de valgte breve til spamstatus" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1879 msgid "_Copy to Folder..." msgstr "K_opiér til mappe..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1881 msgid "Copy selected messages to another folder" msgstr "Kopiér valgte breve til en anden mappe" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1886 msgid "_Delete Message" msgstr "_Slet brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1888 msgid "Mark the selected messages for deletion" msgstr "Markér de valgte breve til sletning" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1893 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Mailing _List..." msgstr "Opret en filterregel for e-post-_listen..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1895 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to this mailing list" msgstr "Lav en regel for at filtrere breve til denne postliste" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1900 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Recipients..." msgstr "Opret en filterregel for modtage_re..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1902 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to these recipients" msgstr "Lav en regel til at filtrere breve til disse modtagere" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1907 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Se_nder..." msgstr "Opret en filterregel for afse_nder..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1909 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages from this sender" msgstr "Lav en regel til at filtrere breve fra denne afsender" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1914 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Subject..." msgstr "Opret en filterregel for e_mne..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1916 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages with this subject" msgstr "Lav en regel for filtrering af breve med dette emne" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1921 msgid "A_pply Filters" msgstr "Anvend _filtre" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1923 msgid "Apply filter rules to the selected messages" msgstr "Aktivér filterregler på de valgte breve" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1928 msgid "_Find in Message..." msgstr "S_øg i brev..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1930 msgid "Search for text in the body of the displayed message" msgstr "Søg efter tekst i kroppen af det viste brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1935 msgid "_Clear Flag" msgstr "_Fjern markering" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1937 msgid "Remove the follow-up flag from the selected messages" msgstr "Fjern opfølgningsflaget fra de valgte breve" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1942 msgid "_Flag Completed" msgstr "_Markering sat" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1944 msgid "Set the follow-up flag to completed on the selected messages" msgstr "Indstil opfølgningsflaget til færdiggjort på de valgte breve" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1949 msgid "Follow _Up..." msgstr "Følg _op..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1951 msgid "Flag the selected messages for follow-up" msgstr "Markér (flag) markerede breve til opfølgning" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1956 msgid "_Attached" msgstr "_Vedlagt" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1958 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1965 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone as an attachment" msgstr "Videresend det valgte brev til nogen som et bilag" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1963 msgid "Forward As _Attached" msgstr "Videresend som ved_hæftet" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1970 msgid "_Inline" msgstr "_Indlejret" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1972 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1979 msgid "Forward the selected message in the body of a new message" msgstr "Videresend det valgte brev i kroppen af et nyt brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1977 msgid "Forward As _Inline" msgstr "Videresend som _indlejret" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1984 msgid "_Quoted" msgstr "_Citeret" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1986 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1993 msgid "Forward the selected message quoted like a reply" msgstr "Videresend det valgte brev, citeret som et svar" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1991 msgid "Forward As _Quoted" msgstr "Videresend som _citeret" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1998 msgid "_Load Images" msgstr "_Indlæs billeder" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2000 msgid "Force images in HTML mail to be loaded" msgstr "Tvungen indlæsning af billeder i HTML-breve" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2005 msgid "_Important" msgstr "_Vigtig" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2007 msgid "Mark the selected messages as important" msgstr "Markér de valgte breve som vigtige" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2012 msgid "_Junk" msgstr "_Spam" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2014 msgid "Mark the selected messages as junk" msgstr "Markér de valgte breve som spam" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2019 msgid "_Not Junk" msgstr "_Ikke spam" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2021 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not being junk" msgstr "Markér de valgte breve som ikke værende spam" # rettigheder, ikke bydeform #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2026 msgid "_Read" msgstr "_Læse" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2028 msgid "Mark the selected messages as having been read" msgstr "Markér de valgte breve som værende læste" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2033 msgid "Uni_mportant" msgstr "_Ikke vigtig" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2035 msgid "Mark the selected messages as unimportant" msgstr "Markér de valgte breve som uvigtige" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2040 msgid "_Unread" msgstr "_Ulæst" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2042 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not having been read" msgstr "Markér de valgte breve som værende ulæste" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2047 msgid "_Edit as New Message..." msgstr "R_edigér som nyt brev..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2049 msgid "Open the selected messages in the composer for editing" msgstr "Åbn de valgte breve i redigeringsvinduet" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2054 msgid "Compose _New Message" msgstr "Skriv _nyt brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2056 msgid "Open a window for composing a mail message" msgstr "Åbn et vindue for at skrive et brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2061 msgid "_Open in New Window" msgstr "Åbn i nyt _vindue" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2063 msgid "Open the selected messages in a new window" msgstr "Åbn de valgt breve i et nyt vindue" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2068 msgid "_Move to Folder..." msgstr "Fl_yt til mappe..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2070 msgid "Move selected messages to another folder" msgstr "Flyt de valgte breve til en anden mappe" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2075 msgid "_Next Message" msgstr "_Næste brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2077 msgid "Display the next message" msgstr "Vis næste brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2082 msgid "Next _Important Message" msgstr "Næste _vigtige meddelelse" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2084 msgid "Display the next important message" msgstr "Vis næste vigtige brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2089 msgid "Next _Thread" msgstr "Næste _tråd" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2091 msgid "Display the next thread" msgstr "Vis næste tråd" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2096 msgid "Next _Unread Message" msgstr "Næste _ulæste brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2098 msgid "Display the next unread message" msgstr "Vis næste ulæste brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2103 msgid "_Previous Message" msgstr "_Foregående brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2105 msgid "Display the previous message" msgstr "Vis forrige brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2110 msgid "Pr_evious Important Message" msgstr "Fo_regående vigtige brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2112 msgid "Display the previous important message" msgstr "Vis forrige vigtige brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2117 msgid "Previous T_hread" msgstr "Forrige tr_åd" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2119 msgid "Display the previous thread" msgstr "Viser den forrige tråd" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2124 msgid "P_revious Unread Message" msgstr "F_oregående ulæste brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2126 msgid "Display the previous unread message" msgstr "Vis forrige ulæste brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2133 msgid "Print this message" msgstr "Udskriv dette brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2140 msgid "Preview the message to be printed" msgstr "Forhåndsvis brevet som skal udskrives" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2145 msgid "Re_direct" msgstr "_Omdirigér" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2147 msgid "Redirect (bounce) the selected message to someone" msgstr "Omdirigér (bounce) det markerede brev til en eller anden" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2152 msgid "Remo_ve Attachments" msgstr "Fjer_n bilag" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2154 msgid "Remove attachments" msgstr "Fjern bilag" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2159 msgid "Remove Du_plicate Messages" msgstr "Fjern du_plikerede breve" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2161 msgid "Checks selected messages for duplicates" msgstr "Kontrollér de valgte breve for duplikater" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2166 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:27 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1547 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:214 msgid "Reply to _All" msgstr "Svar til _alle" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2168 msgid "Compose a reply to all the recipients of the selected message" msgstr "Skriv et svar til alle modtagerne af det valgte brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2173 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:25 msgid "Reply to _List" msgstr "Svar til _listen" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2175 msgid "Compose a reply to the mailing list of the selected message" msgstr "Skriv et svar til e-postlisten for det valgte brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2180 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:221 msgid "_Reply to Sender" msgstr "Send sva_r til afsender" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2182 msgid "Compose a reply to the sender of the selected message" msgstr "Skriv et svar til afsenderen af det valgte brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2187 msgid "_Save as mbox..." msgstr "_Gem som mbox..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2189 msgid "Save selected messages as an mbox file" msgstr "Gem de valgte breve som en mbox-fil" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2194 msgid "_Message Source" msgstr "_Brevkildetekst" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2196 msgid "Show the raw email source of the message" msgstr "Vis brevet i sin rå form" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2208 msgid "_Undelete Message" msgstr "_Fortryd sletning af brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2210 msgid "Undelete the selected messages" msgstr "Fortryd sletning af de valgte breve" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2215 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "_Normal størrelse" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2217 msgid "Reset the text to its original size" msgstr "Nulstil tekststørrelsen til den oprindelige" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2222 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "Zoom _ind" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2224 msgid "Increase the text size" msgstr "Forøg tekstens størrelse" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2229 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "Zoom _ud" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2231 msgid "Decrease the text size" msgstr "Formindsk tekstens størrelse" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2238 msgid "Cre_ate" msgstr "Opre_t" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2245 msgid "Ch_aracter Encoding" msgstr "Tegnk_odning" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2252 msgid "F_orward As" msgstr "Videresend s_om" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2259 msgid "_Group Reply" msgstr "_Gruppesvar" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2266 msgid "_Go To" msgstr "_Gå til" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2273 msgid "Mar_k As" msgstr "Mar_kér som" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2280 msgid "_Message" msgstr "_Brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2287 msgid "_Zoom" msgstr "_Zoom" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2297 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Mailing _List..." msgstr "Opret en Søgemappe ud fra e-post-_liste..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2299 msgid "Create a search folder for this mailing list" msgstr "Opret en søgemappe for denne postliste" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2304 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Recipien_ts..." msgstr "Opret en søgemappe ud fra _modtagere..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2306 msgid "Create a search folder for these recipients" msgstr "Opret en søgemappe for disse modtagere" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2311 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Sen_der..." msgstr "Opret en søgemappe ud fra afse_nder..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2313 msgid "Create a search folder for this sender" msgstr "Opret en søgemappe for denne afsender" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2318 msgid "Create a Search Folder from S_ubject..." msgstr "Opret en søgemappe ud fra e_mne..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2320 msgid "Create a search folder for this subject" msgstr "Opret en søgemappe for dette emne" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2343 msgid "Mark for Follo_w Up..." msgstr "Markér til opføl_gning..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2351 msgid "Mark as _Important" msgstr "Markér som v_igtig" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2355 msgid "Mark as _Junk" msgstr "Markér som spa_m" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2359 msgid "Mark as _Not Junk" msgstr "Markér som værende _ikke-spam" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2363 msgid "Mar_k as Read" msgstr "Mar_kér som læst" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2367 msgid "Mark as Uni_mportant" msgstr "Markér som _ikke vigtigt" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2371 msgid "Mark as _Unread" msgstr "Markér som ulæs_t" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2415 msgid "_Caret Mode" msgstr "Markør_tilstand" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2417 msgid "Show a blinking cursor in the body of displayed messages" msgstr "Vis en blinkende markør i kroppen af viste breve" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2423 msgid "All Message _Headers" msgstr "Hele brev_hovedet" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2425 msgid "Show messages with all email headers" msgstr "Vis breve med det fulde brevhoved" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2848 msgid "Retrieving message" msgstr "Henter brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3770 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:207 msgid "_Forward" msgstr "_Videresend" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3771 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone" msgstr "Videresend det valgte brev til en eller anden" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3790 msgid "Group Reply" msgstr "Gruppesvar" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3791 msgid "Reply to the mailing list, or to all recipients" msgstr "Skriv et svar til e-postlisten eller til alle modtagere" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3857 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:15 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Slet" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3869 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1372 msgid "Next" msgstr "Næste" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3873 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1365 msgid "Previous" msgstr "Forrige" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3882 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:15 msgid "Reply" msgstr "Svar" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:151 msgid "Do not warn me again" msgstr "Advar mig ikke igen" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:976 msgid "Printing" msgstr "Udskriver" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a folder #. * name %u with count of duplicate messages. #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:1211 #, c-format msgid "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate message. Are you sure you want to delete " "it?" msgid_plural "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate messages. Are you sure you want to delete " "them?" msgstr[0] "" "Mappen \"%s\" indeholder %u duplikeret brev. Er du sikker på at du ønsker at " "slette den?" msgstr[1] "" "Mappen \"%s\" indeholder %u duplikerede breve. Er du sikker på at du ønsker " "at slette dem?" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2026 msgid "Save Message" msgid_plural "Save Messages" msgstr[0] "Gem breve" msgstr[1] "Gem brev" #. Translators: This is part of a suggested file name #. * used when saving a message or multiple messages to #. * mbox format, when the first message doesn't have a #. * subject. The extension ".mbox" is appended to the #. * string; for example "Message.mbox". #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2047 msgid "Message" msgid_plural "Messages" msgstr[0] "Brev" msgstr[1] "Breve" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2416 msgid "Parsing message" msgstr "Fortolker brev" #: ../mail/e-mail-request.c:197 msgid "The message has no text content." msgstr "Beskeden har intet tekstindhold." #: ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:238 msgid "Flag to Follow Up" msgstr "Markér til opfølgning" #. Note to translators: this is the attribution string used #. * when quoting messages. Each ${Variable} gets replaced #. * with a value. To see a full list of available variables, #. * see mail/em-composer-utils.c:attribvars array. #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1372 msgid "" "On ${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Year}-${Month}-${Day} at ${24Hour}:${Minute} " "${TimeZone}, ${Sender} wrote:" msgstr "" "${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Day} ${Month} ${Year} kl. ${24Hour}:${Minute} " "${TimeZone}, skrev ${Sender}:" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1378 msgid "-------- Forwarded Message --------" msgstr "-------- Videresendt brev --------" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1383 msgid "-----Original Message-----" msgstr "-----Oprindelige besked-----" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2528 msgid "an unknown sender" msgstr "en ukendt afsender" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2949 msgid "Posting destination" msgstr "Leveringssted for breve" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2950 msgid "Choose folders to post the message to." msgstr "Vælg mapperne som brevet skal sendes til." #: ../mail/em-filter-editor-folder-element.c:157 msgid "Select Folder" msgstr "Vælg mappe" #. Automatically generated. Do not edit. #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:2 msgid "Adjust Score" msgstr "Justér point" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:3 msgid "Any header" msgstr "Vilkårligt hoved" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:4 msgid "Assign Color" msgstr "Tilknyt farve" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:5 msgid "Assign Score" msgstr "Giv point" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:7 msgid "BCC" msgstr "BCC" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:8 msgid "Beep" msgstr "Bippelyd" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:9 msgid "CC" msgstr "CC" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:10 msgid "Completed On" msgstr "Fuldført den" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:13 msgid "Date received" msgstr "Dato modtaget" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:14 msgid "Date sent" msgstr "Dato sendt" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:16 msgid "Deleted" msgstr "Slettet" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:18 msgid "does not end with" msgstr "slutter ikke med" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:19 msgid "does not exist" msgstr "eksisterer ikke" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:20 msgid "does not have words" msgstr "har ikke ord" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:21 msgid "does not return" msgstr "returnerer ikke" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:22 msgid "does not sound like" msgstr "ligner ikke" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:23 msgid "does not start with" msgstr "starter ikke med" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:25 msgid "Draft" msgstr "Skitse" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:26 msgid "ends with" msgstr "slutter med" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:28 msgid "exists" msgstr "eksisterer" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:29 msgid "Expression" msgstr "Udtryk" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:30 msgid "Follow Up" msgstr "Følg op" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:31 msgid "Forward to" msgstr "Videresend til" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:32 msgid "has words" msgstr "har ord" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:33 msgid "Important" msgstr "Vigtig" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:35 msgid "is after" msgstr "er efter" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:36 msgid "is before" msgstr "er inden" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:37 msgid "is Flagged" msgstr "har markering" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:41 msgid "is not Flagged" msgstr "har ingen markering" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:42 msgid "is not set" msgstr "er ikke indstillet" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:43 msgid "is set" msgstr "er indstillet" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:44 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:108 msgid "Junk" msgstr "Spam" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:45 msgid "Junk Test" msgstr "Spamtest" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:46 msgid "Label" msgstr "Mærkning" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:47 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "Postliste" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:48 msgid "Match All" msgstr "Match alt" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:49 msgid "Message Body" msgstr "Brevindhold" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:50 msgid "Message Header" msgstr "Brevhoved" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:51 msgid "Message is Junk" msgstr "Brevet er spam" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:52 msgid "Message is not Junk" msgstr "Brevet er ikke-spam" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:53 msgid "Message Location" msgstr "Brevplacering" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:55 msgid "Pipe to Program" msgstr "Videreled til programmet" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:56 msgid "Play Sound" msgstr "Afspil lyd" #. Past tense, as in "has been read". #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:57 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:14 msgid "Read" msgstr "Læst" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:58 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:16 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Modtagere" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:59 msgid "Regex Match" msgstr "Træffer på regulært udtryk" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:60 msgid "Replied to" msgstr "Svaret til" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:61 msgid "returns" msgstr "returnerer" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:62 msgid "returns greater than" msgstr "returnerer større end" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:63 msgid "returns less than" msgstr "returnerer mindre end" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:64 msgid "Run Program" msgstr "Kør program" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:65 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:3 msgid "Score" msgstr "Point" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:66 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:15 msgid "Sender" msgstr "Afsender" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:67 msgid "Sender or Recipients" msgstr "Afsender eller modtagere" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:68 msgid "Set Label" msgstr "Brug mærkat" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:69 msgid "Set Status" msgstr "Sæt status" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:70 msgid "Size (kB)" msgstr "Størrelse (kB)" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:71 msgid "sounds like" msgstr "lyder som" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:72 msgid "Source Account" msgstr "Kildekonto" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:73 msgid "Specific header" msgstr "Nærmere angivet linje i brevhoved" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:74 msgid "starts with" msgstr "starter med" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:76 msgid "Stop Processing" msgstr "Stop behandling" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:79 msgid "Unset Color" msgstr "Nulstil farve" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:80 msgid "Unset Status" msgstr "Nulstil status" #. and now for the action area #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:583 msgid "Then" msgstr "Så" #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:648 msgid "Add Ac_tion" msgstr "Tilføj hand_ling" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:145 msgid "Unread messages:" msgid_plural "Unread messages:" msgstr[0] "Ulæste breve:" msgstr[1] "Ulæste breve:" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:156 msgid "Total messages:" msgid_plural "Total messages:" msgstr[0] "Totalt breve:" msgstr[1] "Totalt breve:" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage (%s):" msgstr "Kvote-brug (%s):" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:179 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage" msgstr "Kvote-brug" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:347 msgid "Folder Properties" msgstr "Mappeegenskaber" #: ../mail/em-folder-selection-button.c:80 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:390 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "Op_ret" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:396 msgid "Folder _name:" msgstr "Mappe_navn:" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:644 msgid "Folder names cannot contain '/'" msgstr "Mappenavne kan ikke indeholde \"/\"" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:781 #, c-format msgctxt "folder-display" msgid "%s (%u%s)" msgstr "%s (%u%s)" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:1609 msgid "Mail Folder Tree" msgstr "Træ over brevmapper" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2179 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Moving folder %s" msgstr "Flytter mappen %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2182 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Copying folder %s" msgstr "Kopierer mappen %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2189 ../mail/message-list.c:2280 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages into folder %s" msgstr "Flytter breve til mappen %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2193 ../mail/message-list.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages into folder %s" msgstr "Kopierer breve til mappen %s" # Kommentaren i kildekoden lyder: # /* for types other than folder, we can't drop to the root path */ #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2212 #, c-format msgid "Cannot drop message(s) into toplevel store" msgstr "Kan ikke droppe breve til rodniveau" #. UNMATCHED is always last. #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:176 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:178 msgid "UNMATCHED" msgstr "MATCHEDE_IKKE" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:873 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:1170 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Indlæser..." #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Move Folder To" msgstr "Flyt mappe til" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Copy Folder To" msgstr "Kopiér mappe til" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:617 msgid "Create Folder" msgstr "Opret mappe" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:618 msgid "Specify where to create the folder:" msgstr "Angiver hvor mappen skal oprettes:" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:867 msgid "_Subscribe" msgstr "_Tilmeld" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:876 msgid "Su_bscribe To Shown" msgstr "Til_meld til viste" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:884 msgid "Subscribe To _All" msgstr "Tilmeld til _alle" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:981 ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1875 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1641 msgid "_Unsubscribe" msgstr "_Afmeld abonnement" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:990 msgid "Unsu_bscribe From Hidden" msgstr "A_fmeld Fra skjulte" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:998 msgid "Unsubscribe From _All" msgstr "Afmeld fra _alle" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1712 msgid "Folder Subscriptions" msgstr "Mappeabonnementer" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1751 msgid "_Account:" msgstr "_Konto:" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1764 msgid "Clear Search" msgstr "Ryd søgningen" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1781 msgid "Sho_w items that contain:" msgstr "_Vis elementer der indeholder:" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1828 msgid "Subscribe to the selected folder" msgstr "Abonnér på den valgte mappe" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1829 msgid "Su_bscribe" msgstr "A_bonnér" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1874 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1643 msgid "Unsubscribe from the selected folder" msgstr "Fjern abonnement for den valgte mappe" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1914 msgid "Collapse all folders" msgstr "Sammenfold alle mapper" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1915 msgid "C_ollapse All" msgstr "Sammenfold _alle" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1925 msgid "Expand all folders" msgstr "Udfold alle mapper" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1926 msgid "E_xpand All" msgstr "_Udfold alle" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1936 msgid "Refresh the folder list" msgstr "Opdatér mappelisten" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1948 msgid "Stop the current operation" msgstr "Afbryd den nuværende handling" #. Translators: This message is shown only for ten or more #. * messages to be opened. The %d is replaced with the actual #. * count of messages. If you need a '%' in your text, then #. * write it doubled, like '%%'. #: ../mail/em-utils.c:86 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to open %d message at once?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to open %d messages at once?" msgstr[0] "Er du sikker på, at du vil åbne %d brev på en gang?" msgstr[1] "Er du sikker på, at du vil åbne %d breve på en gang?" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:142 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:150 msgid "_Do not show this message again" msgstr "_Vis ikke denne meddelelse igen" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:252 msgid "Message Filters" msgstr "Brevfiltre" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:982 #, c-format msgid "Messages from %s" msgstr "Breve fra %s" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor.c:105 msgid "Search _Folders" msgstr "Søg i _mapper" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "Add Folder" msgstr "Tilføj mappe" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:523 msgid "Search Folder Sources" msgstr "Søgemappe-kilder" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:555 msgid "Automatically update on any _source folder change" msgstr "Opdatér automati_sk ved alle ændringer i kildemappen" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:567 msgid "All local folders" msgstr "Alle lokale mapper" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:568 msgid "All active remote folders" msgstr "Alle aktive, eksterne mapper" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:569 msgid "All local and active remote folders" msgstr "Alle lokale og aktive, eksterne mapper" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:570 msgid "Specific folders" msgstr "Specifikke mapper" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:608 msgid "include subfolders" msgstr "medtag undermapper" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:178 msgid "Importing Elm data" msgstr "Importerer Elm-data" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:378 msgid "Evolution Elm importer" msgstr "Evolution elm-importør" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:379 msgid "Import mail from Elm." msgstr "Importer e-post fra Elm." #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:140 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:250 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "_Destinationsmappe:" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:146 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:256 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:545 msgid "Select folder" msgstr "Vælg mappe" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:147 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:257 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:546 msgid "Select folder to import into" msgstr "Vælg mappen der skal importeres til" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:437 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "Subject" msgstr "Emne" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:442 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "From" msgstr "Fra" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:486 #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:172 msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (mbox)" msgstr "Berkeley Mailbox (mbox)" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:487 msgid "Importer Berkeley Mailbox format folders" msgstr "Importør til mapper i Berkeley Mailbox-formatet (mbox)" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:63 msgid "Importing mailbox" msgstr "Importerer brevbakke" #. Destination folder, was set in our widget #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:153 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:612 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Importing '%s'" msgstr "Importerer \"%s\"" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:316 #, c-format msgid "Scanning %s" msgstr "Søger i %s" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:252 msgid "Importing Pine data" msgstr "Importerer Pine-data" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:479 msgid "Evolution Pine importer" msgstr "Evolution Pine-importør" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:480 msgid "Import mail from Pine." msgstr "Importer e-post fra Pine." #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Mail to %s" msgstr "E-post til %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:226 ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:269 #, c-format msgid "Mail from %s" msgstr "E-post fra %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Subject is %s" msgstr "Emne er %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:293 #, c-format msgid "%s mailing list" msgstr "%s e-post-liste" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:403 msgid "Add Filter Rule" msgstr "Tilføj filterregel" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * filter rule(s), the second %s is URI of the removed #. * folder. For more than one filter rule is each of #. * them on a separate line, with four spaces in front #. * of its name, without quotes. #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:512 #, c-format msgid "" "The filter rule \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following filter rules\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" "Filterreglen \"%s\" er blevet ændret så den tager højde for den slettede " "mappe\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[1] "" "Følgende filterregler\n" "\"%s\" er blevet ændret så de tager højde for den slettede mappe\n" "\"%s\"." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:1 msgid "Set custom junk header" msgstr "Indstil tilpasset spam-brevhoved" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:2 msgid "" "All new emails with header that matches given content will be automatically " "filtered as junk" msgstr "" "Al ny post hvis hoved matcher den angivne kontakt vil automatisk blive " "sorteret fra som spam" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:3 msgid "Header name" msgstr "Navn for brevhoved" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:4 msgid "Header content" msgstr "Indhold af brevhoved" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Default Behavior" msgstr "Standardopførsel" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:6 msgid "For_mat messages in HTML" msgstr "For_matér breve som HTML" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:7 msgid "Automatically insert _emoticon images" msgstr "Indsæt s_miley-billeder automatisk" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:8 msgid "Always request rea_d receipt" msgstr "Anmod altid om en kvittering for l_æsning" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:9 msgid "Encode filenames in an _Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "Indkod filnavne på en _Outlook/GMail-måde" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Ch_aracter encoding:" msgstr "Tegnk_odning:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Replies and Forwards" msgstr "Svar og videresendelser" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:12 msgid "_Reply style:" msgstr "_Svarsstil:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:13 msgid "_Forward style:" msgstr "_Videresendelsesformat:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Start _typing at the bottom on replying" msgstr "Påbegynd _skrivning i bunden når der svares" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:15 msgid "_Keep signature above the original message on replying" msgstr "_Hold signaturen over det oprindelige brev ved svar" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Ig_nore Reply-To: for mailing lists" msgstr "Ig_norér Reply-To: (svar til) for postlister" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Gro_up Reply goes only to mailing list, if possible" msgstr "Gr_uppesvar går kun til postliste, hvis muligt" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:18 msgid "Digitally _sign messages when original message signed (PGP or S/MIME)" msgstr "" "_Signer breve digitalt, når det oprindelige brev er signeret (PGP eller " "S/MIME)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:19 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Attachment" msgstr "Bilag" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:20 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline (Outlook style)" msgstr "Indlejret (som i Outlook)" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Quoted" msgstr "Citeret" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Do Not Quote" msgstr "Citér ikke" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:23 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline" msgstr "Indlejret" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:25 msgid "Sig_natures" msgstr "Under_skrifter" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:26 msgid "Signatures" msgstr "Signaturer" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:27 msgid "_Languages" msgstr "_Sprog" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:28 msgid "Languages Table" msgstr "Sprogtabel" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:29 msgid "" "The list of languages here reflects only the languages for which you have a " "dictionary installed." msgstr "" "Listen med sprog viser kun de sprog for hvilke en ordbog er installeret." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:31 msgid "Check spelling while I _type" msgstr "Kontrollér stavning mens jeg skri_ver" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:32 msgid "Color for _misspelled words:" msgstr "Farve på _fejlstavede ord:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:33 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:58 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "Vælg en farve" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:34 msgid "Spell Checking" msgstr "Stavekontrol" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:35 msgid "" "To help avoid email accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation " "before taking the following checkmarked actions:" msgstr "" "For at undgå uheld eller pinlige episoder i forbindelse med e-post, så spørg " "om bekræftelse ved følgende markerede handlinger:" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:37 msgid "Sending a message with an _empty subject line" msgstr "Der sendes et brev med en t_om emnelinje" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:39 msgid "Sending a message with only _Bcc recipients defined" msgstr "Der sendes et brev hvor der kun er _Bcc'ere angivet" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:41 msgid "Sending a _private reply to a mailing list message" msgstr "Der sendes et _privat svar til et e-post-listebrev" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:43 msgid "Sending a reply to a large _number of recipients" msgstr "Der sendes et svar til et stort a_ntal modtagere" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:45 msgid "Allowing a _mailing list to redirect a private reply to the list" msgstr "Tillad at en e-_post-liste videresender et privat svar til listen" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:47 msgid "Sending a message with _recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" "Der sendes et brev med modtage_re som ikke er skrevet som e-post-adresser" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:48 msgid "Confirmations" msgstr "Bekræftelser" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:54 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:1 msgid "a" msgstr "a" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:55 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:2 msgid "b" msgstr "b" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:56 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "Proxyindstillinger" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:57 msgid "_Use system defaults" msgstr "_Benyt systemforvalg" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:58 msgid "_Direct connection to the Internet" msgstr "_Direkte forbindelse til internettet" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:59 msgid "_Manual proxy configuration:" msgstr "_Manuel proxykonfiguration:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:60 msgid "H_TTP Proxy:" msgstr "H_TTP-Proxy:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:61 msgid "_Secure HTTP Proxy:" msgstr "_Sikker HTTP-proxy:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:62 msgid "SOC_KS Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:63 msgid "No _Proxy for:" msgstr "Ingen _proxy for:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:64 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:614 msgid "Port:" msgstr "Port:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:65 msgid "Use Authe_ntication" msgstr "Brug godke_ndelse" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:66 msgid "Us_ername:" msgstr "Bruger_navn:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:67 msgid "Pass_word:" msgstr "Adgangs_kode:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:68 msgid "Start up" msgstr "Opstart" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:69 msgid "Check for new _messages on start" msgstr "Kontrollér o_m der er ny post ved opstart" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:70 msgid "Check for new messa_ges in all active accounts" msgstr "Kontrollér om der er nye breve i _alle aktive konto" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:71 msgid "Message Display" msgstr "Brevvisning" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:72 msgid "_Use the same fonts as other applications" msgstr "Br_ug de samme skrifttyper som andre programmer" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:73 msgid "S_tandard Font:" msgstr "Stan_dard-skrifttype:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:74 msgid "Select HTML fixed width font" msgstr "Vælg HTML-skrifttype med fast bredde" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:75 msgid "Select HTML variable width font" msgstr "Vælg HTML-skrifttype med variabel bredde" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:76 msgid "Fix_ed Width Font:" msgstr "_Fastbredde-skrifttype:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:77 msgid "_Mark messages as read after" msgstr "Markér breve som l_æste efter" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:79 msgid "Highlight _quotations with" msgstr "Markér _citat med" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:80 msgid "color" msgstr "farve" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:81 msgid "Default character e_ncoding:" msgstr "Standardtegn_kodning:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:82 msgid "Apply the same _view settings to all folders" msgstr "Anvend samme _visningsindstillinger på alle mapper" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:83 msgid "F_all back to threading messages by subject" msgstr "G_å tilbage til at vise breve trådet efter emne" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:84 msgid "Delete Mail" msgstr "Slet post" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:85 msgid "Empty _trash folders" msgstr "_Tøm affaldsmapper" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:86 msgid "Confirm _when expunging a folder" msgstr "Bekræft _når en mappe tømmes" #. If enabled, show animation; if disabled, only display a static image without any animation #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:88 msgid "_Show animated images" msgstr "_Vis animerede billeder" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:89 msgid "_Prompt on sending HTML mail to contacts that do not want them" msgstr "" "_Spørg når HTML-breve sendes til kontaktpersoner som ikke vil have dem" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:90 msgid "Loading Images" msgstr "Indlæser billeder" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:91 msgid "_Never load images from the Internet" msgstr "Indlæs _aldrig billeder fra internettet" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:92 msgid "_Load images only in messages from contacts" msgstr "_Indlæs kun billeder i breve fra kontaktpersoner" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:93 msgid "_Always load images from the Internet" msgstr "_Indlæs altid billeder fra internettet" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:94 msgid "HTML Messages" msgstr "HTML-Breve" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:95 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:19 msgid "Labels" msgstr "Mærkater" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:96 msgid "Sender Photograph" msgstr "Afsenderfoto" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:97 msgid "_Show the photograph of sender in the message preview" msgstr "_Vis afsenderens foto i forhåndsvisning af e-breve" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:98 msgid "Displayed Message Headers" msgstr "Viste brev_hoveder" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:99 msgid "Mail Headers Table" msgstr "Brevhovedtabel" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:100 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:117 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:54 msgid "Date/Time Format" msgstr "Dato/Tidsformat" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:102 msgid "Check incoming _messages for junk" msgstr "Kontrollér _indgående post for spam" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:103 msgid "_Delete junk messages" msgstr "_Slet spam" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:104 msgid "Check cu_stom headers for junk" msgstr "K_ontrollér tilpassede brevhoveder for spam" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:105 msgid "Do not mar_k messages as junk if sender is in my address book" msgstr "Mar_ker ikke breve som spam hvis afsenderen er i min adressebog" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:106 msgid "_Lookup in local address book only" msgstr "_Søg kun i lokale adressebøger" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:107 msgid "Option is ignored if a match for custom junk headers is found." msgstr "" "Denne valgmulighed vil blive ignoreret, hvis der er et træf med tilpassede " "spam-brevhoveder." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:109 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:225 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:159 msgid "No encryption" msgstr "Ingen kryptering" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:110 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS-kryptering" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:111 msgid "SSL encryption" msgstr "SSL-kryptering" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:1 msgid "" "The messages you have selected for follow up are listed below.\n" "Please select a follow up action from the \"Flag\" menu." msgstr "" "De meddelelser som du vil følge op vises nedenfor.\n" "Vælg en opfølgningshandling fra menupunktet \"Markering\"." #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:3 msgid "_Flag:" msgstr "_Markering:" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:4 msgid "_Due By:" msgstr "_Forfalder den:" #. Translators: Flag Completed #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:6 msgid "Co_mpleted" msgstr "_Fuldført" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:7 msgid "Call" msgstr "Ring" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:8 msgid "Do Not Forward" msgstr "Videresend ikke" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:9 msgid "Follow-Up" msgstr "Følg op" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Information" msgstr "Til din oplysning" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:11 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Videresend" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:12 msgid "No Response Necessary" msgstr "Intet svar er påkrævet" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:16 msgid "Reply to All" msgstr "Svar til alle" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:17 msgid "Review" msgstr "Gennemse" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:18 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licensaftale" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:19 msgid "_Tick this to accept the license agreement" msgstr "_Afkryds dette for at acceptere licensaftalen" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:20 msgid "_Accept License" msgstr "_Acceptér licens" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:21 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "Sikkerhedsinformation" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:22 msgid "Digital Signature" msgstr "Digital signatur" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:23 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Kryptering" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid authentication" msgstr "Ugyldig godkendelse" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This server does not support this type of authentication and may not support " "authentication at all." msgstr "" "Denne server understøtter ikke denne type godkendelse og understøtter måske " "ikke godkendelse overhovedet." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Your login to your server \"{0}\" as \"{0}\" failed." msgstr "Dit logind på serveren \"{0}\" som \"{0}\" mislykkedes." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many " "passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "Kontrollér at din adgangskode er skrevet korrekt. Husk at mange adgangskoder " "er versalfølsomme \"Caps Lock\"-knappen kan være aktiveret." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message in HTML format?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil sende et brev i HTML-formatet?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML email:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "Kontrollér venligst at følgende modtagere ønsker og kan modtage HTML-breve:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message without a subject?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil sende et brev uden emne?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful Subject line to your messages will give your recipients " "an idea of what your mail is about." msgstr "" "Hvis du giver dine breve en forståelig emnelinje, vil dine modtagere få en " "idé om, hvad dit brev handler om." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with only BCC recipients?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil sende et brev der kun har BCC-modtagere?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.\n" "\n" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in " "your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient. " msgstr "" "Kontaktlisten du sender til er konfigureret til at skjule liste-modtagere.\n" "\n" "Mange e-post-systemer føjer et Apparently-To-hoved til breve der kun har Bcc-" " modtagere. Dette hoved, hvis tilføjet, vil liste alle dine modtagere i dit " "brev. For at undgå dette bør du tilføje mindst en Til:- eller Cc:- modtager. " #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to " "your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient." msgstr "" "Mange e-post-systemer føjer et Apparently-To-hoved til breve der kun har Bcc-" "modtagere. Dette hoved, hvis tilføjet, vil liste alle dine modtagere i dit " "brev alligevel For at undgå dette bør du tilføje mindst en Til:- eller Cc:-" "modtager." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil sende et brev med en ugyldig adresse?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "Følgende modtager blev ikke genkendt som en gyldig e-postadresse:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid addresses?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil sende et brev med en ugyldige adresser?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:20 msgid "" "The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "Følgende modtagere blev ikke genkendt som gyldige e-postadresser:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Send private reply?" msgstr "Send privat svar?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "You are replying privately to a message which arrived via a mailing list, " "but the list is trying to redirect your reply to go back to the list. Are " "you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "Du svarer privat på en besked, der blev sendt via en postliste, men listen " "prøver at videresende dit svar tilbage til listen. Er du sikker på at du vil " "fortsætte?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Reply _Privately" msgstr "Svar _privat" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but you are " "replying privately to the sender; not to the list. Are you sure you want to " "proceed?" msgstr "" "Du svarer på en besked, der blev sendt via en postliste, men du svarer " "privat til afsenderen; ikke til listen. Er du sikker på at du vil fortsætte?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Send reply to all recipients?" msgstr "Send svar til alle modtagere?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:29 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which was sent to many recipients. Are you " "sure you want to reply to ALL of them?" msgstr "" "Du svarer på en besked, der blev sendt til mange modtagere. Er du sikker på " "at du vil svare til dem ALLE?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:30 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because you have not specified any recipients" msgstr "Dette brev kan ikke sendes fordi du ikke har angivet nogen modtagere" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:31 msgid "" "Please enter a valid email address in the To: field. You can search for " "email addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box." msgstr "" "Vær så venlig at indtaste en gyldig e-postadresse i Til:-feltet. Du kan søge " "efter e-post-adresser ved at klikke på Til:-knappen ved siden af " "indtastningsfeltet." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Use default drafts folder?" msgstr "Benyt standardkladdemappen?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:33 msgid "" "Unable to open the drafts folder for this account. Use the system drafts " "folder instead?" msgstr "" "Kan ikke åbne kladdemappen for denne konto. Vil du bruge systemkladdemappen " "i stedet?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Use _Default" msgstr "Benyt _forvalg" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in " "folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "" "Er du sikker på, at du permanent vil fjerne alle de slettede breve i mappen " "\"{0}\"?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:36 msgid "If you continue, you will not be able to recover these messages." msgstr "Hvis du fortsætter vil du ikke kunne genoprette disse breve." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:37 msgid "_Expunge" msgstr "_Tøm" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:38 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in all " "folders?" msgstr "" "Er du sikker på, at du vil fjerne alle de slettede breve i alle mapperne, " "permanent?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:39 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1529 msgid "_Empty Trash" msgstr "_Tøm papirkurv" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:40 msgid "Opening too many messages at once may take a long time." msgstr "At åbne for mange breve på en gang, kan tage lang tid." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:41 msgid "_Open Messages" msgstr "_Åbn breve" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:42 msgid "You have unsent messages, do you wish to quit anyway?" msgstr "Du har usendte breve, vil du afslutte alligevel?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:43 msgid "" "If you quit, these messages will not be sent until Evolution is started " "again." msgstr "" "Hvis du afslutter vil disse breve ikke blive sendt før Evolution genstartes." #. Translators: the {0} is replaced with an operation name, which failed. #. It can be basically anything run asynchronously, like "Fetching Mail", #. "Sending message" and others, mostly from mail-ops.c file. #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:47 msgid "Error while {0}." msgstr "Fejl ved {0}." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Error while performing operation." msgstr "Fejl ved udførsel af handling." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:49 msgid "Enter password." msgstr "Indtast adgangskode." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Error loading filter definitions." msgstr "Fejl ved indlæsning af filter-definitionerne." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:51 msgid "Cannot save to directory \"{0}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke gemme i kataloget \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Cannot save to file \"{0}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke gemme filen \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Cannot create the save directory, because \"{1}\"" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette gemmekataloget, fordi \"{1}\"" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:54 msgid "Cannot create temporary save directory." msgstr "Kan ikke oprette midlertidigt gemmekatalog." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:55 msgid "File exists but cannot overwrite it." msgstr "Filen findes, men kunne ikke overskrive den." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:56 msgid "File exists but is not a regular file." msgstr "Filen findes, men er ikke en almindelig fil." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Cannot delete folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke slette mappen \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:58 msgid "Cannot delete system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke slette systemmappen \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:59 msgid "" "System folders are required for Evolution to function correctly and cannot " "be renamed, moved, or deleted." msgstr "" "Systemmapper kræves for at Evolution kan fungere korrekt, og du kan ikke " "omdøbe, flytte eller slette disse." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:60 msgid "Failed to expunge folder "{0}"." msgstr "Kunne ikke tømme mappen "{0}"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Failed to refresh folder "{0}"." msgstr "Kunne ikke opdatere mappen "{0}"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:63 msgid "Cannot rename or move system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke omdøbe eller flytte systemmappen \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\" and all of its subfolders?" msgstr "" "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette mappen \"{0}\" og alle dens undermapper?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents and its subfolders' contents " "will be deleted permanently." msgstr "Hvis du sletter mappen, vil alt indholdet i denne slettes permanent." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:67 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "Sikker på at du vil slette mappen \"{0}\"?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:68 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents will be deleted permanently." msgstr "Hvis du sletter mappen, vil alt indholdet i denne slettes permanent." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:69 msgid "These messages are not copies." msgstr "Disse breve er ikke kopier." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:70 msgid "" "Messages shown in Search Folders are not copies. Deleting them from a Search " "Folder will delete the actual messages from the folder or folders in which " "they physically reside. Do you really want to delete these messages?" msgstr "" "Breve i søgemapper er ikke kopier. Sletning af et brev fra en søgemappe vil " "slette det rigtige brev fra den eller de mapper, som det fysisk ligger i. " "Ønsker du virkelig at gøre dette?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:71 msgid "Cannot rename \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke omdøbe \"{0}\" til \"{1}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:72 msgid "A folder named \"{1}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "" "En mappe med navnet \"{1}\" findes allerede. Brug venligst et andet navn." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:73 msgid "Cannot move folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke flytte mappen \"{0}\" til \"{1}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot open source folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "Kan ikke åbne kildemappen. Fejl: {2}." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:75 msgid "Cannot open target folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "Kan ikke åbne målmappen. Fejl: {2}." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:76 msgid "Cannot copy folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke kopiere mappen \"{0}\" til \"{1}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot create folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke oprette mappen \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:78 msgid "Cannot open folder. Error: {1}" msgstr "Kan ikke åbne mappen. Fejl: {1}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:79 msgid "Cannot save changes to account." msgstr "Kan ikke gemme ændringerne til kontoen." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:80 msgid "You have not filled in all of the required information." msgstr "Du har ikke udfyldt al nødvendig information." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:81 msgid "You may not create two accounts with the same name." msgstr "Du kan ikke oprette to konti med samme navn." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:82 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette denne konto?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:83 msgid "If you proceed, the account information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "Hvis du fortsætter vil kontoinformationen blive slettet permanent." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account and all its proxies?" msgstr "" "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette denne konto og alle dens mellemværter?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:85 msgid "" "If you proceed, the account information and\n" "all proxy information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" "Hvis du fortsætter, vil kontoinformationen og\n" "al proxy-information blive slettet permanent." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:87 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to disable this account and delete all its proxies?" msgstr "" "Er du sikker på, at du vil deaktivere denne konto og slette alle dens " "mellemværter?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:88 msgid "If you proceed, all proxy accounts will be deleted permanently." msgstr "Hvis du fortsætter, vil alle proxy-konti blive slettet permanent." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Do _Not Disable" msgstr "_Undlad at deaktivere" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:90 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 msgid "_Disable" msgstr "_Deaktivér" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Cannot edit Search Folder \"{0}\" as it does not exist." msgstr "Kan ikke redigere søgemappen \"{0}\", for den findes ikke." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:92 msgid "" "This folder may have been added implicitly,\n" "go to the Search Folder editor to add it explicitly, if required." msgstr "" "Denne mappe er muligvis blevet tilføjet implicit, brug søgemappe-" "redigeringen for at tilføje den eksplicit, om nødvendigt." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:94 msgid "Cannot add Search Folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje søgemappen \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:95 msgid "A folder named \"{0}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "" "En mappe med navnet \"{0}\" findes allerede. Brug venligst et andet navn." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:96 msgid "Search Folders automatically updated." msgstr "Søgemapper opdateret automatisk." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Mail filters automatically updated." msgstr "E-post-filtre opdateret automatisk." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:98 msgid "Missing folder." msgstr "Manglende mappe." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:99 msgid "You must specify a folder." msgstr "Du skal angive en mappe." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:101 msgid "You must name this Search Folder." msgstr "Du skal navngive denne søgemappe." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:102 msgid "No folder selected." msgstr "Ingen mappe valgt." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:103 msgid "" "You must specify at least one folder as a source.\n" "Either by selecting the folders individually, and/or by selecting all local " "folders, all remote folders, or both." msgstr "" "Du skal angive mindst en mappe som værende kilde.\n" "Enten ved at vælge mapperne individuelt, og/eller ved at vælge\n" "alle lokale mapper, alle eksterne mapper eller begge." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Problem migrating old mail folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Problem ved overflytning af den gamle brevmappe \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:106 msgid "" "A non-empty folder at \"{1}\" already exists.\n" "\n" "You can choose to ignore this folder, overwrite or append its contents, or " "quit." msgstr "" "Der findes allerede en ikke-tom mappe på \"{1}\".\n" "\n" "Du kan vælge at ignorere denne mappe, overskrive dens indhold, tilføje dens " "indhold eller afslutte." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignorér" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:110 msgid "_Overwrite" msgstr "_Overskriv" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:111 msgid "_Append" msgstr "_Tilføj" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:112 msgid "Evolution's local mail format has changed." msgstr "Evolutions lokale postformat er blevet ændret." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:113 msgid "" "Evolution's local mail format has changed from mbox to Maildir. Your local " "mail must be migrated to the new format before Evolution can proceed. Do you " "want to migrate now?\n" "\n" "An mbox account will be created to preserve the old mbox folders. You can " "delete the account after ensuring the data is safely migrated. Please make " "sure there is enough disk space if you choose to migrate now." msgstr "" "Evolutions lokale postformat er blevet ændret fra mbox til Maildir. Din " "lokale post skal migreres til det nye format før Evolution kan fortsætte. " "Ønsker du at migrere nu?\n" "\n" "Der vil blive oprettet en mbox-konto for at bevare dine gamle mbox-mapper. " "Du kan slette denne konto efter at du har sikret dig at din post er blevet " "sikkert migreret. Du bedes kontrollere at der er nok diskplads hvis du " "ønsker at migrere nu." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:116 msgid "_Exit Evolution" msgstr "Afslut _Evolution" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:117 msgid "_Migrate Now" msgstr "_Migrér nu" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:118 msgid "Unable to read license file." msgstr "Kan ikke læse licens-fil." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:119 msgid "" "Cannot read the license file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license." msgstr "" "Kan ikke læse licens-filen \"{0}\" pga. et installationsproblem. Du vil ikke " "kunne bruge denne udbyder, før du kan acceptere hans licens." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:120 msgid "Please wait." msgstr "Vent venligst." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:121 msgid "Querying server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "" "Forespørger serveren om en liste af understøttede godkendelsesmekanismer." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:122 msgid "" "Failed to query server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "" "Kunne ikke forespørge serveren om en liste af understøttede " "godkendelsesmekanismer." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:123 msgid "Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?" msgstr "Synkronisér mapperne lokalt til brug i offline tilstand?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:124 msgid "" "Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" msgstr "" "Ønsker du lokalt at synkronisere mapperne, som er markeret til brug i " "offline tilstand?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:125 msgid "Do _Not Synchronize" msgstr "Synkronisér _ikke" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:126 msgid "_Synchronize" msgstr "_Synkronisér" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:127 msgid "Do you want to mark all messages as read?" msgstr "Vil du markere alle breve som læst?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:128 msgid "This will mark all messages as read in the selected folder." msgstr "Dette vil markere alle breve som læst i den valgte mappe." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:129 msgid "Also mark messages in subfolders?" msgstr "Marker også beskeder i undermapper?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:130 msgid "" "Do you want to mark messages as read in the current folder only, or in the " "current folder as well as all subfolders?" msgstr "" "Ønsker du at markere beskeder som læst udelukkende i den aktuelle mappe, " "eller både i den aktuelle mappe og dens undermapper?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:131 msgid "In Current Folder and _Subfolders" msgstr "I aktuelle mappe og _undermapper" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:132 msgid "In Current _Folder Only" msgstr "Kun i aktuel _mappe" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:133 msgid "Should Evolution close this window when replying or forwarding?" msgstr "Skal Evolution lukke dette vindue når der svares eller videresendes?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:134 msgid "_Yes, Always" msgstr "_Ja, altid" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:135 msgid "_No, Never" msgstr "_Nej, aldrig" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:136 msgid "Copy folder in folder tree." msgstr "Kopier mappe i mappetræet." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:137 msgid "Are you sure you want to copy folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" "Er du sikker på, at du vil kopiere mappen \"{0}\" til mappen \"{1}\"?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:138 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "_Ja" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:139 msgid "_No" msgstr "_Nej" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:140 msgid "_Always" msgstr "_Altid" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:141 msgid "N_ever" msgstr "A_ldrig" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:142 msgid "Move folder in folder tree." msgstr "Flyt mappe i mappetræet." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:143 msgid "Are you sure you want to to move folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil flytte mappen \"{0}\" til mappen \"{1}\"?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:144 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because the account you chose to send with is " "not enabled" msgstr "" "Dette brev kan ikke sendes fordi den konto du har valgt at sende med, ikke " "er aktiveret" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:145 msgid "Please enable the account or send using another account." msgstr "Aktivér venligst kontoen, eller send via en anden konto." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:146 msgid "Mail Deletion Failed" msgstr "Sletning af post fejlede" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:147 msgid "You do not have sufficient permissions to delete this mail." msgstr "Du har ikke tilstrækkelige rettigheder til at slette denne post." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:148 msgid "\"Check Junk\" Failed" msgstr "\"Spamcheck\" fejlede" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:149 msgid "\"Report Junk\" Failed" msgstr "\"Indrapportér spam\" fejlede" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:150 msgid "\"Report Not Junk\" Failed" msgstr "\"Indrapportér som ikke-spam\" fejlede" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:151 msgid "Remove duplicate messages?" msgstr "Fjern duplikerede breve?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:152 msgid "No duplicate messages found." msgstr "Ingen duplikerede breve fundet." #. Translators: {0} is replaced with a folder name #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:154 msgid "Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate message." msgstr "Mappen \"{0}\" indeholder ikke nogen duplikerede breve." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:155 msgid "Failed to disconnect account "{0}"." msgstr "Kunne ikke afbryde forbindelsen til kontoen "{0}"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:157 msgid "Failed to unsubscribe from folder "{0}"." msgstr "Kunne ikke afmelde abonnementet på mappen "{0}"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:158 msgid "Unable to retrieve message." msgstr "Kunne ikke indhente brevet." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:159 msgid "{0}" msgstr "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:160 msgid "Failed to open folder." msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne mappe." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:161 msgid "Failed to find duplicate messages." msgstr "Kunne ikke finde duplikerede breve?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:162 msgid "Failed to retrieve messages." msgstr "Kunne ikke hente breve." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:163 msgid "Failed to mark messages as read." msgstr "Kunne ikke markere breve som læst." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:164 msgid "Failed to remove attachments from messages." msgstr "Kunne ikke fjerne bilag fra breve." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:165 msgid "Failed to download messages for offline viewing." msgstr "Kunne ikke hente breve til offline visning." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:166 msgid "Failed to save messages to disk." msgstr "Kunne ikke gemme breve til disken." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:167 msgid "Hidden file is attached." msgstr "Skjult fil vedhæftet." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:168 msgid "" "The attachment named {0} is a hidden file and may contain sensitive data. " "Please review it before sending." msgstr "" "Vedhæftningen ved navn {0} er en skjult fil og kan indeholde følsomme data. " "Gennemse den inden afsendelse." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:169 msgid "Printing failed." msgstr "Udskrivning mislykkedes." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:170 msgid "The printer replied "{0}"." msgstr "Printeren svarede "{0}"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:171 msgid "Could not perform this operation on {0}." msgstr "Kunne ikke udføre denne handling på {0}." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:172 msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation." msgstr "Du skal være forbundet til internettet for at fuldføre denne opgave." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:202 msgid "Canceling..." msgstr "Afbryder..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:546 msgid "Send & Receive Mail" msgstr "Send & modtag e-post" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:562 msgid "Cancel _All" msgstr "Afbryd _alle" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1047 msgid "Updating..." msgstr "Opdaterer..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:736 msgid "Waiting..." msgstr "Venter..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1020 #, c-format msgid "Checking for new mail at '%s'" msgstr "Kontrollerer om der er ny e-post for \"%s\"" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:78 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "Søgemapper" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:158 msgid "Edit Search Folder" msgstr "Rediger søgemappe" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:279 msgid "New Search Folder" msgstr "Ny søgemappe" #: ../mail/message-list.c:298 msgid "Unseen" msgstr "Ulæst" #: ../mail/message-list.c:299 msgid "Seen" msgstr "Læst" #: ../mail/message-list.c:300 msgid "Answered" msgstr "Besvaret" #: ../mail/message-list.c:301 msgid "Forwarded" msgstr "Videresendt" #: ../mail/message-list.c:302 msgid "Multiple Unseen Messages" msgstr "Flere ulæste breve" #: ../mail/message-list.c:303 msgid "Multiple Messages" msgstr "Flere breve" #: ../mail/message-list.c:316 msgid "Lowest" msgstr "Lavest" #: ../mail/message-list.c:317 msgid "Lower" msgstr "Lavere" #: ../mail/message-list.c:321 msgid "Higher" msgstr "Højere" #: ../mail/message-list.c:322 msgid "Highest" msgstr "Højest" #: ../mail/message-list.c:466 ../mail/message-list.c:5730 msgid "Generating message list" msgstr "Danner brevindeks" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../mail/message-list.c:1858 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:244 msgid "Today %l:%M %p" msgstr "I dag %H:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1867 msgid "Yesterday %l:%M %p" msgstr "I går %H:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1879 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "%a %H:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1887 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "%d %b %H:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1889 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #: ../mail/message-list.c:2767 msgid "Select all visible messages" msgstr "Vælg alle synlige breve" #: ../mail/message-list.c:3395 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:17 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Breve" #. default follow-up flag name to use when clicked in the message list column #: ../mail/message-list.c:4774 msgid "Follow-up" msgstr "Følg op" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5668 msgid "" "No message satisfies your search criteria. Change search criteria by " "selecting a new Show message filter from the drop down list above or by " "running a new search either by clearing it with Search->Clear menu item or " "by changing the query above." msgstr "" "Der er intet brev, som opfylder dine søgekriterier. Du kan ændre " "søgekriterierne ved at vælge et nyt filter for brevvisning fra " "rullegardinslisten ovenfor, eller ved at gennemføre en ny søgning, enten ved " "at rense den med menupunktet Søg -> Ryd, eller ved at ændre søgningen " "ovenfor." #: ../mail/message-list.c:5676 msgid "There are no messages in this folder." msgstr "Der er ingen beskeder i denne mappe." #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:2 msgid "Flagged" msgstr "Markerede" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:8 msgid "Received" msgstr "Modtaget" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:11 msgid "Flag Status" msgstr "Markeringsstatus" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:12 msgid "Follow Up Flag" msgstr "Følg-op-markering" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:13 msgid "Due By" msgstr "Skal afleveres den" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:18 msgid "Messages To" msgstr "Breve til" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:20 msgid "Subject - Trimmed" msgstr "Emne - Trimmet" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:1 msgid "Subject or Addresses contains" msgstr "Emne eller adresser indeholder" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2012 msgid "Recipients contain" msgstr "Modtagere indeholder" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:3 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2005 msgid "Message contains" msgstr "Brev indeholder" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:4 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2026 msgid "Subject contains" msgstr "Emne indeholder" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:5 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2019 msgid "Sender contains" msgstr "Afsender indeholder" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1998 msgid "Body contains" msgstr "Brevindhold indeholder" #. To Translators: 'Table column' is a label for configurable date/time format for table columns showing a date in message list #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:123 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1213 msgid "_Table column:" msgstr "_Tabelkolonne:" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:126 msgid "Address formatting" msgstr "Adresseformatering" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:129 msgid "_Format address according to standard of its destination country" msgstr "_Formatér adresse ifølge standard i modtagelseslandet" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:137 msgid "Autocompletion" msgstr "Automatisk fuldførelse" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:140 msgid "Always _show address of the autocompleted contact" msgstr "_Vis altid den autofuldførte kontakts adresse" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:148 msgid "Multiple vCards" msgstr "Flere vCards" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:156 #, c-format msgid "vCard for %s" msgstr "vCard for %s" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:168 #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:195 #, c-format msgid "Contact information" msgstr "Information om kontaktperson" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Contact information for %s" msgstr "Information om kontaktpersonen %s" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:259 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:125 msgid "New Address Book" msgstr "Ny adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:268 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Contact" msgstr "_Kontaktperson" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:270 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:979 msgid "Create a new contact" msgstr "Opret en ny kontaktperson" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:275 msgctxt "New" msgid "Contact _List" msgstr "Kontakt_liste" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:277 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:986 msgid "Create a new contact list" msgstr "Opret en ny kontaktliste" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:285 msgctxt "New" msgid "Address _Book" msgstr "Adresse_bog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:287 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:902 msgid "Create a new address book" msgstr "Opret en ny adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:315 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "Certifikater" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:198 msgid "Address Book Properties" msgstr "Egenskaber for adressebog" #. Translators: This is a save dialog title #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:476 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:772 msgid "Save as vCard" msgstr "Gem som vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:879 msgid "Co_py All Contacts To..." msgstr "_Kopiér alle kontaktpersoner til..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:881 msgid "Copy the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "" "Kopiér kontaktpersonerne i den valgte adressebog til en anden adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:886 msgid "D_elete Address Book" msgstr "Sl_et adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:888 msgid "Delete the selected address book" msgstr "Slet den valgte adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Mo_ve All Contacts To..." msgstr "Fl_yt alle kontaktpersoner til..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Move the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "" "Flyt kontaktpersonerne i den valgte adressebog til en anden adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:900 msgid "_New Address Book" msgstr "_Ny adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:907 msgid "Address _Book Properties" msgstr "Egenskaber for adresse_bog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:909 msgid "Show properties of the selected address book" msgstr "Vis egenskaber for den valgte adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1414 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:636 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:760 msgid "Re_fresh" msgstr "Genop_frisk" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Refresh the selected address book" msgstr "Opdatér den valgte adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:921 msgid "Address Book _Map" msgstr "Adressebogs_kort" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show map with all contacts from selected address book" msgstr "Vis kort med alle kontaktpersoner fra den valgte adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:928 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1421 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:643 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1620 msgid "_Rename..." msgstr "_Omdøb..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:930 msgid "Rename the selected address book" msgstr "Omdøb den valgte adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:937 msgid "Stop loading" msgstr "Stop indlæsning" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:942 msgid "_Copy Contact To..." msgstr "_Kopiér kontaktperson til..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:944 msgid "Copy selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "Kopiér de valgte kontaktpersoner til en anden adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:949 msgid "_Delete Contact" msgstr "_Slet kontaktperson" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:956 msgid "_Find in Contact..." msgstr "_Søg i kontaktperson..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:958 msgid "Search for text in the displayed contact" msgstr "Søg efter tekst i den viste kontaktperson" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:963 msgid "_Forward Contact..." msgstr "_Videresend kontaktperson..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:965 msgid "Send selected contacts to another person" msgstr "Send valgte kontaktpersoner til en anden person" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:970 msgid "_Move Contact To..." msgstr "_Flyt kontaktperson til..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:972 msgid "Move selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "Flyt de valgte kontaktpersoner til en anden adressebog" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:977 msgid "_New Contact..." msgstr "N_y kontaktperson..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:984 msgid "New Contact _List..." msgstr "Ny _liste over kontaktpersoner..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:991 msgid "_Open Contact" msgstr "_Åbn kontaktperson" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:993 msgid "View the current contact" msgstr "Vis den aktuelle kontaktperson" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:998 msgid "_Send Message to Contact..." msgstr "_Send brev til kontaktperson..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1000 msgid "Send a message to the selected contacts" msgstr "Send et brev til de valgte kontaktpersoner" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1007 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1577 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:825 msgid "_Actions" msgstr "H_andlinger" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1014 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:680 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:832 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1785 msgid "_Preview" msgstr "Forhå_ndsvisning" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1023 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1594 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:693 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:845 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "_Slet" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1027 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1536 msgid "_Properties" msgstr "_Egenskaber" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1035 msgid "Address Book Map" msgstr "Adressebogskort" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1067 msgid "Contact _Preview" msgstr "_Vis udskrift af kontaktperson" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1069 msgid "Show contact preview window" msgstr "Vis vinduet med forhåndsvisning af kontaktperson" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1075 msgid "Show _Maps" msgstr "Vis _kort" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1077 msgid "Show maps in contact preview window" msgstr "Vis kort i vinduet med forhåndsvisning af kontaktperson" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1096 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:750 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1915 msgid "_Classic View" msgstr "K_lassisk oversigt" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1098 msgid "Show contact preview below the contact list" msgstr "Vis kontaktforhåndsvisningen under kontaktlisten" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1103 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:757 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:921 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1922 msgid "_Vertical View" msgstr "_Lodret oversigt" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1105 msgid "Show contact preview alongside the contact list" msgstr "Vis kontaktforhåndsvisningen ved siden af kontaktlisten" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1120 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1754 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:774 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:973 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "Ingen træffere" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1130 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1764 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:784 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:983 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1991 #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:658 msgid "Advanced Search" msgstr "Avanceret søgning" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1163 msgid "Print all shown contacts" msgstr "Udskriv alle viste kontaktpersoner" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1170 msgid "Preview the contacts to be printed" msgstr "Forhåndsvis de kontaktpersoner som vil blive udskrevet" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1177 msgid "Print selected contacts" msgstr "Udskriv valgte kontaktpersoner" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1192 msgid "S_ave Address Book as vCard" msgstr "Gem adressebog som _VCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1194 msgid "Save the contacts of the selected address book as a vCard" msgstr "Gem kontaktpersonerne i den valgte adressebog som et vCard" #. Translators: This is an action label #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1200 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1210 msgid "_Save as vCard..." msgstr "_Gem som vCard..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1202 msgid "Save selected contacts as a vCard" msgstr "Gem de valgte kontaktpersoner som et vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:312 msgid "_Forward Contacts" msgstr "Vider_esend kontaktpersoner" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:314 msgid "_Forward Contact" msgstr "_Videresend kontaktperson" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:345 msgid "_Send Message to Contacts" msgstr "_Send brev til kontaktpersoner" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:347 msgid "_Send Message to List" msgstr "_Send brev til liste" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:349 msgid "_Send Message to Contact" msgstr "_Send brev til kontaktperson" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:316 msgid "Audio Player" msgstr "Lydafspiller" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:317 msgid "Play the attachment in embedded audio player" msgstr "Spil den vedhæftede fil i den indlejrede lydafspiller" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:165 msgid "" "You can restore Evolution from a backup file.\n" "\n" "This will restore all your personal data, settings mail filters, etc." msgstr "" "Du kan genoprette Evolution fra en sikkerhedskopi.\n" "\n" "Dette vil genoprette alle dine personlige data, indstillinger, postfiltre " "osv." #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:180 msgid "_Restore from a backup file:" msgstr "_Genopret fra en sikkerhedskopi:" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:191 msgid "Choose a backup file to restore" msgstr "Vælg en sikkerhedskopi til genopretningen" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigRestorePage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:311 #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-ready-page.c:57 msgid "Restore from Backup" msgstr "Genopret fra sikkerhedskopi" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:217 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file" msgstr "Vælg navn til Evolutions sikkerhedskopifil" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:250 msgid "_Restart Evolution after backup" msgstr "_Genstart Evolution efter sikkerhedskopiering" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:277 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file to restore" msgstr "" "Vælg navn for den Evolution-sikkerhedskopifil som der skal genoprettes fra" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:290 msgid "_Restart Evolution after restore" msgstr "_Genstart Evolution efter genoprettelse" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:308 msgid "_Back up Evolution Data..." msgstr "Tag _sikkerhedskopi af Evolution-data..." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:310 msgid "Back up Evolution data and settings to an archive file" msgstr "" "Opret en sikkerhedskopi af Evolution-data og indstillinger i en arkivfil" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:315 msgid "R_estore Evolution Data..." msgstr "G_enopretter Evolution-data..." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:317 msgid "Restore Evolution data and settings from an archive file" msgstr "Genopret Evolution-data og -indstillinger fra en arkivfil" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:84 msgid "Back up Evolution directory" msgstr "Tag en sikkerhedskopi af Evolution-mappen" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:86 msgid "Restore Evolution directory" msgstr "Genopret Evolution-mappen" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:88 msgid "Check Evolution Back up" msgstr "Kontrollér Evolution-sikkerhedskopi" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:90 msgid "Restart Evolution" msgstr "Genstart Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:92 msgid "With Graphical User Interface" msgstr "Med grafisk brugergrænseflade" #. FIXME Will the versioned setting always work? #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:322 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:516 msgid "Shutting down Evolution" msgstr "Lukker Evolution ned" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:331 msgid "Backing Evolution accounts and settings" msgstr "Tager sikkerhedskopi af Evolution-konti og indstillinger" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:348 msgid "Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)" msgstr "" "Tager sikkerhedskopi af Evolution-data (Breve, kontakterpersoner, kalender, " "opgaver og memoer)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:364 msgid "Back up complete" msgstr "Sikkerhedskopiering fuldført" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:371 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:703 msgid "Restarting Evolution" msgstr "Genstarter Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:522 msgid "Back up current Evolution data" msgstr "Tag en sikkerhedskopi af nuværende Evolution-data" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:529 msgid "Extracting files from back up" msgstr "Pakker filer ud fra sikkerhedskopi" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:611 msgid "Loading Evolution settings" msgstr "Indlæser Evolution-indstillinger" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:677 msgid "Removing temporary back up files" msgstr "Fjerner midlertidige sikkerhedskopifiler" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:688 msgid "Reloading registry service" msgstr "Genindlæser registreringstjeneste" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:915 msgid "Evolution Back Up" msgstr "Evolution-sikkerhedskopiering" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:916 #, c-format msgid "Backing up to the folder %s" msgstr "Tager sikkerhedkopi til mappen %s" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:920 msgid "Evolution Restore" msgstr "Evolution-genoprettelse" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:921 #, c-format msgid "Restoring from the folder %s" msgstr "Genopretter fra mappen %s" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:991 msgid "Backing up Evolution Data" msgstr "Tager sikkerhedskopi af Evolution-data" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:992 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data." msgstr "Vent venligst mens Evolution laver en sikkerhedskopi af dine data." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:994 msgid "Restoring Evolution Data" msgstr "Gendanner Evolution-data" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:995 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data." msgstr "Vent venligst mens Evolution gendanner dine data." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:1017 msgid "" "This may take a while depending on the amount of data in your account." msgstr "Dette kan tage nogen tid alt efter mængden af data i din konto." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid Evolution backup file" msgstr "Ugyldig Evolution-sikkerhedskopifil" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Please select a valid backup file to restore." msgstr "Vælg en gyldig sikkerhedskopifile, der skal genoprettes." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Are you sure you want to close Evolution?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du ønsker at afslutte Evolution?" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "To back up your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding." msgstr "" "For at tage sikkerhedskopier af dine data og indstillinger, skal du først " "lukke Evolution. Kontrollér venligst at du gemmer eventuelle ugemte data, " "før du fortsætter." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Close and Back up Evolution" msgstr "Luk Evolution og opret sikkerhedskopi" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to restore Evolution from the selected backup file?" msgstr "" "Er du sikker på, at du ønsker at genoprette Evolution fra den valgte " "sikkerhedskopifil?" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:7 msgid "" "To restore your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding. This will delete " "all your current Evolution data and settings and restore them from your " "backup." msgstr "" "For at gendanne dine data og indstillinger, skal du først lukke Evolution. " "Kontrollér venligst at du har gemt eventuelle ugemte data, før du " "fortsætter. Dette vil slette alle dine aktuelle data og indstillinger, og " "gendanne dem fra din sikkerhedskopi." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Close and Restore Evolution" msgstr "Luk og gendan evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Insufficient Permissions" msgstr "Utilstrækkelige rettigheder" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:10 msgid "The selected folder is not writable." msgstr "Der kan ikke skrives til den valgte mappe." #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn Bogofilter (%s): " msgstr "Kunne ikke starte Bogofilter (%s): " #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:163 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to Bogofilter: " msgstr "Det lykkedes ikke at strømme beskedindhold til Bogofilter: " #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:212 msgid "Bogofilter either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" "Enten lukkede Bogofilter ned eller det fejlede i behandlingen af en " "postbesked" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:308 msgid "Bogofilter Options" msgstr "Bogofilter-indstillinger" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:317 msgid "Convert message text to _Unicode" msgstr "Konvertér brevtekst til _Unicode" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:474 msgid "Bogofilter" msgstr "Bogofilter" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:447 msgid "Standard LDAP Port" msgstr "Standard-LDAP-port" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:453 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:625 msgid "LDAP over SSL (deprecated)" msgstr "LDAP over SSL (forældet)" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:459 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog" msgstr "Microsoft Global Catalog" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:465 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL" msgstr "Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL" #. Page 1 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:570 msgid "Connecting to LDAP" msgstr "Forbinder til LDAP" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:587 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Serverinformation" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:628 msgid "StartTLS (recommended)" msgstr "StartTLS (Anbefales)" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:630 msgid "Encryption:" msgstr "Kryptering:" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:654 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:180 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Godkendelse" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:677 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "Anonym" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:680 msgid "Using email address" msgstr "Bruger e-postadresse" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:683 msgid "Using distinguished name (DN)" msgstr "Benytter \"distinguished name\" (DN)" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:685 msgid "Method:" msgstr "Metode:" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:690 msgid "" "This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you. Note that " "setting this to \"Using email address\" requires anonymous access to your " "LDAP server." msgstr "" "Dette er metoden som Evolution vil anvende til at godkende dig. Bemærk at " "der kræves anonym adgang til din LDAP-server, hvis den sættes til \"brug e-" "post-adresse\"." #. Page 2 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:705 msgid "Using LDAP" msgstr "Brug LDAP" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:722 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:117 msgid "Searching" msgstr "Søgning" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:744 msgid "Search Base:" msgstr "Søgebasis:" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:749 msgid "Find Possible Search Bases" msgstr "Find mulige søgebaser" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:774 msgid "One Level" msgstr "Ét niveau" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:776 msgid "Subtree" msgstr "Undertræ" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:778 msgid "Search Scope:" msgstr "Søgeomfang:" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:783 msgid "" "The search scope defines how deep you would like the search to extend down " "the directory tree. A search scope of \"Subtree\" will include all entries " "below your search base. A search scope of \"One Level\" will only include " "the entries one level beneath your search base." msgstr "" "Søgeomfanget angiver hvor dybt du ønsker at søgningen skal gå ned i " "mappestrukturen. Søgeomfanget \"undertræ\" vil inkludere alle poster under " "din søgebasis. Søgeomfanget \"ét niveau\" inkluderer kun poster som er ét " "niveau under din søgebasis." #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:792 msgid "Search Filter:" msgstr "Søgefilter:" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:804 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Henter" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:825 msgid "Limit:" msgstr "Grænse:" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:836 msgid "contacts" msgstr "kontaktpersoner" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:841 msgid "Browse until limit is reached" msgstr "Gennemse til grænsen er nået" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:136 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:205 #: ../modules/cal-config-webcal/evolution-cal-config-webcal.c:128 msgid "URL:" msgstr "URL:" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:146 msgid "Avoid IfMatch (needed on Apache < 2.2.8)" msgstr "Undgå IfMatch (påkrævet i Apache < 2.2.8)" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:447 #, c-format msgid "HTTP Error: %s" msgstr "HTTP-fejl: %s" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:475 msgid "Could not parse response" msgstr "Kunne ikke fortolke svaret" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:484 msgid "Empty response" msgstr "Tomt svar" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:492 msgid "Unexpected reply from server" msgstr "Uventet serversvar" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1124 msgid "Could not locate user's calendars" msgstr "Kunne ikke finde brugerens kalendere" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1348 msgid "Path" msgstr "Sti" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:264 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-dialog.c:200 msgid "Choose a Calendar" msgstr "Vælg kalender" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:267 msgid "Choose a Memo List" msgstr "Vælg en memoliste" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:270 msgid "Choose a Task List" msgstr "Vælg en opgaveliste" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:219 msgid "Find Calendars" msgstr "Find kalendere" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:222 msgid "Find Memo Lists" msgstr "Find memolister" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:225 msgid "Find Task Lists" msgstr "Find opgavelister" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:243 msgid "Email:" msgstr "E-post:" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:248 msgid "Server handles meeting invitations" msgstr "Serveren håndterer mødeinvitationer" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:71 msgid "Choose which address books to use." msgstr "Vælg hvilken adressebog der skal bruges." #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:201 msgid "Use in Birthdays & Anniversaries calendar" msgstr "Brug i kalenderen \"Fødselsdage og mærkedage\"" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-button.c:127 msgid "Default User Calendar" msgstr "Standardbrugerkalender" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:515 #, c-format msgid "Enter Google password for user '%s'." msgstr "Indtast Google-adgangskoden for brugeren \"%s\"." #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:532 msgid "User declined to provide a password" msgstr "Brugeren ville ikke angive en adgangskode" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:160 msgid "Use an existing iCalendar (ics) file" msgstr "Brug en eksisterende iCalendar-fil (ics)" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:185 msgid "iCalendar File" msgstr "iCalendar-fil" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:197 msgid "Choose an iCalendar file" msgstr "Vælg en iCalendar-fil" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:200 msgid "File:" msgstr "Fil:" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:215 msgid "Allow Evolution to update the file" msgstr "Tillad at Evolution opdaterer filen" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:320 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:9 msgid "I_mport" msgstr "I_mportér" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:406 msgid "Select a Calendar" msgstr "Vælg en kalender" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:433 msgid "Select a Task List" msgstr "Vælg en opgaveliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:443 msgid "I_mport to Calendar" msgstr "I_mportér til kalender" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:450 msgid "I_mport to Tasks" msgstr "I_mportér til opgaver" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:517 msgid "Selected Calendars for Alarms" msgstr "Kalendere hvor påmindelser er aktiveret" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:925 msgid "Ti_me and date:" msgstr "Ti_d og dato:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:926 msgid "_Date only:" msgstr "Kun _dato:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:1 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutter" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Timer" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:3 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dage" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:4 msgid "60 minutes" msgstr "60 minutter" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:5 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "30 minutter" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:6 msgid "15 minutes" msgstr "15 minutter" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:7 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "10 minutter" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:8 msgid "05 minutes" msgstr "05 minutter" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:10 msgid "Se_cond zone:" msgstr "An_den zone:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:12 msgid "(Shown in a Day View)" msgstr "(Vises i dagsvisning)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Use s_ystem time zone" msgstr "Brug s_ystemtidszonen" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:15 msgid "Time format:" msgstr "Tidsformat:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:16 msgid "_12 hour (AM/PM)" msgstr "_12 timer (AM/PM)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:17 msgid "_24 hour" msgstr "_24 timer" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1716 msgid "Work Week" msgstr "Arbejdsuge" #. A weekday like "Monday" follows #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:20 msgid "Wee_k starts on:" msgstr "_Ugen starter:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:21 msgid "Work days:" msgstr "Arbejdsdage:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:22 msgid "_Day begins:" msgstr "_Dagen begynder:" #. Monday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:24 msgid "_Mon" msgstr "_Man" #. Tuesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:27 msgid "_Tue" msgstr "T_irs" #. Wednesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:30 msgid "_Wed" msgstr "_Ons" #. Thursday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:33 msgid "T_hu" msgstr "T_or" #. Friday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:36 msgid "_Fri" msgstr "_Fre" #. Saturday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:39 msgid "_Sat" msgstr "L_ør" #. Sunday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:42 msgid "S_un" msgstr "_Søn" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:44 msgid "Day _ends:" msgstr "Dagen _slutter:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:45 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Påmindelser" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:46 msgid "_Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "Spørg efter bekræftelse ved sletning _af tilførsler" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:48 msgid "_Time divisions:" msgstr "_Tidsinddelinger:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:49 msgid "_Show appointment end times in week and month view" msgstr "_Vis sluttiderne for aftaler i uge- og måneds-oversigterne" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:50 msgid "_Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "_Komprimér weekender i månedsvisning" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:51 msgid "Show week _numbers" msgstr "Vis uge_numre" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:52 msgid "Show r_ecurring events in italic in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" "Vis tilbag_evendende begivenheder i kursiv i kalenderen nederst til venstre" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:53 msgid "Sc_roll Month View by a week" msgstr "_Rul månedsvisningen med en uge ad gangen" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:55 msgid "Display" msgstr "Vis" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:56 msgid "Task List" msgstr "Opgaveliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:57 msgid "Highlight t_asks due today" msgstr "Fremhæv opg_aver som skal udføres i dag" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:59 msgid "Highlight _overdue tasks" msgstr "Fremhæv _opgaver der skulle have været udført" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:60 msgid "_Hide completed tasks after" msgstr "Sk_jul udførte opgaver efter" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:63 msgid "Display reminders in _notification area only" msgstr "Vis kun påmindelser i på_mindelsesområdet" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:65 msgid "Sh_ow a reminder" msgstr "_Vis en påmindelse" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:67 msgid "before every appointment" msgstr "før hver aftale" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:69 msgid "Show a _reminder" msgstr "Vis en på_mindelse" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:71 msgid "before every anniversary/birthday" msgstr "før hver jubilæum/fødselsdag" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:72 msgid "Select the calendars for reminder notification" msgstr "Vælg kalendere hvor påmindelsesunderretning" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:73 msgid "Default Free/Busy Server" msgstr "Standardserver ved ledig/optaget" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:74 msgid "Template:" msgstr "Skabelon:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:76 #, no-c-format msgid "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address." msgstr "" "%u og %d vil blive udskiftet med bruger og domæne fra e-postadressen." #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:77 msgid "Publishing Information" msgstr "Offentliggørelsesinformation" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:313 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:191 msgid "New Calendar" msgstr "Ny kalender" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:322 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Appointment" msgstr "_Aftale" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1521 msgid "Create a new appointment" msgstr "Opret en ny aftale" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:329 msgctxt "New" msgid "All Day A_ppointment" msgstr "_Heldagsaftale" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:331 msgid "Create a new all-day appointment" msgstr "Opret en ny helddagsaftale" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:336 msgctxt "New" msgid "M_eeting" msgstr "Mød_e" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:338 msgid "Create a new meeting request" msgstr "Opret en ny mødeindkaldelse" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:346 msgctxt "New" msgid "Cale_ndar" msgstr "Kale_nder" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:348 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1395 msgid "Create a new calendar" msgstr "Opret en ny kalender" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:703 msgid "Calendar and Tasks" msgstr "Kalender og opgaver" # Jeg har ingen ide om, hvorvidt "ved" er rigtigt. Jeg har fejlmeldt strengen #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Opening calendar '%s'" msgstr "Åbner kalenderen \"%s\"" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:591 msgid "Calendar Selector" msgstr "Kalendervælger" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 msgid "Print" msgstr "Udskriv" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Calendar Properties" msgstr "Kalenderegenskaber" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:322 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all events older than the selected " "amount of time. If you continue, you will not be able to recover these " "events." msgstr "" "Denne handling vil permanent fjerne alle begivenheder der er ældre end den " "valgte tid. Hvis du fortsætter vil du ikke længere kunne tilvejebringe disse " "begivenheder." #. Translators: This is the first part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:339 msgid "Purge events older than" msgstr "Fjern begivenheder der er ældre end" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:585 msgid "Copying Items" msgstr "Kopierer elementer" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:878 msgid "Moving Items" msgstr "Flytter elementer" #. Translators: Default filename part saving an event to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1211 msgid "event" msgstr "begivenhed" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1213 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:231 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:527 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:644 msgid "Save as iCalendar" msgstr "Gem som iCalendar" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1351 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:608 msgid "_Copy..." msgstr "_Kopiér..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1358 msgid "D_elete Calendar" msgstr "Sl_et kalender" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1360 msgid "Delete the selected calendar" msgstr "Slet den valgte kalender" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1367 msgid "Go Back" msgstr "Gå tilbage" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1374 msgid "Go Forward" msgstr "Gå fremad" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1381 msgid "Select today" msgstr "Vælg dagen i dag" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1386 msgid "Select _Date" msgstr "Vælg _dato" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1388 msgid "Select a specific date" msgstr "Vælg en specifik dato" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1393 msgid "_New Calendar" msgstr "_Ny kalender" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1407 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:816 msgid "Purg_e" msgstr "_Fjern" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1409 msgid "Purge old appointments and meetings" msgstr "Fjern gamle aftaler og møder" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1416 msgid "Refresh the selected calendar" msgstr "Genopfrisk den valgte kalender" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1423 msgid "Rename the selected calendar" msgstr "Omdøb den valgte kalender" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1428 msgid "Find _next" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1430 msgid "Find next occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "Find næste forekomst af den aktuelle søgestreng" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1435 msgid "Find _previous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1437 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "Find forrige forekomst af den aktuelle søgestreng" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1442 msgid "Stop _running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1444 msgid "Stop currently running search" msgstr "Standser den aktuelt igangværende søgning" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1449 msgid "Show _Only This Calendar" msgstr "Vis _kun denne kalender" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1456 msgid "Cop_y to Calendar..." msgstr "_Kopiér til kalender..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1463 msgid "_Delegate Meeting..." msgstr "Udde_legér møde..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1470 msgid "_Delete Appointment" msgstr "_Slet aftalen" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1472 msgid "Delete selected appointments" msgstr "Slet de valgte aftaler" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1477 msgid "Delete This _Occurrence" msgstr "Slet denne _forekomst" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1479 msgid "Delete this occurrence" msgstr "Slet denne forekomst" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1484 msgid "Delete All Occ_urrences" msgstr "Slet alle _forekomster" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1486 msgid "Delete all occurrences" msgstr "Slet alle forekomster" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1491 msgid "New All Day _Event..." msgstr "Ny begivenhed som varer h_ele dagen..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1493 msgid "Create a new all day event" msgstr "Opret en ny helddagsbegivenhed" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1498 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:265 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:338 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:601 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:725 msgid "_Forward as iCalendar..." msgstr "_Videresend som iCalendar..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1505 msgid "New _Meeting..." msgstr "Nyt _møde..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1507 msgid "Create a new meeting" msgstr "Opret et ny møde" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1512 msgid "Mo_ve to Calendar..." msgstr "Fl_yt til kalender..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1519 msgid "New _Appointment..." msgstr "Ny _aftale..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1526 msgid "Make this Occurrence _Movable" msgstr "Gør denne hændelse _flytbar" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1533 msgid "_Open Appointment" msgstr "_Åbn aftale" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1535 msgid "View the current appointment" msgstr "Vis den aktuelle aftale" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1540 msgid "_Reply" msgstr "_Svar" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1554 msgid "_Schedule Meeting..." msgstr "_Planlæg møde..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1556 msgid "Converts an appointment to a meeting" msgstr "Konverter en aftale til en begivenhed" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1561 msgid "Conv_ert to Appointment..." msgstr "Konv_erter til en aftale..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1563 msgid "Converts a meeting to an appointment" msgstr "Konverter et møde til en aftale" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1568 msgid "Quit" msgstr "Afslut" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1688 msgid "Day" msgstr "Dag" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1690 msgid "Show one day" msgstr "Vis en dag" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1695 msgid "List" msgstr "Liste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1697 msgid "Show as list" msgstr "Vis som liste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1702 msgid "Month" msgstr "Måned" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1704 msgid "Show one month" msgstr "Vis en måned" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1709 msgid "Week" msgstr "Uge" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1711 msgid "Show one week" msgstr "Vis en uge" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1718 msgid "Show one work week" msgstr "Vis en arbejdsuge" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1726 msgid "Active Appointments" msgstr "Aktive aftaler" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1740 msgid "Next 7 Days' Appointments" msgstr "Næste 7 dages aftaler" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1747 msgid "Occurs Less Than 5 Times" msgstr "Sker under 5 gange" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1778 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:798 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:997 msgid "Description contains" msgstr "Beskrivelse indeholder" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1785 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:805 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1004 msgid "Summary contains" msgstr "Sammendrag indeholder" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1797 msgid "Print this calendar" msgstr "Udskriv denne kalender" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Preview the calendar to be printed" msgstr "Forhåndsvis kalenderen som skal skrives ud" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1826 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:393 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:846 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1045 msgid "_Save as iCalendar..." msgstr "_Gem som iCalendar..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1903 msgid "Go To" msgstr "Gå til" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a memo to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:229 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:525 msgid "memo" msgstr "memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:272 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:657 msgid "New _Memo" msgstr "Nyt _memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:274 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:659 msgid "Create a new memo" msgstr "Opret et nyt memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:279 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:664 msgid "_Open Memo" msgstr "_Åbn memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:281 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:666 msgid "View the selected memo" msgstr "Vis det valgte memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:286 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:373 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:671 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:809 msgid "Open _Web Page" msgstr "Åbn _hjemmeside" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:831 msgid "Print the selected memo" msgstr "Udskriv det valgte memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1562 msgid "Searching next matching event" msgstr "Søger efter næste matchende begivenhed" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1563 msgid "Searching previous matching event" msgstr "Søger efter foregående matchende begivenhed" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1584 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the next %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the next %d years" msgstr[0] "Kan ikke finde matchende begivenhed i det næste %d år" msgstr[1] "Kan ikke finde matchende begivenhed i de næste %d år" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1588 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d years" msgstr[0] "Kan ikke finde matchende begivenhed i det foregående %d år" msgstr[1] "Kan ikke finde matchende begivenhed i de foregående %d år" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1613 msgid "Cannot search with no active calendar" msgstr "Kan ikke søge uden en aktiv kalender" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:296 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:642 msgid "task" msgstr "opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:331 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:704 msgid "_Assign Task" msgstr "_Tildel opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:345 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:781 msgid "_Mark as Complete" msgstr "_Markér som fuldført" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:347 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:783 msgid "Mark selected tasks as complete" msgstr "Markér de valgte opgaver som fuldførte" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:352 msgid "_Mark as Incomplete" msgstr "_Markér som ikke-fuldført" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:354 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:790 msgid "Mark selected tasks as incomplete" msgstr "Markér de valgte opgaver som ikke-fuldførte" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:795 msgid "New _Task" msgstr "_Ny opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:361 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:797 msgid "Create a new task" msgstr "Opret en ny opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:366 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:802 msgid "_Open Task" msgstr "_Åbn opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:368 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:804 msgid "View the selected task" msgstr "Vis den valgte opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:385 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Print the selected task" msgstr "Udskriv den valgte opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:208 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:196 msgid "New Memo List" msgstr "Ny memoliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:217 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mem_o" msgstr "Mem_o" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:224 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Shared Memo" msgstr "_Delt memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:226 msgid "Create a new shared memo" msgstr "Opret et nyt, delt memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:234 msgctxt "New" msgid "Memo Li_st" msgstr "Memoli_ste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:236 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:624 msgid "Create a new memo list" msgstr "Opret en ny memoliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening memo list '%s'" msgstr "Åbner memoliste \"%s\"" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Memo List Selector" msgstr "Listevælger for memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 msgid "Print Memos" msgstr "Udskriv memoer" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:268 msgid "Memo List Properties" msgstr "Opgavelisteegenskaber" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:587 msgid "_Delete Memo" msgstr "_Slet memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:594 msgid "_Find in Memo..." msgstr "_Søg i memo..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:596 msgid "Search for text in the displayed memo" msgstr "Søg efter tekst i det viste memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:615 msgid "D_elete Memo List" msgstr "Sl_et memoliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:617 msgid "Delete the selected memo list" msgstr "Slet den valgte memoliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:622 msgid "_New Memo List" msgstr "N_y liste over memoer" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:638 msgid "Refresh the selected memo list" msgstr "Genopfrisk den valgte memoliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:645 msgid "Rename the selected memo list" msgstr "Omdøb den valgte memoliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:650 msgid "Show _Only This Memo List" msgstr "Vis _kun denne memoliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:729 msgid "Memo _Preview" msgstr "Memo_forhåndsvisning" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:731 msgid "Show memo preview pane" msgstr "Vis memo-forhåndsvisningsruden" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:752 msgid "Show memo preview below the memo list" msgstr "Vis memoforhåndsvisningen under memolisten" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:759 msgid "Show memo preview alongside the memo list" msgstr "Vis memoforhåndsvisningen ved siden af memolisten" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:817 msgid "Print the list of memos" msgstr "Udskriv listen af memoer" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:824 msgid "Preview the list of memos to be printed" msgstr "Viser listen af memoer som vil blive udskrevet" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:239 msgid "Delete Memos" msgstr "Slet memoer" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:241 msgid "Delete Memo" msgstr "Slet memo" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:538 #, c-format msgid "%d memo" msgid_plural "%d memos" msgstr[0] "%d memo" msgstr[1] "%d memoer" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:542 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:746 #, c-format msgid "%d selected" msgstr "%d valgt" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:205 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:219 msgid "New Task List" msgstr "Ny opgaveliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:214 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Task" msgstr "_Opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:221 msgctxt "New" msgid "Assigne_d Task" msgstr "Til_delt opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:223 msgid "Create a new assigned task" msgstr "Opret en ny tildelt opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:231 msgctxt "New" msgid "Tas_k List" msgstr "Opga_veliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:748 msgid "Create a new task list" msgstr "Opret en ny opgaveliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening task list '%s'" msgstr "Åbner opgaveliste \"%s\"" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Task List Selector" msgstr "Opgavelistevælger" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 msgid "Print Tasks" msgstr "Udskriv opgaver" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Task List Properties" msgstr "Opgavelisteegenskaber" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:586 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all tasks marked as completed. If you " "continue, you will not be able to recover these tasks.\n" "\n" "Really erase these tasks?" msgstr "" "Denne handling vil permanent fjerne alle opgaver der er markeret som " "fuldførte. Hvis du fortsætter, vil du ikke længere kunne tilvejebringe disse " "opgaver.\n" "\n" "Vil du virkelig fjerne disse opgaver?" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:593 msgid "Do not ask me again" msgstr "Spørg mig ikke igen" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:711 msgid "_Delete Task" msgstr "_Slet opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:718 msgid "_Find in Task..." msgstr "_Søg i opgave..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:720 msgid "Search for text in the displayed task" msgstr "Søg efter tekst i den viste opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:732 msgid "Copy..." msgstr "Kopiér..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:739 msgid "D_elete Task List" msgstr "Sl_et opgaveliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:741 msgid "Delete the selected task list" msgstr "Slet den valgte opgaveliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:746 msgid "_New Task List" msgstr "_Ny opgaveliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:762 msgid "Refresh the selected task list" msgstr "Genopfrisk den valgte opgaveliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:769 msgid "Rename the selected task list" msgstr "Omdøb den valgte opgaveliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:774 msgid "Show _Only This Task List" msgstr "Vis _kun denne opgaveliste" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:788 msgid "Mar_k as Incomplete" msgstr "Mar_kér som ikke-fuldført" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:818 msgid "Delete completed tasks" msgstr "Fjern fuldførte opgaver" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Task _Preview" msgstr "_Vis opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Show task preview pane" msgstr "Vis forhåndsvisningsruden til opgaver" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Show task preview below the task list" msgstr "Vis opgaveforhåndsvisningen under opgavelisten" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show task preview alongside the task list" msgstr "Vis opgaveforhåndsvisningen ved siden af opgavelisten" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:931 msgid "Active Tasks" msgstr "Aktive opgaver" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:945 msgid "Completed Tasks" msgstr "Fuldførte opgaver" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:952 msgid "Next 7 Days' Tasks" msgstr "Næste 7 dages opgaver" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:959 msgid "Overdue Tasks" msgstr "For sene opgaver" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:966 msgid "Tasks with Attachments" msgstr "Opgaver med bilag" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1016 msgid "Print the list of tasks" msgstr "Udskriv listen med opgaver" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1023 msgid "Preview the list of tasks to be printed" msgstr "Viser listen af opgaver som vil blive udskrevet" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:374 msgid "Delete Tasks" msgstr "Slet opgaver" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:376 msgid "Delete Task" msgstr "Slet opgave" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:631 msgid "Expunging" msgstr "Udrenser" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:742 #, c-format msgid "%d task" msgid_plural "%d tasks" msgstr[0] "%d opgave" msgstr[1] "%d opgaver" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:149 msgid "ITIP" msgstr "ITIP" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:150 msgid "Display part as an invitation" msgstr "Vis del som en invitation" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:235 msgid "Today %H:%M" msgstr "I dag %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:239 msgid "Today %H:%M:%S" msgstr "I dag %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:248 msgid "Today %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "I dag %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:263 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M" msgstr "I morgen %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:267 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M:%S" msgstr "I morgen %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:272 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M %p" msgstr "I morgen %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:276 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "I morgen %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:295 #, c-format msgid "%A" msgstr "%A" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:300 msgid "%A %H:%M" msgstr "%A %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:304 msgid "%A %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:309 msgid "%A %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:313 msgid "%A %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date #. * without a year. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:322 msgid "%A, %B %e" msgstr "%A %e. %B" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date #. * without a year and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:328 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M" msgstr "%A %e. %B, %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:332 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A %e. %B, %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:337 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A, %B %e %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:341 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:347 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y" msgstr "%A %e. %B %Y" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:352 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M" msgstr "%A %e. %B %Y, %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:356 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A %e. %B %Y, %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:361 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:365 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:403 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:404 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:493 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:494 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:583 msgid "An unknown person" msgstr "En ukendt person" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:408 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:498 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Please respond on behalf of %s" msgstr "Svar venligst på vegne af %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:410 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:500 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Received on behalf of %s" msgstr "Modtaget på vegne af %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:415 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "%s har gennem %s offentliggjort følgende mødeinformation:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:417 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "%s har offentliggjort følgende mødeinformation:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:422 #, c-format msgid "%s has delegated the following meeting to you:" msgstr "%s har uddelegeret det følgende møde til dig:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "%s har gennem %s bedt om din tilstedeværelse ved følgende møde:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:427 #, c-format msgid "%s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "%s beder om din tilstedeværelse ved det følgende møde:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:433 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "" "%s udtrykker gennem %s ønske om at føje noget til et eksisterende møde:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:435 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "%s ønsker at føje noget til et eksisterende møde:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:439 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "meeting:" msgstr "" "%s udtrykker gennem %s ønske om at modtage den seneste information om det " "følgende møde:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:441 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following meeting:" msgstr "%s ønsker at modtage den seneste information om følgende møde:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:445 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "%s har sendt følgende mødetilbagemelding gennem %s:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "%s har sendt følgende mødetilbagemelding:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "%s har gennem %s aflyst følgende møde:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:453 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "%s har aflyst følgende møde:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:457 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following meeting changes." msgstr "%s har foreslået følgende mødeændringer gennem %s." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:459 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following meeting changes:" msgstr "%s har foreslået følgende mødeændringer:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:463 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "%s har gennem %s afvist følgende mødeændringer:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:465 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "%s har afvist følgende mødeændringer:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:505 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following task:" msgstr "%s har gennem %s offentliggjort følgende opgave:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:507 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following task:" msgstr "%s har offentliggjort følgende opgave:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:512 #, c-format msgid "%s requests the assignment of %s to the following task:" msgstr "%s ønsker at %s tildeles følgende opgave:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:515 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "%s har gennem %s tildelt dig en opgave:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:517 #, c-format msgid "%s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "%s har tildelt dig en opgave:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:523 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "" "%s har gennem %s udtrykt ønske om at føje noget til en eksisterende opgave:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:525 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "%s ønsker at føje noget til en eksisterende opgave:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:529 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "assigned task:" msgstr "" "%s ønsker at modtage den seneste information om følgende opgavetildeling " "gennem %s:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:531 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following assigned task:" msgstr "" "%s ønsker at modtage den seneste information om følgende opgavetildeling:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:535 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "" "%s har sendt en tilbagemelding om følgende opgavetildeling gennem %s:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:537 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "%s har sendt en tilbagemelding om følgende opgavetildeling:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s har gennem %s aflyst følgende opgavetildeling:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:543 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s har aflyst følgende opgavetildeling:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:547 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "%s har foreslået følgende ændringer i opgavetildelinger gennem %s:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:549 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "%s har foreslået følgende ændringer i opgavetildelinger:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:553 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s har gennem %s afslået følgende opgavetildeling:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:555 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s har afslået følgende opgavetildeling:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:594 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following memo:" msgstr "%s har gennem %s offentliggjort følgende memo:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:596 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following memo:" msgstr "%s har offentliggjort følgende memo:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:601 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "%s ønsker gennem %s at føje noget til et eksisterende memo:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:603 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "%s ønsker at føje noget til et eksisterende memo:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:607 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s har gennem %s aflyst følgende fælles memo:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:609 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s har aflyst følgende fælles memo:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:682 msgid "All day:" msgstr "Hele dagen:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 msgid "Start day:" msgstr "Startdag:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1502 msgid "Start time:" msgstr "Starttid:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 msgid "End day:" msgstr "Slutdag:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1503 msgid "End time:" msgstr "Sluttid:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1028 msgid "Ope_n Calendar" msgstr "Åb_n kalender" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1031 msgid "_Decline all" msgstr "_Afslå alle" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1034 msgid "_Decline" msgstr "_Nægt" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1037 msgid "_Tentative all" msgstr "_Alle forsøgsvis" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1040 msgid "_Tentative" msgstr "_Forsøgsvis" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1043 msgid "Acce_pt all" msgstr "Acce_ptér alle" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1046 msgid "Acce_pt" msgstr "Acce_ptér" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1049 msgid "Send _Information" msgstr "Send _information" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1052 msgid "_Update Attendee Status" msgstr "_Opdatér status for deltager" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1055 msgid "_Update" msgstr "_Opdatér" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1505 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1553 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1624 msgid "Comment:" msgstr "Kommentar:" #. RSVP area #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1541 msgid "Send reply to sender" msgstr "Send svar til afsenderen" #. Updates #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1556 msgid "Send _updates to attendees" msgstr "Send o_pdateringer til deltagere" #. The recurrence check button #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1559 msgid "_Apply to all instances" msgstr "An_vend på alle forekomster" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1560 msgid "Show time as _free" msgstr "Vis tid som _fri" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1561 msgid "_Preserve my reminder" msgstr "_Bevar min påmindelse" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1562 msgid "_Inherit reminder" msgstr "_Nedarv påmindelse" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1892 msgid "_Tasks:" msgstr "_Opgaver:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1895 msgid "_Memos:" msgstr "_Memoer:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3123 msgid "Sa_ve" msgstr "_Gem" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3583 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5028 msgid "Attendee status updated" msgstr "Deltagerstatus opdateret" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3762 #, c-format msgid "An appointment in the calendar '%s' conflicts with this meeting" msgstr "En aftale i kalenderen \"%s\" er i konflikt med dette møde" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3791 #, c-format msgid "Found the appointment in the calendar '%s'" msgstr "Fandt aftalen i kalenderen \"%s\"" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3904 msgid "Unable to find any calendars" msgstr "Kunne ikke finde nogen kalendere" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3912 msgid "Unable to find this meeting in any calendar" msgstr "Kunne ikke finde dette møde i nogen kalender" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3917 msgid "Unable to find this task in any task list" msgstr "Kunne ikke finde denne opgave i nogen opgaveliste" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3922 msgid "Unable to find this memo in any memo list" msgstr "Kunne ikke finde dette memo i nogen memoliste" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4266 msgid "Opening the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "Åbner kalenderen. Vent venligst..." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4271 msgid "Searching for an existing version of this appointment" msgstr "Søger efter en eksisterende udgave af denne aftale" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4664 #, c-format msgid "Unable to send item to calendar '%s'. %s" msgstr "Kan ikke sende elementet til kalenderen \"%s\". %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4679 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as accepted" msgstr "Sendt til kalenderen \"%s\" som accepteret" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4684 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as tentative" msgstr "Sendt forsøgsvist til kalenderen \"%s\"" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4690 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as declined" msgstr "Sendt til kalenderen \"%s\" som afslået" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4696 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as canceled" msgstr "Sendt til kalenderen \"%s\" som annulleret" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4717 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5174 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5280 msgid "Saving changes to the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "Gemmer ændringer i kalenderen. Vent venligst..." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4758 msgid "Unable to parse item" msgstr "Kan ikke fortolke elementet" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4951 #, c-format msgid "Organizer has removed the delegate %s " msgstr "Organisator har fjernet delegat %s " #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4968 msgid "Sent a cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "Sendte en aflysningsnotits til delegaten" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4972 msgid "Could not send the cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "Kunne ikke sende en aflysningsnotits til delegaten" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5020 #, c-format msgid "Unable to update attendee. %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke opdatere deltager. %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5063 msgid "The meeting is invalid and cannot be updated" msgstr "Mødet er ugyldigt og kan ikke opdateres" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5139 msgid "Attendee status could not be updated because the status is invalid" msgstr "Deltagerstatus kunne ikke opdateres pga. ugyldig status" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5211 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5250 msgid "Attendee status can not be updated because the item no longer exists" msgstr "" "Deltagerstatus kan ikke opdateres, fordi elementet ikke længere eksisterer" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5313 msgid "Meeting information sent" msgstr "Mødeinformation afsendt" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5318 msgid "Task information sent" msgstr "Opgaveinformation afsendt" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5323 msgid "Memo information sent" msgstr "Memoinformation afsendt" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5334 msgid "Unable to send meeting information, the meeting does not exist" msgstr "Ude af stand til at sende mødeinformation, mødet eksisterer ikke" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5339 msgid "Unable to send task information, the task does not exist" msgstr "Ude af stand til at sende opgaveinformation, opgaven eksisterer ikke" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5344 msgid "Unable to send memo information, the memo does not exist" msgstr "Ude af stand til at sende memoinformation, memoet eksisterer ikke" #. Translators: This is a default filename for a calendar. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5409 msgid "calendar.ics" msgstr "kalender.ics" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5414 msgid "Save Calendar" msgstr "Gem kalender" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5463 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5476 msgid "The calendar attached is not valid" msgstr "Den vedlagte kalender er ikke gyldig" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5464 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5477 msgid "" "The message claims to contain a calendar, but the calendar is not a valid " "iCalendar." msgstr "" "Brevet påstår at indeholde en kalender, men kalenderen er ikke i et gyldigt " "iCalender-format." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5519 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5549 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5650 msgid "The item in the calendar is not valid" msgstr "Posten i kalenderen er ikke gyldig" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5520 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5550 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5651 msgid "" "The message does contain a calendar, but the calendar contains no events, " "tasks or free/busy information" msgstr "" "Brevet indeholder en kalender, men kalenderen indeholder ikke nogen " "begivenheder eller ledig/optaget-information" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5565 msgid "The calendar attached contains multiple items" msgstr "Den vedlagte kalender indeholder flere punkter" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5566 msgid "" "To process all of these items, the file should be saved and the calendar " "imported" msgstr "" "For at gennemarbejde alle disse punkter skal filen gemmes og kalenderen " "importeres" # Intet fordi det drejer sig om et summary som er oversat til sammendrag #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6067 msgctxt "cal-itip" msgid "None" msgstr "Intet" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6083 msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "Forsøgsvist godtaget" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6243 msgid "This meeting recurs" msgstr "Dette møde er tilbagevendende" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6246 msgid "This task recurs" msgstr "Denne opgave er tilbagevendende" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6249 msgid "This memo recurs" msgstr "Dette memo er tilbagevendende" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "" "This response is not from a current attendee. Add the sender as an attendee?" msgstr "" "Dette svar er ikke fra en nuværende mødedeltager. Tilføj afsender som " "mødedeltager?" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This meeting has been delegated" msgstr "Dette møde er blevet uddelegeret" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "'{0}' has delegated the meeting. Do you want to add the delegate '{1}'?" msgstr "'{0}' har uddelegeret mødet. Vil du tilføje delegaten '{1}'?" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:82 msgid "Meeting Invitations" msgstr "Mødeinvitationer" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:108 msgid "_Delete message after acting" msgstr "_Slet brev efter handling" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:122 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:153 msgid "Conflict Search" msgstr "Konfliktsøgning" #. Source selector #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:137 msgid "Select the calendars to search for meeting conflicts" msgstr "Vælg kalendere for at søge efter mødekonflikter" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Itip Formatter" msgstr "Itip-formateringsenhed" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Display \"text/calendar\" MIME parts in mail messages." msgstr "Viser tekst-/kalender-MIME-dele i breve." #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:252 msgid "Google Features" msgstr "Google-funktioner" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:261 msgid "Add Google Ca_lendar to this account" msgstr "Tilføj Google-ka_lender til denne konto" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:269 msgid "Add Google Con_tacts to this account" msgstr "Tilføj Google-kon_takter til denne konto" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:277 msgid "You may need to enable IMAP access" msgstr "Det kan være nødvendigt at aktivere IMAP-adgang" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:292 msgid "Mail _Directory:" msgstr "Postma_ppe:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:247 msgid "Choose a MH mail directory" msgstr "Vælg en MH-postmappe" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:269 msgid "Local Delivery _File:" msgstr "Lokalleverings_fil:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:270 msgid "Choose a local delivery file" msgstr "Vælg en lokal leveringsfil" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:293 msgid "Choose a Maildir mail directory" msgstr "Vælg en Maildir-postmappe" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:315 msgid "Spool _File:" msgstr "Kø_fil:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:316 msgid "Choose a mbox spool file" msgstr "Vælg en mbox-køfil" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:338 msgid "Spool _Directory:" msgstr "Kø_mappe:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:339 msgid "Choose a mbox spool directory" msgstr "Vælg en mbox-kømappe" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:137 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:54 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:80 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:159 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:155 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:98 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:24 msgid "_Server:" msgstr "_Server:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:169 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:111 msgid "_Port:" msgstr "_Port:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:181 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:227 msgid "User_name:" msgstr "Bruger_navn:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:214 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:148 msgid "Encryption _method:" msgstr "Krypterings_metode:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:229 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:163 msgid "STARTTLS after connecting" msgstr "STARTTLS efter forbindelse" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:233 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:167 msgid "SSL on a dedicated port" msgstr "SSL på en dedikeret port" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:70 msgid "_Use custom binary, instead of 'sendmail'" msgstr "Anvend br_ugertilpasset program i stedet for \"sendmail\"" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:74 msgid "_Custom binary:" msgstr "Bru_gertilpasset program:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:91 msgid "U_se custom arguments" msgstr "Brug tilpa_ssede argumenter" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:95 msgid "Cus_tom arguments:" msgstr "_Tilpassede argumenter:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:113 msgid "" "Default arguments are '-i -f %F -- %R', where\n" " %F - stands for the From address\n" " %R - stands for the recipient addresses" msgstr "" "Standardargumenter er \"-i -f %F --%R\", hvor\n" " %F - står for fra-adresse\n" " %R - står for modtageradresser" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:128 msgid "Send mail also when in offline _mode" msgstr "Send også brev i offline_tilstand" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:123 msgid "Ser_ver requires authentication" msgstr "Server kræver _godkendelse" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:209 msgid "T_ype:" msgstr "T_ype:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:247 msgid "Yahoo! Features" msgstr "Yahoo!-funktioner" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:256 msgid "Add Yahoo! Ca_lendar and Tasks to this account" msgstr "Tilføj Yahoo!-ka_lender og -opgaver til denne konto" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%d attached message" msgid_plural "%d attached messages" msgstr[0] "%d vedhæftet besked" msgstr[1] "%d vedhæftede beskeder" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:321 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Mail Message" msgstr "_Brevbesked" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:323 msgid "Compose a new mail message" msgstr "Skriv et nyt brev" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:331 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail Acco_unt" msgstr "E-post-k_onto" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:333 msgid "Create a new mail account" msgstr "Opret en ny postkonto" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:338 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail _Folder" msgstr "_Brevmappe" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:340 msgid "Create a new mail folder" msgstr "Opret en ny brevmappe" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:636 msgid "Mail Accounts" msgstr "E-post-konti" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:645 msgid "Mail Preferences" msgstr "E-post-indstillinger" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:654 msgid "Composer Preferences" msgstr "Redigeringsindstillinger" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:663 msgid "Network Preferences" msgstr "Netværksindstillinger" #. Translators: The first item in the list, to be #. * able to set rule: [Label] [is/is-not] [None] #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:954 msgctxt "label" msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" # Oversat 13. september 2013. Lad os se hvor lang tid der går før denne ændrer sig til unicode-prikker eller prikker med mellemrum foran eller sådan noget :). --Ask #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:672 msgid "Marking messages as read..." msgstr "Markerer breve som læst..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1522 msgid "_Disable Account" msgstr "_Deaktivér konto" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1524 msgid "Disable this account" msgstr "Deaktivér denne konto" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1531 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all folders" msgstr "Fjern alle slettede breve permanent fra alle mapper" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1538 msgid "Edit properties of this account" msgstr "Rediger egenskaberne for denne konto" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1543 msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "_Opdatér" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1545 msgid "Refresh list of folders of this account" msgstr "Opdatér mappelisten for denne konto" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1550 msgid "_Download Messages for Offline Usage" msgstr "_Hent breve ned til offline tilstand" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1552 msgid "Download messages of accounts and folders marked for offline usage" msgstr "" "Hent breve for kontoer og mapper, der er markeret til brug i offline tilstand" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1557 msgid "Fl_ush Outbox" msgstr "T_øm udbakke" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1564 msgid "_Copy Folder To..." msgstr "_Kopiér mappe til..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1566 msgid "Copy the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "Kopiér den valgte mappe til en anden mappe" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1573 msgid "Permanently remove this folder" msgstr "Fjern denne mappe permanent" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1578 msgid "E_xpunge" msgstr "_Tøm" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1580 msgid "Permanently remove all deleted messages from this folder" msgstr "Fjern alle slettede breve fra denne mappe permanent" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1585 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1685 msgid "Mar_k All Messages as Read" msgstr "Mar_kér alle breve som værende læst" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1587 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1687 msgid "Mark all messages in the folder as read" msgstr "Markér alle breve i denne mappe som læst" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1592 msgid "_Move Folder To..." msgstr "Fl_yt mappe til..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1594 msgid "Move the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "Flyt den valgte mappe til en anden mappe" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1599 msgid "_New..." msgstr "_Ny..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1601 msgid "Create a new folder for storing mail" msgstr "Opret en ny mappe til at gemme post i" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1608 msgid "Change the properties of this folder" msgstr "Ret egenskaberne for denne mappe" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1615 msgid "Refresh the folder" msgstr "Opdatér mappen" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1622 msgid "Change the name of this folder" msgstr "Ret navnet på denne mappe" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1627 msgid "Select Message _Thread" msgstr "Vælg brev_tråd" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1629 msgid "Select all messages in the same thread as the selected message" msgstr "Vælg alle breve i samme tråd som det valgte brev" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1634 msgid "Select Message S_ubthread" msgstr "Vælg brevets u_ndertråd" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1636 msgid "Select all replies to the currently selected message" msgstr "Vælg alle svar til det valgte brev" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1648 msgid "Empty _Trash" msgstr "_Tøm affaldskurven" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1650 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all accounts" msgstr "Fjern alle slettede breve permanent fra alle konti" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1655 msgid "_New Label" msgstr "_Ny mærkat" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1664 msgid "N_one" msgstr "I_ngen" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1678 msgid "_Manage Subscriptions" msgstr "_Håndter abonnementer" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1680 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1764 msgid "Subscribe or unsubscribe to folders on remote servers" msgstr "Abonnér eller fjern abonnement på mapper på eksterne servere" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1692 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1713 msgid "Send / _Receive" msgstr "Send / _modtag" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1694 msgid "Send queued items and retrieve new items" msgstr "Send udgående breve og hent nye breve" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1699 msgid "R_eceive All" msgstr "Mo_dtag alle" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1701 msgid "Receive new items from all accounts" msgstr "Modtag nye elementer fra alle konti" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1706 msgid "_Send All" msgstr "_Send alle" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1708 msgid "Send queued items in all accounts" msgstr "Send elementer i kø for alle konti" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1736 msgid "Cancel the current mail operation" msgstr "Afbryd igangværende handling" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1741 msgid "Collapse All _Threads" msgstr "Sammenfold alle _tråde" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1743 msgid "Collapse all message threads" msgstr "Sammenfold alle brevtråde" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1748 msgid "E_xpand All Threads" msgstr "_Udfold alle tråde" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1750 msgid "Expand all message threads" msgstr "Udfold alle brevtråde" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1755 msgid "_Message Filters" msgstr "_Brevfiltre" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1757 msgid "Create or edit rules for filtering new mail" msgstr "Opret eller redigér regler for filtrering af ny e-post" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1762 msgid "_Subscriptions..." msgstr "_Abonnementer..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1771 msgid "F_older" msgstr "M_appe" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1778 msgid "_Label" msgstr "Mær_kning" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1795 msgid "C_reate Search Folder From Search..." msgstr "Opret _søgemappe fra søgning..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1802 msgid "Search F_olders" msgstr "Søg _mapper" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Create or edit search folder definitions" msgstr "Opret eller redigér definitioner af søgemapper" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1843 msgid "_New Folder..." msgstr "_Ny mappe..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1871 msgid "Show Message _Preview" msgstr "_Vis brev" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1873 msgid "Show message preview pane" msgstr "Vis forhåndsvisningsruden til breve" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1879 msgid "Show _Deleted Messages" msgstr "Vis _slettede beskeder" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1881 msgid "Show deleted messages with a line through them" msgstr "Vis slettede beskeder med gennemstregning" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1887 msgid "_Group By Threads" msgstr "_Gruppér efter tråde" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1889 msgid "Threaded message list" msgstr "Trådet brevliste" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1895 msgid "_Unmatched Folder Enabled" msgstr "Mappen _umatchede aktiveret" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1897 msgid "Toggles whether Unmatched search folder is enabled" msgstr "Aktivér/deaktivér søgemappen umatchede" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1917 msgid "Show message preview below the message list" msgstr "Vis forhåndsvisningsruden til breve under brevlisten" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1924 msgid "Show message preview alongside the message list" msgstr "Vis forhåndsvisningsruden til breve ved siden af brevlisten" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1932 msgid "All Messages" msgstr "Alle breve" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1939 msgid "Important Messages" msgstr "Vigtige breve" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1946 msgid "Last 5 Days' Messages" msgstr "Breve fra de sidste 5 dage" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1953 msgid "Messages Not Junk" msgstr "Breve som ikke er spam" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1960 msgid "Messages with Attachments" msgstr "Breve med bilag" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1967 msgid "No Label" msgstr "Ingen mærkning" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1974 msgid "Read Messages" msgstr "Læste breve" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1981 msgid "Unread Messages" msgstr "Ulæste breve" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2033 msgid "Subject or Addresses contain" msgstr "Emne eller adresser indeholder" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2043 msgid "All Accounts" msgstr "Alle konti" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2050 msgid "Current Account" msgstr "Aktuel konto" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2057 msgid "Current Folder" msgstr "Aktuel mappe" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:638 msgid "All Account Search" msgstr "Søgning i alle konti" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:746 msgid "Account Search" msgstr "Kontosøgning" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:973 #, c-format msgid "%d selected, " msgid_plural "%d selected, " msgstr[0] "%d markeret, " msgstr[1] "%d markeret, " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:982 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:999 #, c-format msgid "%d deleted" msgid_plural "%d deleted" msgstr[0] "%d slettet" msgstr[1] "%d slettet" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1008 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1014 #, c-format msgid "%d junk" msgid_plural "%d junk" msgstr[0] "%d spam" msgstr[1] "%d spam" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1021 #, c-format msgid "%d draft" msgid_plural "%d drafts" msgstr[0] "%d kladde" msgstr[1] "%d kladder" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1027 #, c-format msgid "%d unsent" msgid_plural "%d unsent" msgstr[0] "%d usendt" msgstr[1] "%d usendte" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1033 #, c-format msgid "%d sent" msgid_plural "%d sent" msgstr[0] "%d sendt" msgstr[1] "%d sendte" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1045 #, c-format msgid "%d unread, " msgid_plural "%d unread, " msgstr[0] "%d ulæst, " msgstr[1] "%d ulæste, " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1048 #, c-format msgid "%d total" msgid_plural "%d total" msgstr[0] "%d totalt" msgstr[1] "%d totalt" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1069 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Affald" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1507 msgid "Send / Receive" msgstr "Send / modtag" #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:447 msgid "Language(s)" msgstr "Sprog" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:81 msgid "On exit, every time" msgstr "Ved afslutning, hver gang" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:82 msgid "On exit, once per day" msgstr "Ved afslutning, én gang om dagen" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:83 msgid "On exit, once per week" msgstr "Ved afslutning, én gang i ugen" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:84 msgid "On exit, once per month" msgstr "Ved afslutning, én gang om måneden" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:85 msgid "Immediately, on folder leave" msgstr "Straks, når mappen forlades" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:356 msgid "Header" msgstr "Teksthoved" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:360 msgid "Contains Value" msgstr "Indeholder værdi" # FEJLRAPPORT: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=591938 #. To Translators: 'Date header' is a label for configurable date/time format for 'Date' header in mail message window/preview #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1215 msgid "_Date header:" msgstr "_Dato-brevhovedværdi:" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1216 msgid "Show _original header value" msgstr "Vis _oprindelig brevhovedværdi" #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:142 msgid "Do you want to make Evolution your default email client?" msgstr "Vil du gøre Evolution til forvalgt postprogram?" #. Translators: First %s is an email address, second %s #. * is the subject of the email, third %s is the date. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Your message to %s about \"%s\" on %s has been read." msgstr "Dit brev til %s om \"%s\" fra den %s er blevet læst." #. Translators: %s is the subject of the email message. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:378 #, c-format msgid "Delivery Notification for \"%s\"" msgstr "Leveringsbekræftelse for: \"%s\"" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Send a read receipt to '%s'" msgstr "Send en læst-kvittering til \"%s\"" #. name doesn't matter #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:548 msgid "_Notify Sender" msgstr "Se_nd kvittering til afsender" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Sender wants to be notified when you have read this message." msgstr "Afsender ønsker at få besked om at du har læst dette brev." #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Sender has been notified that you have read this message." msgstr "Afsender er gjort opmærksom på at du har læst dette brev." #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Evolution is currently offline." msgstr "Evolution i øjeblikket offline." #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Click 'Work Online' to return to online mode." msgstr "Tryk på \"Arbejd online\" for at returnere til online-tilstand." #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Evolution is currently offline due to a network outage." msgstr "Evolution er i øjeblikket offline, fordi nettet er nede." #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution will return to online mode once a network connection is " "established." msgstr "" "Evolution vil returnere til online-tilstand når nettet igen bliver " "tilgængeligt." #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:68 msgid "Author(s)" msgstr "Forfattere" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:254 msgid "Plugin Manager" msgstr "Håndtering af udvidelsesmoduler" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:269 msgid "Note: Some changes will not take effect until restart" msgstr "NB: Visse ændringer vil ikke træde i kraft før der genstartes" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:298 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Oversigt" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:367 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:450 msgid "Plugin" msgstr "Udvidelsesmodul" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:488 msgid "_Plugins" msgstr "_Udvidelsesmoduler" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:489 msgid "Enable and disable plugins" msgstr "Aktivér og deaktivér udvidelsesmoduler" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:140 msgid "Display plain text version" msgstr "Vis som almindelig tekst" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:142 msgid "Display plain text version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "Vis et flerdelt/alternativt brev som almindelig tekst" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:148 msgid "Display HTML version" msgstr "Vis HTML-udgave" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:150 msgid "Display HTML version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "Vis flerdelt/alternativt brev som HTML" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:78 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:44 msgid "Show HTML if present" msgstr "Vis HTML hvis det er tilstede" # ??? #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:79 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:45 msgid "Let Evolution choose the best part to show." msgstr "Lad Evolution vælge den bedste del at vise." #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:82 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:48 msgid "Show plain text if present" msgstr "Vis almindelig tekst hvis det er til stede" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:83 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:49 msgid "" "Show plain text part, if present, otherwise let Evolution choose the best " "part to show." msgstr "" "Vis almindelig tekst hvis det er til stede og lad eller Evolution vælge den " "bedste del at vise." #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:87 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:53 msgid "Only ever show plain text" msgstr "Vis altid kun almindelig tekst" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:88 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:54 msgid "" "Always show plain text part and make attachments from other parts, if " "requested." msgstr "" "Vis altid almindelig tekst og behandl andre dele som bilag, hvis det " "forespørges." #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:105 msgid "Show s_uppressed HTML parts as attachments" msgstr "Vis _undertrykte HTML-dele som bilag" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:127 msgid "HTML _Mode" msgstr "HTML-_tilstand" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Prefer Plain Text" msgstr "Fortræk almindelig tekst" #. but then we also need to create our own section frame #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Plain Text Mode" msgstr "Almindelig teksttilstand" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:4 msgid "View mail messages as plain text, even if they contain HTML content." msgstr "Vis breve som almindelige tekst, selv om de indeholder HTML-indhold." #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:151 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn SpamAssassin (%s): " msgstr "Kunne ikke starte SpamAssassin (%s): " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:174 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "Kunne ikke sende brevindhold til SpamAssassin: " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write '%s' to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "Kunne ikke skrive \"%s\" til SpamAssassin: " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:221 msgid "Failed to read output from SpamAssassin: " msgstr "Kunne ikke læse output fra SpamAssassin: " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:276 msgid "SpamAssassin either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" "Enten lukkede SpamAssassin ned eller det var ude af stand til at behandle en " "brevbesked" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:356 msgid "SpamAssassin Options" msgstr "SpamAssassin-indstillinger" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:371 msgid "I_nclude remote tests" msgstr "_Inkludér fjerntest" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:385 msgid "This will make SpamAssassin more reliable, but slower." msgstr "Dette vil gøre SpamAssassin mere pålidelig, men langsommere." #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:559 msgid "SpamAssassin" msgstr "SpamAssassin" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigImportPage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:262 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:342 msgid "Importing Files" msgstr "Importér filer" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:261 msgid "Import cancelled." msgstr "Import annulleret." #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:278 msgid "Import complete." msgstr "Import fuldført." #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:156 msgid "" "Welcome to Evolution.\n" "\n" "The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your email accounts, " "and to import files from other applications." msgstr "" "Velkommen til Evolution.\n" "\n" "De næste par skærme vil tillade at Evolution sætter sig i forbindelse med " "dine e-post-konti og importerer filer fra andre programmer." #: ../modules/startup-wizard/evolution-startup-wizard.c:229 msgid "Loading accounts..." msgstr "Indlæser konti..." #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:95 msgid "_Format as..." msgstr "_Formatér som..." #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:103 msgid "_Other languages" msgstr "Andre Spr_og" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:337 msgid "Text Highlight" msgstr "Tekstfremhævelse" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:338 msgid "Syntax highlighting of mail parts" msgstr "Syntaksfremhævelse af brevdele" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:32 msgid "_Plain text" msgstr "Al_mindelig tekst" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:38 msgid "_Assembler" msgstr "_Assembler" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:43 msgid "_Bash" msgstr "_Bash" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:54 msgid "_C/C++" msgstr "_C/C++" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:63 msgid "_C#" msgstr "_C#" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:68 msgid "_Cascade Style Sheet" msgstr "_Kaskade-stilark (CSS)" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:73 msgid "_HTML" msgstr "_HTML" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:81 msgid "_Java" msgstr "_Java" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:87 msgid "_JavaScript" msgstr "_JavaScript" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:93 msgid "_Patch/diff" msgstr "_Patch/diff" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:99 msgid "_Perl" msgstr "_Perl" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:110 msgid "_PHP" msgstr "_PHP" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:123 msgid "_Python" msgstr "_Python" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:128 msgid "_Ruby" msgstr "_Ruby" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:135 msgid "_Tcl/Tk" msgstr "_Tcl/Tk" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:141 msgid "_TeX/LaTeX" msgstr "_TeX/LaTeX" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:147 msgid "_Vala" msgstr "_Vala" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:152 msgid "_Visual Basic" msgstr "_Visual basic" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:159 msgid "_XML" msgstr "_XML" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:177 msgid "_ActionScript" msgstr "_ActionScript" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:182 msgid "_ADA95" msgstr "_ADA95" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:189 msgid "_ALGOL 68" msgstr "_ALGOL 68" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:194 msgid "(_G)AWK" msgstr "(_G)AWK" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:199 msgid "_COBOL" msgstr "_COBOL" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:204 msgid "_DOS Batch" msgstr "_DOS batch" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:209 msgid "_D" msgstr "_D" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:214 msgid "_Erlang" msgstr "_Erlang" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:219 msgid "_FORTRAN 77" msgstr "_FORTRAN 77" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:225 msgid "_FORTRAN 90" msgstr "_FORTRAN 90" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:230 msgid "_F#" msgstr "_F#" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:235 msgid "_Go" msgstr "_Go" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:240 msgid "_Haskell" msgstr "_Haskell" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:245 msgid "_JSP" msgstr "_JSP" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:250 msgid "_Lisp" msgstr "_Lisp" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:258 msgid "_Lotus" msgstr "_Lotus" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:263 msgid "_Lua" msgstr "_Lua" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:268 msgid "_Maple" msgstr "_Maple" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:273 msgid "_Matlab" msgstr "_Matlab" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:278 msgid "_Maya" msgstr "_Maya" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:283 msgid "_Oberon" msgstr "_Oberon" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:288 msgid "_Objective C" msgstr "_Objective C" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:294 msgid "_OCaml" msgstr "_OCaml" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:299 msgid "_Octave" msgstr "_Octave" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:304 msgid "_Object Script" msgstr "_Object Script" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:309 msgid "_Pascal" msgstr "_Pascal" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:314 msgid "_POV-Ray" msgstr "_POV-Ray" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:319 msgid "_Prolog" msgstr "_Prolog" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:324 msgid "_PostScript" msgstr "_PostScript" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:329 msgid "_R" msgstr "_R" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:334 msgid "_RPM Spec" msgstr "_RPM-spec" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:339 msgid "_Scala" msgstr "_Scala" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:344 msgid "_Smalltalk" msgstr "_Smalltalk" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:350 msgid "_TCSH" msgstr "_TCSH" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:355 msgid "_VHDL" msgstr "_VHDL" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:129 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:152 msgid "Show F_ull vCard" msgstr "Vis F_uldt vCard" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:132 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:170 msgid "Show Com_pact vCard" msgstr "Vis kom_pakt vCard" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:157 msgid "Save _To Addressbook" msgstr "Gem _i adressebog" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:178 msgid "There is one other contact." msgstr "Der er én anden kontaktperson." #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:184 #, c-format msgid "There is %d other contact." msgid_plural "There are %d other contacts." msgstr[0] "Der er %d anden kontaktperson." msgstr[1] "Der er %d andre kontaktpersoner." #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:209 msgid "Addressbook Contact" msgstr "Adressebogs-kontaktperson" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:210 msgid "Display the part as an addressbook contact" msgstr "Vis delen som en adressebogs-kontaktperson" #: ../modules/web-inspector/evolution-web-inspector.c:96 msgid "Evolution Web Inspector" msgstr "Evolutions webinspector" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:121 msgid "_Do not show this message again." msgstr "_Vis ikke denne meddelelse igen." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:583 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:480 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Nøgleord" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Message has no attachments" msgstr "Brev har ikke noget bilag" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Evolution has found some keywords that suggest that this message should " "contain an attachment, but cannot find one." msgstr "" "Evolution has fundet nogle nøgleord som antyder at dette brev skulle have et " "bilag vedhæftet, men kan ikke finde noget." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Add Attachment..." msgstr "_Tilføj bilag..." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Edit Message" msgstr "Re_digér brev" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Attachment Reminder" msgstr "Bilagspåmindelse" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Reminds you when you forgot to add an attachment to a mail message." msgstr "Minder dig om det, når du har glemt at tilføje et bilag til et brev." #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:635 ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:644 #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Automatic Contacts" msgstr "Automatisk tilføjede kontaktpersoner" #. Enable BBDB checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:659 msgid "Create _address book entries when sending mails" msgstr "Dan _adressebogselementer ved afsendelse af e-post" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:666 msgid "Select Address book for Automatic Contacts" msgstr "Vælg adressebog til automatisk tilføjede kontaktpersoner" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:683 msgid "Instant Messaging Contacts" msgstr "Kvikbesked-kontaktpersoner" #. Enable Gaim Checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:698 msgid "_Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "" "_Synkronisér information om kontaktpersoner og billeder fra en Pidgin-" "venneliste" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:705 msgid "Select Address book for Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "Vælg adressebog til Pidgin-venneliste" #. Synchronize now button. #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:718 msgid "Synchronize with _buddy list now" msgstr "Synkronisér med _venneliste nu" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "BBDB" msgstr "BBDB" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and email addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." msgstr "" "Fjern det manuelle arbejde fra vedligeholdelse af adressebogen.\n" "\n" "Tilføj automatisk navne og adresser til din adressebog, efterhånden som du " "svarer på breve. Tilføjer også kontaktinformation fra din IM-venneliste." #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:282 msgid "Importing Outlook Express data" msgstr "Importerer Outlook Express-data" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook DBX import" msgstr "Outlook DBX-import" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 personal folders (.dbx)" msgstr "Personlige mapper for Outlook Express 5/6 (.dbx)" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook Express messages from DBX file" msgstr "Importér Outlook Express-beskeder fra DBX-fil" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:291 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Security:" msgstr "Sikkerhed:" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:295 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Personal" msgstr "Personlig" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:296 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Unclassified" msgstr "Ikke klassificeret" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:297 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Protected" msgstr "Beskyttet" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:298 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "Fortroligt" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:299 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Secret" msgstr "Hemmeligt" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:300 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Top secret" msgstr "Strengt fortroligt" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:360 msgctxt "email-custom-header" msgid "None" msgstr "Intet" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:536 msgid "_Custom Header" msgstr "_Tilpassede brevhoveder" #. To translators: This string is used while adding a new message header to configuration, to specifying the format of the key values #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:806 msgid "" "The format for specifying a Custom Header key value is:\n" "Name of the Custom Header key values separated by \";\"." msgstr "" "Formatet som specificeringen af nøgleværdier i et tilpasset brevhoved " "angives i:\n" "Navne på nøgleværdier for de tilpassede brevhoveder separeres med \";\"." #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:859 msgid "Key" msgstr "Nøgle" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:876 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:489 msgid "Values" msgstr "Værdier" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Custom Header" msgstr "Tilpasset brevhoved" #. For Translators: 'custom header' string is used while adding a new message header to outgoing message, to specify what value for the message header would be added #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Add custom headers to outgoing mail messages." msgstr "Tilføj tilpasset brevhoved til udgående beskeder." #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.ui.h:1 msgid "Email Custom Header" msgstr "Tilpasset brevhoved for e-post" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:112 msgid "Command to be executed to launch the editor: " msgstr "Kommando som skal køres for at starte tekstredigeringsprogrammet: " #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:113 msgid "" "For XEmacs use \"xemacs\"\n" "For Vim use \"gvim -f\"" msgstr "" "Brug \"xemacs\" for XEmacs\n" "Brug \"gvim -f\" for Vim" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:123 msgid "_Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "_Start automatisk når et nyt brev redigeres" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:413 #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:415 msgid "Compose in External Editor" msgstr "Skriv brev i eksternt tekstredigeringsprogram" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "External Editor" msgstr "Eksternt tekstredigeringsprogram" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Use an external editor to compose plain-text mail messages." msgstr "" "Brug et eksternt tekstredigerings-program til brevredigering af breve med " "almindeligt tekst." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Editor not launchable" msgstr "Redigeringsprogram kan ikke startes" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The external editor set in your plugin preferences cannot be launched. Try " "setting a different editor." msgstr "" "Det eksterne tekstredigeringsprogram som er valgt i indstillingerne for dit " "udvidelsesmodul kan ikke startes. Prøv at vælge et andet " "tekstredigeringsprogram." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Cannot create Temporary File" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette midlertidig fil" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution is unable to create a temporary file to save your mail. Retry " "later." msgstr "" "Evolution er ikke i stand til at oprette en midlertidig fil som din post kan " "gemmes i. Prøv igen senere." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:5 msgid "External editor still running" msgstr "Eksternt tekstredigeringsprogram kører stadig" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The external editor is still running. The mail composer window cannot be " "closed as long as the editor is active." msgstr "" "Det eksterne tekstredigeringsprogram kører stadig. Brevredigeringsvinduet " "kan ikke lukkes, så længe tekstredigeringsprogrammet er aktivt." #: ../plugins/face/face.c:171 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:322 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "Ukendt fejl" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:289 msgid "Select a Face Picture" msgstr "Vælg et ansigtsbillede" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:299 msgid "Image files" msgstr "Billedfiler" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:358 msgid "_Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "_Indsæt ansigtsbillede som standard" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:371 msgid "Load new _Face picture" msgstr "Indlæs nyt _ansigtsbillede" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:432 msgid "Include _Face" msgstr "Inkludér _ansigt" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a small picture of your face to outgoing messages." msgstr "Vedhæft et lille billede af dit ansigt til udgående breve." # ??? #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Failed Read" msgstr "Mislykket læsning" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file cannot be read" msgstr "Filen kan ikke læses" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Invalid Image Size" msgstr "Ugyldig billedstørrelse" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Please select an image of size 48 * 48" msgstr "Vælg venligst et billede med størrelsen 48 * 48" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Not an image" msgstr "Ikke et billede" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The file you selected does not look like a valid .png image. Error: {0}" msgstr "" "Filen du valgte ser ikke ud til at være et gyldigt png-billede. Fejl: {0}" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Inline Image" msgstr "Integreret billede" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "View image attachments directly in mail messages." msgstr "Vis vedhæftede billeder direkte i breve." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:368 msgid "Get List _Archive" msgstr "Hent _arkiv over lister" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:370 msgid "Get an archive of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "Hent et arkiv over listen dette brev tilhører" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:375 msgid "Get List _Usage Information" msgstr "Hent information om _brug af lister" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:377 msgid "Get information about the usage of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "Hent information om brugen af listen som dette brev tilhøre" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:382 msgid "Contact List _Owner" msgstr "Kontaktlistens _ejer" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:384 msgid "Contact the owner of the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "Kontakt ejeren af den postliste som dette brev tilhører" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:389 msgid "_Post Message to List" msgstr "_Send brev til liste" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:391 msgid "Post a message to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "Send et brev til den postliste som dette brev tilhører" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:396 msgid "_Subscribe to List" msgstr "_Abonnér på postlisten" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:398 msgid "Subscribe to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "Tilmeld dig den postliste som dette brev tilhører" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:403 msgid "_Unsubscribe from List" msgstr "_Frameld liste" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:405 msgid "Unsubscribe from the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "Afmeld dig den postliste som dette brev tilhører" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:412 msgid "Mailing _List" msgstr "_Postliste" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mailing List Actions" msgstr "Postlistehandlinger" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Perform common mailing list actions (subscribe, unsubscribe, etc.)." msgstr "" "Udfør almindelige e-post-listeopgaver (abonnér, afmeld abonnement osv.)." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Action not available" msgstr "Handling ikke tilgængelig" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This message does not contain the header information required for this " "action." msgstr "" "Brevet indeholder ikke påkrævet oplysning i brevhoved til denne handling." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Posting not allowed" msgstr "Afsendelse ikke tilladt" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Posting to this mailing list is not allowed. Possibly, this is a read-only " "mailing list. Contact the list owner for details." msgstr "" "Afsendelse til denne e-post-liste er ikke tilladt. Dette er sandsynligvis en " "skrivebeskyttet e-post-liste. Kontakt ejeren af listen for detaljer." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Send e-mail message to mailing list?" msgstr "Send brev til postliste?" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "An e-mail message will be sent to the URL \"{0}\". You can either send the " "message automatically, or see and change it first.\n" "\n" "You should receive an answer from the mailing list shortly after the message " "has been sent." msgstr "" "Et brev vil blive sendt til adressen \"{0}\". Du kan enten sende brevet " "automatisk eller se og ændre det først.\n" "\n" "Du burde modtage et svar fra e-postlisten kort efter at brevet er blevet " "sendt." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:9 msgid "_Send message" msgstr "_Send brev" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:10 msgid "_Edit message" msgstr "Re_digér brev" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Malformed header" msgstr "Misdannet brevhoved" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The {0} header of this message is malformed and could not be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {1}" msgstr "" "{0}-hovedet på dette brev er misdannet og kunne ikke behandles.\n" "\n" "Hoved: {1}" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:15 msgid "No e-mail action" msgstr "Ingen e-post-handling" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:16 msgid "" "The action could not be performed. The header for this action did not " "contain any action that could be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {0}" msgstr "" "Handlingen kunne ikke udføres. Hovedet for denne handling indeholdt ikke " "nogen handlinger, der kunne behandles.\n" "\n" "Hoved: {0}" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:384 #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:420 #, c-format msgid "You have received %d new message." msgid_plural "You have received %d new messages." msgstr[0] "Du har modtaget %d nyt brev." msgstr[1] "Du har modtaget %d nye breve." #. Translators: "From:" is preceding a new mail #. * sender address, like "From: user@example.com" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:395 #, c-format msgid "From: %s" msgstr "Fra: %s" #. Translators: "Subject:" is preceding a new mail #. * subject, like "Subject: It happened again" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:409 #, c-format msgid "Subject: %s" msgstr "Emne: %s" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:426 msgid "New email in Evolution" msgstr "Ny post i Evolution" #. Translators: The '%s' is a mail #. * folder name. (e.g. "Show Inbox") #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:461 #, c-format msgid "Show %s" msgstr "Vis %s" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:663 msgid "_Play sound when a new message arrives" msgstr "_Afspil lydfil når et nyt brev ankommer" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:695 msgid "_Beep" msgstr "_Bip" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:708 msgid "Use sound _theme" msgstr "Brug lyd_tema" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:727 msgid "Play _file:" msgstr "Afspil _fil:" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:736 msgid "Select sound file" msgstr "Vælg lydfil" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:792 msgid "Notify new messages for _Inbox only" msgstr "Påmind kun om nye breve i _indbakke" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:802 msgid "Show _notification when a new message arrives" msgstr "Vis p_åmindelse når et nyt brev ankommer" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mail Notification" msgstr "Underretning om ny post" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Notifies you when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "Gør dig opmærksom på at nye breve ankommer." #. To Translators: The full sentence looks like: "Created from a mail by John Doe " #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Created from a mail by %s" msgstr "Oprettet ud fra et brev fra %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:616 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected calendar contains event '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old event?" msgstr "" "Den valgte kalender indeholder allerede begivenheden \"%s\". Vil du redigere " "den gamle begivenhed?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:619 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected task list contains task '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old task?" msgstr "" "Den valgte opgaveliste indeholder allerede opgaven \"%s\". Vil du redigere " "den gamle opgave?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:622 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected memo list contains memo '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old memo?" msgstr "" "Den valgte kalender indeholder allerede memoet \"%s\". Vil du redigere det " "gamle memo?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:642 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" "Du har valgt %d breve som skal konverteres til begivenheder. Ønsker du " "virkelig at tilføje dem alle sammen?" msgstr[1] "" "Du har valgt %d breve som skal konverteres til begivenheder. Ønsker du " "virkelig at tilføje dem alle sammen?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:649 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" "Du har valgt %d breve som skal konverteres til opgaver. Ønsker du virkelig " "at tilføje dem alle sammen?" msgstr[1] "" "Du har valgt %d breve som skal konverteres til opgaver. Ønsker du virkelig " "at tilføje dem alle sammen?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:656 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" "Du har valgt %d breve som skal konverteres til memoer. Ønsker du virkelig at " "tilføje dem alle sammen?" msgstr[1] "" "Du har valgt %d breve som skal konverteres til memoer. Ønsker du virkelig at " "tilføje dem alle sammen?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:677 msgid "Do you wish to continue converting remaining mails?" msgstr "Ønsker du at fortsætte med at konvertere de tilbageværende breve?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:753 msgid "[No Summary]" msgstr "[Intet sammendrag]" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:766 msgid "Invalid object returned from a server" msgstr "Serveren returnerede et ugyldigt objekt" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:821 #, c-format msgid "An error occurred during processing: %s" msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under behandling: %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open calendar. %s" msgstr "Kan ikke åbne kalenderen. %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:862 msgid "" "Selected calendar is read only, thus cannot create event there. Select other " "calendar, please." msgstr "" "Den valgte kalender er skrivebeskyttet, og der kan derfor ikke oprettes " "nogen begivenhed i den. Vælg venligst en anden kalender." #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:865 msgid "" "Selected task list is read only, thus cannot create task there. Select other " "task list, please." msgstr "" "Den valgte opgaveliste er skrivebeskyttet, og der kan derfor ikke oprettes " "nogen opgave i den. Vælg venligst en anden opgaveliste." #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:868 msgid "" "Selected memo list is read only, thus cannot create memo there. Select other " "memo list, please." msgstr "" "Den valgte memoliste er skrivebeskyttet, og der kan derfor ikke oprettes " "nogen opgave i den. Vælg venligst en anden memoliste." #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1203 msgid "No writable calendar is available." msgstr "Ingen skrivbar kalender er tilgængelig." #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1280 msgid "Create an _Appointment" msgstr "Opret en _aftale" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1282 msgid "Create a new event from the selected message" msgstr "Opret en ny begivenhed ud fra det valgte brev" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1287 msgid "Create a Mem_o" msgstr "Opret et nyt mem_o" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1289 msgid "Create a new memo from the selected message" msgstr "Opret et nyt memo ud fra det valgte brev" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1294 msgid "Create a _Task" msgstr "Opret en _opgave" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1296 msgid "Create a new task from the selected message" msgstr "Opret en ny opgave ud fra det valgte brev" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1304 msgid "Create a _Meeting" msgstr "Opret et _møde" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1306 msgid "Create a new meeting from the selected message" msgstr "Opret et nyt møde ud fra det valgte brev" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/org-gnome-mail-to-task.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert a mail message to a task." msgstr "Konvertér et brev til en opgave." #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook PST import" msgstr "Outlook PST-import" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook personal folders (.pst)" msgstr "Outlook personlige mapper (.pst)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook messages from PST file" msgstr "Importer Outlook-breve fra PST-fil" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:530 msgid "_Mail" msgstr "_E-post" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:559 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "Destinationsmappe:" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:569 msgid "_Address Book" msgstr "_Adressebog" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:574 msgid "A_ppointments" msgstr "A_ftaler" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:579 ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Tasks" msgstr "_Opgaver" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:584 msgid "_Journal entries" msgstr "_Journalindgange" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:701 msgid "Importing Outlook data" msgstr "Importerer Outlook-data" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:141 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:148 msgid "Calendar Publishing" msgstr "Kalender-offentliggørelse" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Locations" msgstr "Steder" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Publish calendars to the web." msgstr "Offentliggøre kalendere på nettet." #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:217 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:484 #, c-format msgid "Could not open %s:" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne %s:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:236 #, c-format msgid "There was an error while publishing to %s:" msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under offentliggørelsen til %s:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:242 #, c-format msgid "Publishing to %s finished successfully" msgstr "Offentliggørelse til %s blev fuldført" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Mount of %s failed:" msgstr "Mislykkedes i at montere %s:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:33 msgid "E_nable" msgstr "A_ktivér" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:799 msgid "Are you sure you want to remove this location?" msgstr "Er du sikker på, at du vil slette dette sted?" # FEJLRAPPORT: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=591938 #. To Translators: This is shown to a user when creation of a new thread, #. * where the publishing should be done, fails. Basically, this shouldn't #. * ever happen, and if so, then something is really wrong. #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1138 msgid "Could not create publish thread." msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette offentliggørelsestråd." #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1148 msgid "_Publish Calendar Information" msgstr "Information om kalender-_offentliggørelse" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:1 msgid "iCal" msgstr "iCal" # Jeg går ud fra det er "Dagligt" og ikke Daglig, idet filen det står i hedder "publish-calender" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:3 msgid "Daily" msgstr "Dagligt" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:4 msgid "Weekly" msgstr "Ugentlig" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:5 msgid "Manual (via Actions menu)" msgstr "Manuel (via menuen Handlinger)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:9 msgid "Secure FTP (SFTP)" msgstr "Sikker FTP (SSH)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:10 msgid "Public FTP" msgstr "Offentlig FTP" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:11 msgid "FTP (with login)" msgstr "FTP (med logind)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:12 msgid "Windows share" msgstr "Windows-deling" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:13 msgid "WebDAV (HTTP)" msgstr "WebDAV (HTTP)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:14 msgid "Secure WebDAV (HTTPS)" msgstr "Sikker WebDAV (HTTPS)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:15 msgid "Custom Location" msgstr "Brugerdefineret placering" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:17 msgid "_Publish as:" msgstr "_Offentliggør som:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:18 msgid "Publishing _Frequency:" msgstr "Offentliggørelses_hyppighed:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:19 msgid "Time _duration:" msgstr "_Varighed:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:20 msgid "Sources" msgstr "Kilder" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:23 msgid "Service _type:" msgstr "Tjeneste_type:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:25 msgid "_File:" msgstr "_Fil:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:27 msgid "P_ort:" msgstr "_Port:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:28 msgid "_Username:" msgstr "_Brugernavn:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:29 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "_Adgangskode:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:30 msgid "_Remember password" msgstr "_Husk adgangskode" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:31 msgid "Publishing Location" msgstr "Offentliggørelsessted" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-fb.c:100 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-ical.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Invalid source UID '%s'" msgstr "Ugyldig kilde-UID \"%s\"" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:540 msgid "New Location" msgstr "Nyt sted" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:542 msgid "Edit Location" msgstr "Redigér sted" #. Translators: the %F %T is the third argument for a #. * strftime function. It lets you define the formatting #. * of the date in the csv-file. #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:161 msgid "%F %T" msgstr "%d-%m-%Y %T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:375 msgid "UID" msgstr "Bruger-id" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:377 msgid "Description List" msgstr "Beskrivelsesliste" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:378 msgid "Categories List" msgstr "Kategoriliste" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:379 msgid "Comment List" msgstr "Kommentarliste" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:382 msgid "Contact List" msgstr "Liste over kontaktpersoner" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:383 msgid "Start" msgstr "Start" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:384 msgid "End" msgstr "End" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:385 msgid "Due" msgstr "Forfalder" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:386 msgid "percent Done" msgstr "procent færdig" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:388 msgid "URL" msgstr "Adresse" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:389 msgid "Attendees List" msgstr "Deltagerliste" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:391 msgid "Modified" msgstr "Ændret" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:564 msgid "A_dvanced options for the CSV format" msgstr "A_vancerede indstillinger for CSV-formatet" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:572 msgid "Prepend a _header" msgstr "Foranstil et _hoved" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:581 msgid "_Value delimiter:" msgstr "_Værdiadskiller:" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:592 msgid "_Record delimiter:" msgstr "_Posteringsadskiller:" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:603 msgid "_Encapsulate values with:" msgstr "_Indkapsl værdier med:" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:629 msgid "Comma separated values (.csv)" msgstr "Kommaseparerede værdier (.csv)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/ical-format.c:184 ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:178 msgid "iCalendar (.ics)" msgstr "iCalendar (.ics)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Save Selected" msgstr "Gem de markerede" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Save a calendar or task list to disk." msgstr "Gem en kalender eller opgaveliste til disken." #. #. * Translator: the %FT%T is the thirth argument for a strftime function. #. * It lets you define the formatting of the date in the rdf-file. #. * Also check out http://www.w3.org/2002/12/cal/tzd #. * #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:147 msgid "%FT%T" msgstr "%FT%T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:385 msgid "RDF (.rdf)" msgstr "RDF (.rdf)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:121 msgid "_Format:" msgstr "_Format:" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:187 msgid "Select destination file" msgstr "Vælg en målfil" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:343 msgid "Save the selected calendar to disk" msgstr "Gem den valgte kalender til disken" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:374 msgid "Save the selected memo list to disk" msgstr "Gem den valgte memoliste til disken" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:405 msgid "Save the selected task list to disk" msgstr "Gem den valgte opgaveliste til disken" #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], " "$ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from " "an email you are replying to." msgstr "" "Kladdebaseret skabelonudvidelsesmodul. Du kan bruge variable som " "$ORIG[subject], $ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] eller $ORIG[body], som vil bliver " "erstattet med værdier fra et brev som du svarer på." #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1148 msgid "No Title" msgstr "Ingen titel" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1257 msgid "Save as _Template" msgstr "Gem som _skabelon" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1259 msgid "Save as Template" msgstr "Gem som skabelon" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:279 msgid "Preparing to go offline..." msgstr "Forbereder at gå i offline tilstand..." #: ../shell/e-shell.c:332 msgid "Preparing to go online..." msgstr "Forbereder at gå i online tilstand..." #: ../shell/e-shell.c:413 msgid "Preparing to quit" msgstr "Forbereder afslutning" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:419 msgid "Preparing to quit..." msgstr "Forbereder at afslutte..." #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:721 ../shell/e-shell-content.c:722 msgid "Searches" msgstr "Søgninger" #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:765 msgid "Save Search" msgstr "Gem søgning" #. Translators: The "Show:" label precedes a combo box that #. * allows the user to filter the current view. Examples of #. * items that appear in the combo box are "Unread Messages", #. * "Important Messages", or "Active Appointments". #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:939 msgid "Sho_w:" msgstr "_Vis:" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:964 msgid "Sear_ch:" msgstr "Sø_g:" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:1032 msgid "i_n" msgstr "_i" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:175 msgid "vCard (.vcf)" msgstr "vCard (.vcf)" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:199 msgid "All Files (*)" msgstr "Alle filer (*)" #: ../shell/e-shell-view.c:292 msgid "Saving user interface state" msgstr "Gemmer tilstand af brugergrænsefladen" #. The translator-credits string is for translators to list #. * per-language credits for translation, displayed in the #. * about dialog. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:74 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Anna Jonna Armannsdottir\n" "Keld Simonsen\n" "Kenneth Christiansen\n" "Kjartan Maraas\n" "Martin Willemoes Hansen\n" "Rasmus Ory Nielsen\n" "Søren Boll Overgaard\n" "Marie Lund\n" "Ole Laursen\n" "Morten Bo Johansen\n" "Peter Bach\n" "Kenneth Nielsen\n" "\n" "Dansk-gruppen \n" "Mere info: http://www.dansk-gruppen.dk\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " AJenbo https://launchpad.net/~ajenbo\n" " Ask Hjorth Larsen https://launchpad.net/~askhl\n" " David Nielsen https://launchpad.net/~davidnielsen-deactivatedaccount\n" " Johan Reventlow https://launchpad.net/~johan-reventlow\n" " Kaare Baastrup https://launchpad.net/~kaare-baastrup\n" " Marie Lund https://launchpad.net/~marielund\n" " Nicholas Christian Langkjær Ipsen https://launchpad.net/~ncli\n" " Peter Bach https://launchpad.net/~bach-peter\n" " Pillum https://launchpad.net/~pillum\n" " TLE https://launchpad.net/~k-nielsen81" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:85 msgid "Evolution Website" msgstr "Evolutions webside" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:341 msgid "Categories Editor" msgstr "Kategoriredigering" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:672 msgid "Bug Buddy is not installed." msgstr "Fejl Frede (Bug buddy) er ikke installeret." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:673 msgid "Bug Buddy could not be run." msgstr "Fejl Frede (Bug buddy) kunne ikke køres." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:853 msgid "Show information about Evolution" msgstr "Vis information om Evolution" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:858 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:872 msgid "_Close Window" msgstr "_Luk vindue" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:879 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "_Indhold" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:881 msgid "Open the Evolution User Guide" msgstr "Åbn Evolutions brugervejledning" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:907 msgid "I_mport..." msgstr "Im_portér..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:909 msgid "Import data from other programs" msgstr "Importér data fra andre programmer" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:914 msgid "New _Window" msgstr "Nyt _vindue" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:916 msgid "Create a new window displaying this view" msgstr "Opret et nyt vindue som har denne visning" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:928 msgid "Available Cate_gories" msgstr "_Tilgængelige kategorier:" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:930 msgid "Manage available categories" msgstr "Håndter tilgængelige kategorier" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:942 msgid "_Quick Reference" msgstr "_Kvikreference" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:944 msgid "Show Evolution's shortcut keys" msgstr "Vis Evolutions tastaturgenveje" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:951 msgid "Exit the program" msgstr "Afslut programmet" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:956 msgid "_Advanced Search..." msgstr "_Avanceret søgning..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:958 msgid "Construct a more advanced search" msgstr "Konstruer en mere avanceret søgning" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:965 msgid "Clear the current search parameters" msgstr "Ryd de aktuelle søgeparametre" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:970 msgid "_Edit Saved Searches..." msgstr "_Redigér gemte søgninger..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:972 msgid "Manage your saved searches" msgstr "Håndter dine gemte søgninger" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:979 msgid "Click here to change the search type" msgstr "Klik her for at ændre søgningstypen" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:984 msgid "_Find Now" msgstr "_Søg nu" #. Block the default Ctrl+F. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:986 msgid "Execute the current search parameters" msgstr "Udfør de aktuelle søgeparametre" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:991 msgid "_Save Search..." msgstr "_Gem søgning..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:993 msgid "Save the current search parameters" msgstr "Gem de aktuelle søgeparametre" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1005 msgid "Submit _Bug Report..." msgstr "Indsend _fejlrapport..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1007 msgid "Submit a bug report using Bug Buddy" msgstr "Indsend en fejlrapport med Bug Buddy" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1012 msgid "_Work Offline" msgstr "Ar_bejd offline" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1014 msgid "Put Evolution into offline mode" msgstr "Sæt Evolution i offline-tilstand" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1019 msgid "_Work Online" msgstr "_Arbejd online" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1021 msgid "Put Evolution into online mode" msgstr "Sæt Evolution i online-tilstand" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1049 msgid "Lay_out" msgstr "La_yout" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1056 msgid "_New" msgstr "_Ny" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1063 msgid "_Search" msgstr "_Søg" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1070 msgid "_Switcher Appearance" msgstr "V_ælger-udseende" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1084 msgid "_Window" msgstr "_Vindue" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1113 msgid "Show Side _Bar" msgstr "Vis side_panel" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1115 msgid "Show the side bar" msgstr "Vis sidepanelet" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1121 msgid "Show _Buttons" msgstr "Vis _knapper" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1123 msgid "Show the switcher buttons" msgstr "Vis omskifteknapperne" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1129 msgid "Show _Status Bar" msgstr "Vis stat_uslinje" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1131 msgid "Show the status bar" msgstr "Vis statuslinjen" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1137 msgid "Show _Tool Bar" msgstr "Vis _værktøjslinje" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1139 msgid "Show the tool bar" msgstr "Vis værktøjslinjen" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1161 msgid "_Icons Only" msgstr "Kun _ikoner" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1163 msgid "Display window buttons with icons only" msgstr "Vis vinduesknapper kun med ikoner" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1168 msgid "_Text Only" msgstr "Kun _tekst" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1170 msgid "Display window buttons with text only" msgstr "Vis vinduesknapper kun med tekst" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1175 msgid "Icons _and Text" msgstr "Ikoner _og tekst" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1177 msgid "Display window buttons with icons and text" msgstr "Vis vinduesknapper med ikoner og tekst" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1182 msgid "Tool_bar Style" msgstr "Værktøjs_linjestil" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1184 msgid "Display window buttons using the desktop toolbar setting" msgstr "" "Vis vinduesknapper vha. indstillingerne for skrivebordets værktøjslinje" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1192 msgid "Delete Current View" msgstr "Slet nuværende oversigt" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1199 msgid "Save Custom View..." msgstr "Gem tilrettet oversigt..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1201 msgid "Save current custom view" msgstr "Gem nuværende tilpassede oversigt" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1208 msgid "C_urrent View" msgstr "_Aktuel oversigt" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1218 msgid "Custom View" msgstr "Tilpasset oversigt" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1220 msgid "Current view is a customized view" msgstr "Nuværende oversigt er en tilpasset oversigt" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1230 msgid "Change the page settings for your current printer" msgstr "Ændr sideindstillingerne for din aktuelle printer" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1591 #, c-format msgid "Switch to %s" msgstr "Skift til %s" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1714 #, c-format msgid "Select view: %s" msgstr "Vælg oversigt: %s" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1731 #, c-format msgid "Delete view: %s" msgstr "Slet oversigt: %s" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1825 msgid "Execute these search parameters" msgstr "Udfør disse søgeparametre" #: ../shell/e-shell-window.c:504 msgid "New" msgstr "Ny" #. Translators: This is used for the main window title. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:580 #, c-format msgid "%s - Evolution" msgstr "%s - Evolution" #. Preview/Alpha/Beta version warning message #: ../shell/main.c:183 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Hi. Thanks for taking the time to download this preview release\n" "of the Evolution groupware suite.\n" "\n" "This version of Evolution is not yet complete. It is getting close,\n" "but some features are either unfinished or do not work properly.\n" "\n" "If you want a stable version of Evolution, we urge you to uninstall\n" "this version, and install version %s instead.\n" "\n" "If you find bugs, please report them to us at bugzilla.gnome.org.\n" "This product comes with no warranty and is not intended for\n" "individuals prone to violent fits of anger.\n" "\n" "We hope that you enjoy the results of our hard work, and we\n" "eagerly await your contributions!\n" msgstr "" "Hej. Tak for at du tog dig tid til at hente denne forudgave\n" "af samarbejdsprogramsuiten Evolution.\n" "\n" "Denne version af Evolution er ikke færdig endnu. Det begynder at nærme sig,\n" "men der findes steder hvor funktioner enten mangler eller kun fungerer " "delvis.\n" "\n" "Hvis du vil have en stabil version af Evolution, anbefaler vi dig at\n" "afinstallere denne version og installere version %s i stedet.\n" "\n" "Hvis du finder fejl i programmet, beder vi om at du rapporterer dem til os\n" "på bugzilla.gnome.org.\n" "\n" "Dette produkt leveres uden garanti og er ikke beregnet for\n" "personer der let får vredesudbrud.\n" "\n" "Vi håber at du vil være fornøjet med resultatet af vort hårde arbejde, og " "vi\n" "venter med spænding på dine bidrag!\n" #: ../shell/main.c:207 msgid "" "Thanks\n" "The Evolution Team\n" msgstr "" "Tak\n" "Evolution-holdet\n" #: ../shell/main.c:213 msgid "Do not tell me again" msgstr "Fortæl mig det ikke igen" #. Translators: Do NOT translate the five component #. * names, they MUST remain in English! #: ../shell/main.c:302 msgid "" "Start Evolution showing the specified component. Available options are " "'mail', 'calendar', 'contacts', 'tasks', and 'memos'" msgstr "" "Start Evolution i den viste komponent. Tilgængelige muligheder er \"mail\", " "\"calendar\", \"contacts\", \"tasks\" og \"memos\"" #: ../shell/main.c:306 msgid "Apply the given geometry to the main window" msgstr "Anvend den angivne geometri på hovedvinduet" #: ../shell/main.c:310 msgid "Start in online mode" msgstr "Start i online tilstand" #: ../shell/main.c:312 msgid "Ignore network availability" msgstr "Ignorér hvorvidt netværket er tilgængeligt" #: ../shell/main.c:315 msgid "Forcibly shut down Evolution" msgstr "Gennemtving nedlukning af Evolution" #: ../shell/main.c:318 msgid "Disable loading of any plugins." msgstr "Deaktivér indlæsning af alle udvidelsesmoduler." #: ../shell/main.c:320 msgid "Disable preview pane of Mail, Contacts and Tasks." msgstr "" "Deaktivér forhåndsvisnings-rude for post, kontaktpersoner og opgaver." #: ../shell/main.c:324 msgid "Import URIs or filenames given as rest of arguments." msgstr "" "Importer URI'er eller filnavne som angivet med resten af argumenterne." #: ../shell/main.c:326 msgid "Request a running Evolution process to quit" msgstr "Anmod en kørende Evolutionproces om at afslutte" #: ../shell/main.c:403 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot start Evolution. Another Evolution instance may be unresponsive. " "System error: %s" msgstr "" "Kan ikke starte Evolution. En anden forekomst af Evolution er muligvis " "ophørt med at svare. Systemfejl: %s" #: ../shell/main.c:499 ../shell/main.c:504 msgid "- The Evolution PIM and Email Client" msgstr "- Evolution, en PIM og e-post-klient" #: ../shell/main.c:571 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" "%s: --online og --offline kan ikke bruges sammen.\n" " Brug \"%s --help\" for mere information.\n" #: ../shell/main.c:577 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --force-online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" "%s: --force-online og --offline kan ikke bruges sammen.\n" " Brug \"%s --help\" for mere information.\n" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Upgrade from previous version failed:" msgstr "Opgradering fra forrige version mislykkedes:" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "{0}\n" "\n" "If you choose to continue, you may not have access to some of your old " "data.\n" msgstr "" "{0}\n" "\n" "Hvis du vælger at fortsætte, vil du måske ikke få adgang til alle dine gamle " "data.\n" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Continue Anyway" msgstr "Fortsæt alligevel" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Quit Now" msgstr "Afslut nu" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Cannot upgrade directly from version {0}" msgstr "Kan ikke opgradere direkte fra version {0}" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Evolution no longer supports upgrading directly from version {0}. However as " "a workaround you might try first upgrading to Evolution 2, and then " "upgrading to Evolution 3." msgstr "" "Evolution understøtter ikke længere direkte opgradering fra version {0}. Du " "kan måske omgå dette ved først at opgradere til Evolution 2, og derefter " "opgradere til Evolution 3." #: ../smime/gui/ca-trust-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Certificate '%s' is a CA certificate.\n" "\n" "Edit trust settings:" msgstr "" "Certifikatet \"%s\" er et CA-certifikat.\n" "\n" "Redigér troværdighedsopsætning:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:73 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:92 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:112 msgid "Certificate Name" msgstr "Certifikat-navn" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:74 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:94 msgid "Issued To Organization" msgstr "Udstedt til organisation" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:75 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:95 msgid "Issued To Organizational Unit" msgstr "Udstedt til organisationsenhed" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:76 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:96 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:114 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:638 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "Serienummer" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:77 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:97 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:115 msgid "Purposes" msgstr "Formål" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:78 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:98 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:116 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "Udstedt af" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:79 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:99 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:117 msgid "Issued By Organization" msgstr "Udstedt af organisation" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:80 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:100 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:118 msgid "Issued By Organizational Unit" msgstr "Udstedt af organisationsenhed" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:81 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:101 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:119 msgid "Issued" msgstr "Udstedt" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:82 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:102 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:120 msgid "Expires" msgstr "Udløber" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:83 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:103 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:121 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "SHA1-fingeraftryk" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:84 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:104 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:122 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "MD5-fingeraftryk" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:93 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:113 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "E-post-adresse:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:614 msgid "Select a certificate to import..." msgstr "Vælg et certifikat, at importere..." #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:628 msgid "All files" msgstr "Alle filer" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:664 msgid "Failed to import certificate" msgstr "Kunne ikke importere certifikat" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1046 msgid "All PKCS12 files" msgstr "Alle PKCS12-filer" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1063 msgid "All email certificate files" msgstr "Alle e-post-certifikatsfiler" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1080 msgid "All CA certificate files" msgstr "Alle CA-Certifikatsfiler" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "Dette certifikat er verificeret til følgende brug:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:604 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "Certifikat for SSL-klient" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:609 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "Certifikat for SSL-server" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "Certifikat for indehaver af e-post-signatur" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "Certifikat for e-post-modtager" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "Udstedt til" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:635 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "Normalt navn (CN)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:636 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "Organisation (O)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:637 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "Organisationsenhed (OU)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "Gyldighed" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "Udstedt den" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "Udløber den" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "Fingeraftryk" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:671 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "Certifikathierarki" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:674 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "Certifikatfelter" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:677 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "Feltværdi" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:679 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detaljer" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:153 msgid "" "Because you trust the certificate authority that issued this certificate, " "then you trust the authenticity of this certificate unless otherwise " "indicated here" msgstr "" "Fordi du stoler på certificeringsmyndigheden som har udstedt dette " "certifikat, så stoler du også på at dette certifikat er autentisk, med " "mindre du angiver det her" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:158 msgid "" "Because you do not trust the certificate authority that issued this " "certificate, then you do not trust the authenticity of this certificate " "unless otherwise indicated here" msgstr "" "Fordi du ikke stoler på certificeringsmyndigheden som har udstedet dette " "certifikat, så stoler du heller ikke på at dette certifikat er autentisk, " "med mindre du angiver det her" # XXX token? #: ../smime/gui/component.c:56 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s', token '%s'" msgstr "Indtast adgangskoden for \"%s\", adgangstegn \"%s\"" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:58 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s'" msgstr "Indtast adgangskoden for \"%s\"" #. we're setting the password initially #: ../smime/gui/component.c:86 msgid "Enter new password for certificate database" msgstr "Indtast ny adgangskode for certifikat-databasen" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:89 msgid "Enter new password" msgstr "Indtast ny adgangskode" #. FIXME: add serial no, validity date, uses #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:122 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued to:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "Udstedt til:\n" " Emne: %s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:123 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued by:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "Udstedt af:\n" " Emne: %s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:176 msgid "Select certificate" msgstr "Vælg certifikat" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:3 msgid "You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:" msgstr "Du har certifikater som identificerer dig fra disse organisationene:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:4 msgid "Certificates Table" msgstr "Certifikat-tabel" #. This is a verb, as in "make a backup". #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:7 msgid "_Backup" msgstr "_Sikkerhedskopi" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:8 msgid "Backup _All" msgstr "Sikkerhedskopiér _alle" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:10 msgid "Your Certificates" msgstr "Dine certifikater" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:11 msgid "You have certificates on file that identify these people:" msgstr "Du har arkiverede certifikater som identificerer disse mennesker:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:12 msgid "Contact Certificates" msgstr "Kontaktpersoners certifikater" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:13 msgid "" "You have certificates on file that identify these certificate authorities:" msgstr "" "Du har certifikater på filer som identificerer disse certifikat-myndigheder:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:14 msgid "Authorities" msgstr "Myndigheder" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:15 msgid "Certificate Authority Trust" msgstr "Troværdighed for certificeringsmyndighed" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:16 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _websites." msgstr "Stol på at denne CA kan identificere _websteder." #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:17 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _email users." msgstr "Stol på at denne CA kan identificere _e-post-brugere." #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:18 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _software developers." msgstr "Stol på at denne CA kan identificere _programmører." #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:19 msgid "" "Before trusting this CA for any purpose, you should examine its certificate " "and its policy and procedures (if available)." msgstr "" "Før du stoler på denne CA til noget formål, bør du undersøge dens " "certifikat, regelsæt og procedurer (hvis de er tilgængelige)." #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:21 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certifikat" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:22 msgid "Certificate details" msgstr "Certifikat-detaljer" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:23 msgid "Email Certificate Trust Settings" msgstr "Opsætning af troværdighed for e-post-certifikat" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:24 msgid "Trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "Stol på at dette certifikat er autentisk" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:25 msgid "Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "Stol ikke på at dette certifikat er autentisk" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:26 msgid "_Edit CA Trust" msgstr "_Redigér troværdighed for certificeringsmyndighed" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "Version 1" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "Version 2" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "Version 3" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 MD2 med RSA-kryptering" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 MD5 med RSA-kryptering" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-1 med RSA-kryptering" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-256 med RSA-kryptering" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-384 med RSA-kryptering" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 SHA-512 med RSA-kryptering" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "PKCS #1 RSA-kryptering" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "Certifikat-nøglebenyttelse" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "Netscape certifikat-type" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "Certificeringsmyndighed til nøgleidentifikation" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "Objekt-identifikation (%s)" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "Algoritme-identifikation" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "Parametre for algoritme" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "Information om emnets offentlige nøgle" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "Algoritme for emnets offentlige nøgle" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "Emnets offentlige nøgle" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:378 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke behandle udvidelsen" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:399 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "Indehaver af signatur for objekt" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "SSL-certificeringsmyndighed" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "E-post-certificeringsmyndighed" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "Underskriver" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "Ingen-tilbagevisning" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "Nøgle-kodning" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "Data-kodning" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "Nøgle-aftale" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "Certifikat for indehaver af signatur" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "Indehaver af CRL-signatur" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "Kritisk" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:511 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "Ukritisk" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "Udvidelser" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "%s = %s" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:672 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:807 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "Certifikat-signaturalgoritme" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:681 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "Udsteder" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:735 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "Unik id for udsteder" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:754 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "Emnets entydige id" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:813 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "Certifikat-signaturværdi" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:201 ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:213 msgid "%d/%m/%Y" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y" #. x509 certificate usage types #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:392 msgid "Sign" msgstr "Underskriv" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:393 msgid "Encrypt" msgstr "Kryptér" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert-db.c:864 msgid "Certificate already exists" msgstr "Certifikatet findes allerede" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:199 msgid "PKCS12 File Password" msgstr "Adgangskode for PKCS12-fil" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:200 msgid "Enter password for PKCS12 file:" msgstr "Indtast adgangskode for PKCS12-filen:" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:307 msgid "Imported Certificate" msgstr "Importeret certifikat" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Address Cards" msgstr "_Adressekort" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:2 ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "_List View" msgstr "_Listeoversigt" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By _Company" msgstr "Efter _firma" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Day View" msgstr "_Dagsoversigt" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "_Work Week View" msgstr "_Arbejdsugeoversigt" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "W_eek View" msgstr "_Ugeoversigt" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "_Month View" msgstr "_Månedsoversigt" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Messages" msgstr "_Breve" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "As _Sent Folder" msgstr "Som Sendt-_mappen" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By Su_bject" msgstr "Efter _emne" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "By Se_nder" msgstr "Efter _afsender" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "By S_tatus" msgstr "Efter _status" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:6 msgid "By _Follow Up Flag" msgstr "Efter _følg-op-markering" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:7 msgid "For _Wide View" msgstr "Til _bredformat" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:8 msgid "As Sent Folder for Wi_de View" msgstr "Som Sendt-mappen til b_redformat" #: ../views/memos/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Memos" msgstr "_Memoer" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "With _Due Date" msgstr "Med _forfaldsdato" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "With _Status" msgstr "Med _status" language-pack-gnome-da-base/data/da/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-data-server-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000055410012321557215023310 0ustar # Danish translation of Evolution Data Server # Copyright (C) 1998-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution-data-server package. # Keld Simonsen , 2001-2003. # Kjartan Maraas , 1998-2001. # Anna Jonna Armannsdottir , 2001. # Søren Boll Overgaard , 2003 # Kenneth Christiansen , 2003 # Martin Willemoes Hansen , 2004-2005. # Ask Hjorth Larsen , 2007, 2010. # Kenneth Nielsen , 2008-2011. # Kris Thomsen , 2011. # flemming christensen , 2012. # # Det er e-post-* og ikke e-post* iflg. DSN. fx e-post-adresse. # message -> brev # trash, trash folder -> papirkurv # # Eftersom oversættelsen af evolution bruger "id" som oversættelsen af Id/ID, bør det samme gøres her # # Der bør oprettes fejlrapport på: # 1. Inkonsistent brug af Groupwise vs GroupWise # 2. Der bliver brugt flertals-parentes fx message(s). # # http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=521175 # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution-data-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:03+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 15:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Flemming Christensen (laoshi) \n" "Language-Team: Dansk \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: da\n" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to remove file '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke slette filen \"%s\": %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:143 #, c-format msgid "Failed to make directory %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette mappen %s: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:394 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create hardlink for resource '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette hårdt link til ressourcen \"%s\": %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:499 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1135 msgid "No UID in the contact" msgstr "Ingen UID hos kontaktpersonen" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:773 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting UIDs found in added contacts" msgstr "UIDer i konflikt fundet i tilføjede kontaktpersoner" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:881 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Indlæser..." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:883 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4424 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Søger..." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "Tried to modify contact '%s' with out of sync revision" msgstr "" "Prøvede at ændre kontaktpersonen \"%s\" med en usynkroniseret revidering" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1300 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1369 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2707 #, c-format msgid "Contact '%s' not found" msgstr "Kontaktpersonen \"%s\" ikke fundet" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1411 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1478 #, c-format msgid "Query '%s' not supported" msgstr "Forespørgslen \"%s\" er ikke understøttet" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1420 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1487 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query '%s'" msgstr "Ugyldig forespørgsel \"%s\"" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1671 #, c-format msgid "Failed to rename old database from '%s' to '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke ændre den gamle database fra \"%s\" til \"%s\": %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file-migrate-bdb.c:149 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1245 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4319 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:383 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:825 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:35 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:58 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sexp.c:874 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:576 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:607 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:619 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2335 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:268 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-command.c:650 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:177 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "Ukendt fejl" #. Query for new contacts asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:833 msgid "Querying for updated contacts…" msgstr "Forespørger efter opdaterede kontakter…" #. Run the query asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:985 msgid "Querying for updated groups…" msgstr "Forespørger efter opdaterede grupper…" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1673 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5055 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1299 msgid "The backend does not support bulk additions" msgstr "Motoren understøtter ikke massetilføjelser" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1822 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5191 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1401 msgid "The backend does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "Motoren understøtter ikke masseredigering" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2022 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1493 msgid "The backend does not support bulk removals" msgstr "Motoren understøtter ikke massesletninger" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2148 msgid "Loading…" msgstr "Indlæser…" #. System Group: My Contacts #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1620 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-address-book.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-calendar.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-memo-list.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-task-list.source.in.h:1 msgid "Personal" msgstr "Personligt" #. System Group: Friends #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1622 msgid "Friends" msgstr "Venner" #. System Group: Family #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1624 msgid "Family" msgstr "Familie" #. System Group: Coworkers #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1626 msgid "Coworkers" msgstr "Kollegaer" #. Translators: An error message shown to a user when trying to do an #. * operation on the LDAP address book which is not connected to the server #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:174 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Ikke tilsluttet" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:973 msgid "Failed to bind using either v3 or v2 binds" msgstr "Kunne hverken binde med v3- eller v2-bindinger" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1096 msgid "Reconnecting to LDAP server..." msgstr "Gentilslutter LDAP-serveren..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1226 msgid "Invalid DN syntax" msgstr "Ugyldig domænenavnssyntaks" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1242 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4318 #, c-format msgid "LDAP error 0x%x (%s)" msgstr "LDAP-fejl 0x%x (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1854 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2177 #, c-format msgid "%s: NULL returned from ldap_first_entry" msgstr "%s: returnerede NULL fra ldap_first_entry" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2107 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2235 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled result type %d returned" msgstr "%s: returnerede ikke-håndteret type %d" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2368 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2495 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled search result type %d returned" msgstr "%s: returnerede ikke-håndteret søgeresultat %d" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4267 msgid "Receiving LDAP search results..." msgstr "Modtager LDAP-søgeresultater..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4446 msgid "Error performing search" msgstr "Fejl under søgning" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4574 #, c-format msgid "Downloading contacts (%d)..." msgstr "Henter kontakter (%d)..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5138 msgid "Adding contact to LDAP server..." msgstr "Føjer visitkort til LDAP-server..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5213 msgid "Modifying contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "Ændrer visitkort fra LDAP-server..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5279 msgid "Removing contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "Fjerner visitkort fra LDAP-server..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5668 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get the DN for user '%s'" msgstr "Kunne ikke hente DN for bruger \"%s\"" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:804 msgid "Loading Addressbook summary..." msgstr "Indlæser sammendrag af adressebog..." #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:822 #, c-format msgid "PROPFIND on webdav failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "PROPFIND på webdav mislykkedes med HTTP-status: %d (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:841 msgid "No response body in webdav PROPFIND result" msgstr "Ingen meddelelsestekst i resultatet for PROPFIND i webdav" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:883 #, c-format msgid "Loading Contacts (%d%%)" msgstr "Indlæser kontaktpersoner (%d%%)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1221 msgid "Cannot transform SoupURI to string" msgstr "Kan ikke omdanne SoupURI til streng" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Create resource '%s' failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "Oprettelse af ressourcen \"%s\" mislykkedes med HTTP-status: %d (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1430 msgid "Contact on server changed -> not modifying" msgstr "Kontaktperson på serveren ændret -> modificerer ikke" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "Modify contact failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "Modificering af kontaktperson mislykkedes med HTTP-status %d (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1514 #, c-format msgid "DELETE failed with HTTP status %d" msgstr "DELETE mislykkedes med HTTP-status %d" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:24 msgid "No such book" msgstr "Ingen sådan bog" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:26 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:346 msgid "Contact not found" msgstr "Kontakt ikke fundet" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:28 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:347 msgid "Contact ID already exists" msgstr "Kontakt-id findes allerede" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:30 msgid "No such source" msgstr "Ingen sådan kilde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:32 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:363 msgid "No space" msgstr "Ingen plads" #. Dummy row as EContactField starts from 1 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:123 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "Unik id" #. FILE_AS is not really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can generate its value if necessary in the getter #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * preferred user's description (or display name) of the contact. Note 'File' is a verb here. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:128 msgid "File Under" msgstr "Gem under" #. URI of the book to which the contact belongs to #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:130 msgid "Book UID" msgstr "UID for bog" #. Name fields #. FN isn't really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can set the N property (since evo 1.4 works fine with #. * vcards that don't even have a N attribute. *sigh*) #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:136 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Fulde navn" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:137 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "Fornavn" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:138 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "Efternavn" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:139 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "Kaldenavn" #. Email fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:142 msgid "Email 1" msgstr "E-post 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:143 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "E-post 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:144 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "E-post 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:145 msgid "Email 4" msgstr "E-post 4" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:147 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "E-post-program" # Label skal ikke være med #. Address Labels #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:150 msgid "Home Address Label" msgstr "Hjemmeadresse" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:151 msgid "Work Address Label" msgstr "Arbejdsadresse" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:152 msgid "Other Address Label" msgstr "Anden adresse" #. Phone fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:155 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "Assistents telefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:156 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "Arbejdstelefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:157 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "Arbejdstelefon 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:158 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "Fax på arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:159 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "Telefon for tilbageringing" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:160 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "Biltelefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:161 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "Firmatelefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:162 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "Hjemmetelefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:163 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "Hjemmetelefon 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:164 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "Fax hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:165 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:166 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "Mobiltelefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:167 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "Anden telefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:168 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "Anden fax" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:169 msgid "Pager" msgstr "Personsøger" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:170 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "Primær telefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:171 msgid "Radio" msgstr "Radio" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:172 msgid "Telex" msgstr "Telex" #. To translators: TTY is Teletypewriter #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:174 msgid "TTY" msgstr "TTY" #. Organizational fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:177 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organisation" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:178 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organisationsenhed" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:179 msgid "Office" msgstr "Kontor" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:180 msgid "Title" msgstr "Titel" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:181 msgid "Role" msgstr "Rolle" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:182 msgid "Manager" msgstr "Leder" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:183 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "Assistent" #. Web fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:186 msgid "Homepage URL" msgstr "Hjemmeside-adresse" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:187 msgid "Weblog URL" msgstr "Weblog-adresse" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:190 msgid "Categories" msgstr "Kategorier" #. Collaboration fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:193 msgid "Calendar URI" msgstr "Kalender URI" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:194 msgid "Free/Busy URL" msgstr "Ledig/optaget-adresse" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:195 msgid "ICS Calendar" msgstr "ICS-kalender" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:196 msgid "Video Conferencing URL" msgstr "Videokonference-adresse" #. Misc fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:199 msgid "Spouse's Name" msgstr "Ægtefælles navn" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:200 msgid "Note" msgstr "Kommentar" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:203 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "AIM-skærmnavn 1 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:204 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "AIM-skærmnavn 2 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:205 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "AIM-skærmnavn 3 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:206 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "AIM-skærmnavn 1 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:207 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "AIM-skærmnavn 2 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:208 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "AIM-skærmnavn 3 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:209 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "GroupWise-skærmnavn 1 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:210 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "GroupWise-skærmnavn 2 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:211 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "GroupWise-skærmnavn 3 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:212 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "GroupWise-skærmnavn 1 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:213 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "GroupWise-skærmnavn 2 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:214 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "GroupWise-skærmnavn 3 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:215 msgid "Jabber Home ID 1" msgstr "Jabber-id 1 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:216 msgid "Jabber Home ID 2" msgstr "Jabber-id 2 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:217 msgid "Jabber Home ID 3" msgstr "Jabber-id 3 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:218 msgid "Jabber Work ID 1" msgstr "Jabber-id 1 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:219 msgid "Jabber Work ID 2" msgstr "Jabber-id 2 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:220 msgid "Jabber Work ID 3" msgstr "Jabber-id 3 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:221 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "Yahoo!-skærmnavn 1 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:222 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "Yahoo!-skærmnavn 2 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:223 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "Yahoo!-skærmnavn 3 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:224 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "Yahoo!-skærmnavn 1 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:225 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "Yahoo!-skærmnavn 2 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:226 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "Yahoo!-skærmnavn 3 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:227 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "MSN-skærmnavn 1 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:228 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "MSN-skærmnavn 2 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:229 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "MSN-skærmnavn 3 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:230 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "MSN-skærmnavn 1 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:231 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "MSN-skærmnavn 2 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:232 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "MSN-skærmnavn 3 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:233 msgid "ICQ Home ID 1" msgstr "ICQ-id 1 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:234 msgid "ICQ Home ID 2" msgstr "ICQ-id 2 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:235 msgid "ICQ Home ID 3" msgstr "ICQ-id 3 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:236 msgid "ICQ Work ID 1" msgstr "ICQ-id 1 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:237 msgid "ICQ Work ID 2" msgstr "ICQ-id 2 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:238 msgid "ICQ Work ID 3" msgstr "ICQ-id 3 arbejde" #. Last modified time #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:241 msgid "Last Revision" msgstr "Sidste version" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * virtual field, which returns either name of the contact or the organization #. * name, recognized by multiple other fields, where the first filled is used. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:245 msgid "Name or Org" msgstr "Navn eller organisation" #. Address fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:248 msgid "Address List" msgstr "Adresseliste" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:249 msgid "Home Address" msgstr "Hjemmeadresse" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:250 msgid "Work Address" msgstr "Arbejdsadresse" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:251 msgid "Other Address" msgstr "Anden adresse" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:254 msgid "Category List" msgstr "Kategoriliste" #. Photo/Logo #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:257 msgid "Photo" msgstr "Foto" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:258 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a name #. * of the contact, as specified in http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6350#section-6.2.2 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:262 msgid "Name" msgstr "Navn" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:263 msgid "Email List" msgstr "E-post-liste" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:266 msgid "AIM Screen Name List" msgstr "Liste over skærmnavne for AIM" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:267 msgid "GroupWise ID List" msgstr "Liste over GroupWise-id'er" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:268 msgid "Jabber ID List" msgstr "Liste over Jabber-id'er" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:269 msgid "Yahoo! Screen Name List" msgstr "Liste over skærmnavne for Yahoo!" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:270 msgid "MSN Screen Name List" msgstr "Liste over skærmnavne for MSN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:271 msgid "ICQ ID List" msgstr "Liste over ICQ-id'er" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:273 msgid "Wants HTML Mail" msgstr "Ønsker e-post der benytter HTML" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * field describing whether it's a Contact list (list of email addresses) or a #. * regular contact for one person/organization/... #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:278 msgid "List" msgstr "Liste" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a flag #. * used to determine whether when sending to Contact lists the addresses should be #. * shown or not to other recipients - basically whether to use BCC field or CC #. * message header when sending messages to this Contact list. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:283 msgid "List Shows Addresses" msgstr "Liste viser adresser" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:285 msgid "Birth Date" msgstr "Fødselsdato" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:286 #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:887 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "Bryllupsdag" #. Security fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:289 msgid "X.509 Certificate" msgstr "X.509-certifikat" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:291 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 1" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu-id 1 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:292 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 2" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu-id 2 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:293 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 3" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu-id 3 hjemme" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:294 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 1" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu-id 1 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:295 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 2" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu-id 2 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:296 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 3" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu-id 3 arbejde" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:297 msgid "Gadu-Gadu ID List" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu id-liste" #. Geo information #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:300 msgid "Geographic Information" msgstr "Geografisk information" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:302 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "Telefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:304 msgid "Skype Home Name 1" msgstr "Skypenavn hjemme 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:305 msgid "Skype Home Name 2" msgstr "Skypenavn hjemme 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:306 msgid "Skype Home Name 3" msgstr "Skypenavn hjemme 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:307 msgid "Skype Work Name 1" msgstr "Skypenavn arbejde 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:308 msgid "Skype Work Name 2" msgstr "Skypenavn arbejde 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:309 msgid "Skype Work Name 3" msgstr "Skypenavn arbejde 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:310 msgid "Skype Name List" msgstr "Skype-navneliste" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:312 msgid "SIP address" msgstr "SIP-adresse" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:314 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 1" msgstr "Google Talk-navn hjemme 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:315 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 2" msgstr "Google Talk-navn hjemme 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:316 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 3" msgstr "Google Talk-navn hjemme 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:317 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 1" msgstr "Google Talk-navn arbejde 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:318 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 2" msgstr "Google Talk-navn arbejde 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:319 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 3" msgstr "Google Talk-navn arbejde 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:320 msgid "Google Talk Name List" msgstr "Google Talk-navneliste" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:322 msgid "Twitter Name List" msgstr "Twitter-navneliste" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:1627 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-destination.c:883 msgid "Unnamed List" msgstr "Navnløs liste" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:43 msgid "The library was built without phone number support." msgstr "Biblioteket blev bygget uden understøttelse af telefonnummer." #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:45 msgid "The phone number parser reported an yet unkown error code." msgstr "Telefonnummer-fortolkeren kom med en endnu ukendt fejlkode." #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:47 msgid "Not a phone number" msgstr "Ikke et telefonnummer" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:49 msgid "Invalid country calling code" msgstr "Ugyldig landekode" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:51 msgid "" "Remaining text after the country calling code is too short for a phone number" msgstr "Teksten efter landekoden er for kort til at være et telefonnummer" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:53 msgid "Text is too short for a phone number" msgstr "Teksten er for kort til at være et telefonnummer" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:55 msgid "Text is too long for a phone number" msgstr "Teksten er for lang til at være et telefonnummer" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:749 #, c-format msgid "Unknown book property '%s'" msgstr "Ukendt bogegenskab \"%s\"" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of book property '%s'" msgstr "Kan ikke ændre værdien for bogegenskaben \"%s\"" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1099 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1274 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1522 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1704 #, c-format msgid "Unable to connect to '%s': " msgstr "Kunne ikke tilslutte til \"%s\": " # Hvad det så end måtte betyde? #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Error introspecting unknown summary field '%s'" msgstr "Fejl under analyse af ukendt resumefelt \"%s\"" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1295 msgid "Error parsing regular expression" msgstr "Fejl ved fortolkning af regulært udtryk" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1340 #: ../camel/camel-db.c:544 #, c-format msgid "Insufficient memory" msgstr "Utilstrækkelig hukommelse" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1473 #, c-format msgid "Invalid contact field '%d' specified in summary" msgstr "Ugyldigt kontaktfelt \"%d\" angivet i resume" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1507 #, c-format msgid "" "Contact field '%s' of type '%s' specified in summary, but only boolean, " "string and string list field types are supported" msgstr "" "Kontaktfelt \"%s\" af typen \"%s\" angivet i resume, men kun booleske, " "streng- og strengliste-felttyper understøttes" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2695 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3772 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. vcards cannot be returned." msgstr "" "Fuld _kontaktperson-søgning opbevares ikke i mellemlager. vcards kan ikke " "returneres." #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3898 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3979 #, c-format msgid "Query contained unsupported elements" msgstr "Forespørgslen indeholder ikke-understøttede elementer" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3902 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query" msgstr "Ugyldig forespørgsel" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3926 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is " "supported." msgstr "" "Fuldstændig _kontaktperson-søgning opbevares ikke i mellemlager. Derfor " "understøttes kun sammenfatning af forespørgsel." #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3983 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:358 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:993 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:412 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1299 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:164 #, c-format msgid "Invalid query" msgstr "Ugyldig forespørgsel" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4026 #, c-format msgid "" "Full vcards are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is supported." msgstr "" "Fuldstændige vcards opbevares ikke i mellemlager. Derfor understøttes kun " "sammenfatning af forespørgsel." #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4729 #, c-format msgid "Unable to remove the db file: errno %d" msgstr "Kunne ikke slette db-fil: fejl nr. %d" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:342 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:393 msgid "Success" msgstr "Succes" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:343 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2303 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:394 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:131 msgid "Backend is busy" msgstr "Det underliggende program optaget" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:344 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:395 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:141 msgid "Repository offline" msgstr "\"Offline\" lager" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:345 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2317 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:396 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:148 msgid "Permission denied" msgstr "Tilgang nægtet" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:348 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:401 msgid "Authentication Failed" msgstr "Godkendelse mislykkedes" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:349 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:402 msgid "Authentication Required" msgstr "Godkendelse kræves" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:350 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:403 msgid "Unsupported field" msgstr "Ikke-understøttet felt" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:351 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:405 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:156 msgid "Unsupported authentication method" msgstr "Ikke-understøttet godkendelsesmetode" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:352 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:406 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:158 msgid "TLS not available" msgstr "TLS ikke tilgængelig" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:353 msgid "Address book does not exist" msgstr "Adressbogen findes ikke" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:354 msgid "Book removed" msgstr "Bog fjernet" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:355 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:409 msgid "Not available in offline mode" msgstr "Ikke tilgængelig i afkoblet tilstand" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:356 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:410 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:160 msgid "Search size limit exceeded" msgstr "Grænse for søgestørrelse overskredet" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:357 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:411 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:162 msgid "Search time limit exceeded" msgstr "Grænse for søgetid overskredet" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:359 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:413 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:166 msgid "Query refused" msgstr "Forspørgsel afslået" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:360 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:414 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:152 msgid "Could not cancel" msgstr "Kunne ikke annullere" #. { E_DATA_BOOK_STATUS_OTHER_ERROR, N_("Other error") }, #. { OtherError, N_("Other error") }, #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:362 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:416 msgid "Invalid server version" msgstr "Ugyldig serverversion" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:364 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2301 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:417 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:129 msgid "Invalid argument" msgstr "Ugyldige argumenter" #. Translators: The string for NOT_SUPPORTED error #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:366 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1060 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1428 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1908 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2340 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:419 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:154 #, c-format msgid "Not supported" msgstr "Ikke understøttet" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:367 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:420 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:172 msgid "Backend is not opened yet" msgstr "Underliggende program er ikke åbnet endnu" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:368 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:174 msgid "Object is out of sync" msgstr "Objektet ude af synkronisering" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:376 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:428 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:170 msgid "Other error" msgstr "Anden fejl" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1018 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1324 msgid "Invalid query: " msgstr "Ugyldig forespørgsel: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1070 msgid "Cannot open book: " msgstr "Kan ikke åbne bog: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1107 msgid "Cannot refresh address book: " msgstr "Kan ikke genopfriske adressebog: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1138 msgid "Cannot get contact: " msgstr "Kan ikke indhente kontakt: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1176 msgid "Cannot get contact list: " msgstr "Kan ikke indhente kontaktliste: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1228 msgid "Cannot get contact list uids: " msgstr "Kan ikke indhente uid'er for kontaktlister: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1275 msgid "Cannot add contact: " msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje kontakt: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1324 msgid "Cannot modify contacts: " msgstr "Kan ikke ændre kontaktpersoner: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1366 msgid "Cannot remove contacts: " msgstr "Kan ikke fjerne kontakter: " #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:273 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:276 #, c-format msgid "No backend name in source '%s'" msgstr "Intet motornavn i kilde \"%s\"" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:324 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:330 #, c-format msgid "Missing source UID" msgstr "Manglende kilde-UID" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:335 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:340 #, c-format msgid "No such source for UID '%s'" msgstr "Ingen sådan kilde for UID \"%s\"" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:574 #, c-format msgid "Server is unreachable (%s)" msgstr "Server kan ikke nås (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to a server using SSL: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke tilslutte til en server med SSL: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:616 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected HTTP status code %d returned (%s)" msgstr "Uventet HTTP-statuskode %d returneret (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:635 msgid "CalDAV backend is not loaded yet" msgstr "CalDAV-motoren er endnu ikke indlæst" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:1072 msgid "Invalid Redirect URL" msgstr "Ugyldig omdirigerings-URL" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2563 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2955 #, c-format msgid "" "Server is unreachable, calendar is opened in read-only mode.\n" "Error message: %s" msgstr "" "Server kan ikke nås, kalender er åbnet i skrivebeskyttet tilstand.\n" "Fejlbesked: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2907 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create local cache folder '%s'" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette lokal mellemlager-mappe \"%s\"" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:3995 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk additions" msgstr "CalDAV understøtter ikke massetilføjelser" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4098 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "CalDAV understøtter ikke masseredigeringer" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4274 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk removals" msgstr "CalDAV understøtter ikke massesfjernelser" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4941 msgid "Calendar doesn't support Free/Busy" msgstr "Kalender understøtter ikke ledig/optaget" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4950 msgid "Schedule outbox url not found" msgstr "URL for skema-udbakke ikke fundet" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:5047 msgid "Unexpected result in schedule-response" msgstr "Uventet resultat i skema-svar" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:889 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "Fødselsdag" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:925 #, c-format msgid "Birthday: %s" msgstr "Fødselsdag: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:956 #, c-format msgid "Anniversary: %s" msgstr "Jubilæum: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:245 msgid "Cannot save calendar data: Malformed URI." msgstr "Kan ikke gemme kalenderdata: Ugyldig URI." #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:252 #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:258 msgid "Cannot save calendar data" msgstr "Kan ikke gemme kalenderdata" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Malformed URI: %s" msgstr "Misdannet URI: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:570 #, c-format msgid "Redirected to Invalid URI" msgstr "Omdirigeret til ugyldig URI" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Bad file format." msgstr "Ugyldigt filformat." #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:623 #, c-format msgid "Not a calendar." msgstr "Det er ikke en kalender." #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:927 #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:494 msgid "Could not create cache file" msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette mellemlagerfil" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:170 msgid "Could not retrieve weather data" msgstr "Kunne ikke modtage vejrdata" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:281 msgid "Weather: Fog" msgstr "Vejr: Tåge" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:282 msgid "Weather: Cloudy Night" msgstr "Vejr: Skyet nat" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:283 msgid "Weather: Cloudy" msgstr "Vejr: Skyet" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:284 msgid "Weather: Overcast" msgstr "Vejr: Gråvejr" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:285 msgid "Weather: Showers" msgstr "Vejr: Byger" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:286 msgid "Weather: Snow" msgstr "Vejr: Sne" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:287 msgid "Weather: Clear Night" msgstr "Vejr: Klar nat" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:288 msgid "Weather: Sunny" msgstr "Vejr: Solbeskinnet" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:289 msgid "Weather: Thunderstorms" msgstr "Vejr: Tordenstorme" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:410 msgid "Forecast" msgstr "Prognose" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2305 msgid "Repository is offline" msgstr "Arkiv er uden net" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2307 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:255 msgid "No such calendar" msgstr "Sådan en kalender findes ikke" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2309 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:257 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:398 msgid "Object not found" msgstr "Objektet blev ikke fundet" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2311 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:259 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:399 msgid "Invalid object" msgstr "Ugyldigt objekt" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2313 msgid "URI not loaded" msgstr "URI er ikke indlæst" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2315 msgid "URI already loaded" msgstr "URI er allerede indlæst" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2319 msgid "Unknown User" msgstr "Ukendt bruger" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2321 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:263 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:400 msgid "Object ID already exists" msgstr "Object-id eksisterer allerede" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2323 msgid "Protocol not supported" msgstr "Protokollen er ikke understøttet" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2325 msgid "Operation has been canceled" msgstr "Operationen er blevet annulleret" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2327 msgid "Could not cancel operation" msgstr "Kunne ikke annullere operationen" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2329 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:137 msgid "Authentication failed" msgstr "Godkendelse mislykkedes" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2331 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:911 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:139 msgid "Authentication required" msgstr "Autenticering kræves" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2333 msgid "A D-Bus exception has occurred" msgstr "Der opstod en D-Bus-undtagelse" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2337 msgid "No error" msgstr "Ingen fejl" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:261 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:408 msgid "Unknown user" msgstr "Ukendt bruger" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:265 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:397 msgid "Invalid range" msgstr "Ugyldigt interval" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Unknown calendar property '%s'" msgstr "Ukendt kalenderegenskab \"%s\"" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:943 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of calendar property '%s'" msgstr "Kan ikke ændre værdi af kalenderegenskab \"%s\"" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-component.c:1340 msgid "Untitled appointment" msgstr "Unavngivet aftale" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4038 msgid "1st" msgstr "1." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4039 msgid "2nd" msgstr "2." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4040 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4041 msgid "4th" msgstr "4." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4042 msgid "5th" msgstr "5." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4043 msgid "6th" msgstr "6." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4044 msgid "7th" msgstr "7." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4045 msgid "8th" msgstr "8." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4046 msgid "9th" msgstr "9." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4047 msgid "10th" msgstr "10." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4048 msgid "11th" msgstr "11." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4049 msgid "12th" msgstr "12." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4050 msgid "13th" msgstr "13." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4051 msgid "14th" msgstr "14." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4052 msgid "15th" msgstr "15." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4053 msgid "16th" msgstr "16." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4054 msgid "17th" msgstr "17." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4055 msgid "18th" msgstr "18." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4056 msgid "19th" msgstr "19." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4057 msgid "20th" msgstr "20." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4058 msgid "21st" msgstr "21." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4059 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4060 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4061 msgid "24th" msgstr "24." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4062 msgid "25th" msgstr "25." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4063 msgid "26th" msgstr "26." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4064 msgid "27th" msgstr "27." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4065 msgid "28th" msgstr "28." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4066 msgid "29th" msgstr "29." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4067 msgid "30th" msgstr "30." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4068 msgid "31st" msgstr "31." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:707 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:734 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "High" msgstr "Høj" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:709 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:736 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Normal" msgstr "Normal" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:711 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:738 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Low" msgstr "Lav" #. An empty string is the same as 'None'. #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:732 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Undefined" msgstr "Udefineret" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:78 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1056 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1365 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1492 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1541 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects one argument" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer ét argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:85 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:667 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1372 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1380 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer at det første argument er en streng" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:160 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two or three arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer to eller tre argumenter" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:167 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:256 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:318 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:817 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1063 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1441 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1499 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a time_t" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer det første argument er af typen time_t" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:176 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:264 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:328 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:826 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a time_t" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer at det andet argument er af typen time_t" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:186 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the third argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer at det tredje argument er en streng" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects none or two arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer intet eller to argumenter" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:311 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:660 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:810 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1434 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer to argumenter" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:596 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:619 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:742 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:774 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:981 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1014 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1326 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects no arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer intet argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:676 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer at andet argument er en streng" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:707 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be either \"any\", \"summary\", or " "\"description\", or \"location\", or \"attendee\", or \"organizer\", or " "\"classification\"" msgstr "" "\"%s\" forventer at første argument er en af \"any\", \"summary\", " "\"description\", \"location\", \"attendee\", \"organizer\" eller " "\"classification\"" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:878 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects at least one argument" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer mindst ét argument" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:893 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects all arguments to be strings or one and only one argument to " "be a boolean false (#f)" msgstr "" "\"%s\" forventer at alle argumenter er strenge eller ét og kun ét argument " "er sandhedsværdien falsk (#f)" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1389 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be an ISO 8601 date/time string" msgstr "" "\"%s\" forventer at det første argument er en ISO-8601 formateret dato-/tids-" "streng" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1450 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be an integer" msgstr "\"%s\" forventer at det andet argument er et heltal" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:404 msgid "Unsupported method" msgstr "Ikke-understøttet metode" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:407 msgid "Calendar does not exist" msgstr "Kalender findes ikke" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1495 msgid "Cannot open calendar: " msgstr "Kan ikke åbne kalender: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1532 msgid "Cannot refresh calendar: " msgstr "Kan ikke genopfriske kalender: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1573 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object path: " msgstr "Kan ikke indhente kalenderens objektsti: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1625 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object list: " msgstr "Kan ikke indhente kalenderens objektliste: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1676 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar free/busy list: " msgstr "Kan ikke indhente kalenderens ledig/optaget-liste: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1719 msgid "Cannot create calendar object: " msgstr "Kan ikke oprette kalenderobjekt: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1787 msgid "Cannot modify calendar object: " msgstr "Kan ikke ændre kalenderobjekt: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1865 msgid "Cannot remove calendar object: " msgstr "Kan ikke fjerne kalenderobjekt: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1951 msgid "Cannot receive calendar objects: " msgstr "Kan ikke modtage kalenderobjekter: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1994 msgid "Cannot send calendar objects: " msgstr "Kan ikke sende kalenderobjekter: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2046 msgid "Could not retrieve attachment uris: " msgstr "Kunne ikke indhente uri'er for bilag: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2091 msgid "Could not discard reminder: " msgstr "Kunne ikke forkaste påmindelse: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2132 msgid "Could not retrieve calendar time zone: " msgstr "Kunne ikke indhente kalenderens tidszone: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2172 msgid "Could not add calendar time zone: " msgstr "Kunne ikke tilføje tidszone for kalender: " #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:208 #, c-format msgid "Signing is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Signering er ikke understøttet af dette cipher" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Verifying is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Verificering er ikke understøttet af dette cipher" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Encryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Kryptering er ikke understøttet af dette cipher" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:251 #, c-format msgid "Decryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Dekryptering er ikke understøttet af dette cipher" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:264 #, c-format msgid "You may not import keys with this cipher" msgstr "Du kan ikke importere nøgler med dette cipher" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:278 #, c-format msgid "You may not export keys with this cipher" msgstr "Du kan ikke eksportere nøgler med dette cipher" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:819 msgid "Signing message" msgstr "Underskriver brev" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1060 msgid "Encrypting message" msgstr "Krypterer brev" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1187 msgid "Decrypting message" msgstr "Dekrypterer brev" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create cache path" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette cachesøgesti" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:442 msgid "Empty cache file" msgstr "Tom mellemlager-fil" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:511 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove cache entry: %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke fjerne cacheindgangen: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:207 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not write log entry: %s\n" "Further operations on this server will not be replayed when you\n" "reconnect to the network." msgstr "" "Kunne ikke skrive logopføring: %s\n" "Videre operationer på denne server vil ikke kunne afspilles, når\n" "du kobler til dette netværk igen." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:279 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open '%s':\n" "%s\n" "Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronized." msgstr "" "Kunne ikke åbne \"%s\":\n" "%s\n" "Ændringer i denne mappe vil ikke blive omsynkroniseret." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:326 msgid "Resynchronizing with server" msgstr "Resynkroniserer med server" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:76 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:93 msgid "Downloading new messages for offline mode" msgstr "Henter nye breve for afkoblet tilstand" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:422 #, c-format msgid "Preparing folder '%s' for offline" msgstr "Forbereder mappen \"%s\" til afkoblet tilstand" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:489 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:336 msgid "Copy folder content locally for _offline operation" msgstr "Kopiér mappeindh_old lokalt til afkoblet brug" #: ../camel/camel-disco-store.c:518 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:618 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:2242 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:596 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:746 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:987 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1216 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:291 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:519 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:567 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:1063 #, c-format msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation" msgstr "Du skal arbejde opkoblet for at fuldføre denne operation" #: ../camel/camel-file-utils.c:732 #, c-format msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Annulleret" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:916 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:797 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create child process '%s': %s" msgstr "Oprettelse af barneprocessen \"%s\" mislykkedes: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:964 #, c-format msgid "Invalid message stream received from %s: %s" msgstr "Ugyldig beskedstrøm modtaget fra %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1171 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1180 msgid "Syncing folders" msgstr "Synkroniserer mapper" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1278 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "Fejl under læsning af filter: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1289 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "Fejl under kørsel af filter: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1385 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open spool folder" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne spool-mappen" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1397 #, c-format msgid "Unable to process spool folder" msgstr "Kan ikke behandle spool-mappen" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d (%d%%)" msgstr "Henter brev %d (%d%%)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1429 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1451 #, c-format msgid "Failed on message %d" msgstr "Slog fejl ved brev %d" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1470 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1584 msgid "Syncing folder" msgstr "Synkroniserer mappe" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1475 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1592 msgid "Complete" msgstr "Fuldført" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1538 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d of %d" msgstr "Henter brev %d af %d" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1556 #, c-format msgid "Failed at message %d of %d" msgstr "Slog fejl ved brev %d af %d" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1752 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1779 #, c-format msgid "Execution of filter '%s' failed: " msgstr "Udførelse af filter \"%s\" slog fejl: " #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1769 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "Fejl under tolkning af filter \"%s\": %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1788 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "Fejl under kørsel af filter \"%s\": %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:138 msgid "Failed to retrieve message" msgstr "Brevet kunne ikke hentes" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:537 msgid "Invalid arguments to (system-flag)" msgstr "Ugyldige argumenter til (system-flag)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:555 msgid "Invalid arguments to (user-tag)" msgstr "Ugyldige argumenter til (user-tag)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1046 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1055 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter search: %s: %s" msgstr "Fejl under udførelse af filtersøgning: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Learning new spam message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new spam messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "Lærer nyt spambrev i \"%s\"" msgstr[1] "Lærer nye spambreve i \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Learning new ham message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new ham messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "Lærer ny reklame (\"ham\") i \"%s\"" msgstr[1] "Lærer nye reklamer (\"ham\") i \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Filtering new message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Filtering new messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "Filtrerer nyt brev i \"%s\"" msgstr[1] "Filtrerer nye breve i \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1009 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:321 msgid "Moving messages" msgstr "Flytter breve" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1012 msgid "Copying messages" msgstr "Kopierer breve" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Quota information not supported for folder '%s'" msgstr "Kvoteinformation ikke understøttet for mappe \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3578 #, c-format msgid "Expunging folder '%s'" msgstr "Udrenser mappe \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3810 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s' in %s" msgstr "Henter brev \"%s\" i %s" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3965 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving quota information for '%s'" msgstr "Henter kvoteinformation for \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:4205 #, c-format msgid "Refreshing folder '%s'" msgstr "Opdaterer mappe \"%s\"" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:888 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:931 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a single bool result" msgstr "(%s) kræver et enkelt boolsk resultat" #. Translators: Each '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:966 #, c-format msgid "(%s) not allowed inside %s" msgstr "(%s) tillades ikke inden i %s" # Dette kræver nok en forklaring. # http://bugzilla.ximian.com/show_bug.cgi?id=61084 #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:973 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:981 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a match type string" msgstr "(%s) kræver en matchtype-streng" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "(%s) expects an array result" msgstr "(%s) forventer et array-resultat" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1019 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires the folder set" msgstr "(%s) kræver angivelse af mappe" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1932 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2098 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot parse search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Kan ikke tolke søgeudtrykket: %s:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1944 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2110 #, c-format msgid "" "Error executing search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Fejl under kørsel af søgeudtrykket %s:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:730 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1398 #, c-format msgid "Failed to execute gpg: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke køre gpg: %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:914 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukendt" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:800 #, c-format msgid "" "Unexpected GnuPG status message encountered:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Ikke forventet GnuPG-statusbesked:\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:836 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg userid hint." msgstr "Kunne ikke tolke gpg-tips for brugerid." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:861 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:876 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg passphrase request." msgstr "Kunne ikke fortolke gpg-adgangskodeforespørgsel." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:897 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a PIN to unlock the key for your\n" "SmartCard: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Du skal bruge en pin-kode for at låse nøglen\n" "op til dit SmartCard: \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:901 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a passphrase to unlock the key for\n" "user: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Du skal bruge en adgangskode for at låse\n" "nøglen op for brugeren: \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected request from GnuPG for '%s'" msgstr "Uventet forespørgsel fra GnuPG for \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:919 msgid "" "Note the encrypted content doesn't contain information about a recipient, " "thus there will be a password prompt for each of stored private key." msgstr "" "Bemærk at det krypterede indhold ikke indeholder oplysninger om en modtager, " "derfor vil der komme anmodning om adgangskode for hver af de gemte private " "nøgler." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:950 ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:524 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:268 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:402 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:150 #, c-format msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "Annulleret" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:971 #, c-format msgid "Failed to unlock secret key: 3 bad passphrases given." msgstr "" "Oplåsning af hemmelig nøgle mislykkedes: 3 forkerte adgangskoder angivet." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:984 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected response from GnuPG: %s" msgstr "Uventet svar fra GnuPG: %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to encrypt: No valid recipients specified." msgstr "Kryptering mislykkedes: ingen gyldige modtagere angivet." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1665 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:846 msgid "Could not generate signing data: " msgstr "Kunne ikke generere underskrivnings-data: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1715 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1923 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2033 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2184 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2284 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2332 msgid "Failed to execute gpg." msgstr "Kunne ikke køre gpg." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1794 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1802 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1810 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1830 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:973 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:987 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Cannot verify message signature: Incorrect message format" msgstr "Kan ikke verificere brevsignatur: Ugyldigt brevformat" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1876 msgid "Cannot verify message signature: " msgstr "Kan ikke verificere brevsignatur: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1999 msgid "Could not generate encrypting data: " msgstr "Kunne ikke generere krypteringsdata: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2052 msgid "This is a digitally encrypted message part" msgstr "Dette er en digitalt krypteret del af brevet" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2110 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2119 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2142 #, c-format msgid "Cannot decrypt message: Incorrect message format" msgstr "Kan ikke dekryptere brev: Ugyldigt brevformat" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2130 #, c-format msgid "Failed to decrypt MIME part: protocol error" msgstr "Kunne ikke dekryptere MIME-del: protokolfejl" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2225 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1287 msgid "Encrypted content" msgstr "Krypteret indhold" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:643 #, c-format msgid "No quota information available for folder '%s'" msgstr "Ingen kvoteinformation for mappen \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:727 ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:801 #, c-format msgid "No destination folder specified" msgstr "Målmappe ikke angivet" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:747 msgid "Unable to move junk messages" msgstr "Kunne ikke flytte spammeddelelser" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:821 msgid "Unable to move deleted messages" msgstr "Kunne ikke flytte slettede meddelelser" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1008 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:800 msgid "Apply message _filters to this folder" msgstr "Anvend brev_filtre i denne mappe" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1114 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder summary for %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke danne mappesammendrag for %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1123 #, c-format msgid "Could not create cache for %s: " msgstr "Kunne ikke danne mellemlager for %s: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1333 msgid "Server disconnected" msgstr "Afkoblet fra server" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1772 msgid "Error writing to cache stream" msgstr "Fejl under skrivning til mellemlagerstrøm" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:2457 #, c-format msgid "" "Alert from IMAP server %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3053 #, c-format msgid "Not authenticated" msgstr "Ikke godkendt" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3131 msgid "Error performing IDLE" msgstr "Fejl under udførelse af IDLE" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4030 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke tilslutte IMAP-serveren %s i sikker tilstand: %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4031 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:203 msgid "STARTTLS not supported" msgstr "STARTTLS understøttes ikke" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4072 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "Kunne ikke tilslutte IMAP-serveren %s i sikker tilstand: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4150 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "IMAP-server %s understøtter ikke godkendelsestype %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4161 ../camel/camel-session.c:494 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:303 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:748 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No support for %s authentication" msgstr "Ingen understøttelse for autentificeringstype %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4180 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:409 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:595 msgid "Cannot authenticate without a username" msgstr "Kan ikke godkende uden et brugernavn" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4189 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:604 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:669 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:690 msgid "Authentication password not available" msgstr "Adgangskode til godkendelse ikke tilgængelig" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4402 msgid "Error fetching message" msgstr "Fejl under hentning af brev" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4451 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4458 msgid "Failed to close the tmp stream" msgstr "Kunne ikke lukke tmp-strømmen" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4487 msgid "Failed to copy the tmp file" msgstr "Kunne ikke kopiere tmp-filen" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4612 msgid "Error moving messages" msgstr "Fejl ved flytning af breve" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4616 msgid "Error copying messages" msgstr "Fejl under kopiering af breve" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4783 msgid "Error appending message" msgstr "Fejl under tilføjelse af brev" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4980 msgid "Error fetching message headers" msgstr "Fejl under hentning af brevhoveder" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5143 msgid "Error retrieving message" msgstr "Fejl under modtagelse af brev" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5274 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5495 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for new messages in '%s'" msgstr "Henter sammendragsinformation for nye breve i \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5334 #, c-format msgid "Scanning for changed messages in '%s'" msgstr "Søger efter ændrede breve i \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5389 msgid "Error fetching new messages" msgstr "Fejl under hentning af nye breve" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5601 msgid "Error while fetching messages" msgstr "Fejl under hentning af breve" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5609 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5642 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for %d message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Fetching summary information for %d messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5776 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5806 msgid "Error refreshing folder" msgstr "Fejl under genopfriskning af mappe" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5928 msgid "Error expunging message" msgstr "Fejl under udrensning af brev" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6036 msgid "Error fetching folders" msgstr "Fejl under hentning af mapper" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6119 msgid "Error subscribing to folder" msgstr "Fejl under abonnering på mappe" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6181 msgid "Error creating folder" msgstr "Fejl under oprettelse af mappe" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6234 msgid "Error deleting folder" msgstr "Fejl under sletning af mappe" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6305 msgid "Error renaming folder" msgstr "Fejl under omdøbning af mappe" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6379 msgid "Error retrieving quota information" msgstr "Fejl under hentning af kvoteinformation" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6437 msgid "Search failed" msgstr "Søgning slog fejl" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6499 msgid "Error performing NOOP" msgstr "Fejl under udførelse af NOOP" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6607 msgid "Error syncing changes" msgstr "Fejl under synkronisering af ændringer" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6912 msgid "Lost connection to IMAP server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7359 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message with message ID %s: %s" msgstr "Kan ikke hente brev med besked-id %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7360 msgid "No such message available." msgstr "Inget sådant brev tilgængeligt." #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7521 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7536 msgid "Cannot create spool file: " msgstr "Kan ikke oprette spool-fil: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:8276 msgid "IMAP server does not support quotas" msgstr "IMAP-serveren understøtter ikke kvoter" #. create a dummy "." parent inbox, use to scan, then put back at the top level #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:203 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1143 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:473 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:316 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:752 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:758 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:842 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:395 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "Indbakke" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:487 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s" msgstr "IMAP-server %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:490 #, c-format msgid "IMAP service for %s on %s" msgstr "IMAP-tjeneste for %s på %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:591 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:95 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:83 msgid "Password" msgstr "Adgangskode" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:593 msgid "" "This option will connect to the IMAP server using a plaintext password." msgstr "" "Denne indstilling vil lade dig koble til en IMAP-server ved at bruge en " "klartekst-adgangskode." #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:687 #, c-format msgid "No such folder %s" msgstr "Mappen %s eksisterer ikke" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1413 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving folder list for %s" msgstr "Henter mappeliste for %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1783 #, c-format msgid "" "The folder name \"%s\" is invalid because it contains the character \"%c\"" msgstr "Mappenavnet \"%s\" er ugyldigt eftersom det indeholder tegnet \"%c\"" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1794 #, c-format msgid "Unknown parent folder: %s" msgstr "Ukendt forældermappe: %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1804 #, c-format msgid "The parent folder is not allowed to contain subfolders" msgstr "Ophavsmappen tillades ikke at have undermapper" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Source stream returned no data" msgstr "Kildedatastrøm returnerede ingen data" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:107 #, c-format msgid "Source stream unavailable" msgstr "Kildedatastrøm ikke tilgængelig" # fantastisk #: ../camel/camel-junk-filter.c:168 msgid "Synchronizing junk database" msgstr "Synkroniserer skralddatabase" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Could not create lock file for %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette låsefil for %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:149 #, c-format msgid "Timed out trying to get lock file on %s. Try again later." msgstr "Tidsudløb under ventning på låsefil for %s. Prøv igen senere." #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using fcntl(2): %s" msgstr "Fejl under låsning ved brug af fcntl(2): %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using flock(2): %s" msgstr "Fejl under låsning ved brug af flock(2): %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Cannot build locking helper pipe: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke bygge kanal for låsehjælper: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Cannot fork locking helper: %s" msgstr "Kan ikke forgrene låsehjælper: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:211 ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:239 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s': protocol error with lock-helper" msgstr "Kunne ikke låse \"%s\": protokolfejl med låsehjælper" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:227 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s'" msgstr "Kunne ikke låse \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:105 #, c-format msgid "Could not check mail file %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke undersøge postfil %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Could not open mail file %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne postfil %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:129 #, c-format msgid "Could not open temporary mail file %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne midlertidig postfil %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:159 #, c-format msgid "Failed to store mail in temp file %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke gemme post i midlertidig fil %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette kanal: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:207 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke forgrene: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:245 #, c-format msgid "Movemail program failed: %s" msgstr "Movemail-programmet fejlede: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:246 msgid "(Unknown error)" msgstr "(Ukendt fejl)" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Error reading mail file: %s" msgstr "Fejl under læsning af postfil: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:286 #, c-format msgid "Error writing mail temp file: %s" msgstr "Fejl under skrivning af midlertidig postfil: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:493 ../camel/camel-movemail.c:562 #, c-format msgid "Error copying mail temp file: %s" msgstr "Fejl under kopiering midlertidig postfil: %s" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:297 #, c-format msgid "No content available" msgstr "Intet indhold tilgængeligt" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:305 #, c-format msgid "No signature available" msgstr "Ingen underskrift tilgængelig" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:689 #, c-format msgid "parse error" msgstr "tolkningsfejl" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:704 #, c-format msgid "Resolving: %s" msgstr "Finder: %s" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:727 msgid "Host lookup failed" msgstr "Opslag af værtsnavn mislykkedes" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" "Opslag af værtsnavn \"%s\" mislykkedes. Kontrollér dit værtsnavn for " "stavefejl." #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:737 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed: %s" msgstr "Opslag af værtsnavn \"%s\" mislykkedes: %s" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:858 msgid "Resolving address" msgstr "Slår adresse op" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:879 msgid "Name lookup failed" msgstr "Navneopslag mislykkedes" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:886 msgid "Name lookup failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:890 #, c-format msgid "Name lookup failed: %s" msgstr "Opslag af værtsnavn mislykkedes: %s" #: ../camel/camel-network-service.c:354 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect to '%s:%s': " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Syncing messages in folder '%s' to disk" msgstr "Synkroniserer breve i mappen \"%s\" til disken" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:58 msgid "Virtual folder email provider" msgstr "E-post-udbyder for virtuelle mapper" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:60 msgid "For reading mail as a query of another set of folders" msgstr "For læsning af e-post som en forespørgsel på et andet sæt mapper" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:263 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: Module loading not supported on this system." msgstr "" "Kunne ikke indlæse %s: Modulindlæsning er ikke understøttet på dette system." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:272 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke indlæse %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:281 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: No initialization code in module." msgstr "Kunne ikke indlæse %s: Ingen initieringskode i modulet." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:429 ../camel/camel-session.c:406 #, c-format msgid "No provider available for protocol '%s'" msgstr "Ingen udbyder tilgængelig for protokol \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:35 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:85 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "Anonym" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:37 msgid "This option will connect to the server using an anonymous login." msgstr "Denne indstilling kobler til serveren med anonym indlogning." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Authentication failed." msgstr "Godkendelse mislykkedes." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:81 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid email address trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Ugyldig information til sporing af e-postadresse:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:95 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid opaque trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Ugyldig ugennemsigtig sporingsinformation:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Ugyldig sporingsinformation:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:46 msgid "CRAM-MD5" msgstr "CRAM-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:48 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure CRAM-MD5 password, if " "the server supports it." msgstr "" "Denne indstilling kobler til serveren med brug af CRAM-MD5-adgangskode, hvis " "serveren understøtter det." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:59 msgid "DIGEST-MD5" msgstr "DIGEST-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:61 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure DIGEST-MD5 password, " "if the server supports it." msgstr "" "Denne indstilling kobler til serveren med brug af DIGEST-MD5-adgangskode, " "hvis serveren understøtter det." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge too long (>2048 octets)" msgstr "Udfordring fra server for lang (>2048 byte)" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:866 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge invalid\n" msgstr "Ugyldig udfordring fra server\n" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:874 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge contained invalid \"Quality of Protection\" token" msgstr "" "Udfordring fra server indeholdt ugyldigt tegn for \"Kvalitet for " "beskyttelse\"-symbol" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Server response did not contain authorization data" msgstr "Svar fra server indeholdt ikke godkendelsessdata" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Server response contained incomplete authorization data" msgstr "Svar fra server indeholdt ufuldstændige godkendelsesdata" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Server response does not match" msgstr "Svar fra server matcher ikke" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:91 msgid "GSSAPI" msgstr "GSSAPI" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:93 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using Kerberos 5 authentication." msgstr "" "Denne indstilling gør brug af Kerberos 5-godkendelse ved opkobling til " "serveren." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:134 msgid "" "The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is " "unrecognized by the implementation." msgstr "" "Den anførte mekanisme understøttes ikke af det givne akkreditiv eller er " "ukendt af implementationen." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:139 msgid "The provided target_name parameter was ill-formed." msgstr "Den givne target_name-parameter var ugyldigt udformet." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:142 msgid "" "The provided target_name parameter contained an invalid or unsupported type " "of name." msgstr "" "Den givne target_name-parameter indeholdt et ugyldigt eller ikke " "understøttet typenavn." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:146 msgid "" "The input_token contains different channel bindings to those specified via " "the input_chan_bindings parameter." msgstr "" "Parameteren input_token indeholder andre kanalbindinger end dem som er " "anført via parameteren input_chan_bindings." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:151 msgid "" "The input_token contains an invalid signature, or a signature that could not " "be verified." msgstr "" "Parameteren input_token indeholder en ugyldig signatur eller en signatur som " "ikke kunne verificeres." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:155 msgid "" "The supplied credentials were not valid for context initiation, or the " "credential handle did not reference any credentials." msgstr "" "De givne akkreditiver var ikke gyldige for kontekstinitialisering, eller " "også refererede akkreditivhåndtaget ingen akkreditiver." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:160 msgid "The supplied context handle did not refer to a valid context." msgstr "Det givne konteksthåndtag refererede ikke til en gyldig kontekst." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:163 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the input_token failed." msgstr "" "Konsistenskontrollen der blev udført på parameteren input_token mislykkedes." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:166 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the credential failed." msgstr "Konsistenskontrollen der blev udført på akkreditivet mislykkedes." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:169 msgid "The referenced credentials have expired." msgstr "De refererede akkreditiver er udløbet." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:175 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:340 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:388 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:405 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:612 #, c-format msgid "Bad authentication response from server." msgstr "Ugyldigt svar på godkendelse fra server." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:417 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported security layer." msgstr "Et ikke-understøttet sikkerhedslag." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:40 msgid "Login" msgstr "Indlogning" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:42 ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:46 msgid "This option will connect to the server using a simple password." msgstr "" "Denne indstilling vil koble til serveren ved brug af en simpel adgangskode." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:110 #, c-format msgid "Unknown authentication state." msgstr "Ukendt godkendelsestilstand." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:48 msgid "NTLM / SPA" msgstr "NTLM / SPA" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:50 msgid "" "This option will connect to a Windows-based server using NTLM / Secure " "Password Authentication." msgstr "" "Denne indstilling vil tilslutte en windowsbaseret server via NTLM / SPA." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:44 msgid "PLAIN" msgstr "SIMPEL" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:46 msgid "POP before SMTP" msgstr "POP før SMTP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:48 msgid "This option will authorise a POP connection before attempting SMTP" msgstr "Denne indstilling vil godkende en POP-forbindelse før forsøg på SMTP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:84 msgid "POP Source UID" msgstr "UID for POP-kilde" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:98 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication using an unknown transport" msgstr "POP før SMTP-godkendelse via en ukendt transport" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:110 ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:119 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication attempted with a %s service" msgstr "POP før SMTP-godkendelse forsøgt med en %s kilde" #: ../camel/camel-search-private.c:116 #, c-format msgid "Regular expression compilation failed: %s: %s" msgstr "Oversættelse af regulært udtryk mislykkedes: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:415 #, c-format msgid "Invalid GType registered for protocol '%s'" msgstr "Ugyldig GType registreret for protokol \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:509 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "%s-godkendelse mislykkedes" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:645 msgid "Forwarding messages is not supported" msgstr "Videresendelse af breve understøttes ikke" #. Translators: The first argument is the account type #. * (e.g. "IMAP"), the second is the user name, and the #. * third is the host name. #: ../camel/camel-session.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the %s password for %s on host %s." msgstr "Indtast venligst %s-adgangskoden for %s på værten %s." #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:351 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1074 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find certificate for '%s'" msgstr "Kan ikke finde certifikat for \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:379 msgid "Cannot create CMS message" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette CMS-besked" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:384 msgid "Cannot create CMS signed data" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette CMS-underskrevet-data" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:390 msgid "Cannot attach CMS signed data" msgstr "Kan ikke vedlægge CMS-underskrevet-data" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:397 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data" msgstr "Kan ikke vedlægge CMS-data" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:403 msgid "Cannot create CMS Signer information" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette CMS-signaturindehaver-information" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:409 msgid "Cannot find certificate chain" msgstr "Kan ikke finde certifikatkæde" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:415 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signing time" msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje CMS-signeringstid" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:439 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:454 #, c-format msgid "Encryption certificate for '%s' does not exist" msgstr "Krypteringscertifikat for \"%s\" findes ikke" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:461 msgid "Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje SMIMEEncKeyPrefs-attribut" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:466 msgid "Cannot add MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs-attribut" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:471 msgid "Cannot add encryption certificate" msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje krypteringscertifikat" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:477 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signer information" msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje CMS-signaturindehaver-information" #. Translators: A fallback message when couldn't verify an SMIME signature #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:510 msgid "Unverified" msgstr "Ikke efterprøvet" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:512 msgid "Good signature" msgstr "God signatur" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:514 msgid "Bad signature" msgstr "Dårlig signatur" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:516 msgid "Content tampered with or altered in transit" msgstr "Indholdet er fusket med eller ændret ved overføring" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:518 msgid "Signing certificate not found" msgstr "Signeringscertifikat ikke fundet" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:520 msgid "Signing certificate not trusted" msgstr "Signeringscertifikat utroværdigt" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:522 msgid "Signature algorithm unknown" msgstr "Ukendt signaturalgoritme" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:524 msgid "Signature algorithm unsupported" msgstr "Signaturalgoritmen er ikke understøttet" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:526 msgid "Malformed signature" msgstr "Misdannet signatur" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:528 msgid "Processing error" msgstr "Behandlingsfejl" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:573 msgid "No signed data in signature" msgstr "Ingen signeret-data i signaturen" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:578 msgid "Digests missing from enveloped data" msgstr "Sammendrag mangler i konvolut-data" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:591 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:602 msgid "Cannot calculate digests" msgstr "Kan ikke udregne sammendrag" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:609 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:613 msgid "Cannot set message digests" msgstr "Kan ikke sætte brev-sammendrag" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:623 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:628 msgid "Certificate import failed" msgstr "Importering af certifikatet mislykkedes" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:638 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, cannot verify certificates" msgstr "Certifikat er den eneste besked. Kan ikke verificere certifikaterne" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, certificates imported and verified" msgstr "" "Certifikat er den eneste besked. Certifikaterne er importeret og verificeret" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:645 msgid "Cannot find signature digests" msgstr "Kan ikke finde signatur-sammendrag" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:662 #, c-format msgid "Signer: %s <%s>: %s\n" msgstr "Signaturindehaver: %s <%s>: %s\n" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:858 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1148 msgid "Cannot create encoder context" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette kodningskontekst" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:864 msgid "Failed to add data to CMS encoder" msgstr "Kunne ikke føje data til CMS-koder" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:869 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1165 msgid "Failed to encode data" msgstr "Datakodning mislykkedes" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1013 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1262 msgid "Decoder failed" msgstr "Afkoder fejlede" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1082 msgid "Cannot find common bulk encryption algorithm" msgstr "Kan ikke finde en normal bulk-algoritme" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1090 msgid "Cannot allocate slot for encryption bulk key" msgstr "Kan ikke tildele plads for krypteringsbulknøgle" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1101 msgid "Cannot create CMS Message" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette CMS-besked" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1107 msgid "Cannot create CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette CMS-data-i-kuvert" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1113 msgid "Cannot attach CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "Kan ikke vedlægge CMS-data-i-kuvert" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1119 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data object" msgstr "Kan ikke vedlægge CMS-dataobjekt" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1128 msgid "Cannot create CMS Recipient information" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette CMS-modtager-information" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1133 msgid "Cannot add CMS Recipient information" msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje CMS-modtager-information" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1159 msgid "Failed to add data to encoder" msgstr "Kunne ikke føje data til koderen" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1269 msgid "S/MIME Decrypt: No encrypted content found" msgstr "S/MIME dekryptering: Fandt intet krypteret indhold" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:1999 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette mappen \"%s\": mappen findes" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2042 #, c-format msgid "Opening folder '%s'" msgstr "Åbner mappe \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2231 #, c-format msgid "Scanning folders in '%s'" msgstr "Skanner mapper i \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2259 ../camel/camel-store.c:2304 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:48 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Affald" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2273 ../camel/camel-store.c:2321 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:50 msgid "Junk" msgstr "Spam" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2774 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: folder exists" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette mappe: %s: mappen findes" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2788 #, c-format msgid "Creating folder '%s'" msgstr "Opretter mappe \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2906 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:418 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:315 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "Kan ikke slette mappe: %s: Ugyldig operation" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:3049 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:469 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:841 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "Kan ikke ændre navn på mappe: %s: Ugyldig operation" #: ../camel/camel-stream-filter.c:346 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelStreamFilter" msgstr "" "Kun nulstilling til begyndelsen er understøttet med CamelStreamFilter" #: ../camel/camel-stream-null.c:78 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelHttpStream" msgstr "Kun nulstilling til begyndelsen er understøttet med CamelHttpStream" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:275 #, c-format msgid "Connection cancelled" msgstr "Tilkobling afbrudt" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:280 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect with command \"%s\": %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke tilslutte med kommandoen \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:395 #, c-format msgid "Subscribing to folder '%s'" msgstr "Abonnerer på mappe \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:527 #, c-format msgid "Unsubscribing from folder '%s'" msgstr "Afmelder abonnement på mappe \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:310 #, c-format msgid "NSPR error code %d" msgstr "NSPR-fejlkode %d" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:649 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:662 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS4" msgstr "Proxyværten understøtter ikke SOCKS4" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:675 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host denied our request: code %d" msgstr "Proxyværten afslog vores forespørgsel: kode %d" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:773 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:781 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS5" msgstr "Proxyværten understøtter ikke SOCKS5" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Could not find a suitable authentication type: code 0x%x" msgstr "Kunne ikke finde en passende godkendelsestype: kode 0x%x" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:801 msgid "General SOCKS server failure" msgstr "Generel SOCKS-serverfejl" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:802 msgid "SOCKS server's rules do not allow connection" msgstr "SOCKS-serverregler tillader ikke forbindelse" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:803 msgid "Network is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "Netværket kan ikke nås fra SOCKS-server" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:804 msgid "Host is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "Værten kan ikke nås fra SOCKS-server" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:805 msgid "Connection refused" msgstr "Forbindelse nægtet" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:806 msgid "Time-to-live expired" msgstr "Levetiden er udløbet" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:807 msgid "Command not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "Kommando understøttes ikke af SOCKS-server" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:808 msgid "Address type not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "Adressetype understøttes ikke af SOCKS-server" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:809 msgid "Unknown error from SOCKS server" msgstr "Ukendt fejl fra SOCKS-server" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:842 #, c-format msgid "Got unknown address type from SOCKS server" msgstr "Fik ukendt adressetype fra SOCKS-server" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:860 #, c-format msgid "Incomplete reply from SOCKS server" msgstr "Ufuldstændigt svar fra SOCKS-server" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:880 #, c-format msgid "Hostname is too long (maximum is 255 characters)" msgstr "Værtsnavnet er for langt (maksimalt 255 tegn)" #. SOCKS5 #. reserved - must be 0 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:912 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:922 #, c-format msgid "Invalid reply from proxy server" msgstr "Ugyldigt svar fra proxyserver" #: ../camel/camel-url.c:331 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse URL '%s'" msgstr "Kunne ikke tolke URL \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:494 #, c-format msgid "Updating folder '%s'" msgstr "Opdaterer mappe \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:855 ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:965 #, c-format msgid "Cannot copy or move messages into a Virtual Folder" msgstr "Kan ikke kopiere eller flytte breve til en virtuel mappe" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:888 #, c-format msgid "No such message %s in %s" msgstr "Intet sådant brev %s i %s" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Error storing '%s': " msgstr "Fejl under lagring af \"%s\": " #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:1171 msgid "Automatically _update on change in source folders" msgstr "Automatisk _opdatering ved ændring i kildemapper" #. Translators: 'Unmatched' is a folder name under Search folders where are shown #. * all messages not belonging into any other configured search folder #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:42 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "Ingen træffere" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:444 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "Kan ikke slette mappe: %s: Ingen sådan mappe" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "Kan ikke ændre navn på mappe: %s: Ingen sådan mappe" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:542 msgid "Enable _Unmatched folder" msgstr "Aktivér mappen _umatchede" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:49 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder" msgstr "Kan ikke kopiere breve til papirkurven" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:51 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Junk folder" msgstr "Kan ikke kopiere breve til spammappen" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:38 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "Ser efter ny post" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:40 msgid "C_heck for new messages in all folders" msgstr "_Se efter nye breve i alle mapper" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:42 msgid "Ch_eck for new messages in subscribed folders" msgstr "_Se efter nye breve i abonnerede mapper" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:44 msgid "Use _Quick Resync if the server supports it" msgstr "Brug _hurtig gensynkronisering hvis serveren understøtter det" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:46 msgid "_Listen for server change notifications" msgstr "_Lyt efter advarsler om skift af server" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:49 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:46 msgid "Folders" msgstr "Mapper" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:51 msgid "_Show only subscribed folders" msgstr "_Vis kun abonnerede mapper" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:54 msgid "O_verride server-supplied folder namespace" msgstr "_Tilsidesæt server-leveret navnerum for mapper" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:56 msgid "Namespace:" msgstr "Navnerum:" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:59 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:41 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:81 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:101 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:41 msgid "Options" msgstr "Valgmuligheder" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:61 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:43 msgid "Apply _filters to new messages in all folders" msgstr "Brug _filtre på nye breve i alle mapper" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:63 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server" msgstr "_Anvend filtre på nye breve i indbakken på denne server" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:65 msgid "Check new messages for _Junk contents" msgstr "Kontrollér om nye breve indeholder _spam" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:67 msgid "Only check for Junk messages in the IN_BOX folder" msgstr "Kontrollér kun for spambreve i IND_BAKKE-mappen" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:69 msgid "Automatically synchroni_ze remote mail locally" msgstr "_Synkroniser automatisk ekstern e-post lokalt" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:75 msgid "Default IMAP port" msgstr "Standard IMAP-port" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:76 msgid "IMAP over SSL" msgstr "IMAP over SSL" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:83 msgid "IMAP+" msgstr "IMAP+" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:85 msgid "For reading and storing mail on IMAP servers." msgstr "For læsning og lagring af e-post på IMAP-servere." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:194 #, c-format msgid "~%s (%s)" msgstr "~%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:204 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:213 #, c-format msgid "mailbox: %s (%s)" msgstr "brevbakke: %s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:222 #, c-format msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:499 msgid "_Index message body data" msgstr "_Indeksér brødtekst i brev" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:727 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot get message %s from folder %s\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Kan ikke hente brevet %s fra mappen %s\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:43 msgid "_Use the '.folders' folder summary file (exmh)" msgstr "_Anvend mappesammenfatnings-filen \".folders\" (exmh)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:50 msgid "MH-format mail directories" msgstr "E-postmapper i MH-format" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:51 msgid "For storing local mail in MH-like mail directories." msgstr "For lagring af lokal e-post i MH-lignende brevmapper." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:68 msgid "Local delivery" msgstr "Lokale levering" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:69 msgid "" "For retrieving (moving) local mail from standard mbox-formatted spools into " "folders managed by Evolution." msgstr "" "Til at hente (flytte) lokal e-post fra mbox-formaterede standardkøer til " "mapper som håndteres af Evolution." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:83 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:103 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox" msgstr "_Brug filtre på nye breve i indbakke" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:90 msgid "Maildir-format mail directories" msgstr "E-postmapper i \"Maildir\" format" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:91 msgid "For storing local mail in maildir directories." msgstr "For lagring af lokal e-post i qmail maildir brevmapper." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:104 msgid "_Store status headers in Elm/Pine/Mutt format" msgstr "_Gem statushoveder i Elm/Pine/Mutt-format" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:111 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file" msgstr "Standard unix mbox-kø-fil" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:112 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:126 msgid "" "For reading and storing local mail in external standard mbox spool files.\n" "May also be used to read a tree of Elm, Pine, or Mutt style folders." msgstr "" "Til at læse og gemme lokal post i eksterne standard mbox kø-filer.\n" "Kan også anvendes til at læse et træ mapper i Elm-, Pine- eller Mutt-format." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:125 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory" msgstr "Standard unix mbox-kø-mappe" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder %s to %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke ændre navn på mappe %s til %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:180 #, c-format msgid "Local mail file %s" msgstr "Lokal e-post-fil %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:223 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:383 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:581 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:89 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not an absolute path" msgstr "Lagerrod %s er ikke en absolut sti" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not a regular directory" msgstr "Lagerrod %s er ikke en normalt mappe" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:244 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:254 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:396 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Finder ikke mappe: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:291 #, c-format msgid "Local stores do not have an inbox" msgstr "Lokalt lager har ikke en indbakke" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:456 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:748 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder index file '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke slette mappeindeksfil \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:484 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:778 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder meta file '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke slette mappemetafil \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:596 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke skifte navn på \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-summary.c:567 #, c-format msgid "Unable to add message to summary: unknown reason" msgstr "Kunne ikke tilføje brev til sammendraget: ukendt grund" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:100 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:335 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:329 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:159 msgid "No such message" msgstr "Intet sådant brev" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to maildir folder: %s: " msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje brev til maildir-mappe: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:273 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:390 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:171 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s from folder %s: " msgstr "Kan ikke hente brevet %s fra mappen %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:353 #, c-format msgid "Cannot transfer message to destination folder: %s" msgstr "Kan ikke overføre brev til målmappen: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:125 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:850 #, c-format msgid "Folder %s already exists" msgstr "Mappen %s findes allerede" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:230 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:261 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:403 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:424 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette mappen \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:245 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:369 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:524 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Kan ikke hente mappen \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:251 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:379 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:533 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': folder does not exist." msgstr "Kan ikke hente mappen \"%s\": mappen findes ikke." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a maildir directory." msgstr "Kan ikke hente mappen \"%s\": er ikke en \"maildir\"-mappe." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:442 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:566 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists." msgstr "Kan ikke oprette mappen \"%s\": mappen findes." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:347 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:387 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:684 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke slette mappen \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:349 msgid "not a maildir directory" msgstr "ikke et maildir-mappe" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:630 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:1065 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:214 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not scan folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke gennemsøge mappen \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:458 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:591 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open maildir directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "Kan ikke åbne maildir mappesti: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:582 msgid "Checking folder consistency" msgstr "Kontrollerer mappekonsistens" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:675 msgid "Checking for new messages" msgstr "Kontrollerer om der er nye breve" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:770 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:450 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:683 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:832 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:141 msgid "Storing folder" msgstr "Gemmer mappe" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:187 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open mailbox: %s: " msgstr "Kan ikke åbne postkasse: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:253 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mbox file: %s: " msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje besked i mbox-filen: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:382 msgid "The folder appears to be irrecoverably corrupted." msgstr "Mappen ser ud til at have blevet korrupt og kan ikke repareres." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:439 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-folder.c:69 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder lock on %s: %s" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette mappelås på: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:391 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a folder by this name." msgstr "Kan ikke oprette en mappe med det navn." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:435 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a regular file." msgstr "Kan ikke hente mappen \"%s\": ikke en almindelig fil." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create directory '%s': %s." msgstr "Kan ikke oprette mappe \"%s\": %s." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Kan ikke oprette mappen: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:619 msgid "Folder already exists" msgstr "Mappen findes allerede" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:672 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:701 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not delete folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Kunne ikke slette mappen \"%s\"\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:682 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a regular file." msgstr "\"%s\" er ikke en normal fil." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:691 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' is not empty. Not deleted." msgstr "Mappen \"%s\" er ikke tom. Ikke slettet." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:718 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder summary file '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke slette mappesammendragsfil \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:815 #, c-format msgid "The new folder name is illegal." msgstr "Det nye mappenavn er ugyldigt." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:831 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke omdøbe \"%s\": \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:915 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s' to %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke omdøbe \"%s\" til %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:460 #, c-format msgid "Could not open folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne mappe %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:522 #, c-format msgid "Fatal mail parser error near position %s in folder %s" msgstr "Fatal fejl i læsning af postboksen nær position %s i mappe %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:607 #, c-format msgid "Cannot check folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Kan ikke tjekke mappe: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:696 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:148 #, c-format msgid "Could not open file: %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne fil %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:711 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open temporary mailbox: %s" msgstr "Kan ikke åbne midlertidig postboks: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:728 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:958 #, c-format msgid "Could not close source folder %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke lukke kildemappe %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:741 #, c-format msgid "Could not close temporary folder: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke lukke midlertidig mappe: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:760 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke ændre navn på mappe: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:855 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1124 #, c-format msgid "Could not store folder: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke gemme mappe: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:894 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "" "MBOX file is corrupted, please fix it. (Expected a From line, but didn't get " "it.)" msgstr "" "MBOX-fil er i stykker, vær venlig at fikse den. (Forventede en fra-linje, " "men fandt den ikke.)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:904 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1176 #, c-format msgid "Summary and folder mismatch, even after a sync" msgstr "Fejl i sammendrag og mappe, selv efter synkronisering" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1069 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:356 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error: %s" msgstr "Ukendt fejl: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1234 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1264 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s" msgstr "Skrivning til midlertidig postboks mislykkedes: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1253 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s: %s" msgstr "Skrivning til midlertidig postboks mislykkedes: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:118 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mh folder: %s: " msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje brev i mh-mappe: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette mappen \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:559 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a directory." msgstr "Kan ikke hente mappen \"%s\": ikke et mappe." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-summary.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open MH directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "Kan ikke åbne MH-mappesti: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:97 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' cannot be opened: %s" msgstr "Køen \"%s\" kan ikke åbnes: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' is not a regular file or directory" msgstr "Køen \"%s\" er ingen almindelig fil eller mappe" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:427 #, c-format msgid "Spool mail file %s" msgstr "Spool e-post-fil %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:431 #, c-format msgid "Spool folder tree %s" msgstr "Kø-mapptræ %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:434 msgid "Invalid spool" msgstr "Ugyldig kø" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:494 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s/%s' does not exist." msgstr "Mappen \"%s/%s\" eksisterer ikke." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:507 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Kan ikke åbne mappe \"%s\":\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:513 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' does not exist." msgstr "Mappen \"%s\" eksisterer ikke." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:521 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not create folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Kunne ikke oprette mappe \"%s\":\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:534 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a mailbox file." msgstr "\"%s\" er ingen brevbakkefil." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:598 #, c-format msgid "Store does not support an INBOX" msgstr "Lagret understøtter ikke en INDBAKKE" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be deleted" msgstr "Spoolmapper kan ikke blive slettet" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:632 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be renamed" msgstr "Spool-mapper kan ikke omdøbes" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:179 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:191 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:203 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke synkronisere midlertidig mappe %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke synkronisere spool-mappe %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:253 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:272 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:285 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" msgstr "" "Kunne ikke synkronisere spool-mappe %s: %s\n" "Mappen kan være beskadiget, kopi gemt i \"%s\"" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:287 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:392 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:516 #, c-format msgid "Internal error: UID in invalid format: %s" msgstr "Intern fejl: uid i ugyldigt format: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:351 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:356 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:698 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1173 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: %s" msgstr "Kan ikke hente brevet %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:363 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:542 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:623 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:688 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:707 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: " msgstr "Kan ikke hente brevet %s: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:531 #, c-format msgid "This message is not currently available" msgstr "Dette brev er ikke tilgængeligt" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:599 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Posting failed: %s" msgstr "Postering mislykkedes: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:670 msgid "Posting failed: " msgstr "Postering mislykkedes: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:695 #, c-format msgid "You cannot post NNTP messages while working offline!" msgstr "Du kan ikke sende NNTP-breve mens du arbejder afkoblet!" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:715 #, c-format msgid "You cannot copy messages from a NNTP folder!" msgstr "Du kan ikke kopiere breve fra en NNTP-mappe!" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:48 msgid "" "_Show folders in short notation (e.g. c.o.linux rather than comp.os.linux)" msgstr "_Vis mapper med kort navn (fx c.o.linux i stedet for comp.os.linux)" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:51 msgid "In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names" msgstr "Vis relative mappenavne i abonnements_vinduet" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:57 msgid "Default NNTP port" msgstr "Standard NNTP-port" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:58 msgid "NNTP over SSL" msgstr "NNTP over SSL" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:64 msgid "USENET news" msgstr "USENET nyheder" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:66 msgid "This is a provider for reading from and posting to USENET newsgroups." msgstr "" "Dette er en udbyder for læsning og postning af indlæg til USENET-" "nyhedsgrupper." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:87 msgid "" "This option will connect to the NNTP server anonymously, without " "authentication." msgstr "" "Denne indstilling vil oprette anonym forbindelse til NNTP-serveren uden " "godkendelse." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:97 msgid "" "This option will authenticate with the NNTP server using a plaintext " "password." msgstr "" "Denne indstilling vil autenticere mod NNTP-serveren ved brug af klartekst " "adgangskode." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:386 #, c-format msgid "Could not read greeting from %s: " msgstr "Kunne ikke læse hilsen fra %s: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:394 #, c-format msgid "NNTP server %s returned error code %d: %s" msgstr "NNTP-serveren %s returnerede fejlkoden %d: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:555 #, c-format msgid "USENET News via %s" msgstr "USENET Nyheder via %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1227 #, c-format msgid "" "Error retrieving newsgroups:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Fejl under hentning af nyhedsgrupper:\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1339 #, c-format msgid "You cannot create a folder in a News store: subscribe instead." msgstr "" "Du kan ikke oprette en mappe i et nyheds-lager: tegn et abonnement i stedet." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1355 #, c-format msgid "You cannot rename a folder in a News store." msgstr "Du kan ikke omdøbe en mappe i et nyhedsgruppelager." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1378 #, c-format msgid "You cannot remove a folder in a News store: unsubscribe instead." msgstr "" "Du kan ikke fjerne en mappe i et nyhedsgruppelager: opsig abonnement istedet." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1597 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot subscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "No such newsgroup. The selected item is a probably a parent folder." msgstr "" "Du kan ikke abonnere på denne nyhedsgruppe:\n" "\n" "Nyhedsgruppen findes ikke. Det valgte element er sandsynligvis en " "forældremappe." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1664 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot unsubscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "newsgroup does not exist!" msgstr "" "Du kan ikke opsige dit abonnement for denne nyhedsgruppe:\n" "\n" "nyhedsgruppen findes ikke!" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2101 msgid "NNTP Command failed: " msgstr "NNTP-kommandoen mislykkedes: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2198 #, c-format msgid "Not connected." msgstr "Ingen forbindelse." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2292 #, c-format msgid "No such folder: %s" msgstr "Der findes ingen sådan mappe: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:200 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:339 #, c-format msgid "%s: Scanning new messages" msgstr "%s: Skanner nye breve" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from xover: %s" msgstr "Uventet svar fra server fra xover: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:360 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from head: %s" msgstr "Uventet svar fra server fra head: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:407 #, c-format msgid "Operation failed: %s" msgstr "Handlingen mislykkedes: %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:509 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:588 #, c-format msgid "No message with UID %s" msgstr "Intet brev med uid %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:604 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving POP message %d" msgstr "Henter POP-brev %d" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:699 msgid "Unknown reason" msgstr "Ukendt anledning" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:751 msgid "Retrieving POP summary" msgstr "Henter POP-sammendrag" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:812 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:815 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:828 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:855 msgid "Cannot get POP summary: " msgstr "Kan ikke hente POP-sammenfatning: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:966 msgid "Expunging old messages" msgstr "Udrenser gamle meddelelser" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:992 msgid "Expunging deleted messages" msgstr "Udrenser slettede breve" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:39 msgid "Message Storage" msgstr "Brevlager" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:41 msgid "_Leave messages on server" msgstr "_Behold breve på serveren" #. Translators: '%s' is replaced with a widget, where user can #. * select how many days can be message left on the server. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:45 #, c-format msgid "_Delete after %s day(s)" msgstr "_Slet efter %s dag(e)" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:47 msgid "Delete _expunged from local Inbox" msgstr "Slet _fuldstændig fra lokal indbakke" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:49 msgid "Disable _support for all POP3 extensions" msgstr "Deaktivér _understøttelse af alle POP3-udvidelser" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:55 msgid "Default POP3 port" msgstr "Standard POP3-port" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:56 msgid "POP3 over SSL" msgstr "POP3 over SSL" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:63 msgid "POP" msgstr "POP" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:65 msgid "For connecting to and downloading mail from POP servers." msgstr "For tilkobling til og nedhenting af e-post på POP-servere." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:85 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using a plaintext password. This " "is the only option supported by many POP servers." msgstr "" "Denne indstilling lader dig koble til POP-serveren ved brug af adgangskode i " "klartekst. Dette er det eneste alternativ som er understøttet af mange POP-" "servere." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:95 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using an encrypted password via " "the APOP protocol. This may not work for all users even on servers that " "claim to support it." msgstr "" "Denne indstilling lader dig koble til POP-servere ved brug af krypteret " "adgangskode via APOP-protokollen. Dette vil måske ikke virke for alle " "brugere selv på servere som hævder at understøtte det." #. Translators: This is the separator between an error and an explanation #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:99 msgid ": " msgstr ": " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:161 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read a valid greeting from POP server %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke læse en gyldig velkomsthilsen fra POP-serveren %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke tilslutte POP-serveren %s i sikker tilstand: %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:177 msgid "STLS not supported by server" msgstr "STLS understøttes ikke af serveren" #. Translators: Last %s is an optional #. * explanation beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:198 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode%s" msgstr "Kunne ikke forbinde til POP-serveren %s i sikker tilstand %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "Kunne ikke tilslutte POP-serveren %s i sikker tilstand: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Cannot login to POP server %s: SASL Protocol error" msgstr "Kan ikke logge ind i POP-serveren %s: SASL-protokollfejl" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:373 #, c-format msgid "Failed to authenticate on POP server %s: " msgstr "Godkendelse mislykkedes på POP-serveren %s: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:481 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server %s" msgstr "POP3-server %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:484 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server for %s on %s" msgstr "POP3-server for %s på %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:704 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s:\tInvalid APOP ID received. Impersonation " "attack suspected. Please contact your admin." msgstr "" "Kan ikke koble til POP-serveren %s:\tUgyldig APOP-ID modtaget. Nogen opgiver " "måske, på mistænkelig vis, falsk identitet. Kontakt venligst din " "administrator." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:759 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending password: " msgstr "" "Kan ikke tilslutte POP-serveren %s.\n" "Fejl ved afsendelse af adgangskode: " #. Translators: Last %s is an optional explanation #. * beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending username%s" msgstr "" "Kunne ikke forbinde til POP-serveren %s.\n" "Fejl ved afsendelse af brugernavn%s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:856 #, c-format msgid "No such folder '%s'." msgstr "Ingen sådan mappe \"%s\"." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:873 #, c-format msgid "POP3 stores have no folder hierarchy" msgstr "POP3-lagre har intet mappehierarki" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:36 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/sendmail.source.in.h:1 msgid "Sendmail" msgstr "Sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:38 msgid "" "For delivering mail by passing it to the \"sendmail\" program on the local " "system." msgstr "" "For levering af e-post ved at videresende den til \"sendmail\"-programmet på " "det lokale system." #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:50 msgid "sendmail" msgstr "sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:52 msgid "Mail delivery via the sendmail program" msgstr "Levering af e-post via sendmail programmet" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:140 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read From address" msgstr "Kunne ikke læse Fra-adressen" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:157 #, c-format msgid "Message send in offline mode is disabled" msgstr "Afsendelse af breve i afkoblet tilstand er slået fra" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:185 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse recipient list" msgstr "Kunne ikke tolke modtagerlisten" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse arguments" msgstr "Kunne ikke fortolke argumenter" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe to '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette kanal til \"%s\": %s: brev ikke sendt" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:258 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "Kunne ikke forgrene \"%s\": %s: brev ikke sendt" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:307 msgid "Could not send message: " msgstr "Kunne ikke sende brevet: " #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:337 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with signal %s: mail not sent." msgstr "\"%s\" afsluttede med signal %s: brev ikke sendt." #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:347 #, c-format msgid "Could not execute '%s': mail not sent." msgstr "Kunne ikke køre \"%s\": brev ikke sendt." #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:352 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with status %d: mail not sent." msgstr "\"%s\" afsluttet med status %d: brev ikke sendt." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:42 msgid "Default SMTP port" msgstr "Standard SMTP-port" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:43 msgid "SMTP over SSL" msgstr "SMTP over SSL" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:44 msgid "Message submission port" msgstr "Port til indsendelse af breve" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:50 msgid "SMTP" msgstr "SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:52 msgid "For delivering mail by connecting to a remote mailhub using SMTP." msgstr "For levering af e-post via en ekstern e-postserver med SMTP." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:166 msgid "Welcome response error: " msgstr "Fejl i velkomstsvar: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "Tilslutning til SMTP-serveren %s mislykkedes i sikker tilstand: %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:212 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:226 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:234 msgid "STARTTLS command failed: " msgstr "STARTTLS-kommandoen mislykkedes: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:246 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "Tilslutning til SMTP-serveren %s mislykkedes i sikker tilstand: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:338 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s" msgstr "SMTP-server %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:341 #, c-format msgid "SMTP mail delivery via %s" msgstr "SMTP e-postlevering via %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:415 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "SMTP-serveren %s understøtter ikke godkendelsestype %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:496 #, c-format msgid "No SASL mechanism was specified" msgstr "Ingen SASL-mekanisme angivet" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:526 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:537 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:550 msgid "AUTH command failed: " msgstr "AUTH-kommandoen mislykkedes: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:691 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: service not connected." msgstr "Kan ikke sende brev: tjeneste ikke forbundet." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:698 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: sender address not valid." msgstr "Kan ikke sende brev: afsenderadresse ikke gyldig." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:702 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "Sender brev" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:727 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: no recipients defined." msgstr "Kan ikke sende brev: ingen modtagere angivet." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:740 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: one or more invalid recipients" msgstr "Kan ikke sende brev: en eller flere ugyldige modtagere" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:861 msgid "Syntax error, command unrecognized" msgstr "Syntaksfejl, kommando ikke genkendt" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:863 msgid "Syntax error in parameters or arguments" msgstr "Syntaksfejl i parametre eller argumenter" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:865 msgid "Command not implemented" msgstr "Kommando ikke implementeret" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:867 msgid "Command parameter not implemented" msgstr "Kommandoparameter ikke implementeret" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:869 msgid "System status, or system help reply" msgstr "Systemstatus, eller svar på systemhjælp" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:871 msgid "Help message" msgstr "Hjælpebesked" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:873 msgid "Service ready" msgstr "Tjeneste klar" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:875 msgid "Service closing transmission channel" msgstr "Tjenesten lukker sendekanalen" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:877 msgid "Service not available, closing transmission channel" msgstr "Tjenesten er ikke tilgængelig, lukker sendekanalen" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:879 msgid "Requested mail action okay, completed" msgstr "Forespurgt e-post handling er ok, fuldført" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:881 msgid "User not local; will forward to " msgstr "Ikke lokal bruger; videresender til " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:883 msgid "Requested mail action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "Forespurgt e-post-handling er ikke udført: postboks ikke tilgængelig" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:885 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "Forespurgt handling ikke udført: postboks ikke tilgængelig" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:887 msgid "Requested action aborted: error in processing" msgstr "Forespurgt handling afbrudt: fejl i processering" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:889 msgid "User not local; please try " msgstr "Ikke lokal bruger; venligst prøv " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:891 msgid "Requested action not taken: insufficient system storage" msgstr "Forespurgt handling ikke udført: utilstrækkelig lagringsplads" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:893 msgid "Requested mail action aborted: exceeded storage allocation" msgstr "Forespurgt e-post handling afbrudt: lagringsallokering overskredet" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:895 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox name not allowed" msgstr "Forespurgt handling ikke udført: postboksnavn ikke tilladt" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:897 msgid "Start mail input; end with ." msgstr "Start e-post input; slut med ." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:899 msgid "Transaction failed" msgstr "Transaktionen mislykkedes" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:903 msgid "A password transition is needed" msgstr "Adgangskodeoverføring kræves" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:905 msgid "Authentication mechanism is too weak" msgstr "Autentificeringsmekanismen er for svag" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:907 msgid "Encryption required for requested authentication mechanism" msgstr "Den forespurgte autentificeringsmekanisme kræver kryptering" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:909 msgid "Temporary authentication failure" msgstr "Midlertidig autentificeringsfejl" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1166 msgid "SMTP Greeting" msgstr "SMTP-velkomst" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1193 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1207 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1215 msgid "HELO command failed: " msgstr "HELO-kommando mislykkedes: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1290 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1305 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1315 msgid "MAIL FROM command failed: " msgstr "MAIL FROM-kommandoen mislykkedes: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1342 msgid "RCPT TO command failed: " msgstr "RCPT TO-kommandoen mislykkedes: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1359 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1369 #, c-format msgid "RCPT TO <%s> failed: " msgstr "RCPT TO <%s> mislykkedes: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1412 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1423 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1434 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1493 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1513 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1527 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1536 msgid "DATA command failed: " msgstr "DATA-kommandoen mislykkedes: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1561 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1576 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1585 msgid "RSET command failed: " msgstr "RSET-kommandoen mislykkedes: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1610 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1624 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1631 msgid "QUIT command failed: " msgstr "QUIT-kommandoen mislykkedes: " #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Contact UID of a user" msgstr "En brugers kontakt-UID" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "Påmindelse om fødselsdage og mærkedage" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "Om der skal gives en påmindelse ved fødselsdage og mærkedage" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "Værdi for påmindelse om fødselsdage og mærkedage" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" "Antal enheder ved bestemmelsen af påmindelse for fødselsdage og mærkedage" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "Enheder for påmindelse om fødselsdage og mærkedage" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" "Enheder for en påmindelse om fødselsdag eller mærkedag: \"minutter\", " "\"timer\" eller \"dage\"" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:205 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:216 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:862 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1198 msgid "Bus name vanished (client terminated?)" msgstr "Busnavn forsvundet (klient afsluttede?)" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:264 msgid "No response from client" msgstr "Intet svar fra klient" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:334 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:345 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:856 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1192 msgid "Client cancelled the operation" msgstr "Klienten annullerede handlingen" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:416 msgid "Client reports password was rejected" msgstr "Klienten melder at adgangskoden blev afvist" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:569 msgid "Add this password to your keyring" msgstr "Tilføj denne adgangskode til din nøglering" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:674 msgid "Password was incorrect" msgstr "Adgangskoden var forkert" #: ../libebackend/e-backend.c:428 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support authentication" msgstr "%s understøtter ikke godkendelse" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:800 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "%s understøtter ikke oprettelsen af eksterne ressourcer" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:859 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "%s understøtter ikke sletning af eksterne ressourcer" #: ../libebackend/e-data-factory.c:304 #, c-format msgid "No backend factory for hash key '%s'" msgstr "Ingen fabrik i programmet til hash-nøgle \"%s\"" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Data source is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "Datakilden mangler en [%s]-gruppe" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1008 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1138 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "" "Datakilden \"%s\" understøtter ikke oprettelsen af eksterne ressourcer" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1022 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to create the remote resource" msgstr "" "Datakilde \"%s\" har ingen indsamlings-motor til oprettelse af den eksterne " "ressource" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1050 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1251 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "Datakilden \"%s\" understøtter ikke sletning af eksterne ressourcer" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1064 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to delete the remote resource" msgstr "" "Datakilde \"%s\" har ingen indsamlings-motor til sletning af den eksterne " "ressource" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1095 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1347 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1028 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support OAuth 2.0 authentication" msgstr "Datakilde \"%s\" understøtter ikke OAuth 2.0-godkendelse" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "File must have a '.source' extension" msgstr "Filen skal have en \".source\"-filendelse" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:532 #: ../libedataserver/e-source-registry.c:1876 msgid "The user declined to authenticate" msgstr "Brugeren nægtede godkendelse" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:801 #, c-format msgid "UID '%s' is already in use" msgstr "UID \"%s\" er allerede i brug" #: ../libebackend/e-user-prompter-server.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Extension dialog '%s' not found." msgstr "Udvidelsesdialog \"%s\" ikke fundet" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:46 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "Jubilæum" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:47 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Birthday" msgstr "Fødselsdag" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:48 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Business" msgstr "Arbejde" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:49 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Competition" msgstr "Konkurrence" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:50 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favoritter" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:51 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Gifts" msgstr "Gaver" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:52 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Goals/Objectives" msgstr "Mål" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:53 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday" msgstr "Ferie" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:54 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday Cards" msgstr "Feriekort" #. important people (e.g. new business partners) #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:56 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Hot Contacts" msgstr "Vigtige kontakter" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:57 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Ideas" msgstr "Idéer" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:58 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "International" msgstr "International" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:59 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Key Customer" msgstr "Nøglekunde" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:60 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diverse" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:61 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Personal" msgstr "Personligt" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:62 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "Telefonopkald" #. Translators: "Status" is a category name; it can mean anything user wants to #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:64 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:65 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Strategies" msgstr "Strategier" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:66 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Suppliers" msgstr "Leverandører" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:67 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Time & Expenses" msgstr "Tid og udgifter" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:68 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "VIP" msgstr "VIP" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:69 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Waiting" msgstr "Venter" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:133 msgid "Source not loaded" msgstr "Kilde ikke indlæst" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:135 msgid "Source already loaded" msgstr "Kilde allerede indlæst" #. Translators: This means that the EClient does not #. * support offline mode, or it's not set to by a user, #. * thus it is unavailable while user is not connected. #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:146 msgid "Offline unavailable" msgstr "Afkoblet ikke tilgængelig" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:168 msgid "D-Bus error" msgstr "D-Bus-fejl" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:166 msgid "Address book authentication request" msgstr "Anmodning om adressebogs-godkendelse" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:171 msgid "Calendar authentication request" msgstr "Anmodning om kalender-godkendelse" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:175 msgid "Mail authentication request" msgstr "Anmodning om e-post-godkendelse" #. generic account prompt #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:178 msgid "Authentication request" msgstr "Anmodning om godkendelse" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for address book \"%s\"." msgstr "Indtast venligst adgangskoden for adressebogen \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:194 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for calendar \"%s\"." msgstr "Indtast venligst adgangskoden for kalenderen \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:200 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail account \"%s\"." msgstr "Indtast venligst adgangskoden for e-post-kontoen \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail transport \"%s\"." msgstr "Indtast venligst adgangskoden for e-post-transporten \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for memo list \"%s\"." msgstr "Indtast venligst adgangskoden for memolisten \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:218 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for task list \"%s\"." msgstr "Indtast venligst adgangskoden for opgavelisten \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:224 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for account \"%s\"." msgstr "Indtast venligst adgangskoden for kontoen \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:627 #, c-format msgid "Source file is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "Kildefilen mangler en [%s]-gruppe" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:949 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgstr "Datakilden \"%s\" kan ikke fjernes" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1041 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not writable" msgstr "Der kan ikke skrives til datakilden \"%s\"" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1559 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "Navnløs" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-mail-signature.c:487 #, c-format msgid "Signature script must be a local file" msgstr "Signaturskriptet skal være en lokal fil" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1553 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by address book '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" "Der er ikke tillid til SSL-certifikatet for værten \"%s\", som bruges af " "adressebogen \"%s\". Vil du acceptere det?" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1562 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by calendar '%s', is not trusted. Do you " "wish to accept it?" msgstr "" "Der er ikke tillid til SSL-certifikatet for værten \"%s\", som bruges af " "kalenderen \"%s\". Vil du acceptere det?" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1571 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by memo list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" "Der er ikke tillid til SSL-certifikatet for værten \"%s\", som bruges af " "memolisten \"%s\". Vil du acceptere det?" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1580 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by task list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" "Der er ikke tillid til SSL-certifikatet for værten \"%s\", som bruges af " "opgavelisten \"%s\". Vil du acceptere det?" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1663 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1962 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m-%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1668 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1953 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1673 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1958 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a %Y-%m-%d %H:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1678 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1949 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%a %Y-%m-%d %H:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1683 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%a %Y-%m-%d %H" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1688 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%a %Y-%m-%d %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1691 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1811 #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1944 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%a %d/%m-%Y" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1698 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1702 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1707 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1712 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1717 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%Y-%m-%d %H %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1722 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%Y-%m-%d %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. This is the preferred date format for the locale. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1725 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1814 msgid "%m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%d/%m-%Y" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1885 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2006 msgid "%I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%H:%M:%S" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1889 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1998 msgid "%H:%M:%S" msgstr "%H:%M:%S" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1894 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2003 msgid "%I:%M %p" msgstr "%H:%M" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1898 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1995 msgid "%H:%M" msgstr "%H:%M" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format, #. * and no colon. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1902 msgid "%H%M" msgstr "%H%M" #. strptime format for hour and AM/PM, 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1906 msgid "%I %p" msgstr "%H" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Proxy type to use" msgstr "Proxy-type som skal anvendes" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What proxy type to use. \"0\" means system, \"1\" means no proxy, \"2\" " "means manual proxy." msgstr "" "Hvilken proxy-type skal anvendes. \"0\" betyder system, \"1\" betyder ingen " "proxy, \"2\" betyder manuel proxy." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to use http-proxy" msgstr "Om http-proxy skal bruges" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether to use proxy for HTTP requests." msgstr "Om proxy skal bruges til HTTP-anmodninger." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Whether proxy server requires authentication" msgstr "Om proxyserver kræver godkendelse" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Whether authentication is required to access proxy server." msgstr "Om godkendelse kræves for adgang til proxyserveren." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Host name for HTTP requests" msgstr "Værtsnavn for HTTP-anmodninger" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Host name to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "Værtsnavn der skal bruges til HTTP-anmodninger." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Port number for HTTP requests" msgstr "Portnummer for HTTP-anmodninger" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Port number to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "Portnummer der skal bruges til HTTP-anmodninger." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Proxy authentication user name" msgstr "Brugernavn til proxy-godkendelse" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "User name to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "Brugernavn der skal bruges til proxyserver-godkendelse." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Proxy authentication password" msgstr "Adgangskode til proxy-godkendelse" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Password to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "Adgangskode der skal bruges til proxyserver-godkendelse." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "List of hosts to connect to without proxy" msgstr "Liste over værter som kan tilgås uden proxy" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "List of hosts for which do not use proxy." msgstr "Liste over værter som ikke bruger proxy." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Host name for HTTPS requests" msgstr "Værtsnavn for HTTPS-anmodninger" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Host name to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "Værtsnavn som skal bruges til HTTPS-anmodninger." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Port number for HTTPS requests" msgstr "Portnummer til HTTPS-anmodninger" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Port number to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "Portnummer der skal bruges til HTTPS-anmodninger." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Host name for SOCKS requests" msgstr "Værtsnavn til SOCKS-anmodninger" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Host name to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "Værtsnavn der skal bruges til SOCKS-anmodninger." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Port number for SOCKS requests" msgstr "Portnummer til SOCKS-anmodninger" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Port number to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "Portnummer der skal bruges til SOCKS-anmodninger." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Automatic proxy configuration URL" msgstr "URL til automatisk proxy-konfiguration" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Where to read automatic proxy configuration from." msgstr "Hvorfra automatisk proxy-konfiguration skal læses." #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:131 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:365 #, c-format msgid "No such data source for UID '%s'" msgstr "Ingen sådan datakilde for UID \"%s\"" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain a password for '%s'" msgstr "" "Kan ikke finde nogen tilsvarende konto i org.gnome.OnlineAccounts-tjenesten, " "hvorfra man kan få en adgangskode til \"%s\"" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Invalid password for '%s'" msgstr "Ugyldig adgangskode for \"%s\"" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Code: %u - Unexpected response from server" msgstr "Kode: %u - Uventet svar fra serveren" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:243 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse autodiscover response XML" msgstr "Kunne ikke fortolke autodetektionssvarets XML" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Autodiscover element" msgstr "Kunne ikke finde autodetektionselementet" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:264 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Response element" msgstr "Kunne ikke finde svarelement" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Account element" msgstr "Kunne ikke finde kontoelement" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find ASUrl and OABUrl in autodiscover response" msgstr "Kunne ikke finde ASUrl og OABUrl i autodetektionssvaret" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" "Kan ikke finde nogen tilsvarende konto i org.gnome.OnlineAccounts-tjenesten, " "hvorfra man kan få et adgangstegn til \"%s\"" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "Failed to obtain an access token for '%s': " msgstr "Kunne ikke få noget adgangstegn til \"%s\": " #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:192 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:200 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "Kalender" #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:261 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/contacts-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Kontakter" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:575 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:604 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:609 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:635 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:636 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:637 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:638 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:672 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:676 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:680 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:682 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:378 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:399 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:511 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:674 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:812 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:683 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:714 msgid "Subject" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:738 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:757 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:818 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:201 msgid "The signing certificate authority is not known." msgstr "Underskrivende certifikat-myndighed er ukendt." #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:203 msgid "" "The certificate does not match the expected identity of the site that it was " "retrieved from." msgstr "" "Certifikatet svarer ikke overens med den forventede identitet på det " "websted, som det blev hentet fra." #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:205 msgid "The certificate's activation time is still in the future." msgstr "Aktiveringstidspunktet for certifikatet er stadig fremtidigt." #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:207 msgid "The certificate has expired." msgstr "Certifikatet er udløbet." #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:209 msgid "" "The certificate has been revoked according to the connection's certificate " "revocation list." msgstr "" "Ifølge forbindelsens liste over tilbagekaldte certifikater er certifikatet " "blevet tilbagekaldt." #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:211 msgid "The certificate's algorithm is considered insecure." msgstr "Certifikatets algoritme betragtes som usikker." #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:162 msgid "Certificate trust..." msgstr "Certifikat-tillid..." #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:163 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:164 msgid "_Reject" msgstr "Fo_rkast" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:165 msgid "Accept _Temporarily" msgstr "Accep_ter midlertidigt" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:166 msgid "_Accept Permanently" msgstr "_Accepter permanent" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:203 #, c-format msgid "SSL certificate for '%s' is not trusted. Do you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" "Der er ikke tillid tilSSL-certifikatet for \"%s\". Vil du accptere det?" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:209 msgid "Detailed information about the certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:223 msgid "Issuer:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:224 msgid "Subject:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:225 msgid "Fingerprint:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:226 msgid "Reason:" msgstr "Årsag:" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your calendars" msgstr "Integrér dine kalendere" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your contacts" msgstr "Integrér dine kontaktpersoner" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:257 msgid "Signon service did not return a secret" msgstr "Tilslutnings-tjenesten returnerede ingen hemmelighed" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Data Server" msgstr "Evolution Data Server" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Required to have EDS appear in UOA" msgstr "EDS skal vises i UOA" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Calendar" msgstr "Google-kalender" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-contacts.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Contacts" msgstr "Google-kontaktpersoner" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-gmail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "GMail" msgstr "Gmail" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:1 msgid "Mail" msgstr "Post" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your mailboxes" msgstr "Integrer dine e-postkasser" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account service in the accounts database from " "which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" "Kan ikke finde en tilsvarende kontotjeneste i kontodatabasen, hvorfra man " "kan få et adgangstegn til \"%s\"" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:85 #, c-format msgid "Expected status 200 when requesting guid, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:102 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:299 msgid "Error parsing response as JSON: " msgstr "Fejl under fortolkning af svar som JSON: " #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:120 msgid "Didn't find email member in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:282 #, c-format msgid "" "Expected status 200 when requesting your identity, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" "Forventede status 200 ved anmodning om identitet, men fik i stedet status %d " "(%s)" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:317 msgid "Didn't find 'id' in JSON data" msgstr "Fandt ikke \"id\" i JSON-data" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:322 msgid "Didn't find 'emails.account' in JSON data" msgstr "Fandt ikke \"emails.account\" i JSON-data" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/windows-live-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Windows Live Mail" msgstr "Windows Live Mail" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Calendar" msgstr "Yahoo!-kalender" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Mail" msgstr "Yahoo!-mail" #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:227 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Opgaver" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:47 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:51 #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/evolution-user-prompter.c:31 msgid "Keep running after the last client is closed" msgstr "Vedbliv med at køre efter lukning af sidste klient" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:49 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:53 msgid "Wait running until at least one client is connected" msgstr "Vent med at køre indtil der er forbindelse til mindst én klient" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/birthdays.source.in.h:1 msgid "Birthdays & Anniversaries" msgstr "Fødselsdage og mærkedage" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/caldav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "CalDAV" msgstr "CalDAV" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/google-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Google" msgstr "Google" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/ldap-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On LDAP Servers" msgstr "På LDAP-servere" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On This Computer" msgstr "På denne maskine" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/vfolder.source.in.h:1 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "Søg i mapper" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/weather-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Weather" msgstr "Vejr" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webcal-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On The Web" msgstr "På nettet" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webdav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "WebDAV" msgstr "WebDAV" #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/prompt-user-gtk.c:122 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "_Forkast" language-pack-gnome-da-base/data/da/LC_MESSAGES/file-roller.po0000644000000000000000000011362612321557215020712 0ustar # Danish translation of file-roller. # Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the file-roller package. # Ole Laursen , 2002-2004. # Martin Willemoes Hansen , 2004-2005. # Lasse Bang Mikkelsen , 2006. # Peter Bach , 2007. # Kenneth Nielsen , 2008-2013. # Ask Hjorth Larsen , 2007, 08. # # Konventioner: # # extract -> udpakke # File Roller -> Filpakker # # Husk at tilføje dig i credit-listen (besked id "translator_credits") # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: file-roller\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-27 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-28 14:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: TLE \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: da\n" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:165 #, c-format msgid "File is not a valid .desktop file" msgstr "Fil er ikke en gyldig \".desktop\"-fil" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Ukendt version af desktop-fil \"%s\"" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Starting %s" msgstr "Starter %s" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Application does not accept documents on command line" msgstr "Programmet accepterer ikke dokumenter på kommandolinjen" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Ukendt opstartstilvalg: %d" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Can't pass documents to this desktop element" msgstr "Kan ikke videregive dokumenter til en dette skrivebordselement" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1409 #, c-format msgid "Not a launchable item" msgstr "Ikke et kørbart element" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:226 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "Deaktivér forbindelse til sessionshåndtering" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "Specify file containing saved configuration" msgstr "Angiv fil som inderholder gemt konfiguration" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "FILE" msgstr "FIL" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "Angiv sessionhåndterings-ID" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:253 msgid "Session management options:" msgstr "Sessionhåndteringsindstillinger:" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:254 msgid "Show session management options" msgstr "Vis sessionhåndteringsindstillinger" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/fr-window.c:2052 #: ../src/fr-window.c:5441 msgid "Archive Manager" msgstr "Arkivhåndtering" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Create and modify an archive" msgstr "Opret og ændr et arkiv" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "zip;tar;extract;unpack;" msgstr "zip;tar;udpak;pak;" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "How to sort files" msgstr "Hvordan filerne skal sorteres" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What criteria must be used to arrange files. Possible values: name, size, " "type, time, path." msgstr "" "Hvilket kriterium skal bruges til at arrangere filer. Mulige værdier er: " "name, size, type, time, path." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Sort type" msgstr "Sorter type" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Whether to sort in ascending or descending direction. Possible values: " "ascending, descending." msgstr "" "Hvorvidt der skal sorteres i faldende eller stigende retning. Mulige værdier " "er: ascending, descending." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:5 ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "List Mode" msgstr "Listetilstand" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Use 'all-files' to view all the files in the archive in a single list, use " "'as-folder' to navigate the archive as a folder." msgstr "" "Brug \"all-files\" for at vise alle filerne i arkivet i en enkelt liste, " "brug \"as-folder\" for at navigere arkivet som mapper." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Display type" msgstr "Vis type" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Display the type column in the main window." msgstr "Vis typekolonnen i hovedvinduet." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Display size" msgstr "Vis størrelse" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Display the size column in the main window." msgstr "Vis størrelseskolonnen i hovedvinduet." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Display time" msgstr "Vis tid" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Display the time column in the main window." msgstr "Vis tidskolonnen i hovedvinduet." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Display path" msgstr "Vis sti" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Display the path column in the main window." msgstr "Vis stikolonnen i hovedvinduet." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Name column width" msgstr "Bredde af navnekolonne" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The default width of the name column in the file list." msgstr "Standardbredden af navnekolonnen i fillisten." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Max history length" msgstr "Maks. historiklængde" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Max number of items in the 'Open Recents' submenu." msgstr "Maks. antal elementer i undermenuen \"Åbn seneste\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "View toolbar" msgstr "Vis værktøjslinje" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to display the toolbar." msgstr "Hvorvidt værktøjslinjen skal vises." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "View statusbar" msgstr "Vis statuslinje" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether to display the statusbar." msgstr "Hvorvidt statuslinjen skal vises." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:23 ../src/ui.h:208 msgid "View the folders pane" msgstr "Vis mappepanelet" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Whether to display the folders pane." msgstr "Hvorvidt mappepanelet skal vises." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Editors" msgstr "Redigeringsværktøjer" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated " "with the file type." msgstr "" "Liste af programmer som er indtastet i \"Åben fil\"-dialogen og som ikke er " "associeret med filtypen." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Compression level" msgstr "Komprimeringsniveau" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Compression level used when adding files to an archive. Possible values: " "very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." msgstr "" "Komprimeringsniveau som bliver brugt, når der tilføjes filer til arkivet. " "Mulige værdier er: very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Encrypt the archive header" msgstr "Krypter arkivhovedet" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Whether to encrypt the archive header. If the header is encrypted the " "password will be required to list the archive content as well." msgstr "" "Hvorvidt arkivhovedet skal krypteres. Hvis hovedet er krypteret vil der også " "blive krævet en adgangskode for at vise arkivindholdet." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Do not overwrite newer files" msgstr "Overskriv ikke nyere filer" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Recreate the folders stored in the archive" msgstr "Gendan mapperne som er gemt i dette arkiv" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Default volume size" msgstr "Standard arkivdelstørrelse" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "The default size for volumes." msgstr "Standardstørrelsen for arkivdelene." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:327 msgid "Extract Here" msgstr "Udpak her" #. Translators: the current position is the current folder #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:329 msgid "Extract the selected archive to the current position" msgstr "Udpak det markerede arkiv til den nuværende position" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:346 msgid "Extract To..." msgstr "Udpak til..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:347 msgid "Extract the selected archive" msgstr "Udpak det markerede arkiv" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:366 msgid "Compress..." msgstr "Komprimér..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:367 msgid "Create a compressed archive with the selected objects" msgstr "Opret et komprimeret arkiv med de markerede objekter" #: ../src/actions.c:112 ../src/fr-window.c:5735 ../src/fr-window.c:6262 msgid "Open" msgstr "Åbn" #: ../src/actions.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:5291 msgid "All archives" msgstr "Alle arkiver" #: ../src/actions.c:132 msgid "All files" msgstr "Alle filer" #: ../src/actions.c:499 msgid "Copyright © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "Ophavsret © 2001-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." #: ../src/actions.c:500 msgid "An archive manager for GNOME." msgstr "Et program til at håndtere arkiver til Gnome." #: ../src/actions.c:503 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Ole Laursen\n" "Martin Willemoes Hansen\n" "Lasse Bang Mikkelsen\n" "Peter Bach\n" "Ask Hjorth Larsen\n" "Kenneth Nielsen\n" "\n" "Dansk-gruppen \n" "Mere info: http://www.dansk-gruppen.dk\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " AJenbo https://launchpad.net/~ajenbo\n" " Anders Feder https://launchpad.net/~afeder\n" " Ask Hjorth Larsen https://launchpad.net/~askhl\n" " Martin Willemoes Hansen https://launchpad.net/~mwh\n" " Peter Bach https://launchpad.net/~bach-peter\n" " TLE https://launchpad.net/~k-nielsen81" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:116 msgid "Could not add the files to the archive" msgstr "Kunne ikke tilføje filerne til arkivet" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:117 #, c-format msgid "You don't have the right permissions to read files from folder \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Du har ikke de rettigheder som kræves for at læse filer i mappen \"%s\"" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:182 ../src/ui.h:47 msgid "Add Files" msgstr "Tilføj filer" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:193 msgid "_Options" msgstr "_Valgmuligheder" # det drejer sig om de valg man har truffet, der kan gemmes og indlæses #. load options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:202 ../src/ui/add-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Load Options" msgstr "Åbn valgmuligheder" # det drejer sig om de valg man har truffet, der kan gemmes og indlæses #. save options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:209 ../src/dlg-add.c:827 msgid "Save Options" msgstr "Gem valgmuligheder" # det drejer sig om de valg man har truffet, der kan gemmes og indlæses #. clear options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:216 msgid "Reset Options" msgstr "Nulstil valgmuligheder" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:828 msgid "_Options Name:" msgstr "Navn på _valg:" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Password required for \"%s\"" msgstr "Adgangskode påkrævet for \"%s\"" #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:141 msgid "Wrong password." msgstr "Forkert adgangskode." #: ../src/dlg-batch-add.c:87 ../src/fr-application.c:329 #: ../src/fr-application.c:683 msgid "Compress" msgstr "Komprimér" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:96 ../src/fr-window.c:6820 #, c-format msgid "" "Destination folder \"%s\" does not exist.\n" "\n" "Do you want to create it?" msgstr "" "Destinationsmappen \"%s\" findes ikke.\n" "\n" "Vil du oprette den?" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:105 ../src/fr-window.c:6829 msgid "Create _Folder" msgstr "Opret _mappe" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:124 ../src/dlg-extract.c:142 ../src/dlg-extract.c:169 #: ../src/fr-window.c:4241 ../src/fr-window.c:6724 ../src/fr-window.c:6729 #: ../src/fr-window.c:6850 ../src/fr-window.c:6869 ../src/fr-window.c:6874 msgid "Extraction not performed" msgstr "Udpakning ikke udført" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:6846 #, c-format msgid "Could not create the destination folder: %s." msgstr "Kan ikke oprette destinationsmappen: %s." #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:170 ../src/fr-window.c:4410 ../src/fr-window.c:4494 #, c-format msgid "" "You don't have the right permissions to extract archives in the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Du har ikke de rettigheder som kræves for at udpakke arkiver i mappen \"%s\"" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:283 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:1 #: ../src/ui.h:114 msgid "Extract" msgstr "Udpak" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:112 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:225 msgid "There was an internal error trying to search for applications:" msgstr "Der opstod en intern fejl ved forsøg på at søge efter programmer:" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:294 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:303 #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:331 ../src/fr-archive.c:744 #: ../src/fr-window.c:3970 ../src/fr-window.c:7453 ../src/fr-window.c:7810 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9357 msgid "Archive type not supported." msgstr "Arkivtype understøttes ikke." #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:313 #, c-format msgid "" "There is no command installed for %s files.\n" "Do you want to search for a command to open this file?" msgstr "" "Der er ingen kommando installeret til %s-filer.\n" "Ønsker du at søge efter en kommando til at åbne denne fil med?" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:318 msgid "Could not open this file type" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne denne filtype" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:321 msgid "_Search Command" msgstr "_Søg efter kommando" #: ../src/dlg-password.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Enter a password for \"%s\"" msgstr "Indtast en adgangskode for \"%s\"" #: ../src/dlg-prop.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%s Properties" msgstr "Egenskaber for %s" #: ../src/dlg-update.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Update the file \"%s\" in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "Opdater filen \"%s\" i arkivet \"%s\"?" #. secondary text #: ../src/dlg-update.c:174 ../src/dlg-update.c:199 ../src/ui/update.ui.h:2 #, c-format msgid "" "The file has been modified with an external application. If you don't update " "the file in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgid_plural "" "%d files have been modified with an external application. If you don't " "update the files in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgstr[0] "" "Denne fil er blevet modificeret af et eksternt program. Hvis du ikke " "opdaterer filen i arkivet, vil alle dine ændringer gå tabt." msgstr[1] "" "Der er %d filer som er blevet modificeret af et eksternt program. Hvis du " "ikke opdaterer filerne i arkivet, vil alle dine ændringer gå tabt." #: ../src/dlg-update.c:189 #, c-format msgid "Update the files in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "Opdater filerne i arkivet \"%s\"?" #: ../src/fr-application.c:65 msgid "Add files to the specified archive and quit the program" msgstr "Tilføj filer til det angivne arkiv og afslut programmet" #: ../src/fr-application.c:66 msgid "ARCHIVE" msgstr "ARKIV" #: ../src/fr-application.c:69 msgid "Add files asking the name of the archive and quit the program" msgstr "Tilføj filer, spørg om navn på arkivet og afslut programmet" #: ../src/fr-application.c:73 msgid "Extract archives to the specified folder and quit the program" msgstr "Udpak filer til den angivne mappe og afslut programmet" #: ../src/fr-application.c:74 ../src/fr-application.c:86 msgid "FOLDER" msgstr "MAPPE" #: ../src/fr-application.c:77 msgid "Extract archives asking the destination folder and quit the program" msgstr "Udpak arkiv, spørg om destinationsmappen og afslut programmet" #: ../src/fr-application.c:81 msgid "" "Extract the contents of the archives in the archive folder and quit the " "program" msgstr "Udkap indholdet af arkiverne i arkivmappen og afslut programmet" #: ../src/fr-application.c:85 msgid "Default folder to use for the '--add' and '--extract' commands" msgstr "Forvalgt mappe for kommandoerne \"--add\" og \"--extract\"" #: ../src/fr-application.c:89 msgid "Create destination folder without asking confirmation" msgstr "Opret destinationsmappe uden at spørge efter bekræftelse" #: ../src/fr-application.c:93 msgid "Use the notification system to notify the operation completion" msgstr "" "Brug påmindelsessystemet til at underette om operationsfærdiggørelsen" #: ../src/fr-application.c:96 msgid "Start as a service" msgstr "Start som en tjeneste" #: ../src/fr-application.c:99 msgid "Show version" msgstr "Vis version" #: ../src/fr-application.c:365 ../src/fr-application.c:401 #: ../src/fr-application.c:427 ../src/fr-application.c:707 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9420 msgid "Extract archive" msgstr "Udpak arkiv" #: ../src/fr-application.c:565 msgid "- Create and modify an archive" msgstr "- Opret og ændr et arkiv" #. manually set name and icon #: ../src/fr-application.c:833 msgid "File Roller" msgstr "Filpakker" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "You don't have the right permissions." msgstr "Du har ikke de nødvendige rettigheder." #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "This archive type cannot be modified" msgstr "Denne arkivtype kan ikke modificeres" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1859 msgid "You can't add an archive to itself." msgstr "Du kan ikke tilføje et arkiv til sig." #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:297 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:422 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Adding \"%s\"" msgstr "Tilføjer \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:447 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:554 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:425 #, c-format msgid "Extracting \"%s\"" msgstr "Udpakker \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-command.c:597 #, c-format msgid "Archive not found" msgstr "Arkiv ikke fundet" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:503 ../src/fr-command-tar.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Removing \"%s\"" msgstr "Fjerner \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:685 #, c-format msgid "Could not find the volume: %s" msgstr "Kunne ikke finde arkivdelen: %s" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:380 msgid "Deleting files from archive" msgstr "Fjerner filer fra arkivet" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:485 msgid "Recompressing archive" msgstr "Pakker arkiv igen" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:744 msgid "Decompressing archive" msgstr "Udpakker arkiv" #: ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:772 ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:817 msgid "Could not load the location" msgstr "Kunne ikke indlæse stedet" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:344 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:363 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:379 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:427 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:445 ../src/fr-window.c:2915 msgid "Could not create the archive" msgstr "Kunne ikke oprette arkivet" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:346 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:365 msgid "You have to specify an archive name." msgstr "Du skal angive et arkivnavn." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:429 msgid "You don't have permission to create an archive in this folder" msgstr "Du har ikke rettighed til at oprette et arkiv i denne mappe" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:447 ../src/fr-window.c:8123 msgid "New name is the same as old one, please type other name." msgstr "" "Det nye navn er det samme som det gamle, indtast venligst et andet navn." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:466 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "Der findes allerede en fil ved navn \"%s\". Vil du erstatte den?" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" "Filen findes allerede i \"%s\". At erstatte den vil overskrive dens indhold." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:474 ../src/fr-window.c:6652 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "_Erstat" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:489 msgid "Could not delete the old archive." msgstr "Kunne ikke slette det gamle arkiv." #: ../src/fr-stock.c:41 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "_Opret" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:42 ../src/fr-stock.c:43 msgid "_Add" msgstr "_Tilføj" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:44 msgid "_Extract" msgstr "_Udpak" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1173 msgid "Operation completed" msgstr "Operation færdiggjort" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1290 #, c-format msgid "%d object (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d objekt (%s)" msgstr[1] "%d objekter (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1295 #, c-format msgid "%d object selected (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects selected (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d objekt markeret (%s)" msgstr[1] "%d objekter markeret (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1680 msgid "Folder" msgstr "Mappe" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2060 msgid "[read only]" msgstr "[skrivebeskyttet]" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2179 #, c-format msgid "Could not display the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "Kunne ikke vise mappen \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2270 ../src/fr-window.c:2308 #, c-format msgid "Creating \"%s\"" msgstr "Opretter \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2274 #, c-format msgid "Loading \"%s\"" msgstr "Indlæser \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2278 #, c-format msgid "Reading \"%s\"" msgstr "Læser \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Deleting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "Fjerner filerne fra \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2286 #, c-format msgid "Testing \"%s\"" msgstr "Tester \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2289 msgid "Getting the file list" msgstr "Frembringer fillisten" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2293 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files to add to \"%s\"" msgstr "Kopierer filerne som skal føjes til \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2297 #, c-format msgid "Adding the files to \"%s\"" msgstr "Føjer filerne til \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2301 #, c-format msgid "Extracting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "Udpakker filerne fra \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2304 msgid "Copying the extracted files to the destination" msgstr "Kopierer de udpakkede filer til destinationen" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2313 #, c-format msgid "Saving \"%s\"" msgstr "Gemmer \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2320 #, c-format msgid "Renaming the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "Omdøber filerne i \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2324 #, c-format msgid "Updating the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "Opdaterer filerne i \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2499 msgid "_Open the Archive" msgstr "_Åbn arkivet" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2500 msgid "_Show the Files" msgstr "_Vis filerne" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2617 #, c-format msgid "%d file remaining" msgid_plural "%'d files remaining" msgstr[0] "%d fil tilbage" msgstr[1] "%'d filer tilbage" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2621 ../src/fr-window.c:3196 msgid "Please wait…" msgstr "Vent venligst…" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2677 msgid "Extraction completed successfully" msgstr "Udpakning blev udført planmæssigt" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2709 ../src/fr-window.c:6248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" created successfully" msgstr "\"%s\" oprettet problemfrit" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2799 ../src/fr-window.c:2971 msgid "Command exited abnormally." msgstr "Programmet afsluttede med en fejl." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2920 msgid "An error occurred while extracting files." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under udpakning af filer." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2926 #, c-format msgid "Could not open \"%s\"" msgstr "Kunne ikke åbne \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2931 msgid "An error occurred while loading the archive." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl ved indlæsning af arkivet." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2935 msgid "An error occurred while deleting files from the archive." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl ved fjernelse af filer fra arkivet." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2941 msgid "An error occurred while adding files to the archive." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl ved tilføjelse af filer til arkivet." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2945 msgid "An error occurred while testing archive." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl ved test af arkivet." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2950 msgid "An error occurred while saving the archive." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under gemning af arkivet." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2954 msgid "An error occurred while renaming the files." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under omdøbning af filerne." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2958 msgid "An error occurred while updating the files." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under opdatering af filerne." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2962 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2968 msgid "Command not found." msgstr "Kommandoen blev ikke fundet." #: ../src/fr-window.c:3124 msgid "Test Result" msgstr "Kontrolresultater" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4088 ../src/fr-window.c:8803 ../src/fr-window.c:8837 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9116 msgid "Could not perform the operation" msgstr "Kunne ikke udføre handlingen" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4114 msgid "" "Do you want to add this file to the current archive or open it as a new " "archive?" msgstr "" "Vil du tilføje denne fil til det aktuelle arkiv eller åbne den som et nyt " "arkiv?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4144 msgid "Do you want to create a new archive with these files?" msgstr "Vil du oprette et nyt arkiv med disse filer?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4147 msgid "Create _Archive" msgstr "Opret _arkiv" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4176 ../src/fr-window.c:7261 msgid "New Archive" msgstr "Nyt arkiv" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4750 msgid "Folders" msgstr "Mapper" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4788 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:7 msgctxt "File" msgid "Size" msgstr "Størrelse" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4789 msgctxt "File" msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4790 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:8 msgctxt "File" msgid "Modified" msgstr "Modificeret" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4791 msgctxt "File" msgid "Location" msgstr "Placering" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4800 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:6 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name" msgstr "Navn" #. Translators: this is the label for the "open recent file" sub-menu. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5723 msgid "Open _Recent" msgstr "Åbn _seneste" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5724 ../src/fr-window.c:5736 msgid "Open a recently used archive" msgstr "Åbn et af de senest brugte arkiver" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5752 msgid "_Other Actions" msgstr "_Andre handlinger" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5753 msgid "Other actions" msgstr "Andre handlinger" #. Translators: after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5821 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:4 #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "_Placering:" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6640 #, c-format msgid "Replace file \"%s\"?" msgstr "Erstat fil \"%s\"?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6643 #, c-format msgid "Another file with the same name already exists in \"%s\"." msgstr "En fil med det samme navn findes allerede i \"%s\"." #: ../src/fr-window.c:6650 msgid "Replace _All" msgstr "Erstat _alle" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6651 msgid "_Skip" msgstr "_Spring over" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7445 ../src/fr-window.c:7802 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the archive \"%s\"" msgstr "Kunne ikke gemme arkivet \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7572 msgid "Save" msgstr "Gem" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7896 msgid "Last Output" msgstr "Sidste uddata" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8118 msgid "New name is void, please type a name." msgstr "Det nye navn er tomt, indtast venligst et navn." #. Translators: the %s references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8128 #, c-format msgid "" "Name \"%s\" is not valid because it contains at least one of the following " "characters: %s, please type other name." msgstr "" "Navnet \"%s\" er ikke gyldigt, fordi det indeholder mindst et af følgende " "tegn: %s. Indtast venligst et andet navn." #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 #, c-format msgid "" "A folder named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "En mappe med navnet \"%s\" findes allerede.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 ../src/fr-window.c:8166 msgid "Please use a different name." msgstr "Vælg venligst et andet navn." #: ../src/fr-window.c:8166 #, c-format msgid "" "A file named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "En fil med navnet \"%s\" findes allerede.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8236 msgid "Rename" msgstr "Omdøb" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New folder name:" msgstr "_Nyt mappenavn:" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New file name:" msgstr "_Nyt filnavn:" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8241 msgid "_Rename" msgstr "_Omdøb" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the folder" msgstr "Kunne ikke omdøbe mappen" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the file" msgstr "Kunne ikke omdøbe filen" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8710 #, c-format msgid "Moving the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "Flytter filerne fra \"%s\" til \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8713 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "Kopierer filerne fra \"%s\" til \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8764 msgid "Paste Selection" msgstr "Indsæt det markerede" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8765 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "_Destinationsmappe:" #: ../src/fr-window.c:9375 msgid "Add files to an archive" msgstr "Tilføj filer til et arkiv" #. This is the time format used in the "Date Modified" column and #. * in the Properties dialog. See the man page of strftime for an #. * explanation of the values. #: ../src/glib-utils.c:769 msgid "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" msgstr "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:557 msgid "Could not display help" msgstr "Kunne ikke vise hjælp" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:651 msgid "Change password visibility" msgstr "Ændr synlighed for adgangskode" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Add" msgstr "Tilføj" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "Include _files:" msgstr "Inkludér _filer:" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "E_xclude files:" msgstr "U_delad filer:" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Exclude folders:" msgstr "_Udelad mapper:" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:5 msgid "example: *.o; *.bak" msgstr "eksempel: *.o; *.bak" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:6 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Actions" msgstr "Handlinger" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Add only if _newer" msgstr "Tilføj kun hvis _nyere" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "_Follow symbolic links" msgstr "_Følg symbolske henvisninger" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Archive" msgstr "_Nyt arkiv" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:3 ../src/ui.h:223 msgid "View All _Files" msgstr "Vis alle _filer" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:4 ../src/ui.h:226 msgid "View as a F_older" msgstr "Vis som en _mappe" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:207 msgid "_Folders" msgstr "_Mapper" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:6 ../src/ui.h:34 msgid "_Help" msgstr "_Hjælp" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "_About Archive Manager" msgstr "_Om arkivhåndtering" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:8 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "_Afslut" #: ../src/ui/ask-password.ui.h:1 ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "_Adgangskode:" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:1 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Slet" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:2 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Files:" msgstr "_Filer:" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:3 msgid "example: *.txt; *.doc" msgstr "eksempel: *.txt; *.doc" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:4 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "_All files" msgstr "_Alle filer" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "_Selected files" msgstr "_Markerede filer" #: ../src/ui/error-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand Line Output:" msgstr "Uddata fra kommando_linje:" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "_Keep directory structure" msgstr "_Behold mappestruktur" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not _overwrite newer files" msgstr "_Overskriv ikke nyere filer" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:1 msgid "_Select All" msgstr "_Markér alle" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:2 ../src/ui.h:102 msgid "Dese_lect All" msgstr "_Afmarkér alle" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:3 msgid "Show Hidden Files" msgstr "Vis skjulte filer" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:184 msgid "Go up one level" msgstr "Gå et niveau op" #: ../src/ui.h:31 msgid "_Archive" msgstr "_Arkiv" #: ../src/ui.h:32 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "_Redigér" #: ../src/ui.h:33 msgid "_View" msgstr "_Vis" #: ../src/ui.h:35 msgid "_Arrange Files" msgstr "_Arrangér filer" #: ../src/ui.h:40 msgid "Information about the program" msgstr "Information om programmet" #: ../src/ui.h:43 msgid "_Add Files…" msgstr "_Tilføj filer…" #: ../src/ui.h:44 ../src/ui.h:48 msgid "Add files to the archive" msgstr "Tilføj filer til arkivet" #: ../src/ui.h:52 msgid "Close the current archive" msgstr "Luk det aktuelle arkiv" #: ../src/ui.h:55 msgid "Contents" msgstr "Indhold" #: ../src/ui.h:56 msgid "Display the File Roller Manual" msgstr "Vis brugervejledningen til Filpakker" #: ../src/ui.h:61 ../src/ui.h:82 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "Kopiér det markerede" #: ../src/ui.h:65 ../src/ui.h:86 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "Klip det markerede" #: ../src/ui.h:69 ../src/ui.h:90 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "Indsæt fra udklipsholderen" #: ../src/ui.h:72 ../src/ui.h:93 msgid "_Rename…" msgstr "_Omdøb…" #: ../src/ui.h:73 ../src/ui.h:94 msgid "Rename the selection" msgstr "Omdøb det markerede" #: ../src/ui.h:77 ../src/ui.h:98 msgid "Delete the selection from the archive" msgstr "Slet det markerede fra arkivet" #: ../src/ui.h:103 msgid "Deselect all files" msgstr "Afmarkér alle filer" #: ../src/ui.h:106 ../src/ui.h:110 msgid "_Extract…" msgstr "_Udpak…" #: ../src/ui.h:107 ../src/ui.h:111 ../src/ui.h:115 msgid "Extract files from the archive" msgstr "Udpak filer fra arkivet" #: ../src/ui.h:118 msgid "New…" msgstr "Ny…" #: ../src/ui.h:119 msgid "Create a new archive" msgstr "Opret et nyt arkiv" #: ../src/ui.h:122 msgid "Open…" msgstr "Åbn…" #: ../src/ui.h:123 ../src/ui.h:127 msgid "Open archive" msgstr "Åbn arkiv" #: ../src/ui.h:130 msgid "_Open With…" msgstr "_Åben med…" #: ../src/ui.h:131 msgid "Open selected files with an application" msgstr "Åbn markerede filer med et program" #: ../src/ui.h:134 msgid "Pass_word…" msgstr "_Adgangskode…" #: ../src/ui.h:135 msgid "Specify a password for this archive" msgstr "Angiv en adgangskode for dette arkiv" #: ../src/ui.h:139 msgid "Show archive properties" msgstr "Vis egenskaber for arkivet" #: ../src/ui.h:143 msgid "Reload current archive" msgstr "Genindlæs det aktuelle arkiv" #: ../src/ui.h:146 msgid "Save As…" msgstr "Gem som…" #: ../src/ui.h:147 msgid "Save the current archive with a different name" msgstr "Gem det aktuelle arkiv under et andet navn" #: ../src/ui.h:151 msgid "Select all files" msgstr "Markér alle filer" #: ../src/ui.h:154 msgid "_Test Integrity" msgstr "_Test integritet" #: ../src/ui.h:155 msgid "Test whether the archive contains errors" msgstr "Kontrollér om arkivet indeholder fejl" #: ../src/ui.h:159 ../src/ui.h:163 msgid "Open the selected file" msgstr "Åben den markerede fil" #: ../src/ui.h:167 ../src/ui.h:171 msgid "Open the selected folder" msgstr "Åben den markerede mappe" #: ../src/ui.h:176 msgid "Go to the previous visited location" msgstr "Gå til foregående besøgte placering" #: ../src/ui.h:180 msgid "Go to the next visited location" msgstr "Gå til næste besøgte placering" #. Translators: the home location is the home folder. #: ../src/ui.h:189 msgid "Go to the home location" msgstr "Gå til hjemmemappen" #: ../src/ui.h:197 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "_Værktøjslinje" #: ../src/ui.h:198 msgid "View the main toolbar" msgstr "Vis hovedværktøjslinjen" #: ../src/ui.h:202 msgid "Stat_usbar" msgstr "Stat_uslinje" #: ../src/ui.h:203 msgid "View the statusbar" msgstr "Vis statuslinjen" #: ../src/ui.h:212 msgid "Find…" msgstr "Find…" #: ../src/ui.h:213 msgid "Find files by name" msgstr "Find filer efter navn" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Filename:" msgstr "_Filnavn:" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Location" msgstr "Placering" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Encrypt the file list too" msgstr "_Kryptér også listen af filer" #. this is part of a sentence, for example "split into volumes of 10.0 MB", where MB stands for megabyte. #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Split into _volumes of" msgstr "Opdel arkivet i _dele af" #. MB means megabytes #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Other Options" msgstr "_Andre indstillinger" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:1 msgid "Password" msgstr "Adgangskode" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:2 msgid "_Encrypt the file list" msgstr "_Kryptér listen af filer" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:1 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name:" msgstr "Navn:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Archive size:" msgstr "Arkivstørrelse:" #. after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:4 msgid "Location:" msgstr "Placering:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Compression ratio:" msgstr "Komprimeringsforhold:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Last modified:" msgstr "Sidst ændret:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Content size:" msgstr "Indholdsstørrelse:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Number of files:" msgstr "Antal filer:" #. after the colon there is a file type. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Type:" msgstr "Type:" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:1 msgid "_Update" msgstr "_Opdatér" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:3 msgid "S_elect the files you want to update:" msgstr "V_ælg filerne som du vil opdatere:" language-pack-gnome-da-base/data/da/LC_MESSAGES/GConf2.po0000644000000000000000000024067312321557216017560 0ustar # Danish translation of GConf. # Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf package. # Kenneth Christiansen , 1999-2000. # Keld Simonsen , 2000-2001. # Ole Laursen , 2001 - 2004, 06. # Martin Willemoes Hansen , 2004 - 2005. # Kenneth Nielsen , 2007. # Ask Hjorth Larsen , 2008. # # Konventioner: # # backend -> bagende # entry -> post # notification -> underrettelse # schema -> skema # set -> sætte (dårligt, bør nok ændres) # # Hvor string, bool, int osv. optræder direkte som typer, er de i # øjeblikket ikke oversat (måske skal det ændres? - test sammenhængen en # eller anden dag). # # Jeg har gennemgået hele filen (14/4-2007) for at sikre at der bruges ' -> " konsekvent # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GConf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-26 21:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ask Hjorth Larsen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:162 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get configuration file path from '%s'" msgstr "Det mislykkeds at hente stien til konfigurationsfilen fra \"%s\"" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Created Evolution/LDAP source using configuration file '%s'" msgstr "Oprettede Evolution/LDAP-kilde med konfigurationsfilen \"%s\"" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:447 #, c-format msgid "Unable to parse XML file '%s'" msgstr "Kunne ikke fortolke XML-filen \"%s\"" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:456 #, c-format msgid "Config file '%s' is empty" msgstr "Konfigurationsfilen \"%s\" er tom" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:467 #, c-format msgid "Root node of '%s' must be , not <%s>" msgstr "Rod-knuden for \"%s\" skal være , ikke <%s>" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No